Volume 6: The Crown, The Treaty and the Hauraki Tribes, 1880-1980


Volume 6: The Crown, The Treaty and the Hauraki Tribes, 1880-1980

1 Cover

▲back to top

1.1 1

▲back to top

 

The Crown, The Treaty and The Hauraki Tribes

1880-1980

THE HAURAKI

TREATY CLAIMS

 

VOLUME 6

Hauraki Maori Trust Board

1.2 i

▲back to top

 

The Crown, the Treaty,

and the Hauraki Tribes, 1880–1980

ROBYN ANDERSON

HAURAKI MAORI TRUST BOARD

1997

1.3 ii

▲back to top

 

First published in 1997 by
Hauraki Maori Trust Board
PO Box 33, Paeroa
Aotearoa New Zealand

ISBN 1-877198-04-8
© Hauraki Maori Trust Board

This report was commissioned by the Hauraki Maori Trust Board
as part of its Waitangi Tribunal Claim research programme.
Any views expressed and conclusions drawn are those of the author.

All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, including photocopying, recording or otherwise,
without the prior permission of the publisher.

Typeset by Wordset Enterprises Limited, Wellington
Printed by GP Print, Wellington, New Zealand

2 Foreword

▲back to top

2.1 iii

▲back to top

 

FOREWORD

The Hauraki Treaty Claims project has examined the nature and extent of the interaction of Maori with the Crown in the Hauraki tribal territory during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The claims, together with the research and supporting evidence, are set out in II volumes. These are presented to the Waitangi Tribunal to support the Hauraki case.

The history of colonisation in Hauraki—the social and economic deprivation endured by those who have gone before us and their years of responsible protest—has not been told before. These volumes, the foundation of the Hauraki case, will forever rewrite our nation's history books, contributing, only now, a Maori perspective to the history of this region.

We began this project four years ago with a multi–disciplinary team approach. Dr Anderson was part of this team. As a historian she examined the political relationship between Maori and the Crown. Her overview spans two reports. The first dealt with the period up to the 1880s. This second report commences in the 1880s and concludes in modern times. It draws on the themes emerging from the detailed block history analysis in Volume 8.

Dr Anderson's The Crown, The Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1880–1980 examines the

Crown's systematic dismantling of the original agreements it made with Maori and the laws it contrived to alienate Maori land. The relentless pace of land loss continued during this period. By 1912 only 13% of the Hauraki tribal territory remained Maori land—today that proportion has reduced to 2.6%. This report documents one of the worst cases of Maori landlessness in New Zealand.

Dr Anderson's report describes how Maori interests were sacrificed to make way for the development of natural resources—minerals, timber, wetlands, rivers, land and foreshore—and the infrastructure supporting growing Hauraki settlements. Land was taken for drainage schemes, river improvements, settlement schemes, railways, roads, and town development. The promise of partnership, with social and economic betterment for Maori, did not materialise.

Also documented is the struggle to gain redress: the petitions of the 1880s to the 1950s; the MacCormick Inquiry in the 1930; and High Court action and negotiations over the resident site licences on ceded lands in the 1980.

This report includes initiatives people today remember such as the delegations sent to Wellington and the representations made to the Governments of Fraser, Nash, Holyoake, Marshall, Kirk, Rowling and Muldoon. The 1987 (WAI 100) treaty claim follows these actions in the long sequence of attempts to gain justice, to deal with nga hara, the grievances, and to put this sadness behind us.

III

2.2 iv

▲back to top

 

Dr Anderson's report will significantly support the Hauraki case in the debate that will inevitably surround the Hauraki claims. I take this opportunity to thank Dr Anderson for her contribution to this project.

No reira, noho ora koutou.

T.J. McEnteer

Claims Manager

Hauraki Maori Trust Board

IV

3 Contents

▲back to top

3.1 v

▲back to top

 

CONTENTS

FOREWORD    III

PREFACE    VII
INTRODUCTION AND CHAPTER SUMMARY

CHAPTER ONE: GOVERNMENT POLICY AND

MAO RI REACTION, 1880–1890   21

Maori Concerns and Government Reaction    21

  1. The search for control: Native Committees and the Native Land Court   22

  2.  Public works: friction at 24

Crown Purchasing, 18801890   27

  1. Introduction .. 27

  2.  Te Aroha hot springs and township    31

  3. Purchase of the gold field blocks

  4.  The purchase of Piako

  5.  Summary discussion    53

CHAPTER TWO: CROWN POLICY AND

MAORI ASPIRATION, 1890–1914   55

  1. Native Land Laws Commission, 1891

  2.  Crown purchase in the Hauraki peninsula lands

  3. The impact of court and survey costs in the Hauraki Plains    63

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

The Stout Ngata Commission   85

CHAPTER THREE: RESERVES AND REMOVAL OF RESTRICTIONS ON ALIENATION, 1880–1909

The Creation of 'Reserves'   91

The Removal of Restrictions: Policy and Practice   93

Removal of Restrictions at Te Aroha, Ohinemuri, Waikawau, and Moehau    101

Conclusion ..   106

CHAPTER FOUR: IMPACT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND DEVELOPMENT IN THE EARLY TWENTIETH CENTURY                  109

Impact of Mining on Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers 109

Drainage of the Hauraki Plains    118

CHAPTER FIVE: HAURAKI LAND AND RATES, 1870–1970   129
CHAPTER SIX: HAURAKI IWI AND THE GOLD FIELDS, 1890–1980 141

Administration of Gold Field Revenues, 1885–1900   142

Timber Revenues on Ohinemuri No. 20 F   144

3.2 vi

▲back to top

 

THE SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC SITUATION OF HAURAKI MAORI AFTER COLONISATION

Legislative Marginalisation of Maori Gold Revenues ..

146

(a) The Mining Act 1886

147

(b) The Mining Act 1891

151

(c) The Mining Act Amendment Act 1892

153

Legislative Development of the Royal Prerogative, 1880–1900

(a) The Mining Act Amendment Act 1892

155

156

(b) The Mining Act Amendment Act 1896

159

Hauraki and Mining Issues in the Twentieth Century ..

163

The MacCormick Commission, 1938–1970

165

Resident Site Licences   ..

172

CHAPTER SEVEN: CONCLUSION ..

177

APPENDIX

 

Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century by D. Alexander ..

191

BIBLIOGRAPHY

243

TABLES

 

1.   Crown Purchases in Hauraki Lands,

29

2.   Crown Purchases in Hauraki Lands (excluding Hauraki Plains), 1890–1899

59

3.   Crown Purchase of Hauraki Plains, 1870–1939

69

4.   Crown Purchases in Hauraki Lands (excluding Hauraki Plains), 1900–1912

..   86

5.   Crown Purchases in Hauraki Lands (excluding Hauraki Plains), 1913–1946

87

6.   Disposal of Applications for Removal of Restrictions on

Te Aroha Lands, 1880–1910

103

PHOTOGRAPHS

 

1.   Contract Workers at the Maukororo Canal, Hauraki Plains

119

2.   Priestman Steam Dredge, Hauraki Plains ..

119

3.   Awaiti Canal .

121

MAPS

 

1.   Hauraki Region   ......................

VIII

2.   Alienation of Maori Land at 1885

30

3.   Alienation of Maori Land at 1890

56

4.   Hauraki Plains Maori Blocks   ..........

68

5-   Alienation of Maori Land at 1906

82

6.   Alienation of Maori Land at 1912

84

7.   Alienation of Maori Land at 1939

88

8.   Lands Subject to Hauraki Plains Development Act 1908

120

9.   Maori Land at 1997

178

FIGURE

Proportion of Hauraki Rangahaua Whanui District Compared to Districts

in New Zealand, 1860939 180

 

DOCUMENT REPRODUCTION

  1.  Tiriti o Waitangi Petition, Hauraki, 1892   78

  2.  Tareranui Petition ..   112

4 Preface

▲back to top

4.1 vii

▲back to top

 

PREFACE

My name is Robyn Anderson. I am a Ph.D. graduate from the University of Toronto, Canada. In the past I have written or contributed to the 'Historical Report on Wellington Lands,' a report prepared for the Crown Congress Joint Working Party, 1993; 'Wellington District,' Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series, 1996; and 'Goldmining: Policy, Legislation, and Administration,' Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series, 1996.

This report, The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1880–1980, was commissioned by the Hauraki Maori Trust Board in 1994, and is the result of more than three years of research in which a number of people and organisations have been involved.

A number of researchers have worked on various stages of this project: David Taipari, Suzanne Woodley, Jim McNicolas and Mary Gillingham. This report would not have been possible without the contribution of their work. The same may be said of David Alexander whose work, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, has been incorporated into this overview. Barry Bradley of the Cartographic Art Company and John McEnteer produced the maps. To all these people my many thanks.

Finally, my thanks to the Hauraki Maori Trust Board, and the people whom they represent, for their patience in waiting for the completion of this report.

VII

5 Introduction and Chapter Summary

▲back to top

5.1 9

▲back to top

 

INTRODUCTION: CHAPTER SUMMARY

Key Themes

This second part of the report, following on from Volume 4 of the Hauraki Treaty Claims, discusses Hauraki's relationship to the Crown from 1880 to 1980. Two major themes underlie this discussion: Hauraki expression of political concerns and aspirations and the Government's response; and the continuing Hauraki land and resource loss, and the role of the Government—as purchaser, legislator, and administrator—within that process.

The first part of the report (The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1880–1885) discussed the first 50 years of the Crown's relationship to the Hauraki tribes. By the end of this period, the economic and social penetration of the region by the Government-fostered extractive industries of goldmining and timber milling had reached a peak, firmly establishing European settlement and strengthening government intervention in the district. For many Maori, however, and particularly for those based at Thames, Coromandel, and the harbours of the eastern divide of the peninsula, at Whangapoua, Mercury Bay, and Tairua, the choice must have seemed clear: economic blockade, Government harassment, and the sort of poverty experienced by many of the interior communities after the war, or participation in the cash economy and the ongoing prosperity promised by Government agents and local politicians in their persuasions to allow mining, roads, river improvements, land purchase, and settlement.

At first there was an appearance of successful engagement, epitomised by those whanau and individual rangatira fortunate enough to hold rights recognised by the Crown and the Native Land Court in commercially valuable properties—productive gold field, township, and kauri timber blocks. And at this point Maori at Thames were able to exert some influence over the implementation if not the direction of public works policy, insisting on concessions for their agreement to roads going through, and a measure of employment on projects involving their own lands. Cracks were, however, readily apparent in that facade: the lack of any real place for Maori in the national and local political structures of the colony; the lack of consultation about legislation that would have a direct impact on their lands, income, and rangatiratanga; the increasing reliance on land sales as a source of cash; and warnings from Government agents and court officers, themselves, of increasing poverty and landlessness of the Hauraki people.

The 187os were particularly crucial years, in which the activities of James Mackay, as the Government's land purchase officer and major agent in the region, helped tip the balance of power and control decisively into the hands of the European settlers. Having succeeded in opening much of the district to mining and the Crown's jurisdiction, Mackay turned his attention to the acquisition of the freehold, deliberately seeking to undermine the authority of those Hauraki rangatira who attempted to hold onto their lands for the future sustenance of their hapu and iwi. In the space of ten years, the

5.2 10

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Government had managed to purchase over 330,000 acres in the district while holding debts against another 200,000 acres.1 Thus, by 1885, most of the peninsula, gulf islands and blocks on the western shore of the firth had been acquired for the economic advantage of European settlers and speculators, while Maori ability to retain their last large tract of territory—the delta lands of the Waihou and Piako Rivers—was already seriously compromised by old raihana debts.

Over the next three decades the promises of Maori prosperity and 'partnership' in the development of the colony were shown to be a sham. By 1910 most of the damage had been done, and the place of Hauraki had been set at the bottom rung of the socioeconomic order. Negotiation and concession on public works had been shown to be backed by the 'force of law' while the willingness of the Government and public bodies to employ Maori on such projects also proved remarkably short-lived. The mineral and timber assets of lands, the freehold of which was leased but retained by Maori, had been largely exhausted, even by the 1880s, while sales of Ohinemuri and Te Ipu o Moehau prevented Maori from any ongoing participation in the economic benefits of the new mining ventures made possible by further exploration and technological innovation.

An already severely attenuated land base was reduced further; in the 1880s by Crown purchases of A subdivisions of lands initially held back from the large-scale alienations of Ohinemuri, Waikawau, and Moehau; and increasingly, in the 1890s, by Government-endorsed sale of reserves, often to the Crown itself; as earlier official concerns over the rapidity of Hauraki's land loss were seemingly forgotten and legislators undermined the protections placed on the title. These purchases of much of the remaining Maori land in the gold field district were followed in the late 189os, and the 1900s, by the Government's acquisition of the idle 'wastelands' comprising the Hauraki floodplain. The land was quickly stripped of its kahikatea, drained and brought into farm production and close settlement. Thus, by the end of 1912, Hauraki were left with only 171,000 acres, and much of this was on poor soil, degraded by public works, or in blocks too small and undeveloped to provide adequately for the needs of the iwi at that time, let alone an economic resurgence in subsequent years.

The Crown took few steps to give effect to the ideals of partnership and prosperity once Maori had opened their lands to economic exploitation and settlement. To the contrary, with few exceptions, administrations sought to acquire the most valuable of the areas left in Maori ownership, often in response to pressure from local bodies and politicians from whose ranks Maori were excluded. Advocates of the individualisation of native title had made much of the supposed benefits of greater security of tenure and enhanced commercial value of land held under Crown grant, but in fact, Maori owners continued to have restricted access to capital, and were denied the sorts of economic assistance which the Government extended to their Pakeha counterparts. James Carroll noted in 1891, for example, that the Government inhibited Maori progress in farming by excluding them from eligibility for financial assistance to become 'useful settlers'; and by taking on semi-

1 See Lands Purchased and Leased from Natives in the North Island. AJHR 1884, C–2, pp. 5–7.

2

5.3 11

▲back to top

 

Introduction: Chapter Summary

monopolistic powers to exclude private purchasers and keep the price of land low, which also meant that there was little profit for the sellers to reinvest.2 The Government took advantage of that quasi-monopoly, and of Maori desperate financial need, to insist upon prices well below those sought by vendors. This cannot be seen merely as energetic bargaining on the part of Crown agents. As Oliver points out: 'It is surely beyond dispute that governments, whatever may have been the limits upon their capacity to protect Maori from ... developments [attendant upon colonisation] should not have taken advantage of them and acted in an exploitative manner.'3

Underpinning the continuing transfer of power and of assets into the hands of European Government and settlers in the last quarter of the nineteenth century was the increasing ideological dominance of two precepts: the paramountcy of the 'public good' as an imperative of Government action and of 'equality under the law' as the principle on which New Zealand society should operate. For Maori, however, these ideals were double-edged, threatening past recognition of rights derived from native title and supposedly safeguarded by the Treaty, and those few special protections which had been developed to prevent the wholesale alienation of lands. Thus, 'equality under law' really meant 'equality under common law', and in the case of mining, that the Government should have equal access to Maori-owned as to European land. Requirements for owner consent which had operated in the early years of development were replaced by statutory assertions of the Government's right to control all resources deemed to be of national importance. This move was backed by the argument that Maori landowners were being treated no differently from Pakeha.

Nor did 'equality under law' translate into 'equality of access' to the institutions which made the law. Maori efforts to find a place in the government of the country had been largely rebuffed: the voice of Maori Members of Parliament generally ignored on issues of importance to Hauraki, and political initiatives within the Native Committees and Kotahitanga, perverted to Government perception and purpose. Denied a vehicle in which to give effect either to political aspirations or to the urgent need to exercise some form of practical control over the individual sale of tribal assets, Maori power was limited to largely passive action—not to participate in the court and not to sell—but such a position was decreasingly viable in a world of diminishing access to natural resources, consistent political pressure towards the further opening of cheap native land for settlement, and their growing indebtedness.

A number of sub-themes are given some prominence in the development of this discussion. In terms of the ongoing diminution of Hauraki land resource, the report draws heavily on the block reports of David Alexander found in Volume 8, and concentrates on the period up to the end of 1912, by which stage, Maori were left with only 12% of their original holdings in the district. Particular attention is paid to the transfer of the Hauraki Plains or delta lands out of Maori hands. This loss resulted partly

2 Cited in W.H. Oliver, The Social and Economic Situation of Hauraki Maori after Colonisation, Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997, p. 18; see also p. 35.

3   Ibid, pp. 16–17.

3

5.4 12

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

from their growing indebtedness (stemming initially from raihana payments in the 1870s, followed by large court and survey costs as complex issues of native title were bitterly fought out in the late 1880s and 1890s), and thereafter, from the Government's development of an extensive drainage and 'improvement' scheme for the area, resulting in a number of key acquisitions under public works and general land legislation in the first decade of the twentieth century. Some emphasis is given, too, to the Government's continuing efforts to acquire blocks with the most valuable sub-surface resources or best commercialpotential in order to forestall private purchase and to control development, to protect existing capital investment, and in response to the demands of local bodies and Pakeha settlers and entrepreneurs.

The general theme of Hauraki land loss also encompasses two particular questions which are discussed in some detail in separate chapters: the fate of their reserved lands, and transfer of land as a result of a growing rating burden. The emphasis here, is on the role of the Government as both law-maker and administrator. In the context of reserved lands, it is argued that the trend of legislation was towards making it easier to have prohibitions against sale removed from the title, while the growing predisposition of administrations was, similarly, to give readier approval to the freeing up of such lands to purchase. The question of the impact of rating legislation on Hauraki forms a final thread of discussion on the transfer of land resource into Government and Pakeha hands. The report traces a history of conflicting perception and interpretation of the responsibilities of Maori landowners in the payment of rates and development of an infrastructure of roads, water-supply, hospitals, and related works and services. Again, the trend in the twentieth century was one of diminishing recognition of the special circumstances and needs of Maori land owners: of bringing Maori land into the same position as that owned by Pakeha, and in the case of Thames, for the Government administration to give approval for transfer of properties, at a cheap price, into the hands of the local borough council in order to cover an accumulated rates debt.

Issues relating to minerals and sub-surface resources have continued to play an important role in the relationship between Hauraki iwi and the Crown up to the present day, and form a second important theme within the following discussion. The decline in the position of Hauraki in this context involved more than the alienation of the freehold of those blocks still generating a little income in the form of mining rents and fees. Particular emphasis is placed on the Government's exercise of its legislative powers which tended to the marginalisation of the status of the early cession agreements in terms of both the mining revenues to be received by Maori owners and their ability to withhold their lands from the Government's jurisdiction. The underpinnings of that legislative trend were a strengthened assertion of the Crown's prerogative over minerals and, again, an appeal to the concept of 'equality under law': that the Government should have equal power to control mining on Maori as on Pakeha land.

The Crown continued to claim jurisdiction over Maori lands which had been brought into the compass of its gold field powers as a result of the negotiated cessions and forced concessions of the late 1860 and 1870s, until 1971 when the Mining Act dismantled that

4

5.5 13

▲back to top

 

Introduction: Chapter Summary

structure except for resident site licences (discussed at pp. 172–175). Throughout the twentieth century, the Hauraki people continued to question the competency of the Government's implementation of the cession agreements, and the fairness of its dealings with reference to the payment of revenues and acquisition of the freehold of those blocks. The Government's response to this sense of grievance is discussed in the context of the MacCormick Commission of 1938–1939, and the negotiations surrounding the continuing operation of resident site licences under general mining legislation which gave tenants a virtual lease in perpetuity to Maori land at long out-dated rentals.

Chapter I: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

The first chapter of this report deals with the period 1880–1890. The political aspirations of Hauraki are first briefly discussed in the context of the formation of the Thames Native Committee (pp. 22–24). Hauraki views—their goals and their grievances—were often presented in concrete terms. Petition, discussion, and action concerned apparently mundane matters such as the routes taken by roads, the application of rates to land, or the particular decisions of the Native Land Court, but this report suggests that more profound political questions of the place of Maori in the new, colonial society underlay that expression. At issue here was the extent to which their views, objects, and practise would be taken into account in the formulation and application of policy: and their lack of representation (except for the four Maori Members of the House) in both central and local government, on the borough and county councils and the highway boards which were having an increasing influence on the direction and pace of development in the Hauraki district.

The Thames Native Committee

In 1883 Bryce as Native Minister gave a limited response to the ongoing Maori desire for a greater measure of self-government and efforts to gain official recognition of the informal runanga structures which had continued to gather in order to discuss matters of title, and law and order—a practice which was exemplified in the case of Hauraki, by the Pukehange committee discussed in Part 1 of this report, The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800–1885. A Thames Native Committee was established under the Native Committee Empowering Act 1883 and was to play a leading role in the negotiations at Piako, (discussed at pp. 43–53). Its major concerns, expressed at the meetings with Ballance in 1885, were the costs of the land court, the lack of Maori authority over the title process, and lack of consultation in the formulation of legislation. The effectiveness of the Committee was, however, diminished by administrative lines which took little account of traditional tribal affiliations, and the unwillingness of the Government to accord it any real power. Ultimately, as the negotiations at Piako demonstrated, the Native Committee had the power neither to impose its decisions on its own people, nor to influence the policy of the Government. The Government used the Committee as a vehicle for negotiation but

5

5.6 14

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

paid little attention to either its criticisms of the Native Land Court, or, to the reluctance to open Piako to the court's jurisdiction and the competing survey of boundaries.

Crown purchasing, 1880–1890

Crown purchasing activity slowed in the 1880s largely because of lack of funds and retrenchment (see pp. 27–54). The first goal of a reduced Native Department and its field officers was to bring outstanding negotiations at Ohinemuri and Piako to completion and offers of sale of new areas were treated with far more caution than had been the case in the 1870s. The first part of this report showed how the Government succeeded in bringing over 66,000 acres of the freehold at Ohinemuri through the court and all but 10% of that area transferred completely into its hands in 1882. The Government was, however, dissatisfied with that result, and in effect, considered the purchase to be incomplete. Ohinemuri lands continued to slowly transfer out of Maori hands. The reserves for the original vendors were left alone for the meantime, but the Ohinemuri A blocks awarded to non-vendors remained a target for Crown purchase activity throughout the 1880s. By 1887 another 5,826 acres had been acquired by the Crown with no further provision of reserves, leaving Maori with only a little over 20,000 acres out of the whole original Ohinemuri gold field area. The pace of loss gathered in the 1890s when, as the second chapter shows, Government policy emphasised the importance of opening land for close settlement. Almost all the remaining Ohinemuri lands were acquired by the Crown over the next ten years as, on the one hand, Maori had been left in debt by the lengthy Native Land Court hearings for the block, and on the other, the Government became more willing to acquire reserves despite a rhetoric of leaving Maori with a self-sufficiency in land.

Although the Native Land Purchase Department was more chary of offers, or claims of mineral wealth, it was generally willing to initiate the purchase of blocks of proven value to ensure absolute government control of sub-surface resources and European control of related development, responding positively to the requests of local politicians, local bodies, and Pakeha residents for active pursuit of acquisition. Often, however, the transfer of lands resulting from such initiatives was piecemeal, and negotiations to finalise transactions or to acquire further lands out of parent blocks extended into the 1890s. This process was exemplified throughout the last two decades of the nineteenth century by the case of Te Aroha hot springs and township where Maori interests were gradually sacrificed to the perceived requirements of development (see pp. 31–34).

At first, Government officials and ministers were conscious that Maori in the Te Aroha district had little land left and generally refused to countenance the lifting of prohibition against further sale of the reserves there. From very early on, however, exceptions were made to that policy as restrictions against sale were lifted to allow the gifts of sites for churches and public buildings, and as the Government sought to acquire lands surrounding the hot springs domain which had already been 'gifted' by Maori right-holders at the time of negotiations for the parent block. Despite the contributions which they had already made to the development of the colonial economy and local infrastructure, it was still expected that Maori should only receive a small price for any land

6

5.7 15

▲back to top

 

Introduction: Chapter Summary

which the Government was acquiring to 'improve' and 'enhance the prosperity' of the district. On the one hand, Maori were seen as benefiting from that development, but on the other, their continuing presence as landowners was blamed for inhibiting it. Thus, their holdings remained a suitable target for purchase despite temporary retrenchment in policy or brief periods of regard for the welfare of Maori in the district.

Four case studies are drawn from Alexander's work to demonstrate continuing Government interest in acquiring the freehold of Hauraki lands containing minerals, partly to secure the absolute control of sub-surface resources, and partly in order to relieve itself of the need to pay out revenues to Maori. Even at a time of retrenchment, efforts to purchase gold field blocks might be stimulated by occasional discoveries of minerals deposits (as in the case of Te Ipu o Moehau), by the demands of the local settler community and capital investment, and by the general belief that such lands should not pass into private hands—this was expressed in the standing authority to land purchase officers to 'purchase if opportunity offered'. The practise of negotiation was complicated by the role of the gold field warden who operated also as a purchase officer in the district. By this stage, little remained of the original paternalistic colouration to the functions of the warden. The activities of this officer were particularly questionable in the case of Kuaotunu where he began arranging mining tenure and laying out a mining township before gaining the consent of Maori owners, and at Moehau no. 4 where he advised the Government to withdraw from the terms of the original rental agreement set up in 1862, since this arrangement was no longer profitable. He subsequently treated the block as if it remained in the gold field, failing to make a new agreement with the owners. In following negotiations for the freehold, the Government's attention was devoted largely to protecting the interests of the major company still working the gold field on the block. A questionable level of pressure was subsequently applied on Maori to induce them to sell the freehold of Moehau, the payment of overdue revenues being made contingent upon that agreement (se pp. 34–42).

The final section of discussion of Crown policy in the 1880s concerns the negotiations for lands in the vicinity of the Piako River, the roots of which lay in the 1860s with the confiscation of Hauraki lands at Pukorokoro-Te Hoe-o-Tainui-Hapuakohe, and Mackay's raihana payments in the 1870s (discussed in Volume 4 at pp. 129–134, 204–208). The Government was particularly anxious to see a return for its expenditure in the area, but there were serious defects in the transaction on which its claim was based. In particular, payments had largely gone to only one of the several iwi holding rights in that region, amounts had been carelessly distributed, and so much time had lapsed since these had been made that the recipient hapu had a flawed knowledge of the circumstances and implications of the earlier acceptance of those monies.

In the early 1880s the Government first concentrated on reaching an agreement with Ngati Maru who had received no payments in the preceding decade but whose lands remained tied up because they had been proclaimed as under negotiation for purchase. These efforts to have Ngati Maru bring their claims through the Native Land Court failed initially, partly because of the tribal complexities—in particular, that created by the continuing presence on the ground of peoples whom Marutuahu claimed to have

7

5.8 16

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

`conquered', which description they hotly disputed. There was, however, also a level of reluctance among Ngati Maru to the land being surveyed and brought through the land court which surprised government officers. Part of that hostility derived from the longterm kingite opposition of some members of Ngati Maru who were based in the area, but objections also came from the 'friendly' sections of the tribe who did not think that they should have to bear the costs of a survey being undertaken largely for the benefit of the Crown. The Government countered by bullying leaders, and with the use of force of law when physical obstruction took place.

Chapter Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

The second chapter deals with Crown purchase policy in the Hauraki region in the period 1890–1914, delineating the escalation of loss of land for Maori, most particularly in the floodplain of the Waihou and Piako Rivers where the Government's success in bringing the first Ngati Paoa blocks through the court opened the last Hauraki territory under native title to that institution. It is intrinsic to the argument in this and following chapters, that there was plenty of evidence available to the Liberal dominated administrations of these years, both that the Hauraki people were in danger of becoming landless under the current policies, and that the operation of the native land laws and court were in large part to blame. Apart from the intermittent remarks of officers in the field and ongoing protests from Hauraki Maori, particularly in the form of Kotahitanga (discussed at pp. 74–76), benchmarks of criticism were provided by the Native Land Laws Commission in 1891, and the Stout Ngata Commission of 1906–1907 (at pp. 55–58 & 85–90, respectively). Despite a rhetoric of 'response' to Maori wishes and of ensuring that they were left with a 'self-sufficiency', the primary object of Government was to open native land to European settlement. There were frequent overhauls of the legislation and tinkering with the administration and rules pertaining to alienation and purchase, but the policy was unchanging: vigorous Crown deployment of pre-emptive powers and pursuit of land acquisition on the one hand; and on the other, frequent lifting of any restrictions on title which might otherwise interfere with the transfer of native lands into European hands.

The revival of Government interest in the acquisition of Hauraki land was signalled at a practical level by the despatch of Gilbert Mair to the district as a purchase officer in 1894; and more generally, by the trend of statutory enactment in these years. Legislation was designed to 'facilitate alienation'. In 1888 the Native Land Act had swept away the innovations attempted by Bryce and Ballance, reintroducing direct purchase of native land, but the Crown's pre-emptive power was re-established under the Native Land Purchase and Acquisition Act 1893 and Native Land Court Act 1894. The very success of the Crown's purchase operations over the next five years, meant that the Liberal Government was willing to respond to Kotahitanga grievances and allow Maori a small degree of control over the alienation process under the Maori Council Act and the Maori Land Administration Act 1900. But in 1905 the passage of the Maori Land Settlement Act signalled a change of policy back to active purchase in order to satisfy continuing

8

5.9 17

▲back to top

 

Introduction: Chapter Summary

demands for 'idle Maori land' to be made available for settlement. Mackay, who had been specially hired under the legislation, was able to buy another 16,175 acres in the Hauraki district over the next two years. In 1909 the land legislation was overhauled once again. Direct purchase of Maori lands was opened more fully to private individuals but the power of the Government to prohibit such dealings, by Order in Council, while it negotiated with Maori was retained. Although the last phase of acquisition (under public works legislation) was now largely complete, the Government continued to utilise powers under section 363 of the Native Land Act 1909, to claim a monopoly of negotiation while making occasional purchases in the district, for purposes ranging from the acquisition of lands for soldiers' settlements, improvement of access, and sites for hospitals and schools.

The Crown's interest throughout this period was focused on the Hauraki Plains as the only extensive lands in Maori hands with potential to be turned into dairy farms, but the more active policy of acquisition and the deployment of officers to the district was almost certain to draw the remaining peninsula lands into the compass of purchase operations. Mair, Mackay, and other Government officers were thus able to acquire at least another 62,000 acres in the peninsula lands from 1890 to 1912. Of particular note was the Crown's willingness to buy reserves now that there was little else available (discussed at Chapter Three) and, at the prompting of the local politicians, business community, and mining interest, to purchase the best of what remained to Maori. The discussion here draws on the example of the Kuaotunu blocks where gold had been recently discovered and of township properties where Maori ownership was blamed for holding back development.

The impact of court and survey costs in the Hauraki Plains

This was a time of some economic distress for the Hauraki iwi. The expenses of defining title by means of the hearing process before the Native Land Court and the survey of boundaries had a particularly profound impact on their ability to hold onto remaining lands—more especially in the Hauraki Plains. The Government had long know that this area was particularly fraught with difficulties of title determination, being characterised by clashing colours of right: the one derived from conquest and consistent use; the other based on an argument of the pre-eminence of unbroken physical occupation. That evidence of dispute over right-holding was to be found both in the early reports of officers, and in the troublesome nature of the negotiations in the 1880s, which had been frequently interrupted by protests and resistance to survey. Nonetheless, the Crown pushed ahead, determined to have title defined in the last Hauraki territory under native tenure and the area opened to purchase and settlement.

Once the first obstacle had been cleared in the Hauraki Plains district—the definition of boundaries of Ngati Paoa blocks subject to the old raihana debts, and passage of those lands through the court—the dam was broken. Other iwi with rights in the district began to bring their lands through the court, signalling the breakdown of final opposition to the land court amongst the Hauraki people as the Kotahitanga ban collapsed, and as those groups who had formerly refused to accept its jurisdiction now gave way. Bitter rivalries were expressed in the ensuing cases, as Marutuahu, Ngati Haua, and the Ngati Hako

9

5.10 18

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

peoples brought their claims to court and argued their different interpretations of history, right, and evidence of occupation in the region. Hearings were lengthy and expensive, the same issues being resubmitted for court decision repeatedly and, in most blocks, eventually brought to the appellate court. Adding to the expense of the court hearings were the costs of surveyors, condemned by the Government's own officer in the district, as 'rapacious Pakehas'. Most notable was the debt of almost £3,000 owed by Ngati Paoa based at Te Hoe-o-Tainui for the survey of their lands. The Government might take over such liens itself, and actively pursued award of land for survey costs, invariably dictating how much land would be required to cancel the debt, by setting the rate of conversion of the money amount into acres.

The final result, even for the winners of the land court struggle, was one of debt and the need to sell more and more of the blocks concerned. The Crown's acquisition of lands as a result of the pressing need of grantees to pay off pressing court and survey debts is detailed on pp. 63–74. The Government often drove a hard bargain. Maori were paid the lowest amount it was thought that they would accept, so that, after all the expenses were paid, they received very little benefit from establishing title. Mair calculated, for example, that Ngati Hako had paid 12/- per acre in court fees, agents and survey costs, but the Government rarely offered more than 5/- per acre in purchase price.

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

The passage of the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905 (discussed at pp. 77–83) signalled a further surge of Crown purchase activity resulting in the acquisition of some 11,000 acres in the Hauraki Plains district alone over the next two years. Particularly questionable was the utilisation of section 20 of the Act in the case of II blocks (amounting to over 5,000 acres) to bypass problems caused by the refusal of minority owners to sell to the Crown in its pursuit of a programme of purchase of delta lands for draining and conversion to dairy farms. Under this section, the whole of a block could be designated as Crown land if the majority in value had been acquired, when there were more than ten owners, and the amount owing in respect of the shares of the non-signatories to the deed of transfer held by the Receiver General on their behalf. Not only did this mean that minority non-sellers had no say in the price to be received for their interests, but their capacity as duly recognised owners to refuse to sell their lands for whatever reason, was completely nullified.

The Crown continued, also, to make compulsory acquisitions of blocks in the floodplain for 'drainage purposes' under the Hauraki Plains Act and the Public Works Act of 1908. The major utilisation of the Act took place between 1908 and 1911, during which time nearly 2,000 acres were acquired compulsorily in nine different blocks, with compensation set at levels which ensured that it was the Crown not the former Maori owners who gained the economic benefits from the land improvement schemes for which those blocks had been required. These acquisitions for public works purposes are discussed more fully in Chapter IV.

This marked the final phase of intensive Government engagement in the district. But in spite of earlier advice to the contrary, and the evidence before their own eyes, Government

I0

5.11 19

▲back to top

 

Introduction: Chapter Summary

officials under the Massey, National and Coates administrations (1912–1928) persisted in the belief that Maori land should be available for purchase as required. The priorities of the Public Works Department, of local government bodies, and of the Pakeha populace still tended to take precedence over consideration of Maori needs in the application of policy. The Crown continued to have occasional recourse to public works powers in the Hauraki Plains district, but a variety of objects lay behind the label of 'facilitation of drainage' for which blocks were supposedly acquired in these years: tidy boundaries, better road access, compensation of Pakeha farmers for takings on their land, convenient sites for department workshops. Those goals might take priority even if these areas comprised some of the last papakainga lands held by the owners in question. In other general acquisitions, the Crown was once again greatly assisted by its ability to prohibit private dealing (under section 363, Native Land Act 1909), and thus, to control the conditions of negotiation while its officers purchased individual interests over a protracted period if the majority of the owners called together at a block meeting had refused to sell at the Government's price.

Chapter HI: Reserves and Removal of Restrictions on Alienation, 1880–1909

Much of the impact of enactment of land law was experienced in the context of reserved lands. If, on the one hand, the trend of Government was to speed up the availability of land to the small settler, partly by means of enacting special purchase powers for the Crown, the other was towards easing restrictions which had been placed on the title of reserved lands. Government legislation with regard to reserves, and the impact of policy on Hauraki 'inalienable' land holdings from 1880–1910 is discussed in this chapter.

The putting aside of reserved lands in Hauraki is briefly discussed. The concept of reserves was developed in an ad hoc way. When officials spoke of 'reserves' they might be referring to one of three different situations. Often, lands which had been held back from a larger sale were seen by officials as having been 'reserved', even though the disposal remained entirely in the hands of Maori. Although such lands had no protection, they were often considered to provide adequately for Maori requirements—and to prove that purchase operations could continue unabated in the district. Sometimes, Maori and Government negotiators arranged for 'reserves' to be created out of a Crown purchase of a block. The whole of the block transferred to the Crown which might hold a portion of that land (generally 10%) in trust for the vendors. These lands were eventually brought under the management of the Public Trustee. Few areas, however, were vested in the Crown in trust for Maori in the Hauraki district. More frequently, 'reserves' were granted back to the owners but with restrictions against alienation placed on the title by the Native Land Court. The Court might also place a restriction on the alienation of a block at the time of award at the request of the grantees even though no sale was involved.

One side of the coin of Government policy was the setting aside of 'reserved lands'; the other was the withdrawal of protections from those blocks to enable their alienation. The

5.12 20

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Government's role was three-fold. It made the laws which governed the protections on reserved lands, administered the applications for the removal of restrictions against alienation from the title, and frequently, was itself the purchaser. The trend of legislation was towards making it easier to have restrictions removed so that an alienation could take place, most especially, if the purchaser was the Government. Three particular issues were involved: the streamlining of procedures for the lifting of restrictions, the diminishing requirements for owner consent, and the growing ease with which the Crown could buy such land. Eventually, the entire structure of restricted title was dismantled.

The legislative onslaught on the reserved lands was initiated by the Atkinson Government with the passage in 1888 of the Native Land Administration Act and the Native Land Court Act. This legislation signalled a new phase of 'free trade' in Maori land, enabled the Native Land Court to remove restrictions, and reduced requirements for unanimous consent among the owners. That year, also, the Crown by means of the Native Contracts and Promises Act specifically divested itself of its trust for the Waikawau reserves so that they could be sold. The Native Land Laws Amendment Act 1890 chipped away at requirements for owner consent, as did the Native Land Purchase and Acquisition Act 1893 which, with the Native Land Purchase Act of the preceding year, also provided for easier removal of restrictions when the Crown was the purchaser. The Native Land Act 1894, passed as a consolidating measure by the Liberal Government, reduced the level of owner consent even further to one-third only, provided that the Governor gave consent in the case of restrictions which had been placed on the title prior to 1888.

These legislative moves were followed by an upswing in the removal of restrictions on the title of Hauraki land. As legislation began loosening restrictions, the official consciousness of the need to ensure that Maori in Hauraki held onto remaining lands also fell away. In the early 1880s, after the finalisation of the extensive purchases undertaken in the 1870s, administrations were particularly aware of the rapid decline in the holdings in many parts of the region. Restrictions on lease might be lifted but both Bryce and Ballance, as successive Native Ministers, generally vetoed further transfer of the freehold of Hauraki lands out of Maori hands. This was particularly the case at Te Aroha. Even so, they were prepared to reverse that policy if the 'public good' was deemed to be concerned. Thus, Bryce endorsed the lifting of restrictions on town lots at Paeroa to enable gifts to the Church and to the Crown for public buildings, while legislation was passed to also authorise the alienation of Te Aroha township sites for a school, 'public uses' and 'public streets'. This was followed by lifting of restrictions to allow the Government to purchase the land surrounding the mineral springs area, at a cheap rate, for an endowment to the Domain Board.

While the Native Department, and thereafter, the Justice Department retained responsibility for cases involving reserves created prior to 1888, decisions about the removal of restrictions on title moved into the jurisdiction of the Native Land Court. Both the capacity and the willingness of the Native Minister and his Department to veto transactions, as Ballance and Bryce had done, declined accordingly. Most attention was paid to whether the proportion of owners required under legislation had been met and whether the price was fair, not whether Maori should hold onto those lands. The

12

5.13 21

▲back to top

 

Introduction: Chapter Summary

question of whether applicants had sufficient land left was assessed by the Native Land Court. But the minutes of the court, in these years, suggest that proper enquiry whether applicants had sufficient lands left was practically non-existent. In general, the statement of the applicant was accepted, and recorded instances of checks on those claims, or rejections of applications, are rare. The impact of this combination of easing legislative requirements, and a declining exercise of Government responsibility is delineated in case studies of the rapid dissipation of lands reserved from the sale of parent blocks at Te Aroha, Ohinemuri, Waikawau, and Moehau.

Chapter IV: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

The fourth chapter discusses the environmental impact of the Government's purchase, development and public works policies for the Hauraki people in the early twentieth century. The first part of this discussion focuses on the deepening effects of mining on the lives of the Hauraki people, even though most of them had long ceased to receive any direct benefit from the opening of their lands to the Government's jurisdiction. The ability of Maori to rely on rivers for drinking water, whitebait, and eels, the value of their cultivations, and the integrity of wahi tapu in riparian blocks were severely affected by the discharge of mining debris, tailings, and cyanide into watercourses under permissive Government legislation. The evidence is limited, but suggests that Government officials tended to give priority to the more apparent interests of economic development in assessing whether waterways should be exploited for dumping, and to the claims of Europeans in assessing damage, even though their reliance on natural water sources was lesser in degree than that of Maori.

Drainage of the Hauraki Plains

The theme of Maori resource and land loss as a result of the Government's development goals and public works schemes is explored in more depth with reference to the draining of the Hauraki Plains. A number of factors came together at the turn of the century to threaten Maori control and retention of this area which was valued for its bird and fish resource rather than for the quality of the cultivable soil. Included here were the development of the dairy export industry which gave kahikatea a new value for butter boxes, and a boom in the flax industry also demanding wood as fuel for the stampers, enhanced technological capabilities which permitted large-scale drainage works, and the Government's increasing responsiveness to demands for land for conversion into dairy farms. Crown purchase for the draining of the delta lands was facilitated by the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905 (discussed previously at pp. 77–83) and by public works legislation—both the general enactment of 1908 and the Hauraki Plains Act also passed that year. Some 1922 acres had been acquired under the legislation by 1911, and another 1,212 acres by 1925. In setting compensation levels the Government applied rules which ensured that it retained the benefits from drainage work for itself. Under the betterment principle which operated until 1920, any additional value resulting from public works was not taken into account in assessing compensation.

13

5.14 22

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Adding to the perception of the people based in the area that they had been denied the fruits of the growth in agricultural wealth was an oftimes ruthless attitude amongst officials in the Public Works Department, and in wider Government, to the lands that had remained to Maori after the initial round of purchases under the Maori Lands Settlement Act 1905 and compulsory acquisition under the Public Works Act 1908. The Government continued to apply public works legislation in the district as it saw fit. Although takings were purportedly for drainage purposes, the ends to that goal continued to be widely interpreted and might include the acquisition of Maori land to give in compensation to a Pakeha farmer whose land had been taken, to comply with the plans of settlement schemes, for departmental workshops, or because the presence of a `native owned' section was seen as 'detrimental' to the prosperity of the area. Warnings that the Maori concerned had little other land left held little weight with officials in the Public Works Department and the Department of Lands and Survey who invariably answered that the lands were absolutely required for development projects.

Chapter v: Hauraki Land and Rates, 1870–1970

The fifth chapter discusses the issue of rates. It is argued here that problems surrounding the rating of Maori land should be viewed in the light of the wider questions of place of Maori in New Zealand society and their lack of representation in local government. The genesis of a developing divergence in attitude to the contribution and responsibilities of Maori landowners is described. On the one hand Maori had no voice in the local bodies which levied rates and dictated the construction of local works and roads, but on the other were increasingly expected, in the last quarter of the century, to 'bear their share' of the financial burden of developing the infrastructure. Maori, for their part, could not see why their lands should be suddenly subject to taxes, while in their view, inadequate recognition had been given to their contribution in terms of the cheap price of their land and of gifts of sites for roads, schools and other public purposes. As title fragmented, and the Government interposed itself in the management of lands, Maori argued that they should not be liable to rates until the 'handicaps' had been removed and their full powers of control restored.

Rating laws and Maori land

At Thames, Ngati Maru reacted to public works projects and the possibility of being taxed by negotiating with the County Council directly, arranging by written deed that they would allow the county road to Paeroa to go through as far as Hikutaia but that: `The Natives are not now or at any time to pay rates or the generations succeeding them.' They reserved, too, the right to withdraw their consent to right of way if that agreement should be broken. In their eyes, that agreement embodied a principle of partnership which continued to hold authority well into the twentieth century, but the Government accorded it a much lesser value. At first it honoured the exception largely by default of general administration rather than in acknowledgement of the right of Maori to strike such a bargain: thereafter, only at the absolute insistence of the Hauraki iwi.

14

5.15 23

▲back to top

 

Introduction: Chapter Summary

The issue resurfaced in the twentieth century as the Government again sought to strengthen the application of rating laws to Maori land. In the first quarter of the century, a series of Acts gradually brought Maori owned land on the same footing as that owned by Pakeha, and strengthened local body powers of recovery. The Hauraki people protested strongly when the Thames County Council took out charging orders against 65 blocks in the district in 1925. The Native Land Court rejected their argument that the Hauraki lands were exempt from rates under the 1877 compact, finding that this agreement had 'no legal force or effect'. Their protests continued, however, and in 1930 the Government reluctantly issued an Order in Council excepting 31 blocks from the Rating Act 1925. Neither local government nor Maori were satisfied. Maori saw the exemption of only those blocks adjoining the main county road as a narrow interpretation of the earlier accord which they thought pertained to the whole district while the Thames County Council resented the loss to their revenue. In 1962, despite the representations of Maori that the original agreement had been intended to provide a 'pattern of relationships for the future', the Government decided to terminate the Thames exemption, phasing it out over a five year period.

Rate arrears

Elsewhere in the Hauraki district, growing arrears in rates posed yet another threat to the capacity of Maori to hold onto their remaining properties. The Maori holdings at Thames, in particular, were squeezed between high valuations, low commercial returns, and problems in raising capital for improvements. In one case, as much as £3000 was owed, yet the properties concerned were known to be capable of producing very little rent at that time.

During the depression of the 1930s, the failure of Maori landowners to pay rates was blamed for much of the financial difficulty being experienced by the Thames Borough Council. The Borough Council, and after 1932 the Special Commissioner who had been appointed under legislation (the Thames Borough Commissioner Act) to take over its financial administration, actively pursued recovery from Maori. The Native Minister, whose consent was required for sale of land by means of a vesting order if owners were in default, was also more willing to contemplate such a step in the case of land at Thames than was generally the case, partly because the retention of such areas did not fit in with the standard model of the Maori landowner as a small farmer working papakainga holdings. As a consequence between 1934 and 1936 several blocks of town land, whose retention might have enabled local Maori to participate in the future commercial development of the town, were allowed instead, to transfer to local government at cheap depression prices properties valued at over £7,600, being vested in the Thames Borough Council in settlement of rates arrears of £3,400.

Chapter VI   Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

The sixth chapter discusses issues relating to mineral rights and revenues in the period covered by this report. Four major areas of concern are emphasised: the continuing

5.16 24

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

problems in the Government's administration of the original cession agreements as a result of bureaucratic incompetencies, the fragmentation of title to the land, and the introduction of new mining laws which effected the revenues generated by gold field blocks; the impact of that legislation on the ability of Hauraki Maori to withhold lands containing valuable sub-surface resources from the Government's jurisdiction; the inability of Maori to withdraw their lands from that jurisdiction even though mining had long ceased on them; and the unsuccessful struggle of Maori to gain redress for the Crown's earlier actions in opening the gold field, the subsequent failure to properly care for their interests in its management, and ultimately, in acquiring the complete freehold.

Administration of gold field reserves

It had been intrinsic to Maori agreement in handing over the administration of mining to the Government, that the revenues which they had been promised would be properly collected and distributed; but problems continued to plague the management of gold field revenues well into the 1930s. Those problems derived from two sets of circumstances: legislative changes which directly effected revenues generated on Maori owned blocks, and ongoing inefficiencies in the machinery of collection and distribution.

Evidence of problems in the actual administration of the revenues—of charges on Maori, long-term delays in payment, and the almost complete breakdown of mechanisms of distribution by 19000—has been outlined in this chapter. It is to be noted that by the 1920s over £2000 was outstanding in revenues which were 'unclaimed' because the mechanisms of payment had completely broken down. These monies were eventually applied to the general purposes of Ngati Maru and associated tribes, under section 17 of the Native Purposes Act 1935.

Of particular significance in terms of legislative impact was the passage of the Mining Act 1886 which altered requirements for miners' rights by increasing the area that could be held under them, and thus, also the revenues to be paid to the Maori owners. These changes were instituted over Maori protest, and Wilkinson, the Government officer of the time, who combined responsibilities for the native gold field revenue account and for land purchase, also gave strong support to the validity of their complaint. He pointed out the cession agreements had conveyed the impression that the Crown had been 'desirous at that time that the Natives should benefit as much as possible through having thrown open their lands for gold mining'. Yet the terms of those agreements had been altered to Maori disadvantage without their consent. In his view, their revenues had been reduced by as much as 75%, and the Government in taking this step had 'apparently overlooked, or ignored the fact that such action, though beneficial enough to the gold digger, was disastrous to the Natives ... and ... in a measure broke faith with them.' The effectiveness of legislative changes intended to redress part of the problem was undermined by limited application, on the specific direction of the Minister of Mines.

Hauraki Maori petitioned the Government over the matter, and in 1894, the Goldfields and Mines Committee acknowledged that they had sustained a loss through the Government's breach of the original agreement. The Committee recommended that the

16

5.17 25

▲back to top

 

Introduction: Chapter Summary

Government take steps to ascertain the extent of the loss and to recoup the petitioners. The Government continued to stall on the matter and eventually solved the problem to its own satisfaction by purchasing the freehold of the lands in most contention.

In the 1880s the Crown began to withdraw from its previous mining arrangements, but was unwilling to meet Maori demands that complete authority over gold field blocks—especially where mining had all but ceased—should be returned to them. Instead the Crown acted as though its jurisdiction continued even though Maori owners had not consented to any new arrangements. At the same time, Government passed a series of statutes strengthening its prerogative over and power to control precious sub-surface resources, thus distancing Maori further from control of both minerals and the land in which they lay. The Reserves and Endowments in Mining Districts Act 1882 extended the operation of mining legislation to all public reserves and endowments. While 'reserves for the use, support, or education' of Maori were excluded, the Governor-in-Council was empowered to bring any such land under the Act's jurisdiction. Under the Mining Act (no. 2) 1887 the Governor was given the power to 'alter and vary' the terms of the contract and conditions under which Maori had ceded their lands for mining. The Mining Act 1891 enabled the Governor to bring any Native Reserve (except for those specifically reserved from mining cessions) into its ambit. In 1892 the Native Land Court was empowered to declare lands open to mining on application of the Governor if the majority of owners consented. The distinction between the ordinary reserve and the mining reserve was swept away by the Mining Act Amendment Act 1896 which declared any lands for residences, cultivations, or burial sites that had been reserved from the cession of the gold field to be now available for mining purposes 'in like manner in all respects as if they had been ceded.' That trend towards making Maori-owned land available to mining whatever the wishes of the owners continued into the twentieth century. Of particular note here was the Mining Act 1910 which dropped the requirement for majority consent before the Native Land Court could bring Maori land within the compass of the Government's mining jurisdiction.

Maori protest

Maori protested the trend of this legislation towards the diminution of both their rights to withhold lands from the Crown's jurisdiction and of their revenues by the introduction of laws without any consultation on the issue, or notice of that intention. In the debates on the Mining Act Amendment Act 1892, for example, Taipua roundly criticised the Government's disregard of Maori interest, arguing that the rights of the minority owners were being ignored, and remnants of control over their gold field lands utterly destroyed: `What the Natives complained of was this: that each succeeding Parliament endeavoured to make the laws worse than those passed by the previous Parliament.' Hauraki Maori petitioned repeatedly about the reduction of their revenues as a result of changes in the mining legislation while Heke, in the debates on the Mining Act Amendment Act 1896, challenged the Crown's strengthening assertion of its right to precious sub-surface resources. He denied that Maori had given up 'their properties and to the gold and silver and other minerals' when they had handed over sovereignty to the Crown in 1840. Rather,

17

5.18 26

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

in his view, 'the fact of the Natives signing on the one hand and the Queen on the other hand agreeing upon a treaty ... show[ed] completely that the land, property and every other property contained thereon ... belonged to the Natives.'

There were two mining-related issues of particular importance for the Hauraki people in the twentieth century. One relates to their efforts to regain complete control over the gold field lands, played out in the context of blocks still occupied under resident site licences which had been issued by the gold field warden; the other to their struggle to gain redress for the Crown's past actions with regard to mineral rights, the cession agreements, and the acquisition of the gold field blocks.

The MacCormick Commission

In the 1930s Hauraki iwi recommenced petitioning the Government about the past conduct of the Crown with reference to mineral rights, the payment of revenues, and acquisition of the gold field blocks. The petitions which expressed a deep but largely undefined sense of loss were referred to the Native Land Court for inquiry and report under section 22 of the Native Purposes Act 1935. The resulting inquiry became known as the MacCormick Commission.

From the beginning the Hauraki petitioners were hampered in presenting their case. The Crown's officers largely dictated the terms of the inquiry, and the Crown's ownership of minerals and right to legislate as it saw fit was assumed as given. There was no examination of the implications of the Treaty of Waitangi or the question of a native right to sub-surface resources. The difficulties and costs of properly researching and presenting a case were acknowledged to be prohibitive, and the Crown denied the petitioners access to the Government record on the grounds that this would 'enable them to frame ... more direct allegations', might result in misinterpretation, give rise to 'a lot of allegations that might be fanciful but very difficult to answer' and 'seriously embarrass' the Government. Thus, the MacCormick Commission—and indeed, all later enquiries into the question—looked at the case from one viewpoint only, with evidence provided exclusively by Government officers, and 'the rules of the game' also set by the Crown.

The major direction of the petitioners' case developed along lines which fitted in with the requirements of the law, and with the sources of information available to them: that the deeds of cession had guaranteed the gold field revenues to the signatories and their heirs for all time, which intention had been recognised by subsequent statutes; and that the deeds had created a fiduciary obligation on the part of the Crown which it had failed to fulfil. That failure lay not only in the poor administration of gold field revenues but also in the Crown breach of the principle that a trustee was not entitled to purchase any of the property in trust for his own benefit. Crown counsel countered with evidence showing that no fraud had been committed. Even though there might have been delays and endemic problems, the extant accounts showed that revenues had been paid out, that lands had been purchased not taken, and that the cession deeds created no trust, merely a `bargain for a right or easement'.

5.19 27

▲back to top

 

Introduction: Chapter Summary

The Court accepted the Crown's evidence that, while there had been serious lapses in bookkeeping, no actual fraud had taken place, and reluctantly rejected the petitioners' argument that a trust had been created by the cession deeds. In the Court's view, the Crown had become a fiduciary agent responsible to Maori for 'its actions in regard to mining rights and the revenues collected, but not further or otherwise.' The petitioners could not show that the Crown had intended for them to receive those revenues after the freehold of the land had been sold, nor that a trust had been created in the land itself. MacCormick did indicate some unease, however, about both the state of the gold field revenue accounts, and the nature of the gold field purchases. The Crown was unable to render a completely satisfactory account of the revenues received and expended by it. Thus, if the petitioners had been unable to prove that any wrong-doing had taken place in the administration of the revenues, the Crown had been unable to show, definitively, that they had no grievance. MacCormick was also critical of earlier Crown agents for leading Maori into 'very bad bargains' when they sold the land. He thought the offence was mitigated by the general practice of the period, and the fact that the real profits from mining came after later technological developments. Nonetheless, in his opinion, these transactions would not have been approved had they been subject to judicial review.

Although actual illegal deed had not been proved, MacCormick recommended that the Crown make an ex-gratia payment of between £30,000 and £40,000, in view of 'the large sums received by the Crown by reason of its purchases of the freehold of land previously ceded to it for mining purposes', questions whether Maori had 'fully appreciated the effect of their sales, and the further doubt as to the proper distribution to the Natives of the moneys they were entitled to'.

For the next 50 years, the Hauraki people petitioned repeatedly for the Crown to implement that recommendation, being thwarted by the turnabout of ministries, narrow official construction of responsibility, and Government reluctance to admit liability for nineteenth century transactions. As the question was brought to the attention of; and reexamined by successive administrations, two divergent attitudes emerged. The dominant view within Government was that the claim was stale and unfounded: that the Crown had made payment in good faith when the rights to minerals and to lands had been first acquired and that the 'Court which considered the claim had not found any grounds ... which would provide a reasonable basis for a special payment at this distance of time.' Treasury officials were particularly hostile to the idea of making such a compensatory payment, arguing that to thus address questions of fairness of transaction and understanding of bargain would set a dangerous precedent, likely to reopen the majority of sales in New Zealand. This view was echoed by others such as Ivor Prichard who was directed to look into the question by the Holyoake administration.

A significant dissenting view was voiced, however, generally within the Labour administrations which, over the years, made promises to Hauraki leaders which went unfulfilled before defeat at the elections. Of particular note was Peter Fraser's expressions of endorsement, in 1947–1949, for a proposal from the Hauraki iwi that the sum

19

5.20 28

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

recommended by MacCormick be granted to enable them to raise their general standard of living and to aid them in education, farm development, and the rehabilitation of their returned servicemen. There was intermittent official recognition subsequently that a `moral obligation' had been created by both MacCormick and Fraser, and that it was unsatisfactory for the Crown to rely on a strictly legal defence to deny the claim. There was growing appreciation, too, that the terms of past examination of the issue had been strongly weighted in favour of the Crown. The settlement of the Hauraki claim was not considered a matter of priority, however, and the more sympathetic Governments invariably fell before any steps towards making a compensatory payment had been completed.

Resident site licences

Resident site licences had been set up under nineteenth century mining legislation to provide residential holdings for the mining population (see pp. 172–175). Mining had largely ceased at Thames and Coromandel, but the area remained under the Government's jurisdiction and the warden continued, even in the 1920, to grant licences under the general legislation. By this stage, the licence gave the holder of it the equivalent of a renewable lease to Maori land for trivial rents and for purposes totally unrelated to mining activities. In the late 1960s, 51 licences were identified as still operating on Maori land, generating a total rent of $81 on property with an unimproved value of $20000.

The Government's attention was drawn to the matter on a number of occasions, both by its own advisors and by Hauraki Maori. Prichard during his inquiry into Mac Cormick's recommendations had, for example, privately informed the Minister of Maori Affairs that the owners of the properties held under such licences had a 'definite grievance' which probably would be the 'subject of a meritorious claim' sooner or later. Despite ongoing Maori complaint, and while the trend of policy was towards doing away with differentials in mining law regarding the treatment of Maori and Pakeha lands, there was considerable reluctance to interfere in any way with the interests of third parties. Thus, the Mining Tenures Registration Act 1962 abrogated the Government's power to cancel licences for breach of the conditions of issue, guaranteeing a virtually perpetual tenure. And when the Mining Act 1971 renounced the Crown's rights under the deeds of cession, the resident site licences were preserved. Maori were forced into negotiation, and into court action, to try to prevent the continuing occupation of their lands on this tenure. When their action before the High Court failed, Maori reluctantly accepted the Government's proposal to buy out lessees of sites on which there were no buildings so that the land could be returned. In occupied sites, however, this step was considered impossible, and the Government offered other lands in exchange or to buy out the Maori owners at current unimproved valuation, with compensation for lost income, and the fact that they had been placed in a position in which they had no alternative but to agree to sell.

20

6 Chapter 1: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880-1890

▲back to top

6.1 29

▲back to top

 

Chapter I

GOVERNMENT POLICY
AND MAORI REACTION, 1880–1890

Maori Concerns and Government Reaction

Much of Hauraki concern in the 1870s and 1880s was apparently grounded in concrete issues: the Thames mudflats, the opening of Ohinemuri, the distribution of mining revenues, the construction of the road to Komata, the setting aside of reserves, lack of compensation for the confiscation of lands at Tauranga and Waikato, and disputed transactions and Native Land Court findings. But wider questions of the meaning of rangatiratanga, of Crown responsibilities, and the place of Maori in economic and social development were also involved here. The gap between Hauraki aspiration and Government response grew. Hauraki Maori sought better economic deals—the recognition of rights to a gold-bearing reserve at Tairua, a more efficient administration of gold field revenues, a better price for kauri than the 25/- set by the gold-mining agreements—while Pakeha officials complained that Maori should not be allowed to pick out the eyes of the land, or to monopolise the profits of the gold field. Maori rejection of the land court, obstruction of roads, and protest over the loss of the foreshore at Thames, of eel weirs on the Waihou, or of cultivations along the Kauaeranga River as a result of timber floating were interpreted by Europeans solely in terms of the Native impediment to settlement and progress. The intent of Hauraki leaders was, however, to regain control of the pace of economic and social transformation rather than to stop change altogether. Even Ngati Hako, strong adherents to kingitanga principles, now sought delay for the fuller consideration of their interests, hitherto largely ignored by the Government, rather than advocating no sale of land at all.

These protests reflected the growing fissure which separated the two races. Maori had almost nothing to do with the machinery of local administration, being unrepresented on highway and harbour boards, local bodies, or on the Provincial Council which exercised considerable influence over the development and management of the gold field, rivers, and harbours by means of the powers of the Superintendent. Hauraki Maori looked for greater power within the new institutions transforming and regulating their lives, often pointing out that legislation which materially affected their rights should have been discussed with them before being introduced. They asked for representation on the Provincial Council, for their own scrutiny of the gold-mining revenues, and for more Maori control over the machinery of land transaction.

21

6.2 30

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

(a) The search for control: Native Committees and the Native Land Court

While small groups of kingites resisted survey and public works on the ground, others among the Hauraki iwi attempted to control the pace of alienation by legal means, petitioning the Government, meeting with officials, pursuing legal protection or remedy through the common law and warden courts, and seeking the recognition of the authority of their own institutions. The runanga meetings held in response to the shooting of a surveyor at Pukehange (discussed in The Crown, The Treaty and The Hauraki Tribes, 1800–1885) demonstrated that Maori forums of decision-making continued to operate effectively in the Hauraki rohe. In the early 1880s Maori throughout the country revived the effort to obtain authorisation of such structures to adjudicate matters both of title and of law and order.1 In 1883 Bryce (Native Minister, 1879–1881, 1882–1884) responded to these demands, passing the Native Committees Empowering Act which gave regional committees the authority to discuss disputed land claims, advise the Court, and to referee Maori disputants in certain circumstances, provided that both parties had agreed to accept such arbitration.

Ward points out that the structure established by the Government was ill-suited to Maori perspectives. Bryce intended that only six or seven committees be set up for the whole of the North Island. Eventually 12 regional organisations were formed but Maori would have preferred far smaller, local committees at hapu level.2 Nonetheless, Hauraki, with a history of confederation among the tribes sustained by interlocking right-holding patterns, quickly sought to utilise the structure. A committee was convened, it being resolved that Ngati Tamatera and Ngati Paoa should both send in two members. Three members were to be drawn from both Ngati Maru and Ngati Paoa, and one each from Ngati Hako and Ngati Koi.3 Still, the imposition of arbitrary administrative lines based on Government convenience rather than traditional tribal affiliations, resulted in the grouping of people along the west shore of the Firth (Ngati Paoa and Ngati Whanaunga) with Waikato rather than with Hauraki as they had requested.4 Ngati Paoa based at Waiheke similarly expressed their dissatisfaction at being included in the Kaipara district, with people to whom they held little tie.5

Despite these problems, Hauraki Maori responded with initial enthusiasm to an apparent opportunity to regain authority over the land and law, seeking far wider powers than the Government had in fact contemplated. Raika Whakarongotai, who had chaired the committee at Pukehanga, wrote to the Government:

Your letter ... has arrived and I have seen the information you give in it as to the powers Native Committees will possess to investigate titles to land and to adjudicate on offences.

1 A. Ward, A Show of Justice: Racial 'Amalgamation' in Nineteenth Century New Zealand, Auckland, 1974. p. 290.

2 Ibid.

3 Taipari to Wilkinson,' 6 December 1883. NO 84/156 in MA 23/13 A. Doc. 1, pp. 1-3.

4 See 'Wilkinson memo. for Under Secretary Native Department,' 11 February 1884. NO 84/484 in . Doc. 1,

p. 4

5 'S. Percy Smith to Lewis,' 7 January 1884. In ibid.

22

6.3 31

▲back to top

 

Chapter 1: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

Now ... that is exactly what we desire—namely that our committees should have lawful authority. ... 6

This went further than the Government intended, Bryce noting that, 'of course they must be confined to the powers conferred by the Act. They possibly think that the powers of the Committees will be more absolute than is really the case.'7 Subsequent efforts to utilise clause 19 of the rules gazetted by Ballance, which stated that Native Committees could charge fees, quickly prompted a circular from his successor (Mitchelson) that they should use the powers of amendment under clause 9 to strike that power out.8 The Native Committee could wield moral authority only. It will be seen, however, that the body did provide a useful vehicle of negotiation, playing a prominent role in discussions with Ballance, and in the negotiations with the Government over the Piako lands.

A continuing focus for Hauraki concern in the period covered by this report was the destructive effect of land legislation as mediated through a court structure which had been based on the English model without recognition of Maori social usages. The Thames Native Committee met with Ballance in 1885 as he toured the area in promotion of his proposed changes in land legislation. The major issues raised by the Committee were the adverse effects of the Native Land Court and lack of consultation with Maori in making laws. Hoani Nahe, as chairman, asked that Bills be circulated among Maori before being brought in—to which Ballance agreed—and advocated not withdrawal from the title system but greater Maori management of it:

They were very pleased to hear that they were to be allowed to manage their lands for themselves. It was his opinion that, if the preliminary investigation of land were gone into by the Native Committee, it would be much easier for the Native Land Court, and thereby the Maoris would be relieved of the expenses they were now put to in attending Court and paying Court fees, &c.9

Nahe believed that only land that was undisputed should be allowed through the court.10

Ballance responded with some sympathy, admitting to the Thames people that there were serious injustices in the way the system had hitherto operated:

I feel myself shocked and disgusted at the enormous expenses attending the passing of some blocks through the Native Land Court, for it is a notorious fact that some of the blocks have been entirely eaten up by the expenses of lawyers and agents, and in various other ways, the Natives deriving no benefit whatever from the sale of theirs, while their lands have been gone forever.11

Ballance's proposed solution represented a genuine attempt to meet Maori concerns about the impact of individualisation of title, but did not fulfill their aspirations to total control of that process. He had formulated two legislative measures, the Native Lands Administration Act and the Native Land Court Act of 1886, by which he hoped to

6 'Whakarongotai to Wilkinson,' 7 November 1883. NO 84/157 in . Doc. 2, pp. 5–6.

7 'Bryce minute,' 3 December 1883. In .

8 'Circular to all Chairmen of Native Committees,' 5 July 1889. NO 89/1274 in .

9 'Notes of Native Meetings', AJHR 1885, G–1, p. 31. Doc. 3, p.8.

10 Ibid., p. 37. Doc. 3, p.14.

11 Ibid., p. 31. Doc. 3, p.8.

23

6.4 32

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

address their grievances while still making land available for settlement. Ward argues that this policy grew from principles which Bryce had been developing since 188o: representation of the interests of the small settlers rather than of the rich speculators, and disenchantment with direct private purchase which favoured speculation because of the complexities created by the Native Land Act 1873.12 Ballance, on coming to office, continued in this policy of preventing the 'land monopoly for the few'. The Native Land Court Act consolidated previous legislation, simplifying the division of land, but the more significant measure, at least potentially, was the Native Lands Administration Act 1886. Ballance contemplated a system in which the Crown sold or leased blocks as an agent for Maori, and in which a tribal role in the management and disposition of lands was preserved by the incorporation of owners of a block as one legal entity which would then appoint a 'block committee' with executive powers. Direct purchase by settlers was prohibited. Instead block committees would decide on the terms of alienation, placing their lands with District Commissioners for auction. The role of the Native Committee in that structure was two-fold. It would receive notice of all blocks intended to go through the Native Land Court for survey so that there would be no more secret dealings, and would ascertain who were the owners of the block preparatory to the selection of the individual block committee."

The measure failed, however, to address Maori suspicion of any scheme which deposited lands into the keeping of Government officials, and fell short of their expectation that the mana of the land would be returned to them. Encouraged in their fears by speculators and free traders, Maori were reluctant to vest authority in block committees and refused to hand over land to the District Commissioners for ultimate disposal.14 In any case, the tolerance of Parliament to any trend towards slowing the pace of transfer of lands was short-lived and the Atkinson Ministry restored the system of direct purchase in 1888, representing the step as fulfilling a Maori wish to dispose of their lands as they saw fit, subject only to protections against fraudulent transactions. Ward points out, however, that the Native Land Act 1888, was opposed by much of Maori leadership, and that its `rapacious character' was revealed in the relaxation of restrictions on alienation. The Maori demand for an end to the encroachments of the Native Land Court, and for a means by which lands could be restored to tribal control so that individual owners could not sell their community inheritance on the open market remained unsatisfied, and was to form a major thrust within kotahitanga policies in the following decade."

(b) Public works: friction at 1880

Grievances other than the operation of the land court also surfaced in the discussions between the Hauraki people and Ballance in 1885. The question of Maori rights in relation to the 'public good', at issue from the very early years of settlement, became

12 A. Ward, Wai 48 and others: Whanganui ki Maniapoto Land Claims. Preliminary Historical Report to the Waitangi Tribunal', 1992, p. 63.

13 See Ballance in 'Notes of Native Meetings', AJHR, 1885, G-1, p. 31. Doc. 3, p.8.

14 Ward, Show

vvaru, oyow ofJustice, pp. 296-297.

15 Ibid., p. 298.

24

6.5 33

▲back to top

 

Chapter I: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880-1890

increasingly urgent by the 187os. We have seen, in Volume 4, that the Government's desire to facilitate the opening of the interior by improvement of the navigation of the Waihou River, the construction of the road along the east bank, and of a railway to Ohinemuri connecting to Waikato and Tauranga, ran into resistance from Maori on a number of points. Opposition related to the complex intermingling of tribal interests generated by the rich resources of the area and the continuing support for the King movement in the delta and up-river region. But considerable suspicion also existed among Maori about whether the Government would construct roads and railways over their lands without their consent, and whether it was intended to take land without payment. Other issues also arose: the right of Maori right-holders to receive payment for stones and gravel taken from Hikutaia Creek for railway ballast, whether Maori interests were considered by Government in decisions as to where lines should run, and whether they would be subject to road taxes.

The focus of Maori complaint when the Hauraki iwi met with Ballance in 1885 was the practice of road building—and in particular, the neglect of protections—rather than the power of the Government to take land for public works. They complained that the route of roads at best ignored Maori needs while respecting Pakeha interests; at worst, took essential Maori lands to avoid taking those of European owners. The perception of favouritism in the construction of roads had played a role in the resistance at Komata.16 Tareranui who participated in the meetings between Tukukino and the Chairman of the Thames County Council in 1880, drew attention to the issue, implying that the needs of the Maori community were being neglected:

[T]he County Chairman seemed anxious to have a road made which according to his showing would confer a benefit upon only one person whereas he had some forty or fifty others living at Opakura who had no means of access to Paeroa without breaking down fences and otherwise trespassing on lands sold to Pakehas.17

He repeated this sort of complaint in the meetings with Ballance. Tareranui drew first on the example of Paeroa township where Maori reserves were transected:

The Council have determined to run a road right through the Native cultivations. The Maoris say "No; it should not be so, because you take land from us that is available for cultivation." The Council say, "We want to do it in order to make the road straight." Now there is a European block close to it; the road goes over it, but the road is bent, and the Council never attempted there to straighten it; but over this Maori land they straighten it by taking it through the land. The portion where the road goes over Maori land is called "Te Pure-o-te-Rangi."18

Beyond this point the road would take in another three or four acre block of Maori land remaining in the township. Tareranui then condemned the way in which the road to Te Aroha was laid out:

16 See discussion in R. Anderson, The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800--188s, Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997, pp. 253-261.

17 'Notes of a meeting ... August 30 1880.' In Komata special block file. MA 13/44

18 'Notes of Native Meetings', AJHR 1885,G-1, p. 33. Doc. 3, p.10.

25

6.6 34

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

They have run it through the centre of the native lands: as soon as they came to a block owned by Europeans, they turned it off directly and ran it through a Native block—they avoided the European block. When they got to a piece owned by Mr Bennett, they took only a very small portion indeed off it. As soon as they crossed the river, directly on the other side was a Native block of land all under cultivation, and they ran it right through that.19

A similar criticism was made by Hoani Nahe—that the Government in giving power to county councils to take land for roading purposes had exposed Maori to discriminatory practices. He complained that the county had been able to put four roads through a Maori block to give access to European-owned lands but that the same courtesy was not extended to Maori when they required access to the main county road.2° Others such as Ngapari and Tamati Waka protested that tapu places were degraded when roads and other public works were taken through. Tamati Waka questioned, for example, why the Council should take a road over Wairau Te Rangaitapu, arguing that the road over Totara should be sufficient.21

Ballance gave assurances to the Hauraki leaders that due regard for their wishes would be given in the matter of where roads would be laid. He made on-the-spot concessions, directing that a 'deviation' be made to accommodate Tareranui's complaints and promised that, in future, surveyors would be directed to take the road with least possible injury to Maori cultivations. He assured the Hauraki gathering that surveyors had been given instructions to be careful where they took roads and that any complaint brought to the Government would be fully investigated.22 Whether these guarantees were upheld still requires investigation.

Closely connected to complaint about the lack of consultation with Maori over the construction of roads and public works on their land, was the issue of rates. The increasingly dominant Government view was that Maori equally benefited from public works development and, despite lack of representation within local bodies, they were expected to uphold the duties of ownership by paying the rates which supported those undertakings. But K. Marr argues that Maori for their part, 'could not see why land they had held for centuries ... should suddenly become subject to taxes often when they saw no benefit from them.' Many saw the imposition of rating as simply another Government device to acquire land from them.23 In the Hauraki district, the resistance to the county road being built from Thames to Paeroa was partly grounded in the fear that its construction would make the adjoining blocks liable to rates, and the local county council was eventually obliged to enter into an explicit arrangement promising that the area would never be subject to this sort of tax. These events are discussed in greater detail in Chapter Five where it will be suggested that the arrangements reached between Ngati Maru and the Thames County Council failed to bridge the gap between the expectations of Maori

19 Ibid. Doc. 3, p.10.

20 Ibid., p. 37. Doc. 3, p.14.

21 See speeches of Tamati Waka and Ngapari, ibid., pp. 37-39. Note also ongoing protest of Tukukino with reference to ferry landing site at Te Puke on Thorp's land' at p. 34. Doc. 3, p.n.

22 Ibid., pp. 33, 40. Doc. 3, pp. 10, 17.

23 K. Marr, `Public Works Taking of Maori Land 1840-1981.' Report prepared for Treaty of Waitangi Policy Unit, December 1994, p. 84.

26

6.7 35

▲back to top

 

Chapter I: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

and European. The agreement had a prominent place in tribal memory, being interpreted by the Hauraki people as a recognition of their ongoing contribution to the development of the district, and as binding for all time. In contrast, the Government tended to accord the agreement no status at all, seeing it as extra-legal and essentially meaningless.

Crown Purchasing, 1880–1890

(a) Introduction

The administrations of the late 1870s and 1880s were characterised by retrenchment. Reductions in the Native Department's powers began in 1876. The Government took stock of its expenditure of money on land purchase in the Hauraki district where finalisation of transactions had frequently been long-delayed because of intermingling tribal claims and the strongly held anti-selling views of sections of the right-holders. That resistance could be undermined only by the slow build-up of debt, the purchase of signatures under the Native Land Act 1873, and eventual excision of the minority interests of the hold-outs. The primary task of land purchase officers in the late 1870s and early 1880s was, thus, not to initiate new purchases, but to push through those transactions initiated by James Mackay in the early 1870s. The Te Aroha, Moehau, Waikawau, and Ohinemuri blocks, with the exception of the excised A subdivisions for the remaining `non-sellers', all finally passed into the Crown's hands after more than a decade of negotiation, pressure, and tampering with tribal authority. These purchases have been discussed in the first part of this report. The finalisation of the Crown's dealings in Piako proved more elusive, however, and the Government was unable to get Maori to put the area through the land court until 1889. It will be seen in later discussion that the Government's success in finally arranging for the area to be surveyed and brought through the Native Land Court, marked a new phase in Crown purchase in the Hauraki rohe. A revival of interest in acquiring land for settlement, technological advance permitting extensive swamp drainage, and the costs of survey and court hearings, came together to promote the transfer of the last large area of Maori land into the hands of the Government between 1895 and 1912.

The formation of the Hall Ministry, in 1879, and the ascent of John Bryce to position of Native Minister were followed by further Government retrenchment. There were cutbacks in all branches of native policy. Maori reserves which were vested in the Crown, transferred to the control of the Public Trustee, while the Thames district was amalgamated with Waikato, leaving Hauraki without a permanent Native Department officer. Wilkinson's duties often called him elsewhere, and Puckey who had acted as native agent for the past decade was laid off. The list of assessors was also reduced, although not dismantled entirely since the retention of able men was considered desirable to 'influence the general conduct of the Natives and indirectly assist ... in maintaining order and peaceful habits in their localities.'24 It will be seen that the remaining assessors

24 Cited in Ward, Show of Justice, p. 282.

27

6.8 36

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

were expected to prove their worth when it came to furthering survey and acceptance of land court adjudication which was being resisted by sections of the Hauraki iwi with rights in the floodplain, including by some who had long been identified as 'friends' of the Government. At the same time, the grip of the 'law' tightened as a firm line was taken with recalcitrant Maori at Komata and Pukehange, and the control of settler and European Government consolidated.

Under the administrations of Bryce, Rolleston, and Ballance restrictions on the alienation of reserved lands were generally kept in place at Hauraki, reflecting both a general predisposition on the part of these Ministers (1879–1887), and early warnings from officers in the field that the 'improvidence' of Maori at Te Aroha, and elsewhere in the district, was likely to prove a problem for the Government if these lands went too. Those scruples applied, however, only to lands which had been specifically reserved for vendors by deed and court, not to lands reserved by Maori themselves from these large-scale transfers of the tribal estate. Thus, a number of the Ohinemuri A subdivisions were purchased by the Crown soon after the bulk had been awarded to it in 1882. The Government saw the subsequent purchase of Ohinemuri lands as a completion of earlier dealings, and its haggling over price was, thus, justified because the owners were simply seen to have held onto those lands in order to get a better rate per acre. Numbers 3A, 5A, 8A, 9A, 11A, 14A, 15A, 18A, and Owharoa 3A (1, 203 acres) had all gone by 1886, generally at 6/- per acre.25 Then, in the following year, the Crown applied to have its interests defined in the A subdivisons in which it had not been able to purchase all shares. This totalled 4,623 acres in 2A1, 4A1, 7A1, 13A1, 16A1, 17A1, 19A1, and Owharoa 2A1. Reserves were not considered to be required to be set aside for the new vendors. Maori asked what their entitlement would be, but the Native Land Purchase Department instructed its officer, in August 1882:

In purchasing the interests of unsold grantees cut out from the Ohinemuri Blocks by the Native Land Court last month, you will please explain that no further reserves will be made. The price per acre you are authorised to pay for the land is six shillings, the extra shilling is an equivalent to the reserves set apart for those who sold prior to Court making the orders.26

The logic of this instruction is doubtful, however, since some of the original sellers had been estimated to be in receipt of monies well in excess of their shares while the non-sellers had been excluded absolutely from the reserves for vendors and were now left with few interests in the district.

After the first hearings, the Crown had gained complete ownership of some 60,000 acres of the Ohinemuri gold field.27 A continuation of Government purchase left Maori, in 1887, with 26,233 acres out of the 32,059 acres that had remained to them after the original award, either as reserves and excised interests, or as lands held back, most of which had

25 Block 14A was sold for 8/-, 15A for 10/- and Owharoa 3A for 20/- per acre. See D. Alexander, The Hauraki
Tribal Lands, Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997, Ohinemuri 14 & 15 in Part 3, pp. 86–87, 146.

26 Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department to Wilkinson, 7 August 1882. MA MLP 1889/268. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, p. 55.

27 This figure includes 706 acres of land that was mistakenly treated as belonging to the Crown, but excludes the Crown-granted reserves for the vendors (6,644 acres).

28

6.9 37

▲back to top

 

Chapter 1: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

TABLE I: CROWN PURCHASES IN HAURAKI LANDS, 1880–1889

Acreage   Date of

Block   to Crown purchase Comment

Ahuroa 1B

313

1872–1881

designated as inalienable; advance to

survey; 81 acres to non-sellers in 1A

Horete 3

1,459

1878–1882

I non-seller out of original 15 grantees is

awarded 110 acres as no. 3A

Ipu o Moehau

1,245

1872–1884

605 acres awarded to 2 non-sellers among

original 9 grantees as no. 2 block

Ipu o Moehau 2

605

1885

 

Iringa o Pirori 2

240

18781884

18 non-sellers of original 30 grantees are

awarded 323 acres as no. 1

Kaipitopito

10

1882

originally known as Waiotahi B

Te Kapua 1

12

1885

 

Kuaotunu 1B

1151

1881

2 non-sellers of original 13 grantees

awarded 210 acres

Mangakirikiri 3

South A

409

1880–1883

81 acres (South 3B) awarded to 1 non-seller out of 4 grantees in 3 South block

Manginahae

147

1874–1881

 

Moehau 2A1 & 2B1

540

1879–1885

 

Moehau 3G

422

1882

140 acres awarded to 2 non-sellers among

 

 

 

7 original grantees (blocks 3G1 & 3G2)

Moehau 3G1

140

1885

 

Moehau 4

9,712

1889

 

Ohinemuri subdivisions –

66,017

1882

7, 213 acres awarded to non-sellers

1–5, 7–19, Owharoa 2 &3

 

 

 

Ohinemuri A subdivisions – 3, 5,

1,203

1883–1887

 

8, 9, 11, 14, 15, 18, & Owharoa 3A

 

 

 

Ohinemuri A1 subdivisions – 2, 4,

4,623

1888

 

7, 10, 13, 16, 17, 19, & Owharoa 2A1

 

 

 

Te Onetai 2B

175

18761881

non-sellers awarded 185 acres

Otautu 2A

176

1885

1871 survey lien taken over by Crown;

 

 

 

547 acres awarded to 2 nonsellers out of

original 7 as 1 & 2B

Parakete

926

1878–1883

 

Te Poho 3

55

1878–1882

 

Pukehinau

87

1887

 

Rangitoto

3 roods

1886

 

Rapaatikiato 1

37

1881

 

Ruahine 2

43

18781881

 

Te Tautiti 2

300

1878–1885

6 non-sellers out of original 18 owners are

awarded 150 acres as 2A

Waihou West 1A

1,211

18781881

5 non-sellers out of original 17 grantees are awarded 505 acres as 1B

Waihou West 2

279

1878–1884

 

Waiwhariki

33

18841887

 

Wharekawa East 2

6,921

1886

 

Source: Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands

29

6.10 38

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP 2: ALIENATION OF MAORI LAND AT 1885

30

6.11 39

▲back to top

 

Chapter I: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

then gone through the court as Ohinemuri no. 20 in 1884. The Crown-granted reserves and Ohinemuri no. 20 remained largely untouched, at this stage, but it may be briefly noted here, that much of this area was also purchased over the next ten years as another 19,557 acres (mostly in no. 20) transferred into the hands of the Crown.28 These sales were required, in part, to pay the costs of fighting out title in court. The land purchase officer of the time, Gilbert Mair, reported in 1894, for example, that Ngati Koi were in 'such want of money for Court fees' that he would be able to acquire shares in the reserve in no. 17 at a lower price than had been previously possible.29 Other blocks, Otuturu 2, Waiomu 1 and 2, and Waikawau North were also sold in order to pay for the costs of the Ohinemuri hearings. It will be seen in following chapters, that the Government, for its part, became increasingly willing to acquire 'reserved' areas in the 1870s, as part of an effort to bring 'idle' Maori lands into production and settlement.

Up until the late 1870s, Crown agents had readily paid deposits on blocks, and almost all offers of land had been accepted. Now, the Government acted with more circumspection, but it remained willing, whenever costs permitted, to further the wishes of the local European community even though this would mean the loss of the most valuable lands left to Maori. Despite general retrenchment, the Crown would pursue new purchases if some 'urgency' was perceived—if lands were seen to have some particular value, most usually in terms of their sub-surface attributes, or for a public works or development project. Public bodies and local settler communities played an important role in prompting Government interest in Hauraki lands on these grounds. Thus, Mangakirikiri South 3A block (409 acres) was purchased at the suggestion of the Thames local politicians since it held the only unpolluted waters suitable for the domestic and drinking purposes of the borough. Waiu (eight acres) was purchased in 1879–1880 at the request of the Thames County Council as a source of metal, and in order to satisfy Maori who were unwilling to allow the county road to be taken through while the block remained in their hands. The Native Land Court had entered restrictions against alienation in the title in 1873 because evidence had been given that the block was a wahi tapu. These were, however, removed by the Governor once the purchase had been fully arranged for £125.30

(b) Te Aroha hot springs and township

The Crown also acquired the long-valued hot springs and surrounding lands at Te Aroha.31 The circumstances of the first transaction by which the 20 acre block containing the hot springs transferred into the Government's hands are not entirely cleat Certainly local politicians were concerned that the springs be obtained, the Mayor of Thames requesting Sheehan to instruct Mackay to reserve the area as public property.32 As a result of the following negotiations which finalised the purchase of Te Aroha block in

28 These figures have been calculated on the data provided in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3.

29 Mair to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 20 November 1894. MA MLP 1920/31. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, p. 99.

30 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 2.

31 For legends associated with the springs, see Ernest Bush, 'Te Aroha Mountain of Love', Te Ao Hou, 76, 1975, pp. 62–63.

32 Thames Advertiser, 20 August 1878.

31

6.12 40

▲back to top

6.13 41

▲back to top

 

Chapter I: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

putting aside its reluctance to remove restrictions on alienation. In 1886 Wilkinson reported that the Te Aroha Domain Board was anxious to acquire Section 15, Block ix Aroha Survey District, comprising some 45 acres surrounding the reserve lands on which the springs were located. He asked George Lipsey to use his influence, and suggested that the price of the area should be kept low, again, because the owners would supposedly benefit from the township's economic growth:

I may state that, in my opinion, considering that this additional area is required for the purpose of improving and adding increased prosperity to the township of Te Aroha, in which she and her co-owners are considerably interested, a nominal or small price only should be asked for the portion sought to be purchased.41

The Under Secretary of the Native Department thought that the price set by the owners, £5 per acre, was 'very reasonable considering the proximity of the land ... to a rapidly rising township.' While querying whether such an acquisition—for endowment to the Domain Board—was really contemplated by the general legislation, he approved the purchase as desirable on 'general public grounds'.42 The warden of the gold field began to acquire interests on the Crown's behalf, and once a majority of signatures had been obtained, forwarded the deed to the Governor for certification of his consent to the removal of restrictions on alienation which had been placed on the reserve. This was duly given and each of the owners also signed a declaration designed to satisfy the Trust Commissioner that the sale was bona fide.43 Problems arose, however, with regard to succession which needed to be determined by the Native Land Court. In one case, the court dismissed the application for succession because the applicants claimed under a will in which a number of trusts were imposed. The Native Department sought the advice of the Chief Judge who recommended that the sale could be authorised by a Special Powers and Contracts Act. But when Mr and Mrs Lipsey (Ema Mokena) who were in the position of trustees for the minor concerned (Rina Mokena) insisted on exchange of land rather than an outright alienation, the Government decided to let the matter stand over. Eventually, in 1889, the Crown applied for partition, and two further shares were obtained, leaving only that problematic interest of Rina Mokena to be acquired. In 1893 it was decided that the difficulties preventing the finalisation of the purchase could be remedied by legislation, and the Maori Real Estate Management Act 1888 was amended at the last minute to state that 'notwithstanding any restrictions, conditions, or limitations in the will of Rina Mokena', the trustees could complete the sale of Section 15, Block ix to the Crown. The purchase of the Domain extension was completed by the end of the year.

The prosperity of Te Aroha township over the next 30 years was directly related to the development of the baths which had followed on from the original gift of that part of the Omahu Reserve. At the same time the agreement of Maori to hand over control of the springs, and to allow development of them, was clearly predicated on the belief that they would continue to use the resource, and by implication, play a role in the growth of the

41 Wilkinson to George Lipsey, 24 February 1886. MA MLP 1893/268. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, pp. 153–195.

42 Under Secretary to Native Minister, 5 July 1886. Ibid., p. 77.

43 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, pp. 153–195.

33

6.14 42

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

area. It will be seen in later discussion that, instead, Maori were increasingly pushed aside, as the Government at the behest of the Te Aroha Town Board and local residents actively sought the purchase of their remaining properties in the township.

(c) Purchase of the gold field blocks

The gold fields also provided an exception to the Crown's reluctance to purchase in these years, although the reaction to claims of mineral wealth was more cautious than in the late 1860s and 1870s. The old profitable seams had been largely worked out and the imperative of acquisition, already muted by the cession agreements, had declined further. Nonetheless, efforts to purchase continued to be stimulated by occasional new workings, local pressure for the securing of the freehold of those blocks which still produced some revenue, the general belief that such lands should not pass into the hands of private parties, and the Government's desire to relieve itself of obligations under the original cession agreements. It pursued the purchase of a number of blocks within the proclaimed gold field with varying degrees of success. Negotiations for Kaipitopito, Te Kapua no.

and 2, Opitomoko-Kuranui, Hikutaia no. 4, Manaia no. 1A, Waiau no. 1A, Waiotahi, Te Ipu o Moehau, and Moehau 4 may be placed in this category. Four cases studies have been drawn from the histories of these blocks to illustrate Crown policy with regard to acquisition of gold field blocks in the 1880s.

Waiotahi A

Sheehan's administration reaffirmed the general standing of the Thames gold field blocks within the Government's priorities in the district, the Minister writing to his land purchase officer (Wilkinson) in early 1879:

The municipal authorities have again been urging upon me the desirability of purchasing the freehold of the Gold Fields adjoining Grahamstown and Shortland. I have some idea that the L.P. Officers have always held a standing authority to purchase if opportunity offered, but to make sure I renew the authority I doubt very much if you can succeed. At the same time it is as well that you should understand that we are willing to purchase if opportunity offers at a reasonable rate.44

Later that year Wilkinson reported that he had managed to purchase several blocks within the field, but was now fighting off competition from private purchasers for Waiotahi A. Arguing that this sort of land should form part of the public estate rather than going into the hands of speculators, Wilkinson did not contemplate that Maori should be encouraged to keep it. Instead, he implied that the time was ripe for the acquisition since the block was liable to go up in value, stating that the current level of revenues accruing from it (approximately £215 per annum in miners' rights and residence site fees) was at its lowest, and that 'with the increased opening up of mines, the revenue [was] more likely to increase than decrease in the future.'45 Wilkinson's request that he should be authorised to spend more than the £500 which Whitaker had allowed for the

44 Sheehan to Wilkinson, 15 Janurary 1879. MA MLP 1881/516. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 2, p. 310,

45 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department, 18 December 1879. Ibid., p. 311.

34

6.15 43

▲back to top

 

Chapter I: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

purchase was met by an increase of £250. The Aperahama whanau who owned the block insisted on £1,000, however, while Puckey, now acting in a private capacity, offered £800. The Government, claiming that the block had been proclaimed as under negotiation, refused to recognise the capacity of any private agent to effect a transaction. Its offer was increased to £900 but problems in the succession delayed finalisation, and in the end, a private purchaser succeeded in effecting his own deal despite Government efforts.

Alexander's work shows that the three owners, under imminent threat of prosecution for debt, were desperate to sell, and, in September 1880, had entered into a private engagement with a mine manger named Comer. Corner had been warned that his purchase would be illegal since the land had supposedly been proclaimed as under negotiation, but he had gone ahead, regardless, having found no record of any such proclamation. His solicitor informed Wilkinson of this fact, and that his client had obtained a power of attorney from the 'late native owners' by which he was to receive all miners' rights, residence site and timber licence fees.46 According to Corner's solicitor, the Trust Commissioner had declined to issue a certificate when Wilkinson had refused to make the necessary enquiry. Comer now applied to the Minister to direct the Commissioner to investigate the transaction.47 Two of the owners also wrote to Bryce, stating that they were in extreme difficulty because they had not been able to take payment, and were 'continually being brought before the Court and twice arrested.' According to Aihe Pepene and Reha Aperahama:

If the government had not said that they would buy the land, we would long ago have received the nine hundred pounds and been relieved of our difficulties. We ask you to allow our Pakeha to complete the purchase of the land so that we may receive the nine hundred pounds and get ourselves out of the clutches of the Europeans at whose instance we are being pressed, for we are in continual trouble.48

Wilkinson was instructed to do what he could to safeguard the Government's interest in the block. He sought the help of local council members and also approached Comer himself. Wilkinson reported that Corner was ready to fight the Government's claim but might be willing to accept a refund of his downpayment of £100 and compensation for expenses.49 But when the Solicitor General was asked for his opinion on section 18 of the Waste Lands Administration Act 1876, he stated that it appeared to preserve the Crown's exclusive right only to lands 'in respect of the purchase of which money had been paid on behalf of Her Majesty at the time the Waste Lands Administration Act 1876 became law.'50 Waiotahi A did not meet this case and Bryce directed 'we must give way and allow Mr Corner's deed to pass.' The Native Land Purchase Department then informed the Trust Commissioner that the land was no longer under Government negotiation and Comer's purchase was duly registered in 1882.

46 Brassey to Wilkinson, 27 October 1880. In ibid. p. 315.

47 Brassey to Native Minister, 10 December 1880. In ibid. p. 316.

48 Aihe Pepene and Reha Aperahama to Native Minister, 18 January 1881. In ibid. p. 316.

49 Land Purchase Office wire to Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department, 5 April 1881. In ibid. p. 316.

50 Opinion of Solicitor General, 20 April 1881. Cited in ibid. p. 317.

35

6.16 44

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Te Ipu o Moehau

At Te Ipu o Moehau, land was purchased by the Government because hermatite had been found on it, and could not be worked under the cession agreements which related to gold only. A first small payment on the land of £6, made by Mackay in 1874, brought the block within the compass of the Government's powers over land under negotiation. The Government retained that prohibition against private dealing in 1878 when the block was notified under the Government Native Land Purchases Act 1877, as being under payment of money and entry of negotiation.51 Matters appear to have rested there until February 1881 when Wilkinson, as part of the rationalisation of the Native Department's efforts, recommended that the purchase be abandoned and the cash advances recovered. Within the month, however, he had changed his mind because the discovery of hermatite on the block was prompting local demands for the purchase, and he now asked for permission to go ahead, suggesting at the same time, that the Government also acquire the adjoining Ngamoraki block on which silver and lead had been found. Wilkinson advised that he would need to exceed the standard price of 5/- per acre given for land in the district because the block lay within the gold field and generated an annual income through miners' rights of some £17.52 The owners had no particular wish to sell, and on Wilkinson's further report that the majority were reluctant to deal with the Government because they would obtain a better price from a private purchase; the Native Minister approved the acquisition at 7/6d per acre.

Over the next two years Wilkinson purchased shares in the block, in one case, immediately upon the appointment of a trustee for a minor who had succeeded to one of the original grantees.53 Rolleston lodged an application to have the Crown's interests defined in late 1883, and the case came on some months later in July 1884. A deed of sale was handed in, and the court determined that the Government had acquired 1,245 acres out of the 1,850 acres of the original block. This represented the purchase of six shares and repayment of an advance of £6 (at 5/- per acre) made in January 1874, and left three unsold shares (605 acres) belonging to two grantees. In the following yea; the Crown went ahead with the purchase of the remaining land. An initial offer of 7/6d per acre was rejected since the block generated income from resident site licences and a battery site, miners were currently working a seam of hermatite, and it contained good firewood and some kauri. Te Arani Watana stated that she had been offered 15/- per acre by a leaseholder running cattle on the block, but who wanted only 100 acres. She was reluctant to accept the offer because she would then have to survey the boundary, and so would agree to 10/- per acre for the whole block.54 Wilkinson again strongly advocated the purchase of the area as being in the public interest:

I think, in the interests of the public in general, and the Thames Goldfield in particular, that Government should where possible acquire the freehold of blocks of this description, and,

51 NZ Gazette, 16 May 1878, p. 607.

52 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department, 23 March & 19 April 1881. MA MLP 1886/36. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 1, p. 337.

53 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 1, p. 338.

54 Te Arani Watana to Native Agent Alexandra, 16 March 1885. MA MLP 1886/36. In ibid. p. 339.

36

6.17 45

▲back to top

 

Chapter is Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

seeing that the adjoining land is already Government property, and that the Thames public are desirous and have frequently requested that these Native lands within the Goldfield should fall into Government hands as soon as possible, I am of opinion that this would be a desirable purchase to make, and would suggest that the offer be accepted.55

Approval was given and the purchase went ahead smoothly, the signing of the deed being witnessed by the Thames Resident Magistrate who, two weeks later, also certified the deed in his capacity as Trust Commissioner.

Waiau no. 1

At Waiau no. 1, as at Waiotahi A, Maori owners were compelled to sell some of their more valuable lands in order to meet pressing financial needs. The eight grantees were persuaded by Wilkinson to offer the block to the Crown for purchase in 1882. Wilkinson reported that he had seen a chance to promote the. Crown's interests when the owners had wanted to replace the present gold field arrangements for the payment of miners' rights and fees with an annual rental:

Acting under instructions previously received to purchase land within the Goldfield whenever opportunity offered, I have replied to the letter of these natives by suggesting to them that the best way out of the difficulty would be to sell the block to Government, but I did not fix any price per acre. ...56

The Minister decided to go ahead, noting that it was a 'pity' that Maori could not keep their income of some £120 per annum from the block, but that, as there were no restrictions on the title to keep out private parties, the Crown 'might as well do it' at the price (£600 for 1,098 acres) suggested by the Under Secretary of his department.57 Clearly, matters were not so pressing that Maori needed to sell at this price because it was another six years before the block was brought to the Government's attention again. On this occasion, Frederick Preece wrote to the Native Department that he had been offered the land at 14/3d per acre, but was sure that the land could be bought for 'far less' as it was 'only owing to the great want of money on their part, to pay their debts' that the owners had now consented to sell.58 The suggestion was not picked up, however, because the Government had 'no money to spare for this class of purchase', until 1891 when Cadman, the new Native Minister, instructed that the unsold shares should be acquired.59

One of the owners had been declared bankrupt and her estate was in the hands of the Official Assignee in Auckland who informed the warden (from whose office the purchase was being conducted), that E.T. Dufaur, a prominent local solicitor, was one of the major creditors. According to Dufaur, land close to the block had recently been sold to a Sydney Syndicate for £10 per acre and the assignee now asked for £3.10 per acre which would be the upset price when the land was put up at auction.60 Cadman dismissed the offer

55 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Department, 26 March 1885. Cited in ibid., p. 340.

56 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department, 9 August 1882. MA MLP 1897/238. Cited in ibid., p. 211.

57 File note by Native Minister, 6 September 1882. Ibid., p. 212.

58 F. Preece to Under Secretary Native Department, 21 February 1888. Ibid.

59 Under Secretary to Native Minister, 24 June 1889, NLP 1889/165, Native Minister to Under Secretary Native Department,

60 Official Assignee to Northcroft, 7 July 1891. Ibid., p. 214.

37

6.18 46

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

because the Crown already had the mineral rights, stating: 'The Official Assignee does not seem to be aware of the fact that the Crown has acquired the right to mine on this block. The price he seeks ... is out of all reason.'" Ten shillings was offered instead. By 1895 the Crown had managed to purchase four and a half out of the seven shares within the block and applied to have its interest defined. This was judged to comprise 706 acres, and the boundaries drawn to include the site of a timber mill and the gravel deposits at Pukewhau Creek, leaving the non-sellers 392 acres.62

Moehau no. 4

The secondary place of Maori within the thinking of the Government was most clearly demonstrated at Moehau no. 4, where the Crown decided to withdraw from the 1862 Tokatea gold field cession by which some right-holders were paid an annual rent of Lsoo. These terms were no longer advantageous to the Government now that there were few miners left on the block. The power to change the arrangements for the block was used by the Government's agents as a means to promote the purchase of the freehold, and the course of the acquisition was punctuated by coercive and manipulative tactics just as the original opening had been characterised by coercive and divisive dealings.

Crown acquisition of the freehold of the block was initiated in the 187os. Moehau no. 4 was included in the 1878 gazetting of blocks in the Hauraki district for which the Government had paid money and entered into negotiation for purchase. However, the nature of that supposed interest was unclear, apparently being derived from taking over two private agreements for the district." In the meantime, payment of the rent was suspended (from June 1878) pending the investigation of title, a challenge being mounted to the status quo which had been created by the Government and confirmed by its distribution of gold field rents. The case dragged on until 1882, when the Court finally admitted more people into the title." In the preceding year, the Crown's interest in Moehau no. 4 had come under scrutiny, the question arising whether the Government should maintain its claim against the block. The matter was still undecided when the block finally passed through the court. By this stage, £2,000 was owed to Maori, and Frederick Whitaker (Attorney General) wired Bryce urging purchase action:

Are you proclaiming Tokatea block? Desirable should be no delay. There is I believe a

considerable sum in rent belonging to Maori owners of block, three fifths of which awarded

by Court to two natives who are entitled to a considerable sum, and want an advance of one

hundred pounds each. I believe it would be well to purchase freehold as it would save a

considerable annual sum. ... The principal owners are here now and want to know what is

the Government interest.65

Bryce instructed that the 'advance' could be given, followed by proclamation, and Alexander points out that 'despite the £200 paid by the Crown being rent owed by the

61 File Note by Native Minister, 18 July 1891. Ibid., p. 24.

62 See ibid., p. 220.

63 See ibid., pp. 89-90.

64 For discussion, see ibid., pp. 87-89.

65 Whitaker to Native Minister, 1 February 1882. MA 13/296. Cited in ibid., p. 90.

38

6.19 47

▲back to top

 

Chapter 1: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

Crown, a notice was gazetted in February 1882 stating that monies had been paid ... and that negotiations had been commenced for the acquisition'.66

The remaining rents were paid over in July 1882. Government officers now set about to purchase shares, the Native Minister (Rolleston) authorising the price of 7/6d per acre as opposed to the 10/- suggested by Under Secretary of the Land Purchase Department, or the 5/- which he himself thought the land worth.67 As a first step, the Government informed one of the owners in the block, Rihitoto Mataia who had purchased the interests of three of the other grantees, that the transaction was illegal since the block had been proclaimed earlier in the year. Two months later, Rihitoto's husband (Mr. Nicholls) travelled with those vendors to Auckland, where they signed a deed of sale to the Government.68 As the Crown acquired shares, it reduced the amount of rent it paid out.69

Little further progress was made in the Crown's campaign of acquisition except for the purchase of a few more shares by the gold field warden who had taken over Wilkinson's duties, at a cost more than £1 above the rate set by the Minister. Kenrick (the warden) then arranged for Frederick Preece who was considered to have 'great influence with the natives' to act on the Government's behalf in the matter. Two years later, however, Maori remained reluctant to sell. The Mines Department decided that the Government should withdraw from the rental arrangement, and pay instead the miners' rights revenues which came to a lesser amount. The Auditor General reminded the Department:

Notice of the existing agreements being put an end to, a fresh lease will have to be made, or all legal power to collect revenue and enforce the mining laws will cease. Native lands can only come under the Act at all, under the definition of 'Crown lands'. ...70

But nothing was done to draw up a new arrangement at this stage. Instead, Kenrick presented an ultimatum to Maori; that the Government would no longer pay the annual rent, but that the block would remain within the proclaimed field, nonetheless; and since they would now receive miners' rights only, they should sell. Preece reported that, in late 1885:

He [Kenrick] ... gave the natives notice through me that they would have either to sell their shares in the block to the Crown, or on the other hand they would have to content themselves by receiving the Miners' Rights etc in lieu of the £500 per year, as the lease to the Crown would expire on March 1st '86, and that the Crown would not consent to continue paying the rent beyond that date.

Mr Kenrick gave me a [written] agreement [on which to obtain signatures] .... Mr Kenrick desired me again to give the natives notice that the Crown would not pay any more rent ... and that they would have to either sign that agreement and accept the Miners Rights etc or sell the block to the Government, for which he on behalf of the Government would give them £600 per share. ... 71

66 Ibid., p. 90. See also discussion in MD 1/82/361.

67 Ibid., pp. 90–91.

68 Ibid., p. 91.

69 See Wakefield minute 16.4.83, on Kenrick and Wilkinson to Paymaster General, 29 March 1883. MD 1/83/483.

70 Auditor General memo., 5 March 1815. MD 1/85/70.

71 Preece to Native Minister, 21 February 1888, MA 13/296. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 1, p. 92.

39

6.20 48

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

This offer was refused. Undaunted, Preece believed that the purchase could still be achieved with 'careful management' but that 'it would take time as there was no desire whatever on the part of the natives to sell, and ... they were very bitter with the Government for having purchased the other shares.'72 Maori subsequently complained, too, that they were 'never asked to sign [a] new agreement or consulted in any way, but were merely told that no more rent would be paid them, and that in future, they would only get the revenue that accrued from the land.'73

The local county council urged on the purchase, predicting that there would be 'considerable mining activity' in the near future, but the Government was unable to make any headway at the price of 7/6 being offered.74 In 1887 application for subdivision was made and soon afterwards the Crown applied for its interests to be defined. In the middle of the hearing, Wilkinson wired his Minister stating that Maori would agree to a sudivision which would give up 600 acres to the south-east of Kapanga Stream. He advised that this would be a 'very good' deal for the Government since that portion would contain nearly all the mines that had been in operation in the past ten years, although few were now productive. Only one mine lay on the north-west bank; however, Wilkinson calculated that this concern produced three-quarters of the current revenue of the block. He was duly instructed to accept the proposal, provided that Maori agreed to their retained portion being brought under the Mines Act 1886. Otherwise he was to try to protect the property of the English Company who owned the claim in question from possible seizure by Maori after they had been 'clothed in a new tide by the subdivision.'75

The owners of the block at first agreed that the gold field laws might remain over the block, but asked that they should collect the revenues for themselves because of the history of delay in payments by the warden, pointing out that they had been paid nothing since the termination of the rental arrangement two years earlier. Past problems were acknowledged by officials, but the idea of Maori taking over management was met with little enthusiasm. The Under Secretary of the Native Department responded:

Quite so. Questions should not be mixed; they should not however, be entirely overlooked. Please ascertain cause of non-payment of revenue to natives as complained of. Once the matter is settled delays of the kind will not be permitted. Natives would act unwisely to take the collection of revenues out of the hands of the Government. Please explain this to them as clearly as possible.76

The Moehau no. 4 grantees refused to give way, countering that since the Government had withdrawn from the original agreement of 1862, 'the land should revert to them unfettered with gold mining laws.'77 Wilkinson, now, advised caution:

The question seems to me whether, if the natives refuse to sign a new agreement, they have any case against the Government for keeping proclamation over block of land after they had

72 Ibid., p. 93.

73 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department, 27 October 1887. Ibid., p. 98.

74 Acting Under Secretary Mines to Chairman Coromandel County Council, 2 December 1886. MD 1/86/2238.

75 Under Secretary Native Department to Native Agent, 24 October 1887. MA 13/296. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 1, p. 95.

76 Under Secretary Native Department to Native Agent, 25 October 1887. In ibid., p. 96.

77 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Department, 25 October 1887. Ibid.

6.21 49

▲back to top

 

Chapter 1: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

given up the lease which had given them the power to proclaim it a goldfield originally, and had allowed its (Crown's) own portion of it to be subdivided by Court. If they have any case would it not be inadvisable for me to agree to any subdivision that would throw the Kapanga claim with its valuable plant into the native portion, or to risk a subdivision by the Court which might give the natives that mine, as the Crown is only entitled to two-fifths of the whole. Under such circumstances would it not be better to withdraw case and let matters remain as they are at present, trusting in the meantime either to be able to purchase the unsold shares or that natives will eventually sign new agreement to get the revenue which is now in Warden's hands for them.78

Wilkinson acknowledged that the terms of the original gold field lease meant that the land would revert to the owners 'unfettered' if the Government decided to withdraw from the arrangement and failed to enter into a new one. He reiterated that it would be best to drop the case 'as the fact of Government pressing on subdivision shows that it wants to cut adrift from natives altogether and may incite them to test the legality of Government's annulling the lease before coming to terms for a new one.79

Initially, the Crown withdrew its application to have its interest defined. Despite the court's agreement that the case would be treated as merely adjourned if a gold field arrangement was reached, the owners continued to refuse terms. The Government, anxious to protect mining capital and determined to buy as cheaply as possible, was not prepared to let the matter stand any longer. Further pressure was applied for the purchase of Moehau no. 4, by Cadman, who wired Mitchelson in December 1887:

Would strongly its completion as matter of utmost importance to Auckland on account title to English company. Natives are now wanting money but will not deal with Wilkinson.80

Government officials were reluctant, however, to offer more than 7/6d per acre. The chief clerk of the Native Land Purchase Department noted that the owners having previously refused higher offers (of £3,000), should now be given no more than the standard price per acre—a total of £1,800. Mitchelson agreed that the price should not be 'very much more' than the 7/6d originally offered, but directed that 10/- or 12/- might be offered as it was extremely important that the matter be settled.

T.W. Lewis, the Under Secretary of the Native Land Purchase Department, was sent to negotiate the purchase of the outstanding shares. Again the payment of overdue gold field revenues from miners' rights was linked to eventual agreement to sell. Charles Dearle, a clerk in the Resident Magistrate and Warden's Court who was married to a local Maori woman and often employed by the Government to purchase signatures, was asked to assist in acquiring the share of Riria Karepe whose agreement was seen as the key to success. Dearle reported that Riria would not be satisfied with the £450 on offer since a large amount of revenue had accrued on the block, and suggested that the amount be increased to £500 or £525 to cover this debt, and depending on whether she was prepared to forego a so acre reserve. In February 1887 Lewis settled with her for £500, and her share of the

78 Ibid., pp. 96–97.

 

79 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Department, 26 October 1887. Ibid., p. 97.

80 See ibid., p. 99.

41

6.22 50

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

revenues—some £32 out of the £217 which had accumulated, two-fifths of which went to the Crown because it had acquired the freehold of those interests. The remaining owners refused to deal until they also had been paid their share of the gold field monies. Lewis reported that he thought that they had a 'very exaggerated opinion of the value of their interests through reports current of the gold produced by the Kapanga mine and the large amounts to be spent by the Company.' He suggested, however, that Riria's signature had given the Government 'command of the situation' and that if the others refused to come to terms, their interests could be safely excised. Furthermore, the legal status quo was settling into a greater assumption of the existence of a royal prerogative over gold and other important minerals, challenging the past recognition of Maori right which had been inherent in the early mining agreements.81 Lewis implied that the problem of Maori agreement might be overcome, since 'Chief Judge MacDonald was suggesting that the question of the right of the natives to minerals at all has never been settled and he believes the right vests in the Crown here as in England.'82 The issue was not put to the test, however, because the remaining owners agreed to sell, receiving £750 each, and outstanding revenues, with an additional £150 going to one grantee. Lewis reported himself as reasonably satisfied with this price. Although it was greater than he had hoped to pay, the total price for these last shares at £2,150, was considerably less than the £3,000 offered by the previous administration, or the £2,850 authorised by Mitchelson.83 The news of the extinguishment of Maori title was greeted with enthusiasm within the Government, as being of 'material assistance' and a 'great boon' to the district since it had been anticipated that failure would result in the 'stoppage of all English capital to [the] Northern Goldfields:84

Summary

Gold and land fever subsided in the Hauraki district after the 1870s, by which stage the Thames and Coromandel fields had greatly declined, and the Crown had acquired absolute control of the majority of those lands at Ohinemuri and Waihi that were coming into mineral production. The slowing of purchase operations in the Hauraki district reflected this declining imperative, and general policy considerations—retrenchment, the initiatives of Ballance, and fear that Maori on the peninsula would soon be without any means of support. The administrations of the 1880s were more cautious in their response to offers and suggestions of sale than their predecessors had been. They were more suspicious of claims of mineral wealth and were reluctant to become involved in the same sort of long drawn-out negotiation that had characterised the purchases of the 187os.

These constraints on purchase were, however, always liable to be put aside in response to local pressure which generally concentrated on lands which appeared to have commercial

81 See discussion in R. Anderson, Goldmining: Policy, Legislation, and Administration,' Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series ( working paper: first release), 1996, pp. 61-67.

82 Lewis to Native Minister, 13 February 1888. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 1, p. 102.

83 Lewis to Native Minister, 14 February & 1 March 1888. Ibid., pp. 102-103.

84 See Cadman to Native Minister, 14 February 1888; Native Minister file note, I March 1888. In ibid., p 103.

42

6.23 51

▲back to top

 

Chapter 1: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

potential—township and mineral areas still in Maori hands. It was largely assumed that development of such areas depended on European control: that of the Government in the case of mineral blocks, that of settlers and entrepreneurs in the case of the townships which had been established to exploit the sub-surface resources of the district. Despite greater caution, administrations in the 1880s remained interested in areas of proven resource and commercial potential, and continued to act on the principle that lands containing mineral and other assets of particular value should be acquired whenever possible, in order to ensure Government control and to protect capital. Purchase was also pursued because the Government wished to withdraw from the old mining arrangements which meant that any revenues from miners' rights, licences and fees went into Maori hands. In those negotiations, the Government used its power to unilaterally revoke earlier agreements to push Maori into selling outright while continuing to act as though such blocks were still open to mining and under its management. At the same time, the Government's failure to properly manage those revenues impaired the ability of the Maori owners to withstand the pressure on them to sell their interests.

(d) The Purchase of Piako

Only one large tract of territory remained in Maori hands by the mid-1880s. That district comprising the Hauraki Plains (often referred to as the 'Piako lands') lay between the confiscation line and the Waihou River and formed the major focus of Government land purchase activity in the 1880s and for the next 30 years. In the 1870s and early 1880s policy with regard to the acquisition of 'Piako' lands shadowed that pursued at Ohinemuri, but completion of the purchase proved more elusive. Mackay again operated ahead of the Native Land Court, dealing largely with one party within Ngati Paoa who duly signed a deed committing the tribe to an alienation. Other tribes—Ngati Maru and Ngati Hako—and the non-sellers within Ngati Paoa then came under pressure to agree to the survey of internal tribal boundaries so that the interests of those who had accepted payment could be defined and transferred to the Crown. In the meantime, those groups were unable to come to their own arrangements with regard to any part of the Piako block, with any party other than the Crown, since the whole of the area (estimated at 200,000 acres) had been proclaimed as under negotiation. King supporters, based primarily at Te Hoe-o-Tainui and Te Kerepehi, found themselves tied to the alienation of tribal lands so that the debts of others could be redeemed, and were pushed by the Government to accede to survey and the authority of the land court. Other complications existed with regard to the area: the claim of the late Tarapipipi Te Kopara's people that Pollen had promised to exclude Te Hoe-o-Tainui lands from the confiscation boundary; continuing problems with the adjustment of the old land claims of Webster and others; and a claim from Whitaker for land in Piako in exchange for interests within the confiscation boundary.85

85 See NLP 81/112, 85/343, 81/35, 82/1313 in Piako special block file, MA 13/64 (b); AJHR 1877, G–7, p. 8.

43

6.24 52

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

The first payment on the Piako land, much of it in the form of goods supplied by Mackay, took place at the great Whakatiwai gathering in 1874.86 Forty-eight Ngati Paoa had signed a deed which acknowledged on behalf of themselves and 'all' their tribe:

[T]he receipt by us of £4,500 paid to us by James Mackay Jr ... in part payment for our

lands adjacent to the rivers Piako and Waitoa and on the West side of the river Waihou

(Thames) and some pieces of land in the neighbourhood of Waitakaouru and Pukorokoro

which we have consented to sell to Queen Victoria."

The deed then set out the price that would be paid on each acre ranging from 3/- for the best quality land to 6d for the poorest swampy areas. The Government agreed to undertake the cost of survey and promised to set aside an area for permanent residence and cultivation. The block was proclaimed under negotiation, and over the next five years, Mackay and other agents working on behalf of the Government gave further downpayments and credit, amounting to some £16,500 by 1877. All but £500 of this sum had gone to Ngati Paoa and their kin, Ngai Tai, who had received a small secondary payment on the area.88 Wilkinson subsequently outlined part of the ensuing problem for the Government:

As you are perhaps aware, the Piako block is estimated to contain 200,000 acres and that the amount of advances already made on it exceed £17,000, a considerable portion of which will be found not well secured, and will require careful negotiation to get recognised at the present time as it was advanced some years ago by Mr. Jas. Mackay, and in some cases in large sums to two or three chiefs who are now dead. ... The great difficulty will I think be in the matter of accounts, so many of the Natives who are owners having had little or nothing, whilst others, on account of their rank and influence were paid very large amounts. It is most likely now that the Natives who only had small amounts will object to their land going as payment for advances had by others, and in which perhaps they only indirectly participated.89

Efforts to survey blocks in Piako drew immediate attention to problems with the purchase. In 1880 Hohaia Ngahiwi of Ngati Hua who had received no advances, initiated a survey of their interests for a privately arranged lease. Initially, the Government allowed the transaction to proceed, but withdrew its permission on Te Whetuiti's protest when the survey reached Te Hoe-o-Tainui, and on Whitaker's advice that the prohibition against private deals should remain since a large sum had been spent on the Piako area as a whole.9° Whitaker recommended that the land should be dealt with as one block and that: The time has come when this can be conveniently done and should be attended to without delay.'91

By 1880 the Government was becoming anxious to finalise its transactions. The Native Department had stopped the flow of money and credit to the area in 1879, arguing that it

86 See Mackay in 'Notes of several meetings with the Ngati Paoa Natives,' p. MD 89/148 in MA 13/64 (b). Doc. 4, p. 55.

87 Ngati Paoa Deed, 5 September 1874. NLP 81/167. In Piako special block. MA 13/64 (b).

88 See 'Reports from Officers, Purchase of the Land from the Natives,' AJHR 1877, G-7, p. 1o; NLP 79/355 for payments to Kaihau; NLP 83/54 discusses Ngati Maru payments, in ibid.

89 Wilkinson to Under Secretary, Native Department, 14 July 1881. NLP 81/260. In ibid.

90 See NLP 80/317, 573 and 679; for continuing requests see NLP 83/34. In ibid.

91 See Whitaker minute, 13 November 1880. NLP 80/679 in ibid.

44

6.25 53

▲back to top

 

Chapter 1: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

was time to see a return for its expenditure. Two years later, Wilkinson was instructed to arrange for a meeting with all the owners of Piako. R.J. Gill, the Under Secretary of the land purchase branch which had been recently constituted as a separate sub-department, advised the Native Minister that: 'Wilkinson's first action should be assisting natives to make application to the Native Land Court for title; subdivision would follow and a general settlement of the old and new purchases could then be made.'92 The field officer reported immediate success in 'getting all tribes with claims in Piako to send applications to the Chief Judge, except for the Hauhau party who were well represented at the meeting and did everything in their power to induce the others not to allow the matter be dealt with by the court.'93

Wilkinson now dealt primarily with Ngati Maru who, by this point, had the most to gain from the completion of the Crown's transaction with Ngati Paoa so that their own interests could be freed up for sale. They were persuaded to bring a claim before the land court but Wilkinson reported that the hearing, held in January 1882, had done little to put the block on a more satisfactory footing for the Government. Ngati Paoa had objected to the right of Ngati Maru to fix the boundary in court, and had left the courtroom in a body, signifying their intention to reopen the question. The line remained fixed on a map only.94 The strength of opposition—both to the claims of other tribes and to the sequence of court hearing, survey and sale—continued to thwart efforts to establish the boundary on the ground. In April 1882 Taipari and Te Pene accompanied Wilkinson and a surveyor up the Piako River and pointed out a spot on the west bank, seven miles above Te Kerepehi, as the starting point for the line dividing Ngati Maru and Ngati Paoa over to the confiscation boundary. Wilkinson reported that: 'In conversation, with Taipari since, he says that if the Government are anxious to have the line cut, and provided the cost of survey is not made a lien upon the Ngatimaru land, he is prepared to put it through with his own people.'95

Trouble over survey next broke out in Ngati Maru. Horomona Mahoetahi—a Ngati Maru leader, married to a Ngati Hako woman, and based at Te Kerepehi—immediately objected.96 He had been bound over to keep the peace for obstruction in November 1881, and now warned that he was unwilling for the survey to come to Te Kerepehi, maintaining that it had been agreed at the Whakatiwai meeting that the boundary would be fixed in court rather than a line cut.97 While Wilkinson did not anticipate violent protest, a problem quickly arose from an unexpected quarter. Taipari was not willing for a lien to be placed on Ngati Maru land for a matter which he saw as lying primarily between the Government and another tribe. He claimed that Gill had agreed that the Government would pay the cost. Bryce, however, informed Taipari that Ngati Maru would have to

92 Gill to Native Minister, 15 July 1881. NLP 81/260 in ibid.

93 Wilkinson to Gill, 23 July 1881. NLP 81/298 in ibid.

94 'Reports from Officers in Native Districts,' AJHR 1883, G–1, p. 7. Doc. 5, p. 95.

95 Wilkinson to Under Secretary, Native Department, 27 April 1882. NLP 82/1313 in MA 13/64 (b). Doc. 4, pp. 19–21.

96 'Reports from Officers in Native Districts,' AJHR 1882, G–1 p.4.

97 Wilkinson to Under Secretary, Native Department, 27 April 18 82. NLP 82/1313 in MA 13/64 (b). Doc. 4, pp. 19–21.

45

6.26 54

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

`bear their portion'. While they would not be required to pay for the cost of survey, the expense would be a charge on the land and would be paid by the purchaser when the land was sold. Taipari refused to agree to Bryce's terms and now declined to furnish anyone to point out the boundary on the ground.98

The Government insisted that survey should go ahead, short of active obstruction by Taipari.99 In dealing with opponents, the Native Land Purchase Department attempted to manipulate and then to intimidate Taipari to ensure that the Government's objects were achieved. Efforts to cut a line in early 1883 were, however, immediately halted by Horomona. Advising that Horomona's obstruction derived from kingite principles rather than the question of survey liens, Wilkinson recommended:

I would suggest that Hon Native Minister either communicate with Taipari and Hoani Nahe himself; or instruct me to do so, informing them that as he belongs to their tribe they had better restrain him, as, having again broken the law the consequences may be serious to

The Government took a firm line. Bryce condemned Taipari for the survival of kingite influence in the district and pressured him to quell Horomona's objections:

A friend I am grieved to hear of obstruction to survey in your District. [I]t is said to be by a man who does it on account of being an adherent of the King. I thought there was an end of nonsense like this in your district [W]hy should trouble arise out of foolishness like this. [I]t is your place as an Assessor of the Govt to use your influence to suppress a foolish proceeding as this is. [I]f the man persists in his folly the law must take its course with

him.101

In the following month Percy Smith instructed his surveyor to take a copy of Bryce's telegraph to Horomona and:

When on the ground give the Natives formal notice of your intention to carry on the survey and say that if any obstruction occurs the law will be put in force against them. Be sure to obtain names of any who obstruct in the future so that they can be summoned. If interfered with again report to me.102

Contrary to expectation, Taipari continued to withhold his co-operation. Lewis told Taipari, who had visited him about the matter, that it was his duty as a chief of Ngati Maru and a paid officer of the Government to use his influence to stop Horomona's unlawful obstruction. According to Lewis:

After fencing the question for some time [Taipari] plainly stated that Horomona's action was not as a Kingite but as a Chief and representative of the Ngatimaru and that the survey was obstructed because the Govt would not pay for it as arranged. I told him that this was still more serious because it involved the whole tribe including himself in the breach of the law that if they had a grievance they could address you by letter but that Ngatimaru had acted very wrongly in stopping the survey. I asked him what he was going to do. [H]e said he could do nothing. ... In total I think I have made him understand the serious position

98 Wilkinson to Gill, 27.1.83. NLP 83/41 in ibid.

99 Gill to Native Minister, 28.1.83, NLP 83/54; Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Department, 23.2.83, NLP 83/1215. In ibid.

100 Wilkinson to Lewis, 27.2.8

NLP 83/1216. In ibid. Doc. 4, p. 22.

101 Bryce to Lewis, 28.2.83 NLP 83/1216. In ibid. Doc. 4, pp. 23-24.

102 Percy Smith to Jackson, 1.3.83. NLP 83/1216. Ibid.

46

6.27 55

▲back to top

 

Chapter 1: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880-1890

they have taken up and that you will not suffer any breach of the law or allow them for any reason to oppose the survey.103

Bryce sent a second telegram to Taipari that he was 'more grieved than ever' since it now appeared that the obstruction derived from 'objection and instruction to the law and the side of the court on the part of yourself and your people.' He warned, 'if it is a deliberate attempt of you and your friends to obstruct a lawful and proper order of the court, I shall regard it as a serious matter.'104

Two months later trouble cropped up again—this time, with reference to Ngati Hako rights at Te Hiku, on the east bank of the Piako River. Wilkinson informed Gill that it would be necessary to obtain the presence of Ngakapau, or Ngamapa from Coromandel, and Tamati Paraetai from Hikutaia, 'who in conjunction with Ngatimaru own the land in that locality.' Gill instructed Wilkinson to do all he could to put the land in a position where the court could finally deal with it. Wilkinson subsequently reported that he had made arrangements with Paraetai and hoped that the survey could proceed. Within the week, however, Marara Te Hikaiti of the Hingawaka section of Ngati Hako, wrote from Te Kerepehi warning: 'This is our word to you. It is not right (the survey in the vicinity of Te Hiku), it is for the whole of Ngati Hako to agree to it.'

Although a reference to the Pukehange shooting of 1879 appeared to threaten violent disorder, Wilkinson believed that it was 'not intended as a threat from all the Ngati Hako but as a desire on their part that a meeting should first be held with them concerning the matter, and their consent obtained before the survey is proceeded with:105 Paora Tiunga wrote from Te Kirikiri a few days later, stating that the line suggested by Ngati Maru in court was incorrect and reiterating Ngati Hako's right to be consulted on the question. He asked for time for Ngati Hako to discuss the setting of the boundary amongst themselves. Bryce was determined to push through and directed that there was 'no reason for delay,'106 but by September no progress had been made as Ngati Hako continued to refuse to point out their boundary with Ngati Maru 'until the question had been gone into and explained to them.'107

Since Ngati Hako objections were centred on Ngati Maru's claims on the eastern side of the river, Wilkinson arranged for a meeting between Pineaha Wharekohai on behalf of Ngati Hako, and Wi Kerei Te Whetuiti of Ngati Paoa. It was agreed that the cutting of Ngati Paoa's line on the west bank could proceed. Wilkinson reported that he was optimistic of a resolution of the matter; that Wi Kerei believed that now Ngati Hako had consented to the survey, the kingites within Ngati Paoa would also give up their opposition. A few days later, however, Te Whetuiti reported that he had been unable to persuade them to allow the survey to proceed: that all Ngati Paoa living at Te Hoe-oTainui objected. They were willing for the Ngati Maru line fixed in court to come out at

103 Lewis to Native Minister, 2.3.83. NO 83/1198 in ibid. Doc. 4, pp. 28-30.

104 Bryce to Taipari, 5 March 1883. NO 83/1216 in ibid.

105 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Department, 21 May 1883. NO 83/1530 in ibid. Doc. 4, pp. 32-33.

106 Bryce minute, 8.6.83, on cover sheet, NO 83/1582. In ibid.

107 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Department, 29 August 1883. NO 83/2810 in ibid.

47

6.28 56

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Hauhaupounamu—the line to which Ngati Hako objected—but they would not consent to the survey of the Ngati Paoa portion to be given up for raihana until this had been done. Wilkinson reported:

[N]ow that the Ngatihako obstruction has been removed, the Ngatipaoa themselves block the way. ... this opposition ... is set up by a section of his [Te Whetuiti's] people who have during the last few years turned Hau Haus or Kingites, and who, under their leaders of opinion Tiwai and Horomona Mahoetahi have always tried to obstruct or stave off any progressive works such as surveys etc in connexion with their lands. Their obstruction however was never considered to be of a very formidable nature, their great stronghold in connexion with the Piako survey being the more formidable opposition of the erstwhile violent and discontented Ngatihako. So long as that remained in force they left their obstruction partially in the background. Now that the Ngatihako objection is done away with and there is a chance of the work being completed, they come to the front again with the intention of still further delaying matters if they can.108

The completion of the Piako purchase continued to elude the Government which decided to allow the matter to drop until Maori were brought to a more amenable frame of mind by economic necessity, and made 'humble supplication for the work to be done.'109

In 1885 Ngati Maru submitted their claim to a portion of the Piako block but 'would not go beyond asking the court to refix their southern boundary line.' On the court refusing to make an order in favour of their interests to the north of the line, Ngati Maru withdrew their claim admitting that 'all they wanted was to get their portion separated from that of Ngatipoura [sic] so as to get the govt proclamation removed from it'. Neither Ngati Hako nor Ngati Paoa had made an application, or had agreed to the survey of their land. Sheridan advised Lewis, 'we had better appear indifferent for a time respecting Piako. The Natives will then perhaps put it through court thinking we are asleep.'110 The matter largely rested there until 1888 when the Government once again returned to the purchase of this last extensive territory remaining to the Hauraki tribes.

The failure of Ballance's 1886 land policy initiatives, and the coming to power of a new Government under Atkinson was followed by a revival of efforts to have the Crown's purchase in the Piako area defined. In 1888 T.S. Lewis, Native Under Secretary, raised the question with his new Minister:

It is extremely desirable that the large block of land known as the Waitoa and Piako comprising about 200,000 acres and which for many years has been included in the Returns of the Land Purchase Department as land under negotiation, should be passed through the Court, and the interests of the Crown defined.

Arguing that the Government had received little return for the £22,000 paid out (including a commission to Mackay of £2,500), Lewis noted that Maori continued to occupy the Piako lands as if they had never been sold:

Probably its greatest value is on account of the gum deposits, the extent of which I can form no opinion except that I Notice marks of gum digging in many parts of the Block—as the

 

 

108 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Department, 29 October 1883. NO 83/3484 in ibid. Doc. 4, pp. 34–35.

109 Gill memo. to Native Minister, 18.12.83, on cover sheet NO 83/3484. Ibid.

110 Sheridan minute to Lewis, 16.7.85, on cover sheet NLP 85/192 in ibid.

48

6.29 57

▲back to top

 

Chapter is Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

diggers however are the Natives who are interested in the lands, and, who still exercise the right and have all the advantages of ownership, it is difficult to see what has been gained by the large sums of money paid."111

While Lewis did not believe that the area was worth any more expenditure, he emphasised that it was 'very undesirable to leave the matter in its present condition,' and proposed that a Government officer initiate negotiations to bring the Piako lands into court.

Over the next months the Government worked towards getting Ngati Paoa's consent for the land to be put through the court. A number of issues were involved in the following negotiations: the status of the lands falling within the confiscation boundary but still occupied by members of Ngati Paoa and subject to an agreement between Tarapipipi Te Kopara and Pollen in the early 1870s (discussed in Volume 4, in the context of the confiscation); the parameters of that agreement; the nature and size of the debt owed by Ngati Paoa and how this should be allocated against the land.

Responsibility for the Maori side of negotiations was taken by the Native Committee. Waata Tipa and Te Whetuiti (Wi Kerei) represented Ngati Paoa and referred proposals back to the communities effected. The Native Committee met with a series of Crown ministers and officials—Mitchelson, Stevens, and Lewis—in 1888–1889. It was soon clear, however, that Ngati Paoa did not have sufficient land to meet the debt accumulated on it at the original prices set down by the deed. In face of this unpalatable fact, the Crown could not insist on the strict terms of the deed signed in September 1874—the alienation of the whole block of 200,000 acres for sums ranging from 6d to 3/- per acre depending on quality.112

In December 1889 Mitchelson proposed that an area of 120,000 acres, exclusive of the area promised to be set aside for 'returned rebels', should transfer to the Government, calculated at the price of 2/6d. The Committee returned with their proposals which were presented in a series of meetings, first with Stevens, and then with Lewis of the Native Department in April. Attending on various days were Mackay and a gathering of people described as 'the Ngatipaoa tribe—representing Ngatihako, Hingawaka, Urikaraka, Ngatihura and Ngatipaoa hapus.'113 The area offered in satisfaction of the debt (Kopuatai no. 3 and 3A, subject to a reserve) was flatly rejected by the Government as inadequate. A counter-proposal was made by Lewis: that a total of 64,674 acres be transferred out of proposed subdivisions, in five blocks (including Kopuatai, and two blocks claimed by Ngati Maru.)114 The meeting adjourned for a week so that the people at Te Hoe-o-Tainui could be consulted. It was agreed there that an additional area commencing at Patatai and comprising Te Kohukohu and Mohonui (5,000 acres) might transfer to the Crown.

111 Lewis memo. for Native Minister, 28 September 1888. MLP 88/229 in MA 13/64 (b). Doc. 4, p. 41.

112 For copy of deed see NLP 89/262 in ibid.

113 See Notes of several meetings held with the Ngati Paoa Natives ... representing the purchase of Piako, p.6. NLP 89/48 in ibid. Doc. 4, p. 49.

114 Ibid., p. 9. Doc. 4, p. 53.

49

6.30 58

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Waata Tipa told Lewis that: 'At the line to the north of Patatai a certain area was not given up. Our word now is, that what is now offered is all we will give up to you.' 115

Lewis indicated that Ngati Paoa would not be expected to give up all their lands but

rejected the tribe's offer as utterly inadequate for the amount of money received in the

past. He pointed back to the deed signed in 1874, and to their individual responsibility: There is a deed in existence which parts with the whole of the land. That document gives up the whole of the land. That document gives up the whole of Piako. The Government do not wish to tie you down to the strict terms of that agreement. If they did so even at half a crown per acre the price proposed by Mr Mitchelson you would have to give over 144,000 acres, an area which it is figured, you do not possess. When you made the offer of 19,000 acres, Mr Stevens asked for 80,000. The additional offer now made is only 2,500 acres because Mohonui is Crown Land. I do not forget the alteration of the confiscated line that reduces the debt from £18,000 to £15,000.... The Natives should consider firstly the agreement they made—and secondly the amount of money paid to each of you.116

Negotiations then moved onto the question of the sums received, and who should bear responsibility for them. Aperahama Pokai claimed that while his individual debts had been placed against Piako, those of Urikaraka had been paid off by the transfer of Te Aroha and Ohinemuri. He now offered 'in addition to what Wiri Kerei and Waata handed over' a ten chain strip running along the confiscation line from Rataroa (Te Kowhatu-o-Ngaramania) to Pukekamaka, stating at the same time: 'We are all Ngati Paoa.' Lewis scorned the offer as 'too narrow for a bullock to turn in,' and flatly denied that Pokai was being charged with debts that had been cleared by the alienation of other lands.117 He placed the Government's offer before Ngati Paoa. £3000 would be taken off a debt of £18,000 to pay for their confiscated lands while they would have to find 50,000 acres out of their remaining Piako lands, estimated at 80,000 acres in total, in order to satisfy the debt still outstanding.

Over the next two days, the accounts were prepared and examined by the Native Committee. All individual items were acknowledged, except in nine instances of people not admitted by Ngati Paoa who also refused to take responsibility for a payment of £400 to Ngati Te Ata. In particular dispute, however, was the sum of £4,500, entered onto the 1874 deed. Mackay, who attended the meeting in order to explain the Government's understanding of the transaction, told the meeting that this sum was the original amount placed as a raihana debt against 'Piako':

It was not placed in sovereigns on the table. [P]art was in goods and part in money. You all know that you the Ngatipaoa gave a great feast in 1874 to the whole of the tribes of Hauraki.

I at their request went to Auckland for the necessary supplies and I nearly cleared out the stocks of flour in the hands of the Auckland merchants. The meeting lasted for a long time. A good deal of money was given to the people during its continuance. I saw the principal chiefs and showed them the accounts. ... It was included in the agreement when it was drawn up, and the agreement was read over twice in the open air before it was signed.... All

I have to say is you had the £4,500 and signed for it. The vouchers you have now admitted

115 Ibid., p. 15. Doc. 4, p. 58.

116 Ibid., pp. 16–17. Doc. 4, pp. 59–60.

117 Ibid., PP. 23–24. Doc. 4, pp. 66–67.

50

6.31 59

▲back to top

 

Chapter 1: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880–1890

were for money and supplies obtained subsequent to the meeting at Whakatiwai as the dates will show.118

Te Whetuiti (whose name was later shown to be on the deed) maintained that he had no knowledge of such a large sum having been paid, and demanded clarification of which hapu were involved.119 Ngati Paoa stated that they did not wish to impute dishonesty to Mackay—they merely wished to ascertain what debt lay with which hapu. Their complaint pointed, however, to the defective nature of that first transaction which had acted as a lever for the opening of the area. The Committee wrote to Lewis: 'We are not clear about this amount. [I]f you the Government can make it clear to us that we have received this money we shall be prepared to admit it as a charge upon our lands' which was clarified as meaning 'the lands of those individual natives who received sums not in all our land.'120 The two leading Committee members, Tipa and Kerei, accompanied by their agent (WA. Graham) subsequently visited Lewis, stating that it was unfair for the Government to keep the sum hanging over their heads when they could find no trace of who had received it, and when the largest portion of the money had been spent on food for the whole of the tribe.121

The majority of Ngati Paoa were anxious for the matter to be settled and admitted much of their debt to the Government. W.A. Graham suggested subsequently, that 'all sides now desire to finally close the Piako block. [A]djournments are impoverishing the natives and making them inclined to become sullen.'122 A finalisation of the sale to the Government was necessary so that the proclamation prohibiting private purchases in the area could be lifted, and other areas sold to pay off other pressing debts. They now offered a total of 45,000 acres in payment for the money they had received, a total payment of £11,776 being admitted. The areas they would transfer would comprise 23,742 acres that Pollen had formerly promised to return to Ngati Paoa within the confiscation boundary, Kopuatai nos 1, 2, and 4 (4,379 acres), 10,295 acres on the eastern side of the Piako River, Patatai which was marked no. 4 on the Government's map (2,500 acres), and 4,084 acres of land at Waitakaruru (marked no. 6).123 When Lewis again met with the Native Committee, at their room in Shortland, he announced the Government's disappointment at the smallness of area being transferred by Ngati Paoa and their repudiation of the original sums paid to 'them and their fathers.' Examination of the accounts had showed, however, that the hapu in receipt of the greatest payments did not have sufficient land to recompense the Government for its expenditure. He told them that, in these circumstances, the Government would accept their offer. 124

Piako was brought before the Native Land Court in early May. Taipari and several others withdrew their claims upon the land that, it was agreed, should go to Ngati Paoa. Ngati

118 Ibid., pp. 29–30. Doc. 4, pp. 72–73.

119 Ibid., p. 34. Doc. 4, pp. 77.

120 Native Committee to Lewis, 1 May 1889. MD 89/135. In MA 13/64 (b)

121 See memo. of interview given to Waata Tipa and others, May 1889. NLP 89/135. In ibid.

122 W.A. Graham acting for Ngati Paoa to Native Under Secretary, 30 July 1889. NLP 89/242. Ibid.

123 See HMB 20, pp. 293–299; also W.A. Graham to Native Minister, 22 January 1892. MA MLP 1892/8.

124 Notes of several meetings held with the Ngati Paoa Natives ... representing the purchase of Piako, p.38. NLP 89/148 in MA 13/64 (b). Doc. 4, p. 81.

51

6.32 60

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

Maru, Ngati Whanaunga, and Ngati Paoa were stated as having interests in the area. Ngati Kea were also admitted, while an objection from Paora Tuinga that Ngati Hako had been omitted was met with reassurances that they came in under the aegis of Ngati Paoa.125 The general boundaries were then described as they lay between Ngati Paoa, Ngati Maru, and Ngati Hako, who challenged where Maru proposed to take their line. Ngati Paoa representatives then gave the names of grantees of the blocks which would transfer to the Government. On survey being completed, orders would issue to the Crown and the proclamation prohibiting individual purchase within Piako could be lifted.126

The Government could not be sure that ownership of the first major Piako blocks on the west side of the river would transfer to them until the lines were cut on the ground. The survey of Kopuatai went smoothly, but problems soon surfaced at Pukorokoro where Government survey lines came into conflict with Maori expectations that a reserve of some 7,000 acres would be set aside within the confiscation lands, according to Pollen's promise to Tarapipipi in 1870.127 Trouble next broke out at Kerepehi, where the Government attempted to erect a trig. station which would cover some 300,000 acres of land. Cheal reported that all the leading chiefs with interests in the region—Taipari, Hone Nahe, Nikorima, Ngakopa, Wiri Kerei (Te Whetuiti), and local leader, Ngamuka Ripikoi who had originally led the obstruction—were in favour of the triangulation going ahead, but that trouble continued. Obstruction was now led by the wife and two daughters of Ripikoi. Cheal blamed a small group who had been followers of Horomona before his death, but warned that the disaffection was spreading:

The persistent obstruction is having a bad effect. Waitakauru natives are watching my efforts with Kerepehi and the Ngati Hako have pulled down my station at Waitoki although it is the site of previous trig. points and had been up for 3 months.128

He requested that constables be stationed there, and when told that Wilkinson would visit the district in June, stressed that immediate, strong, action was required: 'Delays are always dangerous especially so in the case of natives. [I]f they are not 'fixed up' promptly and sharply it is like a leak in an embankment which for want of prompt measures becomes unmanageable.' Cheal argued that a strong course was especially required at Kerepehi where the absence of a chief meant that 'everyone residing there believe[d] he [had] the right to do as he like[d] in a free country.'129 As a result of these representations, Cheal was given authority to arrange police assistance and to prosecute any persons obstructing survey."°

Later in the year the King party became directly involved in the Piako obstruction as Tawhiao claimed responsibility for the Hauraki lands which had been placed in Potatau's hands for his safekeeping, and attempted to raise the issue of the war with the

125 Ibid., pp. 44-45. Doc. 4, pp. 87-88.

126 See NLC minutes, 6 May 1889 in ibid., p. 47. Doc. 4, p. 90.

127 See discussion above.

128 Cheal to Native Minister, 27 May 1890. NLP 90/169 in MA 13/64 (b).

129 Ibid.

130 See minutes, 31.5.90, on Cheal to Native Minister, 27 May 1890. In ibid.

52

6.33 61

▲back to top

 

Chapter I: Government Policy and Maori Reaction, 1880-1890

Government.131 Kerei Kaihau, 'one of Tawhiao's people,' was reported to have pulled down the station at Waitakaruru, taking the trig. pipe to the post office at Miranda. The Government acted with alarm. Percy Smith noted that it was a 'very flagrant case ... setting the Government at defiance. It should be taken up or I fear the consequences'. Lewis concurred, suggesting that the King party were anxious to re-establish themselves in the district, that the Government had given every attention to every just complaint and that it was time now to take proceedings. The Chief Surveyor was instructed accordingly.132 Kaihau refused his summons, however, stating that he recognised only Tawhaio's law which lay with the Treaty. The three constables sent to arrest Kaihau, withdrew when confronted by a large gathering. A second force, comprising some zo police and over 3o militia was then sent to Tawhiao's settlement at Pukekawa, where Kaihau was residing, and he was arrested. Kaihau was discharged by the Supreme Court on the condition that he pay the costs of prosecution. At Waiuku he subsequently resumed his protest at Government survey of lands claimed within the King's mana. This development was interpreted as proof that 'leniency [was] only thrown away upon men of his class' who were politically-motivated, and that the law would have to be 'sharply ... administered to effect a cure.'133 In 1892 Kaihau was rearrested and sentenced to one year's imprisonment by the court.

(e) Summary discussion

Officials blamed the delay in finalising the dealings in Piako on the inter-tribal disputes about the position of boundaries, and a natural mendacity on the part of Maori seeking to repudiate past agreements. Discussions and subsequent efforts to survey the initial subdivisions revealed, however, a number of ongoing problems deriving from a breakdown in the relationship of Maori with the Government: lack of clarity in past understandings, the terms of which had been obscured by the passage of time, and concern lest the Government failed to observe past promises regarding reserves and the position of the confiscation boundary. Most of Ngati Paoa and its leadership were anxious to reach an accommodation so that they could meet their liabilities to the Government, and, on the lifting of the proclamation against alienation to private purchasers, pay off survey liens and other debts. The consent of communities living at Kerepehi, Waitakaruru, Te Hoe-oTainui, and Pukorokoro was, however, only reluctantly given and complicated by their connection with Waikato and the King Movement. The grievance arising out of confiscation, and suspicion of Government and the land court continued to colour the actions of these people during the course of negotiations characterised by insistent pressure and a measure of Government bullying. The eventual complete breakdown of that opposition as tribal rivalry forced the various right-holders of the delta lands comprising 'Piako' into the Native Land Court will be discussed more fully in the context of the impact of court and survey costs in that region.

131 See Lewis to Native Minister, 31.10.90; extract NZH, 15 November 189o, NO 9o/356. In ibid. Doc. 4, pp. 91-92.

132 Percy Smith to Under Secretary Native Department, 8.10.90; Under Secretary to Native Minister, 13.10.90, cover sheet NO 90/347 in ibid.

133 Reports from Officers in Native Districts, AJHR, 1892, G-3, p. 4

53

6.34 62

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

In general, the pace of acquisition had slowed in the 188os. After the transfer of the freehold of much of Ohinemuri into the hands of the Crown, immediate interest in the Hauraki area declined, and the efforts of the Native Land Purchase Department were directed largely to the completion of the outstanding purchases of Mackay—in particular, that of Piako. In part, this slow down in the pace of alienation reflected the continuing hold up in that area, and in part, the simple fact that other than the Hauraki Plains, most of the Maori landed estate had gone. But, in part, too, awareness that Hauraki Maori had little land left, north of the Waihou River, and fear of the burden that might be placed on the state by the growing number of landless Maori in the North Island, meant that administrations of the 188os were generally reluctant to remove restrictions on alienation. Ballance's search for a compromise between Maori landownership and settlement, and the hiatus created by the Native Lands Administration Act slowed sale also. On the other hand, initiatives in purchasing being directed to the acquisition of some of the most valuable of the peninsula lands left to the Hauraki people—particularly those blocks still generating gold field revenues and the mineral springs land—and the last region to be kept closed to the Native Land Court, were all the more destructive to their well-being.

Any respite was short-lived. The reintroduction by the Atkinson Government of direct purchase and free trade in individualised title, and the loosening of restrictions on alienation of reserved land under the Native Land Act 1888, inaugurated a period of further 'onslaught' on Maori land. The Land Purchase Department had been waiting its opportunity at Piako, determined to see a return for its downpayments even though these had been given with little respect for the tribal and political complexities of the area, or for the rights of non-selling groups. The pace of acquisition once again gathered after the breaking of the deadlock there. The search for a means of establishing tribal controls proved fruitless and the destructive processes generated within the land court when issues of colour of right were bitterly fought over, continued unchecked. The inequitable weighting of the burden of costs in establishing title, most especially survey, also remained unchanged under the Liberal Government which introduced new policies designed to promote settlement in the early 189os. Furthermore, there was growing interest in the potential of the Hauraki Plains for dairy farming, and the transfer of the last sizeable lands of the Hauraki people was to be sustained in the early twentieth century by technological advances which allowed for the draining of the swamps. Despite efforts on the part of Hauraki leadership on a national level to stop further selling at a local level, Maori land holdings were to be rapidly whittled away. Most land selling took place in the delta area but the loosening of statutory and administrative protections on alienation of reserved lands meant that in the peninsula, too, Maori holdings steadily declined. These developments will be discussed in the following chapters.

54

7 Chapter 2: Crown Policy And Maori Aspiration, 1890-1914

▲back to top

7.1 63

▲back to top

 

Chapter II

CROWN POLICY

AND MAORI ASPIRATION,

1890-1914

Crown Purchases, 1890-1914

The pace of land alienation in the Hauraki district picked up again in the 189os. Over the next zo years, the Government, dominated by the Liberal Ministries, pursued an active policy of purchasing Maori-owned land in order to open it to settlement. That goal was effected through the provision of further funds, the construction of more effective structures of land transaction, and the Crown's manipulation of its power to control the conditions under which it entered into purchase negotiations with Maori. Crown preemption was reasserted, but at the same time, restrictions on the alienation of land could be removed at its discretion. Thus, most of the 'reserves' also went out of Maori hands in these years. The assumption was that Maori should not be allowed to render themselves completely landless for the sake of 'prudence'.1 But despite anxiety about the implications of the rapid decline in the position of the Hauraki iwi and the efforts of local leadership to control the pace of alienation, land loss was to speed up rather than abate. There were four significant areas of Crown purchase activity in this period: the Kuaotunu gold field; the Moehau and Waikawau reserves; the township properties; and most especially, the Hauraki floodplain.

(a) Native Land Laws Commission, 1891

The operation of the native land laws was re-examined by the Native Land Laws Commission in 1891. The setting up of the Commission signalled the Liberal Government's intention to overhaul land legislation, the confused state of which was seen as inhibiting security of title, and as blocking purchase and settlement. The Commission was to inquire and report on the 'operation of the existing laws to the alienation and disposition of interests in Native lands'; the practice of the land court with reference to those laws; the problem of titles which were defective because of non-compliance with those laws; and 'the principles on which interests in Native lands should in future be alienated or disposed of by or on behalf of the Native owners, and the manner, terms, and conditions in which the same can be carried into effect.'2 While the Commission held a number of discussions with Maori, they did not go to Thames. Nor does it appear that there was any meeting with Maori at Auckland, although the Commission heard witnesses there on two occasions. Hamiora Mangakahia based largely in the

1 Chief Land Purchase Officer to Surveyor General, 28 February 1895, on cover sheet NLP

1895/107. Maori Affairs Head Office file MLP 1896/219. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4.

2 Report of the Commission ... into the subject of Native Land Laws', AJHR, 1891,G-1,p. iii.

55

7.2 64

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP 3: ALIENATION OF MAORI LAND AT 1890

56

7.3 65

▲back to top

 

Chapter 11:Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890-1914

Whangapoua-Moehau region did give evidence, however, reiterating the oft-expressed concern of Hauraki Maori for the impact of the land court and survey requirements on them.' When questioned how best to give effect to the will of Maori owners with regard to leasing, mortgaging, selling, and conducting other transactions concerning their lands, Mangakahia answered:

This is my reply with regard to lands that have not passed the Court: that in their case they should remain in their existing state, and that there should be no surveys and no Courts. I know where the difficulty will be in such a scheme as that. The Natives see that great evils befall them through the Native Land Court, and through the Survey Department, and through litigation generally.4

He then detailed the costs to Maori of establishing title:

[W]hen the Natives get their lands surveyed, the survey of the block will in some cases amount to 4400 or £600. [T]hat is only for the external boundary. Then come the internal subdivisional surveys, and these amount also to a very large sum, perhaps another £5oo or £600. And then, before these subdivisional surveys are made, there are large sums to be paid by the Natives for Native Land Court fees, and for agency purposes, and for other expenses incurred; and all these outlays are to be met from the 5s. an acre that is derived from the sale of the land. Then, if the natives sell, the proceeds of the sale are to go to pay for these expenses, and the whole of the land is absorbed in this way, nothing being left for the Natives.'

The Commission roundly condemned the state of the native land law which was described as giving rise to 'confusion, loss, demoralisation and litigation.'6 Brooking suggests, however, that the major concern of Rees, the chairman of the Commission, was to promote the development of the North Island by facilitating the settlement of Maori land which he saw as thwarted by monopolists. This was in line with the general view of the Liberal Government which adopted the more conservative recommendations of the Commission's majority report, setting up land boards with a Maori majority, reintroducing Crown pre-emption over strong dissenting opinion, and ignoring 'more awkward suggestions that Maori committees should play a greater part in managing Maori land and should encourage leasing rather than selling'.?

The nature and impact of Liberal policy and legislation on Maori landownership has been fully discussed elsewhere;8 but in brief; the Liberal Government shared the prevailing view that Maori held 'large tracts' of land, 'unoccupied, unused, barren, and untitled', and introduced a series of measures intended to facilitate the purchase of such areas for European settlement. Brooking has pointed out that the abolition of the Native Department and transfer of the Land Purchase Office to the Department of Lands and

3 Hamiora Mangakahia is described in the Dictionary ofNew Zealand Biography, vol. 2, as being of Ngati Whanaunga, Ngati Pare and Ngati Hei descent. For further discussion of his role, see p. 75-76.

4   Minutes of Evidence, AJHR, 1891, G-1, p. 36. Doc. 6, p. 102.

5   Ibid. Doc. 6, p. 102.

6 Report of the Commission on the Native Land Laws, Ibid., p. x.

7 T. Brooking, "'Busting Up" the Greatest Estate of All: Liberal Maori Land Policy, 1891-1911', New Zealand Journal ofHistory, 26, April 1992, pp. 84-85; Carroll, Note of Dissent, AJHR, 1891, G-I, pp. xxvii-xxx. Doc. 6, pp. 97-100.

8   See Brooking, "'Busting Up" the Greatest Estate of All', pp. 78-98.

57

7.4 66

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

Survey in 1893 also removed an important institutional check on the too rapid alienation of Maori land. The impact of the loss of the Native Department was exemplified by a greater willingness among officials under the Justice Department, which had taken over its functions, to remove restrictions on alienation of reserved Hauraki lands.

Legislative measures were then introduced to facilitate Crown land purchase and the transfer of a secure title. The Native Land (Validation of Titles) Act 1892 was passed to invest titles and grant certificates in cases that were technically in breach of one or other of the multitude of requirements of the land laws. A Validation Court, with power to legalise transactions that it considered to have been equitable even if technically illegal, was established in 1893 to streamline the process, for example, Moehau no. 1 or Waikawau Reserve.9 Most controversial was the Government reintroduction of pre-emption. An initial step had been taken in 1892 under the Native Lands Purchases Act which prohibited private negotiations in areas gazetted for sale for a two-year period. The time limit was removed under the Native Land Purchase and Acquisition Act 1893, and full pre-emption was confirmed the following year, by section 117 of the Native Land Act 1894, which prohibited private dealings with native lands but saved all rights of the Crown. The legislation was presented in terms of protecting Maori from unscrupulous land sharks and to ensure that a reasonable price was paid for land, but was introduced over the objections of Maori leadership. Carroll, in his dissenting minority report at the Land Laws Commission of 1891, had objected strongly to the reintroduction of pre-emption because it violated the spirit of the Treaty of Waitangi, took away Maori control of their own resources, and was likely to keep the price they received for land at an artificially low level. The Maori members of the House reiterated these objections in the debates of 1893-1894, but Seddon dismissed as irrelevant their complaints that the measure was both unconstitutional and in breach of the Treaty of Waitangi.'°

In the same period, the structure of land protection in the form of restrictions on the title of certain blocks to be retained by Maori was dismantled, initially in favour of the Crown under the Native Land Purchase Act 1892 and the Native Land Purchase and Acquisition Act 1893, and then for any interested party. It became increasingly easy for Maori (often backed by a private party) to have restrictions on alienation removed, as requirements for unanimous consent were reduced, and, while the Crown had supposedly prohibited private dealing under the Native Land Act 1894, in the following year the Governor was empowered by Order in Council to except lands from the operation of section 117. Maori land holdings were thus exposed to a two-pronged attack. According to the Stout Ngata Commission, the Government's policy, despite numerous amendments in the land law, remained constant over this period; the 'vigorous pursuit of purchase by the Crown and constant use by the Governor in Council of the power excepting restrictions against alienation.'11

9 The Court granted title to the Kauri Timber Co. for 5,823 acres, even though only a few grantees signed the conveyance in 1885. Judge Gudgeon accepted this because the company was unlikely to obtain consent from the remaining owners deemed 'rabid Kingites'.   G2, p. 8 and G3, p. I.

Brooking, "'Busting Up", the Greatest Estate of All', p. 86.

11 'Interim Report on Native Lands and Native Land Tenure', AJHR, 1907,   p. 4.

58

7.5 67

▲back to top

 

Chapter 11: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890-1914

(b) Crown purchase in the Hauraki peninsula lands

The major focus of Government attention after 1890 was the floodplain, but Table 2 shows that the appointment of Gilbert Mair as land purchase officer to the Hauraki district in 1894, and the revival of the Government's direct and active participation in opening native land to settlement also meant further purchasing in the peninsula area. Of particular significance here was the Government's interest in obtaining the freehold of Kuaotunu where gold had been discovered, and of township properties in order to satisfy the demands of local Pakeha politicians and residents, while serious in-roads were also made into Hauraki 'reserved lands' (to be discussed in the next chapter).

TABLE 2: CROWN PURCHASES IN HAURAKI LANDS (EXCLUDING HAURAKI PLAINS), 1890-1899

Date of Block   Acreage Comment

purchase   to Crown

1890   Hikutaia 4   3,350

Whangamata 2   5,487   removal of restrictions

1891   Manaia 1A & 2A   611   removal of restrictions on IA

Owharoa 5A   65

Taparahi 3A   575

1892   Ohinemuri 20A1   2,758

Otaturu I   653

Owharoa 4   z6

Tapapakaroro   93

1893   Te Aroha Hot Springs Extn   46   restrictions removed

Motukahakaha   516

Otaturu 2   87   completes Crown purchase of all block

1894   Mataitai 7   88

Ohinemuri zo A2 & A3, C   5,930

14 A BI IX; Omahu Reserve   52   restrictions removed

Otakeao 2; Waikawau reserve   975

Paeroa   162   restrictions removed

Taparahi 2A &3B   1,025

1895   Komata North 1B6   63

Moehau 1M   1,000
Ngati Taharua Reserve;

i nemur   434   restrictions removed Ohinemur

Otakeao IA; Waikawau reserve   98   restrictions removed

Taparahi C1   1,715

   Waiomu IA; Waikawau reserve 152   restrictions removed

Waikawau North; reserve   1,250   restrictions removed

Waipatukahu; Waikawau

   910   restrictions removed reserve

Waokauri A   48   B block sold to private purchaser

Whangamata I Reserve   100   restrictions removed

1896   Kakatarahae   3,189   includes 104 acres for non-sellers' survey costs

Kuaotunu IDI   122

Kuaotunu ID4A   7

Kuaotunu 3A   3,987   3B (l00 acres) &3C (213 acres) left to Maori

continued!...

59

7.6 68

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

Date of Block   Acreage Comment

purchase   to Crown

1896   Marokoka

(coned)   Maurihoro A

Ngati Koi reserve;

Ohinemuri 17   999

Ohinemuri 20B1   316

Ohinemuri 20E   8,701

Owharoa 2A2   27
Waiomu 2A; Waikawau reserve 97

170 acres to non-sellers

81 acres left to Maori in B2 & B3 non-seller left 249 acres as 2oF

last of no. 2 except for I acre wahi tapu restrictions removed

2,540   3 reserves totalling 60 acres excluded from sale 1,181

1897   Horete IBI   124   1B2 sold to private purchaser 4 yrs later

Owharoa 5B1   27   2 acres comprising Mackaytown left to Maori in 5B2

Waikanae 2   575   almost 5o% of price goes to survey charges

Whangamata 6A & 6B2   6,855

1898   Ohinemuri 2A2   150   all lands in no. 2 have now been sold

Ohinemuri 4A2   189   " " in no. 4 " "

1899   Harataunga West IA, 2A, 3A,

4A, 5A, 7A   673

Oteao 4A   175   9 acres left to Maori

Source: Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands

In the late 1880s gold had been once again discovered on Maori-owned land, this time at Kuaotunu IC, ID, and 2A on the Try Fluke Claim. Miners had been working the area for some time, operating on private, extra-legal agreements with the Ngati Hei owners. By this stage mining officials had largely lost sight of the old requirements for negotiation of formal consent before land could be brought within the Government's jurisdiction. As at Moehau 4, discussed in Chapter One, the warden first acted as though the Government had the power to bring the area automatically into the compass of the official gold field, making plans for a township to be laid out for mining purposes without first seeking the consent of the owners, and thus, interfering with already existing arrangements.12

The next impulse of the Native Department and Government, once it appeared that there was a chance of development of the Kuaotunu field, was to seek the outright purchase of the freehold. The Native Minister instructed his Under Secretary, in 1890:

When in Auckland it was stated that the Kuaotunu gold fields near Mercury Bay were turning out exceedingly good, and that the Government should take steps to acquire the land in the vicinity and within the gold field.

Have inquiries made as to area and price.13

Queries quickly revealed the complications of prior private purchase payments and lease arrangements which existed over parts of the land in question. These circumstances were first seen to make the acquisition undesirable. The initial report by an accountant within the Native Land Purchase branch was adverse, and the warden (Northcroft) was

12

13 Native Minister to Under Secretary Native Department, so January 1890. Maori Affairs Head Office file. Research on these events is intended to be undertaken by M. Russell, Waitangi Tribunal Research Unit. MA MLPI5890/144. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 1, p. 240.

6o

7.7 69

▲back to top

 

Chapter II: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890-1914

instructed to enter into negotiation for a formal cession of mining rights instead. The Under Secretary of the Native Land Purchase Department soon reversed this decision, however, authorising an outright purchase if the owners would sell at a 'fair price' since this would simplify matters of jurisdiction and title. It was decided that the interests of those who had mining claims in the Kuaotunu blocks should be protected, but that Crown acquisition was desirable since all such claims would then be automatically subject to the mining laws?

The warden was now instructed to seek the purchase but, on the advice of the Surveyor General, was authorised to offer only £2 per acre for the area. Northcroft considered this offer as insufficient to interest Maori and continued to seek signatures to a deed of cession of mining rights instead of a deed of sale transferring the entire freehold. The agreement of scattered individual owners was slowly obtained over a two-year period, and the three blocks declared to be open for mining purposes in February 1892.15 That limited transfer of rights was, however, soon followed by a more extensive alienation as some owners, who were both in debt and in dispute about the partition of Kuaotunu ID, attempted to avoid further liabilities by selling the freehold to the Government. In April 1896, the Court awarded 1D1 to the Crown. The impact of mining on the general area and the beginning of sale by some individuals promoted further alienation by others. Most notably, the month after IDI was awarded to the Crown, Kawhena Peneamine Rangitu, the owner of 2A2 which had been created by partition in late 1891, offered to hand over the complete management and all the revenues of that block to the Crown for an annual payment:

Finding that all the natives that handed their lands here in Kuaotunu to the Government under the Mining Act as a fact have all sold their lands to the Government, I am the only native here now that is remaining under the mining lease. Dear sir, kindly convey my message to the Government. [F]irst of all I would like them to offer me a lump sum for my block, and by so doing it will take a great responsibility and also worry from me. I meet with so much reverses in guarding the timber upon the property. ... I will surrender the land to them for a lump sum under a new lease, and let them make what they can out of the revenue.16

Such a proposal was not acceptable to Government officials who replied that they would be interested only in the acquisition of the entire freehold. Kawhena apparently tried to hold on, but finally in 1901 was forced to offer to sell partly to raise capital to develop other lands, and in part, because the administration was allegedly neglecting the proper administration of the terms of his mining lease. Gilbert Mair reported:

Kawhena Peneamine Rangitu ... has been to see me and wishes Government to purchase. He states that he is dissatisfied with the manner in which the Gold Revenue is distributed, that for many years proper steps have not been taken to compel miners and other holders to pay what they ought, that the subsequent loss all falls upon him. Moreover he is anxious to improve a valuable block of land he owns near Tikouma, Manaia, where he is now living, hence his urgent wish to dispose of Kuaotunu. He states that the Hon Mr Cadman

14 Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department to Native Minister, r8 April 1890 & Native Minister file note, on cover sheet to file NLP 1890/87. In ibid., p. 242.

15 Details of this process may be found in ibid., pp. 239-249-

16 Kawhena Rangitu to Resident Magistrate and Mining Warden, 17 April 1896. MA MLP 1902/20. Cited in ibid., p. 259.

6

7.8 70

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

sometime ago offered him 10/- an acre per annum, but as he was getting more for Gold Revenue he refused to lease. He thinks now that there is a revival of mining there, Government may prefer to purchase. He asks for £1500 for the whole block. 17

This offer was, however, rejected by the mining warden who informed the Native Land Purchase Department that there was no mining currently being undertaken on the block, claims having been taken up during the boom on speculation only. A portion of Kuaotunu township comprising some 30 business sites was, however, located on the block and a deputation of residents visited the Minister of Justice to complain about the inequality of rents between Native sections and those owned by the Government. They advocated immediate purchase as 'owing to the depression in mining, the natives would be prepared to sell at a reasonable price.'18 The Minister of Lands approved the acquisition, at the price of £400 which had been recommended by the warden. Kawhena agreed and the purchase was notified in 1902. This was quickly followed by the sale of the other Kuaotunu 2 subdivisions which are discussed in more detail in Alexander's block histories for this part of the district.19

Maori ownership of commercial township properties also came under increasing threat as the century drew to a close. The gift of the springs and their willingness to sell adjacent land at a low price had subsidised the development of the area, but by the 1890s their continuing ownership of a few street-front properties in Section 15, Block Ix, which comprised the Morgantown section of the Te Aroha Borough, was seen as detrimental to the town's future progress. The restrictions against alienation of the block had been removed, in 1889, on application of a majority of the owners in order to allow George Lipsey (married to the daughter of the principal right-holder) to purchase, but he succeeded in acquiring one interest only. In 1891 a deputation from the Te Aroha Town Board complained to the Native Minister that no provision had been made to enable the lessees who held tenure under mining resident site licences to secure their freehold at fair value, or for perpetual leases when the restrictions were removed. In response, the Minister directed Wilkinson to see if any interests could be acquired, and over the next ten years, six and a half out of a total of nine shares were purchased.20

The belief that the town's prosperity was dependent on European ownership was strongly expressed in a petition from the Te Aroha Mayor and residents in 1900, urging that the Crown purchase the remaining Maori interests in Morgantown. In part, the request for purchase was inspired by the wish to obtain relief from the higher rents being paid for lease of Maori-owned land at Te Aroha. The petitioners complained that the rents at Morgantown were preserved at the level of £5 in force under the mining legislation in operation at the time of the cession, whereas in the portion of the borough owned by the Crown, rents had been reduced to £3 by subsequent legislation. They believed that

17 Land Purchase Officer to Chief Clerk Native Land Purchase Department, 4 March 1901. MA MLP 2902/20. Cited in ibid., p. 260.

18 Minister of Justice to Native Minister, 14 March 1901. MA MLP 1902/20. Cited in ibid., p. 260.

19 For other purchases involving the question of minerals in this period, see block histories for Te Karaka and Kakatarahae in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 1, pp. 260–267.

20 See ibid., pp. 87–89; E.K. Cooper to Minister of Mines, in April 1900. MD 1900/562.

62

7.9 71

▲back to top

 

Chapter II: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

occupation under mining title with continuing Maori ownership of the freehold was inhibiting growth because there was 'not that strong and secure tenure necessary to promote the advancement of the Town and Baths.'21 An accompanying letter to the Minister of Mines stated that the area was a health and tourist resort rather than a mining town, and that it was necessary to encourage good buildings and maintenance so that overseas visitors would form a favourable opinion.22

It would appear that the Government concurred in these arguments. The Under Secretary of Mines reported in June that action was already being taken, and the Native Affairs Committee, in the following month, declined to make any recommendation on the matter. One half-share was purchased immediately, and the owners of the two remaining shares who did not wish to sell, agreed to a reduction in rent. Within two years, however, the purchase of the whole of Morgantown (294 acres) had been completed.23 These efforts to acquire Maori interests in Section 15, in the first years of the twentieth century, were accompanied by the purchase of remaining Maori blocks within Section 17, comprising Lipseytown. Blocks 5, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, and 24 in Section 17 D2, blocks 12, 13, 14, and 19 in Section 17 D3, and Section 17 D6 were bought by the Crown in 1905; 56 acres in Section 17A, portions in Section 17C, and Section 17 D4 in 1908; and parts of 17D1 (33 acres), 17 A1 (20 acres), 52 acres of 17B, 17A3 (21 acres) in 1910–1917.24 It will be seen in subsequent discussion that this pattern of acquisition of urban commercial properties—in the belief that continuing Maori ownership was detrimental to the economic development of the site, or that such properties should be acquired for the public benefit—was to be repeated elsewhere in the district, at Rawhitiroa, and later in the century, at Thames.

 

(c) The impact of court and survey costs in the Hauraki Plains

Hauraki leaders had failed to forestall competing surveys of the Hauraki Plains area, and now that the question of title was brought to the Native Land Court, the intricate intermingling and conflicting bases of tribal interests first noted by Drummond Hay and Mackay, in the 1860s and 1870s, meant that each block was fiercely fought over, with many decisions being appealed. At particular issue were the claims of 'original' peoplesNgati Hako and associated groups—as against those of incoming Marutuahu iwi. These claims were based on opposed take of ancestry, occupation, and conquest. That conflict was complicated, too, by the swampy nature of much of the ground in question, evidence of right-holding often involving the use of eel fisheries in which, the Native Land Court later observed, 'there [was] hardly an instance where the witnesses agree[d] as to [who] had the right to any particular fishing place.'25 Alexander's work shows that even after the

21 Petition to Minister of Mines. MD 11900/562.

22 E.K. Cooper to Minister of Mines, 10 April 1900. Ibid.

23 See Rush to Under Secretary Mines Department, 17 October 1900; Under Secretary Mines Department to Warden, 18 August 1902. MD 11900/1430.

24 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, pp. 232–234.

25 See Hauraki Minute Book 47, p. 116. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, p. 200.

63

7.10 72

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 188o-198o

appellate court had decided the question of tribal ownership, disputes continued, and further blocks went to appeal 26 The fate of the blocks lying along the Piako River thus provides a good illustration of what inevitably happened when issues of tribal right were fought through the medium of the Native Land Court. It was over 30 years since the first introduction of the court, but despite the clean up of the worst abuses, an essential problem remained: the mounting of costs as Maori parties attempted to define rights through that forum still resulted in the need to sell land, often when owners were in severely straitened circumstances and in their weakest bargaining position.

The complexities of the bases of claim in the Hauraki Plains area were further revealed over the course of an escalating round of court hearings. As blocks along the lower reaches of the Piako River—for example, Kopuraruwai, Kopuarahi, Koukourahi, Pouarua-Pipiroa, Horahia Opou, and Puhangateuru—came through the court in the 189os, Ngati Hako mounted a strong challenge to the views of their status as a 'conquered people' which had generally pertained as a result of the early Native Land Court cases—at Waihi in which Ngati Hako had thrown in its lot with Ngati Tamatera and elsewhere, in their absence, since they were generally King supporters—and in the context of Mackay's dealings at Ohinemuri and the Thames. Marutuahu, led by Ngati Maru, argued that the peoples described as Ngati Hako remained 'in any occupation or ownership ... only by their permission'.27 But in many of the Piako blocks, Ngati Hako could show before the court their own evidence of early 'conquest' and intermarriage with other peoples—a process which had resulted in an absorption of groups such as Te Uriopou, Waitaha, Nga Marama (Horoawatea) into a group generally known by Hako's name. Above all, they could show the continuing occupation which the Native Land Court considered to be 'the only reliable test of ownership'.28 At Piako, the Native Land Court, in a general sense, accepted the Marutuahu argument that the original tribes remained on the land under their mana, but acted on the principal that 'whatever other theories as to origin and ancestry or any other base of claim', ownership was reliant on proof of occupation. In determining entitlement, the court largely put aside questions of conquest, deciding that 'in whatever way Ngati Maru had acquired a footing in these lands, the evidence of their occupation, such as it was, was undoubted, but that such occupation was intermittent' and 'not equal' to that of the peoples who were 'the admitted permanent residents'.29 Thus, Ngati Hako, Horoawatea, and other peoples whose presence predated that of the Marutuahu, were generally awarded the greater share (a two-thirds portion) as these blocks started to go through the court. The success in 1893 of 'original peoples' at Kopuraruwai, Kopuarahi, Koukourahi, Makumaku, Ngataipua, Tiritiri, Umutawa, and Wairau was followed at Pouarua-Pipiroa in 1895, and elicited a dual response from Marutuahu. While some among Marutuahu seem to have taken a pragmatic view, calling

26 See Anderson, The Crown, The Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800--1885, Appendix 5, for schedule of rehearings in 1870-1910.

27 Hauraki Minute Book 52, p. 130.

28 Hauraki Minute Book 52, p. 134.

29 Hauraki Minute Book 52, p. 133.

64

7.11 73

▲back to top

 

Chapter II: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

on their marriage links with Ngati Hako to establish their claim in these lands, others closely adhered to their original take based on conquest, gift, and occupation.30

The findings for all these blocks were appealed by one or other side, either arguing that they should have received a greater share, or alternatively, that the other side should have received nothing. The cases were reheard in 1896 over the course of hearings lasting from February to September. In general, however, the appellate court upheld the general proportions of the lower court awards, although some adjustments were made. The conflict did not stop here. The same issue had been fought out between Ngati Hako and Ngati Tamatera with reference to Te Awaiti in 1894, and this case was also reheard in September 1896. In the following year, there were further lengthy hearings for Horahia Opou and Puhangateuru, at which Ngati Maru challenged the identity of Ngati Hako as an iwi, arguing that the 'true original occupiers' were Horoawatea (Waitaha, Nga Marama) who had been absorbed into but were still distinguishable from Ngati Hako. According to this argument, Horoawatea came under the authority of Ngati Maru while Ngati Hako proper, who were based further to the south, had been encouraged by their previous successes in court to expand on the boundaries of their early claims.31 Ownership of Otakawe was fought over a further three months of hearings in 1898. The court again divided the shares of all these blocks, but in the case of Otakawe and Puhangateuru, gave the greater portion to Marutuahu—both Ngati Maru and Ngati Whanaunga—rather than the Ngati Hako people. This was because the Court deemed that not only had Marutuahu consistently exercised rights in those land, but also because of the continuing occupation of Horomona's people. These findings were also appealed—by Ngati Hako who again denied any Marutuahu rights in the area at all. The cases were brought to appellate hearing in 1899 and dismissed, but contention over the amendment of the list of owners at Horahia Opou was so great that the Appeal Court had to refer the matter back to the Native Land Court in 1900.

Added to the costs of extensive hearings for Hauraki iwi, were those generated by surveyors who were later described by the land purchase officer in the district as 'rapacious pakehas'.32 The accumulated expense for the tribe could be enormous, resulting in the need to sell far more land than Maori had anticipated. Those groups who had formerly been amongst the most strongly opposed to the land court, survey, and sale, were now, in their turn, seriously affected by the large expenses that were involved in establishing title. Most notable was the debt owed to W.A. Graham and P.E. Cheal, by Ngati Paoa whose court expenses were already considerable as a result of their ownership dispute with Ngati Haua. In 1896 the Supreme Court found in favour of Graham and Cheal for £2597.10.4 in survey costs, against Ngati Paoa based at Te Hoe-o-Tainui, in 13 blocks: Maukoro 1 and 2, Willis' Grant, Takapau-Rerekau, Tauwhare, Ohinearei, Te Whanake, Takapau, Paetoki,

30 See court judgement in Horahia Opou, Hauraki Minute Book 46, p. 209.

31 Hauraki Minute Book 46, p. 209.

32 Mair to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 24 April 1899. MA MLP 1902/68. See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, p. 43.

65

7.12 74

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Kaikupunga, Te Huehue, Te Rangitahoe, and Riwai or Te Ripe. Added to the debt was another £62.15.10 in interest, bringing the total survey debt up to £2796.15.2.33

Much of the title process as the century drew to a close was funded, ultimately, by land alienation out of an ever-diminishing tribal estate, for Maori were fighting a losing battle being unable to realise an adequate price on their remaining lands to meet their debts. Bitter and extended court battles over right-holding meant that both sides lost. Mair summed up the situation, in 1896, commenting on an offer by Haora Tareranui to sell Te Awaiti 4 (600 acres) to the Government, at 7/6d per acre, in order to cover his share of the expenses of the Ngati-Tamatera-Ngati Hako court cases:

I know that this land cost Haora over £200 for Court fees and expenses, and is illustrative of the enormous cost to the natives of putting their lands through the Court, the Ngatihako tribe, who have been awarded considerable areas in the Piako district lately, have paid about 12/- an acre in Court fees, Maori agents, surveys, etc, so that after all their lands are of very little benefit to them.34

Head Office, secure in the Crown's control of purchase operations, rejected Mair's suggestion that Tareranui's price be met in order to reflect improvements in the property from drainage and to allow him to pay off his costs. Mair was instructed accordingly: 'If Haora Tareranui is not satisfied with the price offered for Te Awaiti, he should look up a private purchaser.'35

The Government was able to purchase much of the land on the western side of the Piako River from all the parties of grantees. In the 1896 appeal hearing, it had been arranged that Ngati Kea interests would be divided into two parts at Ngarua: the drier portion was to be retained, while the other swampy half was supposed to pay for the expenses. Mair quickly purchased Ngarua 2 and 4 as well as the portion (no. 3) awarded to Ngati Maru in the person of Taipari, at 6/- per acre, but then extended operations into the rest of Ngarua, acquiring the majority of the remaining no. 2 and 5 blocks (over 6,000 acres) by 1898. This left only a little over 1,100 acres in Ngati Kea's hands. Mair also purchased extensively in the awards of all parties at Pouarua-Pipiroa, acquiring, by 1898, all but 1,050 acres out of the parent block of just under 7,600 acres at the rate of 4/- to 4/6d per acre. In 1901–1902, much of Puhangateuru was sold by all parties involved in the case—a total of some 8,400 acres, leaving only 550 acres to the Maori grantees—and at Otakawe, almost 3,200 acres was purchased by the Government, with only 330 acres remaining in the hands of Hauraki iwi. It will be seen in following sections that the holdings left to Maori as a result of these awards, as well as in the other delta blocks which had gone through the court and appeal process in the 1890s, were also to be acquired by the Crown before the decade was over, either as a result of survey liens, public works legislation, or the application of the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905.

33 Copy of Judgement 3370, 7 January 1896. MA MLP 1902/68.

34 Mair to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 4 November 1896. MA MLP 1905/39. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki

Tribal Lands, Part 4, p. 7.

35 Chief Land Purchase Officer to Land Purchase Officer Thames, 10 November 1896. Cited in ibid.

66

7.13 75

▲back to top

 

Chapter II: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890-1914

Within two years of the 1896 judgment against Ngati Paoa for survey debt, all of Paetoke, Takapua and Takapau-Rerekau, and portions of Maukoro 1 and 2, Te Rangatahae, Te Whanake, and Willis' Grant, had been sold to the Government. Nor did the impact stop there. At Te Hoe-o-Tainui South 3, Pohutuhutu Te Harare and grantees in the South 3 block wrote to Mair, that: 'We are opposed to selling land and only offer these blocks for the purpose of paying off our debts and survey liens.'36 In Te Hoe-o-Tainui North 3, too, Ngati Paoa grantees were obliged to sell in order to clear off the debt which had not been completely covered by the earlier sales. £120 remained outstanding and Erueti Tumakere and five others offered the block (also known as Tirotiro) to the Government, at 7/-per acre, stating that: 'This is a block we intended to retain for ourselves and our children, but we have not yet been able to pay off the whole of the judgement of the Supreme Court and will shortly be arrested.'37 They eventually accepted a much lesser amount, paying the monies over to an agent for Cheal and Graham in order to clear a debt that was seen as weighing on the honour of the tribe. Mair, denying criticism from head office that he had been acting as a debt collector for the surveyors, described the process of payment:

When I commenced to purchase Tirotiro, Mr Buddle was there to collect the balance. ... I

paid each native his full share. Some, I believe, handed the whole amount to Mr Buddle,

others gave up half, while some gave none at all, they having received receipts in full from

Graham and Cheal out of former sales. I cannot remember the total sum collected ... on

that occasion, but I heard, incidentally, that it was about £75.

... It is true that the natives' sole reason in selling Tirotiro was to pay off the balance due to these rapacious Pakehas, and judging from the manner in which many of the owners, who were under no obligation whatever, gave up their money to Mr Buddle, I say there has been no 'shuffling' as stated by Mr Cheal.38

The matter continued to drag on, until 1902, when the Government which had been gradually acquiring shares finally settled the remaining debt, now set at £149.8.4 (the sum of interest charges and a reduction in the amount for sums which Judge Gill found had been wrongfully charged to Maori) in order to finalise its transaction.39 These and other instances in which vendors mentioned the burden of court and survey as the primary reason for offer to sell have been noted in Table 3 and may be taken to under-represent the case, reflecting the details of extant correspondence only.

The Government now took advantage of this pressing financial situation, again accepting most offers of sale, consolidating holdings, and generally trying to keep the price of land as low as possible. Thus, at Te Hoe-o-Tainui, Ngati Paoa were pressed to take a lower price than they would have normally taken by the need to pay the outstanding balance of their debt to Graham and Cheal before they were penalised by further interest demands. Mair commented on the offer of Tirotiro block, for which the Government was at first prepared to pay only 3/6d per acre:

36 Pohutuhutu Te Harare to Land Purchase Officer, 4 April 1896, MA MLP 1898/186. Cited in ibid., p. 36.

37 Erueti Tumakere and 5 others to Land Purchase Officer, 5 June 2897. MA MLP 1902/68. Cited in ibid., p. 40.

38 Mair to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 24 April 1899. Ibid.

p. 43.

39 See discussion in ibid., pp. 40-49.

67

7.14 76

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP 4: HAURAKI PLAINS MAORI BLOCKS

68

7.15 77

▲back to top

 

Chapter II: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

Graham and Cheal are pressing the Ngatipaoa and if the latter do not pay up £200, the balance of the judgement for £3000 obtained against them in the Supreme Court, by the 1st August, a further sum of £150 will be added to their debt. They have therefore decided to accept the price offered for Tirotiro. It really is a much better block than Maukoro [sold for 6/- an acre] and well worth purchasing at the price.40

The Government, in the meantime, had decided to increase the offer by 6d per acre, but on receiving Mair's report of the owners' acceptance of the lower price, quickly reversed its intention, wiring him not to reveal the softening of its earlier position. Mair reported subsequently:

I did not of course inform the natives of your instructions to give as high as 4/- an acre, and their necessities are so urgent that they will accept the price originally offered, viz, 3/6d. Of course they cannot understand why a better block should only fetch about half what was paid for Maukoro No 2, but that is neither here nor there.41

TABLE 3: CROWN PURCHASE OF HAURAKI PLAINS, 1870–1939

Block   Acreage

to Crown

Date of   Comment

purchase

Ahikope 1

282

1878   pt of Waihou W2

Te Awaiti 1B1, 1D1, 1H1, 1J1 & 2A

5,116

1902

,,   1B2A, 1C & 2B

1,042

1907–1908 Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

,,   1A1

264

19091910

,,   4

600

1897   court costs necessitate sale

,,   1J2A2B & 1J2B1B2

540

1921–1924   Public Works Act, 1908

Hapuakohe/Taupiri 174C1

69

1908   land for survey lien

Te Hoe-o-Tainui Sth 2

1,420

1896–1897

,,   3 A&B

3,103

1897–1898   court costs necessitate sale

,, Nth 3A

1,126

1902   court & survey costs necessitate sale

,, Sth 4 B1A & 4B2

1,661

1907   Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

,, Nth 4A1 & B1

29

1908   land for survey lien

,, Nth 5A Sth 1& Nth 1; 5B1

234

1908   land for survey lien

,, Nth 6A1 & B1

22

1908   land for survey lien

,, A1

118

1908   land for survey lien

,, Nth 6B2J1

475

1919–1920 for returned soldiers; prohinition private alienation

,, Nth 5B2 & 6A2A

554

19191923   for returned soldiers; prohibition private alienation

,, Sth 4B1B

34

1923–1928

,, Nth 6B2J2

478

19111934   initiated for returned soldiers; prohibition private

alienation

Te Hopai 1A

328

1896

,, 2

18

1895

"   1B, 3 & 4

114

1909   Public Works Act 1908

Horahia Opou 2B1, 3A, 4A & 5C

1,884

1907   Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

,, 3B & 5B

72

1911   Public Works Act 1908

,, 3B2

107

1913–1915

Hotukauri

4,000

1870

Hotungaio

412

1857

Kahamiroi

33

1879

continued/ ..

40 Mair to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 20 July 1897. MA MLP 1902/68. Cited in ibid., p. 41. 41 Mair to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 2 August 1897. Ibid., p. 42.

69

7.16 78

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Block

Acreage

Date of

Comment

(cont'd)

to Crown

purchase

 

Kaikahu 1A & 2A

309

1907–1908 Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

Kopuapoto

36

1875

 

Kopuarahi 1A & 2

1,345

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, s.20

"   3A1, B1, C1 & D1

416

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

"   1B, 3C2 & D2

654

1911

Public Works Act 1908

Kopuatai 1A & 2A

2,963

1889

 

"   1B

779

1890

to pay private debt

"   2B

384

1893

 

"   3 & 6

2,951

1898

 

"   4

255

1889–1891

 

"   5B

20

1898–1899

 

Kopuraruwai 1A. & 4A

195

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

"   2

400

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, S.20

"   1B & 4B

133

1911

Public Works Act 1908

Koromatua 2

938

1894

survey and other debt necessitate sale

Koukourahi 1, 3A&B

1,489

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, s. 20

"   2A & 4A1

67

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

Makumaku 4

340

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, s.20

 

" 3A, 5A1 & C1

77

1908

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

 

" 2

125

1908

Public Works Act 1908

"   5A2D subdivisions

17

1919–1922

Public Works Act 1908; to compensate Pakeha

 

 

 

land owner

Mangawhero 2, 4, 5 & 6

2,744

1898–1899

survey debt necessitates sale

"   1A & B,3A & B

3358

1898

 

11

3C portion

unkn

1912

Public Works Act for road

Maukoro 1A & 2A

8,983

1897

survey debt necessitates sale

Ngarua 2, 3 & 4

9,900

1896–1897

 

"   1A &5B

6,112

1896–1898

 

"   1B2

112

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

"   5A

394

1912–1915

Public Works Act 1908

Ngataipua 1A

16

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

"   2, 3 & 4

1,544

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, S.20

"   East 1

41

1907

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

Te Nihinihi

548

18781880

 

Omatai 2

190

18781880

 

Ongarehu

5

1920

Public Works Act 1908; for workshops

Opepeka 1A. & 2

958

1897–1898

 

Otakawe 1A, 2A & 3A

3,169

1900–1902 for drainage

11

1B1

12

1907–1908 land taken for survey lien

"   1B2, 2B & 3B

317

1909   Public Works Act 1908

Paetoke

1,280

1897–1898

survey debt necessitates sale

Piako 1850s purchases

38,312

1853–1872

Piako, Otamatai, Mohonui, Te Hina, Te Hotu,

 

 

 

Aranga, Waemaro, Te Nge, Te Awaroa,

 

 

 

Mangakahika, Hangawera &Waitoa

Piako 1870s purchases

unkn

1874–1889

Tokotoko/Kaumatua, Rangitoto, Patatai &

 

 

 

Watakaruru

continued/..

70

7.17 79

▲back to top

 

Chapter II: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

Block   Acreage

(cont'd)   to Crown

Date of   Comment

purchase

Pouarua-Pipiroa IA & 3A

"   2

"   1B1

3,540

3,000

29

1897–1889

1895–1897   survey and court debts

1907   land taken for survey lien

"   1B2 & 1C

471

1908   Public Works Act 1908

Puhangateuiu 1A, 2A, 3A, 4, 4A & 5

9,409

1901–1902 for drainage

"   1B & 2B

433

1907–1909 Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

"   3B1

65

1907–1911   Maori Land Settlement Act 1905 & survey lien

"   3B2

70

1916–1919   Public Works Act 1908; to complete settlement

scheme

Te Rangatahae 1

811

1896–1897

Rawerawe

1

1909   Public Works Act 1908

Ruahine 1

87

1878

"   2

43

1880

Takapau

883

1896–1897

Takapau-Rerekau

1,550

1897   survey debt necessitates sale; restrictions removed

Taurikomore

500

1870

Te Tautiti 1

1,621

1878

2

300

1882–1885

Tiritiri 1, 4A & B1

372

1907   Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

"   4B2

31

1911   Public Works Act 1908

Totarapapa

126

1878

Wahine Rukuwai 1

n

" 2A

146

1

1896–1897 court costs necessitate sale

1915–1920

,,

" 2B

12

1921–1960 prohibition private alienation

Waihou West 1A

1,211

1878–1880

2

279

1878–1884

Waikaka A1 & C1

1,844

1896–1898   survey and court costs necessitate sale

c2B2

4

1912   land taken for survey lien

" A2 & B

185

1916   Public Works Act 1908

Wairau 3A1

3

1919–1922 Public Works Act 1908; to compensate Pakeha

landowner

Waitakaruru 5A

6,000

1897

" 1B1 &5C1

1,660

1907   Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

II

5B3

1,174

1908

II

5B residue

5,412

1911

II

2F

1

1921   Public Works

Te Whanake 1

1,130

1896–1898 survey debt necessitates sale

Wharekahu

259

1878

Willis' Grant 2

1,943

1896–1898   survey debt necessitates sale

Source: Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands.

Tareranui, whose price of 7/6d for Te Awaiti 4 had been rejected, held on for a few months only, until a judgement was issued against him, and he accepted the Government's 5/- offer.42 Koromatua 2 was offered to the Government in order to pay fees, survey, and other costs, at 5/- per acre clear of expenses. John St Clair, a solicitor

42   See ibid., p. 7.

71

7.18 80

▲back to top

 

Chapter 11:   Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

Kopuarahi, Koukourahi, Kopuraruwai, Horahia Opou, Tiritiri, Makumaku, Wairau, and Kaikahu. James Mackay, who had been specially recruited under the Act as a land purchase officer for the Thames district, was instructed by the Native Minister, James Carroll, to report on whether the owners of these lands would be willing to sell. At first, Mackay was given considerable discretion. His preliminary report about the availability of land and his query as to the Government's further intentions was met with a direction that: 'As you know all the tribal distinctions, and that all the Government wish to do is secure as large an area as possible within the different blocks, I leave the matter entirely in your hands, as you know best what areas to negotiate for:70

Mackay's methods echoed those which he had employed some 40 years previously: exploiting divisions between the tribes, isolating opposition by dealing first with those most likely to be willing to sell, breaking up the continuity of Maori territorial holdings, and downgrading the position of non-sellers. The Piako area was characterised by longstanding opposition to land sale among the major right-holding tribes. Ngati Maru included some of the 'original land league people' led by Horomona, but Mackay reported that the greatest trouble was likely to come from Ngati Hako who were in physical occupation and had 'always been persistent in opposing surveys, and any form of dealings with their lands'.71 Such resistance was at a low point in these years, however, because of unpaid land court debts and food shortages caused by crop failure.72 Mackay first deliberately sought to break up the opposition by creating wedges of Crown holdings:

Knowing some of the Ngatihako were unwilling to sell, I went to see the Ngatimaru first,

because if they agreed to sell, then from a Maori point of view the position of Ngatihako

would be untenable, as the Government of the Ngatimaru interests would be untenable, as

the Government acquisition of the Ngatimaru interests would sandwich between those of

Ngatihako, which the Maoris hate, calling it tipokapoka, which means injuriously divided

and scattered.73

Once agreement of the majority of owners had been gained, Mackay derogated the integrity and desires of those who were holding out, arguing that there were 'always a certain number of Natives in every community who purposely delay selling in order to levy blackmail from the purchaser.'74

Mackay suggested that, given time, all but a very few owners would sell. In mid-1907, however, the Government directed him to bring his negotiations to a close, partly because all available funds had been committed, and partly because the preliminary report of the Stout Ngata Commission (discussed below) recommended that purchase of Maori land under the system then in place should be discontinued!' In cases where Mackay had

70 Under Secretary for Lands to Land Purchase Officer Paeroa, 20 October 1906. Lands and Survey Head Office file 55607. Cited in ibid., p. 171.

71 J. Mackay to Under Secretary for Lands, 15 May 1907. AJHR, 1907, G–3A, p. 6.

72 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, p. 172.

73 J. Mackay to Under Secretary for Lands, 14 September 1906. Lands and Survey Head Office file 55607. Cited in ibid., p. 170.

74 J. Mackay to Under Secretary for Lands, 6 July 1907. Lands and Survey Head Office file 54769. Cited in ibid., p. 173.

75 See ibid., pp. 172, 175.

81

7.19 81

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

TRANSLATION OF TIRITI O WAITANGI PETITION, HAURAKI, 1892

Translation begins:

Treaty of Waitangi 26 April 1892

[Note: this title probably reflects the location of the meeting—the wooden house called Tiriti o Waitangi built in the 1880s at Waitangi in the Bay of Islands]

We, the chiefs of the Confederation of the tribes and sub-tribes of the North and South Islands, and the associated islands near by,* set out, present, authorise, consent and make completely fixed the rules and rights which have been set up for this Covenant, in order that they may be permanent.

Because it is proper that the Supreme Parliament of New Zealand should confirm that under the authority of the Union [Kotahitanga] of Maori Tribes made by right of the Declaration of Independence [1835] and the Treaty of Waitangi 1840, and under the additional authority of the Constitution of New Zealand 1852, the Great Committee of the two main islands and the other associated islands can take to itself the management of our lands, and of all our possessions, those words are reported below which were made manifest on 28 October 1835:

We the Chiefs agree to meet in Congress at Waitangi ... for the purpose of framing laws for the dispensation of justice, the preservation of peace and good order and the regulation of trade; and we cordially invite the southern tribes to lay aside their private animosities [literally—abandon war] and to consult [lit. maintain] the safety and welfare of our common country by joining the Confederation of New Zealand.

And it is also declared that we will not permit any legislative authority separate from ourselves to exist, except the government of the Queen, in the territory of the United Tribes of New Zealand .

The only people permitted by use to frame legislation will be appointed by us at our united assembly of chiefs and paramount chiefs; that is, an assembly of the chiefs and paramount chiefs of the two main North and South Islands and those associated with them.

Members for this Committee of Paramount Chiefs are to be selected from amongst ourselves; there will be twelve members, and they will be responsible for selecting a chairman for themselves.

It will be for this Committee of Paramount Chiefs to set in place institutions of management for the regulations concerning the lands of the Maori people, and it will decide whether they should be surveyed or undergo court hearings, should be sold, leased, mortgaged or restricted [from purchase], or whether any other regulation should be brought to bear that the Committee of Paramount Chiefs sees as proper. And, as a sign of our consent to these arrangements, we append our signatures below:

Name   Tribe   Village

* Most probably including Chathams as well as Stewart Island and coastal islands.

These two paragraphs are slightly abbreviated quotations from the third and second articles, in that order, of the 1835 Declaration of Independence.

Translated by Dr Angela Ballara and Tairongo Amoamo, Dictionary of New Zealand Biography

80

7.20 82

▲back to top

 

Chapter II: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890-1914

Source: Puti Tipene (Steve) Watene Family, Collected Papers, Auckland 79

7.21 83

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

TIRITI 0 WAITANGI PETITION, HAURAKI, 1892

78

7.22 84

▲back to top

 

Chapter 11: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

In 1900 Kotahitanga appeared to gain some success. The Liberal Government responded to the aspirations of the movement by passing two pieces of legislation—the Maori Councils Act and Maori Lands Administration Act—which allowed a small degree of local Maori control and gave some effect to Carroll's taihoa land policy. The promise of change which seemed to be expressed in this legislation was, however, short-lived. Subsequent statutes contracted rather than expanded Maori powers within the Council structure (later changed to Land Boards), 'restrictions on land alienation proved temporary and any resolve to assist Maori welfare gave way to the pressure of Pakeha needs.'66

The Maori Land Settlement Act 1905 which signalled the change of policy back to active acquisition of Maori land, was of particular significance for Maori owners in the remaining Hauraki Plains blocks, triggering the final push of large-scale Crown acquisition in the district. Ward argues that the legislation represented an attempt by the Liberal Government to deal with the continuing deadlock in Maori land policy and an admission that previous legislation had failed to reconcile the conflicting needs of Maori and Pakeha.67 It was intended to satisfy the continuing demands for 'idle Maori land' to be made available for settlement, but on terms in which Maori also could benefit. The Act thus introduced the beginnings of state financial support for Maori as for Pakeha farmers. On the other hand, it also represented a further distancing of Maori from tribal control over their lands. Williams points out that the 'pretense ... that Maori were being granted a measure of self-government' under the Maori Council Act of 1900 'was all but dropped.'68 The partially elected Maori Land Councils were replaced with wholly appointed Maori Land Boards, while the entrenched Pakeha majority was retained. Many of the restrictions on leasing were removed so that private parties could deal directly with Maori, although the Maori Land Boards had to approve the rent and ascertain that the owners had sufficient reserves and other sources of income for their support. But of greater immediate impact on Hauraki Maori, was the provision of funds for yet more land purchase in the district and the creation of a mechanism under section 20 for what amounted to compulsory purchase of minority non-selling interests by the Crown.

In early 1906 the Commissioners of Crown Lands were instructed to identify Maori-owned land suitable for settlement purposes. The officer in the Auckland district recommended, in response, that it was advisable to acquire all the blocks in Ohinemuri and Thames Counties. Some of this area required draining and was not immediately fit for settlement but 'would work in with the Piako Drainage scheme.'69 It was suggested that priority be given to the Turua-Piako lands comprising nine blocks—Ngataipua,

66 C. Orange, Treaty, of Waitangi, Wellington, 1987, p. 227.

67 Ward, 'Wai 48 and others: Whanganui ki Maniopoto Land Claims', p. 99.

68 Williams, Protest of the New Zealand Maori, p. 127.

69 Commissioner of Crown Lands to Under Secretary for Lands, 9 May 1906. Lands and Survey Head Office file 54769. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, p. 169.

77

7.23 85

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

the tying up of Maori land, mortgages on Maori land, leasing of Maori land, the [Maori] trustee, and gold mining. Through all these laws referred to above, the suffering of the Maori people on the remainder of their land has increased.61

It was decided that the land court and laws should be abolished, investigation of any lands still under native title should be undertaken by Maori committees established under the authority of the Treaty of Waitangi, and that once all outstanding cases had been heard, all recourse to the Native Land Court should stop.

The Hauraki iwi supported the Whaka Kotahitanga petition arising out of the meeting that sought absolute autonomy and control of all lands still in Maori possession, and protested the Government's nullification of the Treaty through the systematic application of its law-making powers. The petition called on the 'Supreme Parliament of New Zealand' to recognise Maori rangatiratanga in terms of both 'management of [their] lands, and all [their] possessions' and the power to govern themselves: The only people permitted by us to frame legislation will be appointed by us at our united assembly of chiefs and paramount chiefs; that is, an assembly of the chiefs and paramount chiefs of the two main North and South Islands and those associated with them.' That appeal recognised the power of the colonial Parliament but also stressed Maori autonomy. The Government was called upon to 'confirm' the authority of Kotahitanga under three foundation documents: the 'Declaration of Independence' of 1835, the Treaty of Waitangi itself; and the 'additional authority' of the 1852 Constitution.62 Three years later the goals of Kotahitanga were given further support, by a large gathering of Hauraki and Waikato tribes at Ohinemuri, and were endorsed by the Maori King. Potatau with 300 followers were hosted by 500 Marutuahu, while Ngati Hako and other Piako people also attended, arriving on the second day of the hui. Gilbert Mair reported that, after greetings and an opening speech by Mahuta Potatau who called on Hauraki to 'hold fast', a 'long conference ensued upon the alleged hardships and loss of independence consequent upon recent legislation, and it was resolved to support the Maori King Movement and Maori Unity.'63 The hui then adjourned to Matamata for a larger gathering and to make final resolutions regarding boycott of the land court. Mair warned that the call for a ban was likely to result in a change of attitude to sale in the district:

I am afraid that all the important cases will be withdrawn from the land court ... and that in consequence, land purchase operations in this District will practically cease, which is a matter for regret, seeing that until quite lately the Natives have expressed a strong desire to prove their titles and sell considerable portions to the Government.64

The boycott took temporary effect in the Hauraki area, but in the absence of any means of controlling the actions of individuals, quickly broke down in all parts of the country.65

61 The Proceedings of the Meeting for Unity held at "The Treaty of Waitangi",' 14 April 1892, printed by William McLeod, pp. 10–11.

62 A copy of the petition and a translation by Angela Ballara and Tairongo Amoamo is to be found at pp. 78–
80. The original petition rests with Puti Tipene (Steve) Watene Family, Collected Papers, Auckland.

63 Gilbert Mair to Under Secretary for Native Affairs, 1 July 1895. J 11893/733.

64 Ibid.

65 Williams, Politics of the New Zealand Maori, pp. 72–73.

76

7.24 86

▲back to top

 

Chapter 11:   Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

tribal committees which gathered to bring particular grievances to the notice of Government, or to administer funds set aside for the benefit of local Maori. These affiliations and organisations may be seen as part of an ongoing effort of the Hauraki people to exercise tino rangatiratanga.

Of particular note for the Hauraki people was the leadership of Hamiora Mangakahia in Kotahitanga. Ballara argues that Mangakahia had learned 'a profound and lasting distrust of Europeans' from his experiences at Whangapoua where his family had been unable to retain their land in face of debt to lawyers and the timber companies. Mangakahia also had considerable experience as counsel in the Native Land Court, had worked as an assessor at hearings across the country, and had been called on to give evidence before the Native Land Laws Commission.59 His involvement in Kotahitanga reflected the disillusionment with European Government, 'law', and the land court which characterised regions of long-standing contact and economic penetration. He signed the deeds for political union between the tribes of the North and the South Island in 1889, played a prominent role in the preliminary sessions of the Maori Parliament at the Bay of Islands in 1892, and was elected as premier on a number of occasions. Although Mangakahia did not wish to provoke a split between the two races, he was a strong advocate of Maori self-government under the Treaty of Waitangi, and the need to abolish the land court. He was instrumental in the attempt to initiate a boycott of the Native Land Court (discussed below), advocated the abrogation of all land legislation, and promoted Maori Committees as the means of dealing with land still under native title. Mangakahia saw no conflict between the Crown's sovereignty and Maori power over their own lands, since Maori custom meant that 'one authority would never encroach on another.' Increasingly, however, he was identified with the radical side of the movement for refusing to accept policies designed to be acceptable to the colonial Government.'60

Hamiora Mangakahia and Hoani Nahe (a prominent member of the Thames Native Committee) were authorised to represent the views of the Hauraki iwi at the first gathering of Kotahitanga held at the Bay of Islands in 1892, and were selected by the main assembly to sit on the committee to set policy of the movement. Mangakahia spoke at length, outlining the goals of Kotahitanga and the aspirations which it sought to voice. He emphasised the importance of a unified stance, of full support of Maori for their leadership, and the need to staunch the steady flow of resources out of Maori hands which he blamed on their lack of control over legislation:

Because all the Maori tribes of these two islands have felt the pain and burden of the jurisdiction of the laws formed by the Parliament of the Government of New Zealand in the many years now gone by, because of this the Maori tribes of these islands have sought ways to retain the remainder of their lands for themselves now. ...

This also is the reason for this assembly ... that is, to be aware of the pain and burden of the laws of the Maori Land Court—the laws [pertaining to] surveying of Maori land, rehearings, partitions, succession to shares, trustees, prevention of illegal sale of Maori land,

59 See discussion, pp. 56–57.

60 See Dictionary of New Zealand Biography, vol. 2, pp. 307–308.

75

7.25 87

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

Pouarua-Pipiroa IBI (29 acres); and Waikaka C2B2 (4 acres). While these were small areas in themselves, the loss must be assessed in the light of the extensive general alienation that was taking place. The award to the Crown at Te Hoe-o-Tainui A represented a loss to Maori of 37% of the A block; those in the North 4 and 5 blocks comprised 24% and 27% respectively of land still left to Maori out of the original subdivisions, within a wider context of large-scale alienation in that vicinity over the past two decades. The application for a charging order against non-sellers at Otakawe was protested by Mair who informed the court that the owners were being penalised twice:

When the Crown interest in Otakawe and Puhangateuru blocks was defined, and small areas cut out for the non-sellers, the latter consented to a reduction being made in their respective areas so as to pay for the surveys which were made subsequently. I took the precaution of first obtaining from the Survey Department at Auckland what these charges would cost, and deducted an area to correspond.57

No evidence being found on file or in the record of the minute book of such arrangement, it was deduced that the award represented the true area to go to the non-sellers and the court agreed to the charging order. This left the non-sellers with 317 acres (out of an original area of just under 3,500 acres), all of which was to be taken in the following year under Public Works legislation. At Pouarua-Pipiroa, over 6,5oo acres had been sold in the preceding decade, and with takings for public works in the following year, the non-sellers could ill afford even a 29 acre diminution in their remaining lands (some 58o acres) within the original block.

Kotahitanga

The drawing of Hauraki Maori into this final stage of land court hearings and loss of a considerable portion of their remaining territory to pay for the costs of proving title and survey took place over the expressed wish of much of Hauraki leadership. Maori leaders had made little headway in regaining control of their land in the 188os, and throughout much of the country, began to engage in a self-conscious search for unity and an effective political vehicle by which to combat rapid disintegration of land-holding, autonomy, and tribal organisation." Much of the Hauraki district, drawing on the tradition of runanga and committee structures, participated in the Kotahitanga movement in the 189os, while strong traditional links also continued to exist with Waikato, sections of the Hauraki people based at Ohinemuri-Piako forming part of a triangle of support for the King. The two streams of political view drew closer together in these years, as the Hauraki tribes sought a greater political voice and participated in an attempt to shun the Native Land Court. Although these efforts ultimately bore little fruit, the Hauraki people continued to express their political and economic aspirations, in the early twentieth century, in formation of bodies such as the Young Maori Mutual Advancement Association, and

57 Mair to presiding judge, 10 May 1907. Maori Land Court Hamilton Block order file H1232. Cited in , P. 204.

58 For full discussion of Kotahitanga see John A. Williams, Politics of the New Zealand Maori, Oxford, 1969; Lindsay Cox, Kotahitanga: The Search for Maori Political Unity, Auckland, 1993.

74

7.26 88

▲back to top

 

Chapter II: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

The Court agreed to the removal of restrictions as the owners concurred in the measure and held 'other land, or shares in other land ... belonging to them in their own right, and sufficient for their maintenance and occupation'. 51 Despite the stated intention to only lease the land, the owners soon began selling shares to the Government, which had acquired the whole block by November 1897 and paid off the lien owing to Chea1.52

It may be briefly noted here that survey costs gave a further squeeze to Hauraki land holdings in 1906–1907. A query from R.J. Seddon, in 1906, about why so much survey debt was outstanding resulted in a rash of Government applications to the Court in the following year to have land awarded in lieu of debt. A total of £434 was outstanding on 24 Coromandel blocks (more especially, the Kuaotunu and Moehau subdivisions), and another £408.10 on 75 different blocks within the Hauraki Native Land Court district for which applications for award were duly made.53 Alexander points out that such debt was sometimes paid at the court sitting but otherwise the case went to hearing, and invariably it was the Crown which proposed the rate of conversion, turning the money amount including the interest which had accrued, into the number of acres to be awarded. As a result, a number of awards of small areas were made to the Government in the Hauraki district. Most notable of these acquisitions were those within the Moehau blocks. The Crown had been awarded Moehau 2B3 of 500 acres in lieu of survey charges in 1902; in 1907–1908, 2A2A of 478 acres, and 2D1 of 61 acres were similarly transferred.54 The Government also sought, unsuccessfully, to recover the costs of survey of reserves in the parent Moehau block. This action prompted an objection from Tareranui that Mackay had promised, on behalf of the Crown, to carry that burden. It is apparent that this commitment was subsequently considered by the Land Purchase Office to apply, however, only if those lands were not to be sold.55 The question of the extent and status of Mackay's promise—whether it covered only external boundaries of gold field reserves, or surveys to define lands awarded to the Crown on partition as well, and whether Mackay had the authority to make any such promise at all—were fought before the appellate court in 1901. In view of Mackay's evidence confirming the claim of Tareranui, the court refused to issue the charging orders, observing that Crown policy had shifted on the question of who was to bear the cost of such survey as the price of land had increased: 'Though it is not now the custom to survey reserves or other unsold parts free of cost to the Natives, such appears to have been the general practice in earlier days, when also much smaller prices were paid for the land.'56

Table 3 shows that over 500 acres within the Hauraki Plains district were awarded to the Crown in 1907–1908 in settlement of outstanding survey liens: part of the Hapuakohe reserve known as Taupiri Parish 474C1 (69 acres); Te Hoe-o-Tainui Al (118 acres); a number of Te Hoe-o-Tainui North 4, 5, and 6 subdivisions (285 acres); Otakawe 1B1 (12 acres),

51 Ibid.

52 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, P. 314.

7.27 89

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

acting on behalf of the grantees, argued that this figure was a huge reduction on earlier expectations, and that 'were it not that the Natives urgently require[d] the money to wind up his [Wiri Kerei's] estate, pay surveys etc, it could not be bought for less than 20/- if at all.'43 The Government was not prepared, however, to 'go a penny beyond 3/- an acre'.44 Mair followed up on the offer in October 1894, reporting:

Came here to meet Wiri Kerei's daughter. Her husband has been sent to jail for debt for two months. She is in great distress and offers Koromatua No 2 for 3/6d. I have just been all over these Waitoa blocks, some of which contain some excellent land and are honestly worth more than the prices offered. This is a good chance now for acquiring all these blocks, as the Natives now seem in earnest about selling.45

The Government proceeded on the basis of that price, the block of 968 acres being declared Crown land in 1895.46 This process of pressing down the price to the minimum that Maori would accept, was repeated at Wahine Rukuwai. Ngati Paoa at Te Hoe-o–Tainui offered the block (160 acres) to the Government, at 10/- per acre 'to provide funds to pay our expenses' (in the Native Land Court).47 Mair forwarded the offer to Head Office, noting:

This is a very nice little bit of 160 acres owned by 20 people.

Unless we help the natives indirectly by purchasing some of these blocks they are now offering, they will not be able to put their large Piako blocks through the Court, and being in great extremity is the only reason why they wish to sell at all. I should think the land worth 5/- an acre, but doubt whether they will accept that.48

The Surveyor General recommended a lower price of 3/6d but the Minister of Lands approved the offer of 5/- on the advice of the Chief Land Purchase Officer that this sum would mean that each owner received £2 and that it would not be 'worth their while signing for less.'49

Takapau-Rerekau represents a somewhat different case. Here, the Government took advantage of removal of restrictions on the alienation of the block (which had been called for in order to enable the payment of debts on the land), to purchase all of the 1,550 acres. In 1893 the Native Land Court agreed to Wiri Kerei's (Te Whetuiti's) application for the removal. Behind the application were Cheal and Graham, the latter acting on Wiri Kerei's behalf in the case. Graham told the court:

The Takapu o Rerekau is a swamp, and I know that it is the wish of the tribe that restrictions should be removed that are on this piece. There is a sum of £1000 for surveys on Hoe o Tainui, and Ngati Paoa by leasing this and other blocks hope to clear this land from debt.50

43 St Clair to Native Agent, 20 April 1894. MA MLP 1895/155. Cited in ibid., p. 114.

44 Surveyor General to Chief Land Purchase Officer, on St Clair to Native Agent, 9 June 1894. See also approval by Native Minister, 10 July 1894. Ibid., p. 89.

45 Mair to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 18 December 1894. Ibid., p. 114.

46 NZ Gazette, 1895, p. 1122.

47 Ngati Paoa of Hoe o Tainui, 18 February 1895. MA MLP 1900/43. In Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, p. 331.

48 Mair to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 18 February 1895. Cited in ibid., p. 332.

49 Surveyor General to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 7 March 2895 & Chief Land Purchase Officer to Minister of Lands, 8 March 1895. Ibid., p. 332.

50 Hauraki Minute Book 1893, vol. 33, p. 242.

72

7.28 90

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP 5: ALIENATION OF MAORI LAND AT 1906

82

7.29 91

▲back to top

 

Chapter 11: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

gained minority consent only, the Government partitioned out its interests as usual. Otherwise, it utilised powers under section 20 of the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905 which allowed for the whole of a block to be deemed Crown land if the majority of shares had been purchased and the money owing to non-sellers had been paid to the Receiver General who would distribute it on application. The right of the minority owners to retain their lands or determine the price was thus completely swept aside.

Both Mackay and the Stout Ngata Commission criticised the effect of section 20. Mackay suggested that provisions to ensure that Maori had sufficient land left for their own use before a sale could go through would be unworkable if unsold portions were to be vested in the Government, and argued that Maori would reject the measure as denying their rights of ownership:

The Ngatihako are a peculiar tempered people to deal with, and if they become doubtful or dissatisfied with them, they will become utterly and obstinately unmanageable. The Piako has been their home for generations, and they are unlikely to quietly submit to their lands being vested in the Governor without their consent.76

He subsequently distanced himself from the measure when the Turua-Piako blocks were brought through the court for award. Having pointed to the provisions under section 20, Mackay stated that he had been 'told by the Government to inform the natives that their rights will be protected' and continued: 'I wished to explain this matter, so that what I say may be on record after I die.'77 The Stout Ngata Commission also strongly criticised the measure in its interim report on Rohe Potae lands, in July 1907, arguing that it bound the minority 'regardless of their wishes'. Minority non-sellers were obliged to 'accept the price "fixed" by the majority with the Crown' and the 'wishes of individual owners, who [were] competent to utilise their interests properly and may for that reason have refrained from selling to the Crown, [were] overruled.' In the view of the Commission, this was `contrary to natural justice.'78

Although section 20 was to be repealed by section 13 of the Maori Land Settlement Act 1907, the Government had gone ahead at the Hauraki Plains, regardless of criticism, informing the Native Land Court of its intention to apply section 20 in September of that year. Table 3 shows that the Government had purchased 13,468 acres in the Hauraki Plains district under the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905 as part of the programme to acquire lands for conversion into European farmland. Of this area, 5,118 acres had been acquired under section 20. Evidence gathered by the Stout Ngata Commission when it visited the Hauraki district in 1908 suggests that the owners of these lands were not always aware that the blocks were now in the Crown's possession.79

76 J. Mackay to Under Secretary for Lands, 16 August 1907. Lands and Survey Head Office file 54769. Cited in ibid., p. 175.

77 Hauraki Minute Book, vol. 57, p. 129. Cited in ibid., pp. 175–176.

78 'Interim Report on Native Lands and Native Land Tenure', AJHR, 1907, G–1B,   p. 5. Doc. 7, p. 105.

79 For example, see Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, on Kopuraruwai, Koukourahi & Ngataipua in Part

4, pp. 108, 122, 181.

83

7.30 92

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP 6: ALIENATION OF MAORI LAND AT 1912

84

7.31 93

▲back to top

 

Chapter 11: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

The Stout Ngata Commission

The findings of the Stout Ngata Commission which sat in 1906–1907 provide us with a useful benchmark for the state of the Hauraki landed holdings by this stage. Although the Commission was critical of the state of the land law, its task was tied to the goals of settlement—to find out how much 'idle' Maori land existed and could be made available for agricultural development. According to a Native Department memorandum, the object was:

To provide a more simple and workable method of ascertaining without delay what lands are needed by Maoris, and for at once setting aside selected areas for their use and occupation, giving to each section of Maori owners, in a simple way, a direct voice in selecting such lands to be retained by themselves, and in deciding in what way their surplus lands shall be dealt with; but taking away the power of pure obstructiveness.80

Loveridge points out that the essential principle was that 'no one would be permitted to own land without using it', but the first consideration of the Commission was the settlement of Maori on their remaining lands rather than sale per se. This weighting of priority was not shared, however, by legislators.81

The evidence brought before the Stout Ngata Commission suggests that the amount of Maori-owned land available for sale and settlement in the district was not as great as was

often assumed within Government plans, and generally comprised the poorest of areas. Ngata certainly saw the Hauraki people as almost completely landless at this point, and during the debate in 1907 on the amendment of the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, drew on the Hauraki tribes as an example of a people who had been encouraged to sell land to a point at which they were no longer able to support themselves:

We have not been informed by [the Native Minister], as to the King-country purchases and the Thames purchases, if inquiry has been made by the land-purchase officers as to the sufficiency of land left to the Natives who have sold their interests to the Crown. Although the principle was laid down in the Act of 1905 that the Governor was required to see that adequate land was left for the maintenance of the Maoris selling, there was no machinery provided for making the necessary inquiry. ... Now, is the inquiry to be left entirely to the land-purchase officers, or is the Native Land Court, or some independent tribunal, to come in and make the inquiries before the purchases are completed so as to see that proper provision has been made for the natives who are selling? Probably in the King-country it will be found that the land-purchase officer has had no occasion to make the inquiry, as from his local knowledge of the circumstances of the Natives who have sold he may be assured that their lands are sufficient; but in regard to the Thames district, where the land remaining is not large, and where, by constant selling to the Crown and to private individuals, the Natives have almost wholly denuded themselves of their landed estate.82

The Commission recommended that only limited areas in the Hauraki district should be opened for outright sale: 5.3% of the lands examined by it within the district. At

80 Native Matters, MA 16/1, p. 2. Cited in D. Loveridge, 'Maori Land Councils and Maori Land Boards: A Historical Overview, two to 1952', Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui (first release, December

1996), PP. 49–50.

81 Ibid., p. 54.

82 NZPD 1907, vol. 140, p. 142.

85

7.32 94

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Coromandel 328 acres were assessed as suitable for sale, and 220 acres for lease. Another 1,057 acres were under negotiation but the remaining 18,015 acres were recommended for Maori occupation and development. In the Thames area 12,262 acres were categorised as already under negotiation, and 1,828 acres as suitable to be reserved as papakainga, farms etc. under Part II of the Native Lands Settlement Act 1907. This left 4,688 acres for lease, and 1,290 acres for sale. In the case of Ohinemuri, 2,837 acres were being negotiated for, 4,435 acres were to be set aside for occupation, 11,722 acres for lease, and only 1,546 for outright sale.83

TABLE 4: CROWN PURCHASES IN HAURAKI LANDS (EXCLUDING HAURAKI PLAINS),

1900–1912

Date of   Block   Acreage

purchase   to Crown

Comment

1900

Te Karaka

780

 

 

Omahu 3rd subd

 

 

1901

Moehau B3

500

for survey lien

1902

Te Kauanga Whenuakite 3

3,160

vested in 2 Maori and Chief Surveyor for sales to

pay for court and survey expenses of adjoining

blocks

 

Kuaotunu 2A 1, 2 &3

544

2A3 of 342 acres is acquired by husband of grantee in

 

 

 

1894 and sold to Crown in 1903

 

Ohinemuri 10 A2

1

Public Works Act

 

Omahu Reserve;

294

removal of restrictions

 

Morgantown sites, S. 15 B1 IX

 

 

1903

Kuaotunu IC

210

 

1904

Kuaotunu 1D3

20

 

1905

Mangakirikiri 3B

 

for rifle range

 

Omahu Reserve; Lipseytown

sites, S 17 Bl 1X

unkn

removal of restrictions

1906

Opitomoko-Kuranui

343

 

 

Parareka 2

302

 

1907

Harataunga West 8A

1 rood

Public Works Act

1907

Huhurahi 1

36

for survey lien; 94 acres left to Maori; private

purchase of some of this area in 1914

 

Kuaotunu 4A, 6B1 & 6C1

54

for survey liens; 61 acres left to Maori in 4B & 798

acres in no. 6 subdivisions

 

Moehau 2A2 & 2D1

539

for survey liens

 

Ohinemuri 20F

249

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

 

Piripiri 1

26

survey lien

 

Pukemokemoke 1A & 2A

136

 

 

Tihikonui A

22

for survey lien

 

Tikouma

4

for survey lien

1908

Tamatera reserve in

2,458

Maori Land Settlement Act 1905

 

Ohinemuri 17

 

 

 

Omahu Reserve; Lipseytown

sites, S 17 Bl 1X

82

removal of restrictions

1909

Ngaromaki

2,000

 

Source: Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands

 

83 'Interim Report on Native Lands and Native Land Tenure', AJHR, 1908, G–1S, pp. 1–3, Doc. 8, pp. 106–108; MA 78/19, G–1–09 and G–1A–09, Doc. 9, pp. 109–124.

86

7.33 95

▲back to top

 

Chapter 11: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

Despite the evidence and advice to the contrary, Government officials persisted in the belief that Maori land should be available for purchase. There were few large-scale purchases after the finalisation of the transactions initiated under the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, but the priorities of the Public Works Department, local government bodies, and the Pakeha populace continued to take precedence over Maori needs in the application of policy under the Massey, National, and Coates Governments, and the Crown continued to make acquisitions as it saw fit, including the best of the lands remaining for, settlement and commercial development, and lands which had been specifically identified as papakainga, or where the reduced estate of the owners had been noted as a matter for concern.

TABLE 5: CROWN PURCHASES IN HAURAKI LANDS (EXCLUDING HAURAKI PLAINS),

1913–1946

Date of

purchase

Block   Acreage

to Crown

Comment

1913

Kuaotunu 3B   100

Manaia 1B & 2B , sec D1 & EI   320

 

1915

Harataunga East 1B1   197

 

1916

Rawhitiroa A3   2 roods

 

1917

Lipseytown sites; Sec 17 B1 1X   unkn

 

1918

Whangamata 4 D3   2,460

prohibitions against private sale

1919

Whangamata 4 B2A   45

prohibitions against private sale

1920

Te Mata Sth B   5

Whangamata 4D4B1   1,166

resident licence sites; prohibitions against private sale

prohibitions against private sale

1921

Ngati Koi Reserve, Sec 1A   79

(Ohinemuri)

Rawhitiroa B2B   3

Whangamata 4B1, 4B2B2,   551

& 4D4B2A

for school site; prohibition against private alienation

prohibitons against private sale

1923

Ngati Rahiri Reserve, Ohinemuri 147

 

1925

Opatito   36

 

1926

Harataunga West 2B1   2

Waikanae A1 & 2, B1 & 2,   15

B3 (portion)

Whangamata 4C   168

for school

public works—road

1929

Ngati Koi Reserve, Sec 1B1   91

& 1B2

 

1935

Manaia 1B & 2B, sec E 2A & 2E   1,976

purchase initiated in 1914; prohibitions against

private sale

1936

Harataunga West 7B &   29

8B (portions)

public works—road

1940

Moanakapiti-Huhuraumati   2

suitable for devt as small farms

1946

Okahutai B (portion)   4

public works—road

Source: Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands

 

Settlement plans were finalised, Maori land fragments mopped up, new schemes furthered. The Crown continued to be greatly assisted in that process of acquisition by its power to control the conditions of negotiation—to declare land to be prohibited from private alienation, if it so chose, under section 363 of the Native Land Act 1909. In the

87

7.34 96

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP 7: ALIENATION OF MAORI LAND AT 1939

88

7.35 97

▲back to top

 

Chapter 11: Crown Policy and Maori Aspiration, 1890–1914

Hauraki Plains, Orders in Council prohibiting private sale were issued, for example, for Te Hoe-o-Tainui North 5B and 6B, where the Crown had purchased over 7,700 acres in the 20 years since the parent block had been taken through the court in the 1890s. Ten years later the North 5 and 6 subdivisions were targeted by the Lands and Survey Department for purchase for the settlement of returned soldiers. The prohibition against private dealings was duly approved and issued in January 1920. The land purchase officer was then instructed to proceed with purchases at Government valuation of the North 5132, 6A2A and 6B2J blocks. 475 acres had been purchased by the end of the year, and after the repeated renewal of prohibitions, a further 554 acres in 1923.84

Of particular note elsewhere in the Hauraki district was the case of Rawhitiroa which had been seen as inalienable land until the passage of the Native Land Act 1909, section 209 of which dismantled the remnants of the structure of restrictions on title which had formerly provided Maori with 'reserves' in ad hoc fashion (discussed below). Shortly after the block was opened to the market, the Paeroa Chamber of Commerce pointed out its suitability for a school site, a hospital, and subdivision into sections which could be sold at a profit, and warned that the Crown was in danger of missing out since private negotiations were already underway. In response, the Native Land Purchase Board approved a proclamation of prohibition from private purchase which was issued in June 1914 and renewed in the following year. Although in 1915 both the Education Department and the Minister in Charge of Hospitals stated that they had no interest in the block, the Prime Minister was familiar with the site and thought that it should be acquired for public purposes if available at a 'reasonable price.'85 Prohibitions against private sale were again issued at Rawhitiroa B to make sure that this goal was effected; in April 1917 with subsequent six month and 18 month extensions in 1918. In the meantime the price was `negotiated'. The owners showed little interest in sale, rejecting the Government's offer of £355. Their asking price of £500 was not acceptable to the Government which instructed its officer to begin negotiation for individual interests while prohibitions against private dealing were maintained. A revival of Education Department interest in the site in 1920 eventually prompted the Government to bring its efforts at purchase to a close and the block was partitioned. The Crown was awarded three acres, for which it had paid a total of £213—a little less than the rate per acre contained in its opening offer. Non-sellers were left with two acres.86

Alexander's work shows that after 1906 the Government continued to make compulsory acquisitions in the Hauraki district under public works legislation—more especially in the delta blocks on the west bank of the Piako River (Waitakaruru, Horahia Opou, Ngarua, Waikaka, and Puhangateuru) where Maori now had very little land left. The Public Works Act and the Hauraki Plains Act 1908 were used to acquire another 2,000 acres in the Hauraki Plains area between 1908–1911, and the legislation continued to be intermittently applied thereafter. At Ngarua, for example, Maori were left with just over

84 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, pp. 50–53.

85 File note by Prime Minister, 3 September 1915. Maori Affairs Head Office file MLP 1914/67. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, p. 244.

86 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, pp. 245–248.

89

7.36 98

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

1,000 acres out of the parent block of over 17,000 acres after the purchases by Mair in 1896–1898, and Mackay in 1907. Alexander points out that the extent of alienation was appreciated neither by the owners, nor the registrar of the Native Land Court, nor the Stout Ngata Commission. Nonetheless, it was recommended in 1908 that no further lands should be sold, only leased or kept as papakainga; and yet, in 1916, more than half of the area left in Maori hands was taken under the Public Works Act 1908, for the more effective carrying out of drainage.87 The Stout Ngata Commission recommended that Waikaka B and Ca should be retained as papakainga, while A2 should be leased only; but in 1916 the B and A2 blocks, totalling 185 acres—the only Maori-owned land in that part of the district—were similarly taken under public works legislation. This left Maori with only 320 acres out of the original block area of 2,350 acres which had been entirely within their possession two decades earlier. Nor were all Crown acquisitions under public works legislation designed to 'facilitate drainage' really for that purpose. It will be seen in Chapter Four that powers of acquisition under drainage legislation were used after 1915 to acquire land to give to Pakeha farmers in compensation for takings on their blocks, in order to improve access, or for the convenience of the Public Works Department even when papakainga lands were involved.

87 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, p. 167.

90

8 Chapter 3: Reserves and removal of restrictions on alienation, 1880-1909

▲back to top

8.1 99

▲back to top

 

Chapter III
RESERVES AND REMOVAL
OF RESTRICTIONS ON ALIENATION,
1880–1909

The Creation of 'Reserves'

`Reserved lands' in the Hauraki district, as elsewhere in the country, fell into two basic categories. When officials spoke of 'reserves', especially before the last quarter of the century, they might well be referring to lands held back by the owners at the point of sale, in which case they remained the property of Maori, did not have any legal protection, and were often quickly sold. Alternatively, the whole of the block might transfer to the Crown which set aside reserves for the vendors as promised during negotiations. Sometimes the lands were vested in the Crown in trust for the vendor, and brought under the management and control of the Public Trustee. Reserves specifically created by the Government, as in the instance of the lands 'returned' to former 'rebels' also fell into the category of legal 'reserves'. More usually, those lands were Crown-granted to the vendors but with restrictions on alienation, placed on the title by the Native Land Court which could take similar steps at the request of grantees even when no award to the Crown was involved. In general, lands which were preserved by restrictions in the title received less active protection than the reserves specifically set up in trust, being at the greater mercy of weakening statutory safeguards and the changing practices of both the court and Government departments when dealing with applications to allow sale. But even in the case of lands held by the Crown in trust, protections might be removed by special legislation so that the freehold could transfer into European hands.

There were two streams of legislation concerning reserves during the second half of the nineteenth century. A few statutes, for example, the New Zealand Native Reserves Act 1856, the Native Reserves Act of 1873, and that of 1882 which established the Public Trustee, dealt with the issue specifically, but most provision concerning the mechanics of placing restrictions on the sale of land was contained in the general native land legislation The first legal protections were created by the Native Land Act 1867, in reaction to the open onslaught on Maori lands initiated by the preceding Act of 1865. Reserves were defined broadly to include lands specifically reserved from sale in the deed, and 'all lands comprised in blocks set apart for the benefit of Aboriginal Natives upon the sale' as well as those set up by the New Zealand Company, and those vested in the Governor under

8.2 100

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

the New Zealand Reserves Act 1856. Section 13 of the Native Land Act 1867 empowered the Land Court to place restrictions on the alienability of reserves—except by lease for a maximum of 21 years—when blocks passed before it for determination of title and for issue of Crown grant. At the same time provision was also made under section 14 for the removal of those restrictions on the title by the Governor-in-Council. This statutory framework of provision for both the placement and the elimination of restrictions on alienation was built upon in subsequent land legislation.

Up until the late 1870s and early 1880s, land was rarely reserved in the Hauraki district. Little specific provision had been made in the early deeds of sale, the Government largely seeing the lands which had been excluded from transactions as fulfilling Maori requirements.1 A vacuum was then created by the Native Land Act 1873 which had introduced the concept of adequate reserves, set at a minimum of 50 acres per person (under sections 21–32), but had failed to provide a workable mechanism by which to give effect to that provision. Under section 24, it was deemed 'the duty of every District Officer to select, with the concurrence of the Natives interested, and to set apart, a sufficient quantity of land, in as many blocks as he shall deem necessary, for the benefit of the natives of the district' provided that this amounted to the 50 acre aggregate. A report was supposed to be submitted for the approval of the Governor-in-Council, but this rarely happened. The Native Land Court under the 1873—in contrast to the 1867—legislation was given no explicit powers to place restrictions on the Crown grant. Some judges were willing to place restrictions, at the request of the owners, on the memorial of ownership under section 21 of the Act, but as Murray points out, there was confusion both in the court practice, and in later interpretation, of how to deal with applications for removal of the restrictions created under the 1873 legislation.2 Puckey reported in 1877 that he had found the Act unworkable. He had been able neither to establish accurate information regarding the amount of land held by individuals, nor to persuade Maori to think about setting aside inalienable reserves, stating:

I have repeatedly urged upon the Natives in my district the extreme necessity which exists of land being set apart for reserves for their future use and maintenance, but so far without avail, owing to the want of unanimity, the local jealousies, and the conflicting interests of the claimants.'

Most reserves in the Hauraki district were given definition by the restrictions placed on the title under the Native Land Act 1873 Amendment Act 1878 (No. 2), and the Native Land Court Act 1880. The 1878 legislation restored the judge's power to place restrictions on alienation of a block, if he thought it 'necessary that the same should be reserved for the use or occupation of any persons entitled to the same.' Two years later, under section 36 of the Native Land Court Act 1880, it became the duty of the court to ascertain, in every case, whether it was desirable to place restrictions on the alienability of

1 C.W. Ligar to Colonial Secretary, 15 November 1854. Le 1/1855/32.

2 See J.E. Murray, 'Crown Policy on Maori Reserved Lands, 1840 to 1865, and Lands Restricted from Alienation, 1865 to 1900', Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series, (first release: February 1997), P. 48.

3 Puckey to Clarke, 27 September 1877, 'Return of ... District Officers under the Native Lands Act 1873.' AJLC, 1877, no. 19.

92

8.3 101

▲back to top

 

Chapter 111:   Reserves and Removal of Restrictions on Alienation, 1880-1909

any part of the block under consideration.4 During this period judges regularly placed restrictions on the title of the Hauraki blocks brought before them. By 1888, according to a return tabled at the request of Cadman (as the Member for Coromandel), restrictions against sale had been placed by the Native Land Court on the title of 45 blocks in Thames County comprising 25,684 acres; 27 blocks at a total of 7,683 acres in the Coromandel-Kennedy Bay portion of the peninsula; and 17 blocks, totalling 12,301 acres in Ohinemuri County. These figures did not include the reserves at Te Aroha and at Waikawau.5

The Removal of Restrictions: Policy and Practice

Procedures were also set up, by legislation and practice, for the freeing up of reserved lands for sale. Initially the Government held the sole responsibility for deciding whether a restriction which had been placed on the title of a block could be removed from it. The officer in the field, the Under Secretary of the Native Office, and the Native Minister currently in office, could all play an important role in this decision but the crucial power lay with the Minister who vetoed applications and sent only those which he endorsed for assent to the Governor, or to the Governor-in-Council, depending on the wording of the original grant. Although advised by the Native Office staff; Ministers such as Bryce and Ballance did not always 'rubber stamp' the views of their officials.

A number of factors influenced the response to applications for removals, most particularly whether the price was fair, how much land would be left to the Maori concerned, and whether the applicants represented the proportion of ownership demanded by statute before a restriction could be lifted. In 188z, T.W. Lewis, as Under Secretary of the Native Department, drew up a set of guidelines for Bryce which paralleled those under which the fraud commissioners operated:

The points on which you require to be satisfied before advising His Excy [sic] to consent to alienation are generally these.

I. That the Natives have amply sufficient other land for the maintenance of themselves and their successors, or that from the unsuitability of the land to be alienated, for native occupation, or other considerations, if it is to their interest to dispose of it.

z. That the owners of the land proposed to be alienated are unanimous in their desire to sell.

3. That the price proposed is prima facie fair and reasonable.'

There was, however, no common understanding of how much land was 'amply sufficient', and the criterion, as Murray points out, became increasingly difficult to assess because of the fragmentation of holdings amongst numerous owners.' It will be seen, too, that the requirement for unanimity of consent was soon dropped.

4 See Murray, 'Crown Policy on Maori Reserved Lands', p. 49.

5 'Return of Lands in ... Ohinemuri, Thames and Coromandel upon which restrictions are placed
preventing owners of disposing of them other than by lease.' Le r 1888/7. Doc. to, pp. 125-129.

6 Lewis to Bryce, 9 December 1882. Cited in Murray, 'Crown Policy on Maori Reserved Land', p. 58.

7 Murray, 'Crown Policy on Maori Reserved Lands', p. 58.

93

8.4 102

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

The Native Office generally relied on its field staff for an assessment of whether Maori could afford to sell off the land in question. At first there was some reluctance to allow restrictions to be removed in Hauraki, reflecting the increasing condemnation amongst officers there of the improvidence of local Maori who were seen as in danger of being left entirely without means of self-support. Thus, Wilkinson was often unwilling to approve applications. He was, for example, unsympathetic to a request from Miria Ani of Ngati Koi for the removal of restrictions on Ngahuoneone no. 2 because the tribe was almost landless within the Hauraki district, and from Kapanga Te Arakuri for the restrictions to be lifted from Pakikiri no. 2 at Coromandel because he had already 'disposed of all that was available for sale, and it now appear[ed] that he want[ed] to part with what the Native land Court (most likely at Arakuri's own request) thought it right should be made inalienable.'8 Wilkinson and the administration also rejected the application of Reha Aperahama and of the prospective purchaser (who had already paid over most of the price) for the restriction on Kawana Reserve to be lifted. The applicants argued that the 250 acre reserve had been given to Aperahama personally Tor the work he had done in helping the purchase' and was not part of the area set aside for the tribe.9 Wilkinson did not support the application, however, because a considerable number of the owners in the Te Aroha reserves retained small holdings of ten to 30 acres only. He advised Head Office that limited leases of certain areas might be allowed in the future so that Maori could enjoy the income from the rents, but recommended against any large areas, or, cultivated lands being dealt with in this way:

I think however that there are certain portions of these Reserve blocks from which the restrictions as to alienability should certainly not be removed, and I refer to those portions of land which the natives are now cultivating and residing upon including their pah. My experience of the Ngatirahiri or Aroha natives is, that they are a most reckless and improvident people, having no thought at all for the future, ... so that it behoves me to be extremely cautious in recommending that they be allowed to dispose of their lands, unless it is patent that such disposal will really be for their benefit.10

Bryce accepted his officer's advice and refused to recommend the removal despite repeated applications. This decision was subsequently reversed on the advice of Commissioner Barton (see below) who argued that to refuse the application for Kawana reserve would deprive Aperahama of his rightful dues since the block had been set aside for his personal property as a reward for services rendered, rather than as in satisfaction of his tribal rights.

Even in these years of greatest protection of reserves, exceptions were made in the case of alienations considered to be of 'public benefit', including the gift of lands to the Crown for public buildings. In 1882 Bryce endorsed the lifting of restrictions on lots 8, 9,10 and 11 in Section G, Paeroa township, to allow Te Arakai's conveyance of that area to the Wesleyan Church, and of lots 30 to 40 in Section F to give legal effect to a gift from Te Arakai to the

8   See NO 82/568 & NO 1882/3352 in Files relating to removal of restrictions on alienation of land. MA 13/23.

9 P. J. Perry and T. Spencer to Bryce,1 July 1880. Le 1 1884/108.

10 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Native Department, 10 December 1880. Le 1884/108.

94

8.5 103

▲back to top

 

Chapter III: Reserves and Removal of Restrictions on Alienation, 1880-1909

Crown of sites for public offices.11 In the same year, also, the Te Aroha Township Act 1882 was passed, authorising Maori to alienate a portion of Section 17 Block IX (on which the town was partly laid out) for public purposes; lot 16 for a Government building and lot 8 to the Auckland Education Board for a school. The same Act declared that the streets laid out over Maori land in the township were public streets.12 Ballance and Bryce similarly recommended the lifting of restrictions in Section 17, Block IX, Te Aroha district in order to allow a gift to the Church of England, and for the Government's purchase of land for the railway to go ahead. 13

Ballance, in response to the numbers of applications being made without any real check on the amount of land left to Maori, and after transactions were already completed, had called a halt to the process of removals until the legislature could lay down a policy on the matter.14 In the meantime, G.E. Barton was appointed as a Special Commissioner, from 30 November 1885 until the end of 1886, to look into cases in which negotiations for alienation of restricted lands were already underway. He was to take evidence and report on applications which had been made for the consent of the Governor for the lifting of prohibitions as it was 'desirable that such consent should only be given after due and formal enquiry'.15 But Murray points out that while the Commissioner 'went to great efforts to have all parties appear before him ... he found it difficult to establish whether negotiations for land had been carried out in good faith.'16

Wider policy considerations were outside the compass of Barton's enquiry. He was concerned with whether Maori had received a fair deal in particular transactions rather than with the issue of whether they should keep land and whether their control of it should be 'unfettered' by Government interference. Barton looked at specific transactions only, and his sole duty was 'to report whether or not such transfer [was] a proper one to be allowed not to report whether the native owners [should] be allowed to hold the land without restrictions against a sale to whom they please at what price and whatever conditions they please.' 17 He refused to consider a general application on the part of Maori for restrictions to be removed on Whangamata no. 4.18 He did, however, look favourably on the lifting of restrictions in the case of certain Te Aroha reserves in order to give legal effect to the actual transactions which had taken place—for example, purchases in which most of the money had already been paid over as in the case of Kawana reserve, and to allow transfer of tide to reserved land given as a gift to the Church of England. A number of applications to allow the lease of shares owned by minors were also accepted.

11 See Return of Cases in which Restrictions on Alienation ... have been removed ... March 1882 to ... March 1883. AJLC, 1883, no. 6.

12 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, p. 232.

13 J. Ballance to Governor 26 July 1886. NO 86/2237. J. Bryce to Governor 5 March 1884. NO 84/827 in files relating to removal of restrictions on alienation of land. MA 13/27.

14 See Murray, 'Crown Policy on Maori Reserved Lands', p. 70.

15 Report by ... Barton on the Removal of Restrictions on Sale of Native Lands, AJHR, 1886, G-11, p. I.

16 Murray, 'Crown Policy on Maori Reserved Lands', p. 71.

17 Barton to Miller, rough draft, 26 February 1886. NO 86/865. In Files relating to removal of restrictions on alienation of land. MA 13/27.

18 See NO 86/3667 in Files relating to removal of restrictions on alienation of land. MA 13/28.

95

8.6 104

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Both Bryce and Ballance had moved towards greater Crown controls over the alienation of individualised Maori interests—a trend which was reflected in the unwillingness of their administrations to automatically endorse applications for removals. By the end of the 1880s, however, the Crown's purchase policy had shifted back towards free trade in Maori land and a loosening of restrictions on alienation. The implication of this policy change was underscored by administrative changes under the new land laws, shifting responsibility for the removal procedure into the hands of the land court. Since 1882, under the Native Lands Division Act and the Reserves Act of that year, the Native Land Court had offered an alternative route to the removal of restrictions through means of the partition of blocks. The power to unlock lands now moved more fully into the court's jurisdiction. Murray points out that 'while Native Office's resources were limited, it had something of a tradition of checking applications.' In contrast, the Land Court had 'no extra staff to take on this role', nor 'concern for the wider consequences of land alienation'.19 From 1889 to 1909 the Native Land Court seems to have almost invariably endorsed owner requests for the removal of restrictions from title in the Hauraki district. It recommended that restrictions be removed in 70 of the 80 blocks for which application was made, and the disposal of which has been traced in this study. One of those recommendations came into effect only on subdivision so that restrictions might be kept on the portion of one of the owners since he was considered to have insufficient land left elsewhere. In two cases, in which the court demanded further enquiry, the outcome is unknown. Of the eight applications which failed, only three were rejected outright because the court deemed that the owner had inadequate lands left or would derive no benefit from the transaction being proposed. Of these rejections, two concerned the same applicant. The other applications were dismissed as being unnecessary because restrictions had been already lifted (for example, at partition) or because they had been made in the wrong form.20

The Native Land Administration Act 1888 was the legislative vehicle for the Government's return to a policy of free trade in land. The major thrust of the Act was given expression by section 4 which provided that: 'Natives may alienate and dispose of land or any share or interest therein as they think fit' subject to protections against fraud. Section 5 represented a direct loosening of restrictions on alienation of reserved lands, empowering the Governor-in-Council, except in the case of lands subject to the control of the Public Trustee, to remove or declare restrictions void on the simple 'application of a majority in number of the Native owners'. Unanimous consent was no longer required; nor was it necessary that a specific transaction should be under consideration, merely a desire to free up inalienable land on the part of a majority of the grantees. In the three years after the passage of the Act official records show 13 successful applications were made for removal of restrictions under section 5. Twelve of these cases related to Te Aroha reserves, freeing up 1,044 acres; the other concerned Whangamata no. 2 of 5,487 acres.21

19 Murray, 'Crown Policy on Maori Reserved Lands', p. 67; see also Murray's discussion at pp. 76–81.

20 These figures are based on the land court minutes for those removal of restriction cases indicated in the NLC Database.

21 See AJLC, 1889, no. 5; AJHR, 1890, G-3, pp. 2-7 & 1891, G-9, pp. 2-6.

96

8.7 105

▲back to top

 

Chapter III: Reserves and Removal of Restrictions on Alienation, 1880–1909

At the same time, the Native Land Court Amendment Act 1888, under section 6, extended powers of removal, as exercised by the Governor-in-Council, to the land court, subject to some supposed controls. The nature of those safeguards suggested, however, an underlying intention to whittle land holdings down until Maori were left only with that absolutely necessary for their self-support. The court was directed to ascertain whether each owner had a 'sufficiency of inalienable land for his support' and could then 'declare to be inalienable so much and such parts as shall be necessary for the support of any owner not shown to be possessed of such sufficiency'. Applications for removal of restrictions could be made by a majority in number of the owners, but all others had to concur in the proposal. A further amendment, in 1889, brought the procedures of the Governor-in Council and of the Native Land Court in line, section 17 of the Act requiring that the court make prior enquiry in terms established under section 6 of the 1888 legislation when applications were made for removals which required the consent of the Governor. In 1890, section 3 of the Native Land Laws Amendment Act deleted the requirement of section 6 of the Native Land Act 1888 for all beneficial owners to concur in the majority proposal that the court remove the restrictions from a block's title.

By this stage the law with regard to restrictions had become hopelessly tangled and its application entirely inconsistent.22 Some judges, for example, treated restrictions set in place under the 1873 legislation as applying automatically on partition: others thought that such conditions must be explicitly restated on the new titles. In 1893 a Court of Appeal decision at Puhatikotiko block, in Gisborne, clarified the situation, underscoring the impact of 1888 legislation by allowing the virtual bypassing of the restrictions adjoined to memorials of ownership under section 48 of the Native Land Act 1873. It was found that:

The conditions restraining alienations, which, in compliance with the provisions of section 48 . ... are subjoined to every memorial of ownership, cannot properly be called restrictions upon alienation in the sense in which restrictions inserted in a crown grant [were] so called, they are incidents of Native title as modified by the Act of 1873, and as such, are put an end to, in the absence of special provision to the contrary, by the issue of a crown grant upon a partition under sections 31 and 32 of The Native Land Court Act of 1888.23

The general trend of legislation concerning restrictions in the early 1890s continued towards freeing up Maori land to alienation. Statutes in 1892 and 1893 made special provision for removing restrictions in the case of purchase by the Crown. Under section 14 of the Native Land Purchases Act 1892 restrictions placed on the title could be removed or would not come into effect, 'provided that any such removal or avoidance should only operate in favour of the Crown.' The Native Land Purchase and Acquisition Act 1893 which set up Maori Land Boards to facilitate the purchase of land for settlement, also extended special powers to the Government in the case of reserves and particularly affected the rights of the minority owners. Section 12 of the Act stated that:

22 Murray, 'Crown Policy on Maori Reserved Lands', p. 91.

23 Court of Appeal, 19 October 1893. J1 1894/173.

97

8.8 106

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Act and that any land or any shares ... therein may be subject to any trust, and notwithstanding the existence of any restrictions, conditions, or limitations attached to such land ... the owners of more than one half of the shares ... or where the relative shares ... have not been determined, a majority in number of the owners may ... convey and surrender such lands to Her Majesty at the valued amount fixed by the Board ...

All owners would be bound, both to sale and to price, whether they consented or not. Although provision was made for the Governor to ascertain whether they had sufficient land left, the legislation was followed by a spurt of removals, on over 40 blocks in the Hauraki district, most particularly at Waikawau on the Thames coast and Te Aroha. Of particular significance, too, was section 52 of the Liberal's consolidating measure, the Native Land Court Act 1894, which enabled the court to take the encumbrance off the title on application of one-third as opposed to a majority of the owners, provided that restrictions existing prior to 30 August 1888 were removed 'only by the Governor, on recommendation of the court'. Here again, the pace of removals accelerated after the passage of legislation which made that process easier to undertake.

In cases of restrictions set in place before the Native Land Court 1886 Amendment Act 1888 came into effect, the Justice Department shared the duty of removal with the court. The Justice Department made a preliminary check that an application for the removal had been signed by the required number of owners. The particulars of title were supplied by either the Land Registry Office or the Native Land Court (if partitions had not been registered), showing the number of owners, as well as the type of restriction imposed when the land first went through the court, and sometimes under what legislation. When satisfied that the application had been made by a sufficient proportion of the owners, the application was referred to the Chief Judge of the Native Land Court 'for the usual inquiry and report'. There was often a significant delay in this part of the process as the hearing of the application depended on the Native Land Court schedule of sittings. If an application got through the initial screening process, the court almost always sent the Justice Department a report stating that the applicants had sufficient other lands for their welfare and maintenance, and recommending to the Governor that the restrictions be removed. Native Land Court minutes do not, however, reveal what a Judge considered to be `sufficient other lands'. Recorded testimony consisted merely of statements by the applicants that they had sufficient land remaining for their maintenance, those blocks sometimes being listed. Checks seem to have been instituted rarely; if objectors appeared or if the Court considered the testimony questionable, it might decide to check the block's title.24 No cases have been found after 1894 in which the court rejected an application because the owner could not show possession of sufficient land, and only one instance before then.25 There is little other information given in the minutes, least of all the acreage of holdings left or the reasons for the current application. In general, it was simply recorded: 'Removal of restrictions. No objection. Recommend that restrictions be removed.'

24 See, for example, hearing for Te Aroha Section 14J, Block IX. HMB, vol. 51,16 September 1899, pp. 301, 361.

25 See HMB, vol. 20A, 9 April 1889, p. 136.

98

8.9 107

▲back to top

 

Chapter III: Reserves and Removal of Restrictions on Alienation, 1880–1909

After the Native Land Court report was received (although sometimes before), the Under Secretary for Justice made his own enquiries.26 He normally asked the applicants, the applicants' lawyer, the buyer, the buyer's lawyer, and/or an official such as the land purchase officer why the owners wanted the restrictions removed, whether arrangements had been made to sell the land, and if so, at what price. In most instances, the sale process had already begun, with some owners already having received deposits prior to a decision on the removal being made. In some cases, the sale process was so advanced (that is, all the purchase money had been paid) that the only step required to conclude a transfer of title was the Government's formal sanction of the removal of the restriction.

Responses to the Justice Department's query as to why the owners wanted the restrictions removed were fairly standard. Maori needed the money.27 They were in debt or required a means to survive.28 Debts were for food and other goods, expenses associated with tangi, and court costs including survey liens.29 Recent successors to interests in land also found themselves shackled with the debts of those whose interests they had inherited.30 Some Maori said that they were elderly and could not support themselves without selling land.31 Sometimes, however, Maori wanted the money to develop their other land.32

A number of factors influenced the decision of the Justice Department. Often, it was considered that the land being sold would be of greater value to the purchaser who usually already held the lease and/or owned adjacent land. In several cases (for example, the Wangamarino block) the land being sold was surrounded almost totally by European land. Because of this, the block was considered (seemingly by both the applicants' lawyer and Waldegrave, the Under Secretary of the Justice Department) as being unsuitable for Maori settlement but of benefit to the farmer who owned the adjacent land and held the lease. Sometimes, the applicants' land consisted of a very narrow strip, surrounded by European holdings, which again was not seen as beneficial to Maori.33 In other cases, the lawyer for the applicants and/or for the buyer argued that the Maori owners would be far better off with the purchase price rather than the lease money which they said was a

26 Suzanne Woodley wrote the following section on the operation of the Justice Department, based on Justice series (J1) files, 1893-1905.

27 R. Taiparutu & others, Hauraki praying that restrictions be taken off Whangamata no. 2 to enable them to sell, N & D 81/3321; Campbell to Under Secretary Justice Department, 26 August 1897, J1 1899/1219.

28 Removal of restriction, Moehau 1D.   J.M. Grois to Native Minister, 27 June 1896, J11896/819.

29 Removal of restriction, Te Aroha. Manga Whaiapu to Native Minister, 2 September 1899. J1 1905/921; Hohepa Hikairo to Native Minister, 6 February 1883, N/O 86/2817; Removal of restrictions, Hiukatia no. 1. Tamati Paetai and others to Cadman, 10 October 1896, J1 1897/479; Removal of restrictions, Waihi. Kiritiana Tamahana and Hira Hopihona to Native Minister, 11 February 1898 1898, J11899/664.

30 James Miller to Under Secretary Department of Justice, 25 March 1893, J 11893/250; Removal of restrictions, Hikutaia no. 1. Tamati Paetai and others to Cadman, 10 October 1896, J1 1898/479; Removal of restrictions, Pungapunga 2. Under Secretary Department of Justice to Earl and Campbell, sok., J1

1902/1373.

31 Application 29 June 1891 from Wiremu and Ripeka Te Pea, s. 34 Wairakau, Te Aroha. J 1 1893/1961.

32 M. Ani , Ohinemuri praying that restrictions be taken off her block, 17 February 1882. NO 82/568; Removal of restrictions, Parakiwi no. 1. Taiwiwi Te Taniwha to Native Minister, 19 October 1895, J1 1897/762; Removal of restrictions, Te Mutu. James Miller to Justice Department, December 1897, J11899/296; Horahia Opou no. 2 sth. Hohepa Mataitama and Nikorima Poutotara to Minister of Maori Affairs, 24 March 1902, J1 1904/236.

33 Removal of restrictions, Matakorowhawha. Joseph Williams to James McGowan, 20 June 1898, J1 1899/1400; S. 117 exemption, Te Ahuroa. Hera Puna and Tamehana Pumipito to Governor, 12 May 1899, J1 1898/812.

99

8.10 108

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

pittance when divided among them. Sometimes, Maori had also promised a leaseholder many years earlier that he/she would ultimately receive the freehold.34 The question of fair price was always a significant issue. The Justice Department asked the Valuer General for the Government valuation and the payment of this sum was insisted upon.35

Thus, once he had received a report from the Native Land Court that the applicants had sufficient lands for their maintenance, and was satisfied that the application had been made by a majority of owners, that the owners' reasons for wanting the restrictions removed were legitimate, and that a fair price would be paid, the Under Secretary of the Justice Department recommended to the Native Minister that the restrictions be removed. In most instances the Native Minister would then recommend this to the Cabinet for approval, in which case the Governor would sign the warrant, and the decision be duly recorded in the New Zealand Gazette.

The final dismantling of the system took place in the first decade of the twentieth century. In 1900 the general trend of land legislation was briefly interrupted by the Maori Lands Administration Act which transferred considerable responsibility, both for determining ownership and managing land, from the Native Land Court to Land Councils. The Act distinguished between land required by Maori for 'maintenance and support and to grow food upon' and land available for sale. Councils were to determine what land was necessary for papakainga. These blocks would be certified as 'absolutely inalienable' unless in exchange for a more suitable area. No other land could be sold until a papakainga certificate had been gained. Alienation by lease required application by a majority of owners to the land council and its consent. Any sale of land owned by more than one person, required the consent of the Governor-in-Council on the recommendation of the land council rather than of the land court. Other clauses provided for the Councils to manage lands, acting in trust for the beneficial owners.

Within five years, however, settler and political impatience with the slow rate with which remaining Maori lands were being opened resulted in the Maori Lands Settlement Act 1905 which reworked the Council into the less autonomous Boards. Section 15 removed all restrictions under any other Act that had been placed on the title of land vested in the Boards. Section 16 removed restrictions on alienation by lease in respect of all Maori land, provided that the rent was adequate (not less than 5% of the Government valuation per annum), the vendors had a papakainga or income sufficient to their support, and the term was to the owners' benefit and did not exceed so years. In the meantime a Court of Appeal decision in 1904 ruled that restrictions applied not to the land itself, but only to the grant to which they were attached. When the title had passed in some way not

34 Removal of restrictions, Parakiwi no I. Taiwiwi Te Taniwha to Native Minister, 19 October 1895. J I 1897/762; James Miller to Justice Department, December 1897, J 11899/296; Removal of restrictions, Te Aroha. Thomas Gavin to Under Secretary Justice Department, 22 December 1898, J I 1901/1128.

35 In one instance where the Government valuation was, according to Mackay, far in excess of the highest price being paid in the area, and what the Government would have offered, the buyer was told, nonetheless, that it was unlikely that the Government would agree to the removal of restrictions unless the Government valuation was paid. See James Mackay to Samuel Chalton, 9 January 1898 &Waldegrave to Miller, 25 January 1899, J1 1899/296.

I00

8.11 109

▲back to top

 

Chapter III: Reserves and Removal of Restrictions on Alienation, 1880–1909

proscribed by the restrictions, as in a devise by will, it passed without being subject to those prohibitions. Ward points out that, 'The effect of this finding was to by pass most of the mechanism that had developed to scrutinise alienations of Maori land, and to render the process of applying for removal of restrictions redundant in most cases'.36 The remnants of the restriction on title system and mechanisms for scrutinising applications to allow alienation were finally discarded under section 209 of the Maori Land Act 1909 which stated that:

[A]ll prohibitions or restrictions on ... the alienation of native land, which ... have been imposed by any Crown grant, court, order of the Native Land Court, or other instrument of title, or by any Act are hereby removed and shall ... be of no force or effect..

As the cases of Rawhitiroa and Ongarehu, discussed elsewhere in this report, show, this complete abandonment of the restriction system in 1909, meant that lands which had always been considered as untouchable, were now newly exposed to the pressures of the land market.37

Removal of Restrictions at Te Aroha, Ohinemuri, Waikawau, and Moehau

While legislation regarding the protection of reserves was supposedly intended to ensure that Maori retained sufficient lands for their maintenance, the general trend was for it to become easier to alienate the freehold of such areas. Despite concern amongst both legislators and administrators that Maori should not be rendered landless and become a burden on the state, case studies of the lands reserved from the Waikawau, Ohinemuri, and Te Aroha sales show that requirements of 'sufficient lands' were relatively meaningless as these holdings were progressively whittled away, often being purchased by the Government itself. Where there was no particular incentive for the Crown's own acquisition, Maori might be encouraged to retain lands. But even when a request to sell was initially refused by the Native Department because of a block's 'reserved' status, and the assessment that the owners had little other property left, the area was generally allowed to be sold off within a few years.

Most of the reserves created as a result of the purchase negotiations of the 1870s had a remarkably short lifespan having been first plagued by problems of definition and survey. A partial exception existed with reference to Te Aroha where, as we have seen, particular concern was expressed at the 'demoralised' state of the local Maori, and applications for removals were, at first, regularly refused. Early applications to remove restrictions on the sale of lands reserved at Section 14, Block ix Aroha Survey District for Ngati Kopirimau were, for example, initially rebuffed in 1882, even though the applicants (W.H. Taipari and six others) argued that they had sufficient land at Shortland and elsewhere for

36 Ward, Show of Justice, p. 41.

37 See discussion, pp. 89, 125–127.

IOI

8.12 110

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

cultivation and residence.38 Bryce believed that 'it would not be right to remove the restrictions on sale', more especially since the land could be leased for 21 years.39 But even at Te Aroha, the effectiveness of restrictions depended largely on attitudes of particular administrations rather than the framework of legislative protections: the maintenance of those protections, on the absence of other overriding factors eliciting Government interest in acquisition of the area. Thus, Manawaru Reserve was purchased by the Crown within a year of the original award, apparently without discussion or assessment of the other land holdings of the owners. Sheehan, as Native Minister, gave verbal approval to the purchase on behalf of the Government, and the local land purchase officer reported, subsequently:

It is very valuable land, being the pick of the Aroha block, and contains the only bush on the eastern side. The price £1000 is very cheap indeed, it would fetch more than three times as much if allowed to be sold to private parties. ... It has come to my knowledge that some Europeans are trying to buy the block, if they can get behind the restrictions.40

Wilkinson was told that he could complete the purchase which the Trust Commissioner duly certified. In the case of Omahu Reserve, too, the 'public interest' in the development of the hot springs and township was seen to supersede Maori future needs while the consequent purchase of lands formerly reserved could be justified by the assumption that Maori would benefit from the development of the resource and surrounding area.41

Both the mood against and the legislation prohibiting removals changed. In the late 1880s and early 1890s, restrictions began to be lifted from Te Aroha lands, under clause 5 of the Native Land Act 1888 which permitted this step to be undertaken on application of a majority of, rather than by all, owners. In 1888–1891, immediately after the passage of the Act some 1,033 acres of the remaining Maori lands at Te Aroha were freed up, permitting eventual sale.42 In the case of the Ngati Kopirimau reserve, Mitchelson acquiesced to the purchase of a partitioned portion (Section 14A), belonging to bankrupted owner, Mere Taipari. The apparent reluctance with which the Government eventually agreed to the removal of restrictions and purchase of 14A reflected unwillingness to deal in shares encumbered with debt rather than larger policy considerations about the function of reserves and protections on title. Mitchelson agreed to buy the block at 7/6d, and to 'advance the necessary fees to put the title in such a position as will enable land to be transferred to the Crown, it being understood that any advances made will be deducted from the consideration already agreed to.'43 The major creditor asked that the price per acre should be raised since the owner, after survey and the payment of other costs on the block, would be left with only £9 in hand, but the Native Minister would not agree to the

38 W.H. Taipari and others to Native Minister, 27 March 1882. MA Special File 2. In Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, p.

39 File Note by Native Minister, 29 March 1882. Cited in ibid.

40 Land Purchase Officer to Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department, 7 November 1879. MA Special File 2. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, p. 203.

41 See discussion, pp. 31–33

42 'Return of Cases in which Restrictions on Alienation ... have been removed', AJLC, 1889, no. 15; AJHR, 1890, G–3 & 1891, G–9.

43 Native Minister to Mining Warden, 15 October 1891. MA MLP 1899/234. Cited in Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, p. 215.

102

8.13 111

▲back to top

 

increase. The restrictions were duly removed, and the purchase completed in early 1894.44 This was followed by the lifting of restrictions on other partitions of the Ngati Kopirimau reserve (Section 14 F, G, H, and j) in 1899–1900, to allow the purchase of portions of them, by the current lessor, Thomas Gavin.45

The reaction of administrations to applications for the removal of restriction on Te Aroha lands reserved from the original sale is outlined in Table 6.

TABLE 6: DISPOSAL OF APPLICATIONS FOR REMOVAL OF RESTRICTIONS ON TE AROHA LANDS, 1880–1910

Date Approved

Rejected

Unknown

1880

Omahu Res (by Native

 

 

Minister)

 

 

S. 12 IX (by Native Minister)

 

1882   S.17 (lots 8 & 16) IX

S.14 IX (by Native Minister)

 

 

S.14 XII Waitoa (by Native

 

 

Minister)

 

1886   S.17 IX (portion)

 

 

S.12 IX (Te Kawana)

 

 

no. of blocks for lease only

 

 

1888   S. 19 IX

 

 

1889   S. 70 11

 

 

S.16 V

 

 

section 15, 18, 19 & 28 (lots 3,

 

 

4 & 5) IX

 

 

S.48 XII

 

 

1890   S.28 (lot 1) IX

 

 

1892   S.27 A IX

 

 

S.27, 37, 43 & 49 XII

 

 

1893   S.1 V (portion)

 

S. 31 DC

S.14 A & D IX (portion)

 

S.38 & 45 XII

S.34 & 35 XII

 

 

1894   S. 30 XII

 

 

1895   S.14 D IX (portion)

S.14 IX (by Justice Dept for

 

 

insufficient no. of applicants)

 

 

S.40 XII (as above)

 

1897   S.1 v (portion)

 

S.23 DC

S.29 A IX

 

 

1898   S.29 B IX (portion)

 

 

S.44 XII

 

 

1900   S. 14 F, G, H & J IX

 

S. 5 B V (shares)

S.29 C IX

 

 

S.30 B IX

 

 

19 or   S.36 XII

 

S.14 C IX

1902   S.46 XII

 

 

 

 

continued/...

44 See ibid., pp. 215–216

45 Ibid., p. 218.

103

8.14 112

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Date Approved

(cont'd)

Rejected   Unknown

1904

S.27 B IX

 

1905

 

S. 44 XII (by Justice Dept

price below Govt valuation)

Section 5 B V (by Justice

Dept—insufficient land left)

1906

S.2 V (for lease only)

 

1907

S.29 B

S.5 B V (as above)

Sources: J series 1,1893–1905; HMB, 1890–1910; MA series 1,1906–1910; MA series 13/ 23–28.

Lands reserved from the Crown's purchases at Moehau, Waikawau, and Ohinemuri dissipated even more rapidly. The purchases of the parent blocks had been linked during the campaign to break down the anti-selling stance of the Ngati Tamatera right-holders in them. This had been a long drawn-out process, and to bring the transaction to fruition, the Crown had reluctantly set aside reserves while other lands had been excised for non-sellers on the blocks being brought through the court for definition of the area to go to the Government. The purchases were not regarded as an overwhelming success by either Government officials or settlers. Maori were seen as having retained the best lands and more than their desserts, and the Government signalled its immediate intention to continue buying shares.

In the case of Moehau, no restrictions had been placed on any of the 19 blocks set aside for Maori although these were referred to as 'reserves'. Such blocks had no special status, and were seen as fair game by the Government. The Under Secretary of the Land Purchase Department thus advised the Native Minister, immediately after the court's award, that Maori had retained the 'choice lands' of Moehau, and that it would be an 'injustice to the district' if they were allowed to pass into private hands. The Minister consequently authorised their purchase for the Crown.46 The officers in the field agreed that 'some of the reserves may be bought except where the owners have not other land', and asked for a limit in the price to be paid.47 In 188o–1881, the Crown purchased no. 1 I, J, L, and no. 3C blocks, followed by nos 2A1, 2B2, 3G1, and 4 blocks by the end of the decade.

At Ohinemuri the court differentiated between lands set aside for vendors and lands excised for non-sellers, placing restrictions on the former category only. As demonstrated earlier, the unprotected 'A' partitions were sold first without any further reserves being made. Numbers 3A, 5A, 8A, 9A, 14A, 15A, 18A, and Owharoa 3A (1,203 acres) had all gone by 1886, generally at 6/- per acre.48 Then, in the following year, the Crown applied to have its interests defined in the A subdivisons in which it had not been able to purchase all shares. This totalled 4,623 acres in 2A1, 4A1, 7A1, 10A1,   13A1, 16A1, 17A1, 19A1, and
Owharoa 2A1. The trend of the excised Ohinemuri interests passing out of Maori hands

46 Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department to Native Minister, 30 January 1879; MA 1907/507. In Alexander The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 1, P. 34.

47 Wilkinson wire to Under Secretary Native Land Purchase Department, February 1879. Cited in ibid.,

p. 34.

48 Block 14A was sold for 8/-, 15A for 10/- and Owharoa 3A for 20/- per acre. See Alexander, The Hauraki

Tribal Lands, Part 3, pp. 86–87,146.

104

8.15 113

▲back to top

 

Chapter 111 Reserves and Removal of Restrictions on Alienation, 1880–1909

continued into the 1890s, as the no. 20 partitions, other Owharoa blocks, and some of the A2 subdivisions also were sold to the Crown.49 At the same time, the 'reserves' proper began to be purchased by the Government as a result of its renewed push towards opening Maori lands for settlement. Ngati Taharua Reserve (434 acres) in no. 1 block was offered for sale to the Government in 1894. The purchase was approved by the Minister of Lands, and Mair proceeded to negotiate the details of the transaction. Once these arrangements had been finalised, the Governor gave his consent to the removal of restrictions. Approval had also been given for the purchase of the lands reserved for Uriwha in no. 4 block which had been offered repeatedly to the Government. There were so many owners to deal with, however, that Mair made little headway.50 A number of grantees in the Ngati Koi 1,120 acre reserve located in Ohinemuri no. 8 and no. 17 (known as Mangakirikiri) offered the area to the Government in the same year. Three years earlier, a decision to purchase was reversed on the realisation that the land was supposed to be inalienable, but now, the Government decided to proceed, partly in response to the promptings of Mair who stressed both the value of the block which, being close to Waihi township, generated a regular income, and the opportunity presented by the financial difficulties being faced by the owners. Mair reported:

The Natives are in such want of money for Court fees that I believe I could obtain a number of signatures within the next few days at seven shillings and sixpence (7/6d) per acre. From all accounts it is a most desirable block to acquire.51

The Chief Land Purchase Officer thought that the purchase had little utility since the land was already open for mining purposes, and the acquisition would mean that revenues would simply end up with local bodies, not within the coffers of the Government. But he gave his approval, nonetheless, and Mair went ahead. In 1895 the Crown applied to have its interest in the reserve defined separately, and it was awarded 999 acres, leaving 170 acres to the non-sellers. In 1907 and in 1909 Merea Wikiriwhi petitioned Parliament that the Native Land Court's partition had excluded papakainga and urupa, and had thrown her family into the worst part. Merea claimed that she had been unaware of this fact until much later, but the Native Department reported that she had been present in court, and had agreed that her interest should be located in the north-eastern portion of the block. On both occasions, the Native Affairs Committee declined to make any recommendation on the matter.52 The purchase of most of Mangakirkiri marked an end to the Government's purchases of the Ohinemuri reserves for the meantime, as there was increasing concern about the 'large class of landless natives springing up in the North Island'.53 In 1907–1908, however, the Government acquired a further 2,548 acres in the Ngati Tamatera Reserve located in the original no. 17 Ohinemuri block which had been the last sizeable piece left to Maori out of the original transaction.

49 See Tables 1 and 2.

50 Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 3, p. 66.

51 Land Purchase Officer wire to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 20 November 1894. MA MLP 1920/31. Cited in ibid., p. 99.

52 Ibid., p.

53 See concern expressed by Chief Land Purchase Officer to Warden, 4 February 1896. MA MLP 1895/444. Cited in ibid., p. 95.

105

8.16 114

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

The protections placed on the Waikawau Reserves had also collapsed by the late 1880s. Three burial grounds and II larger blocks had been vested in the Crown in trust for the beneficiary owners named in the order of the Native Land Court in 1878. Again, applications to allow the sale of some of these lands were refused under the administrations of Bryce and Ballance. That practice changed when the Atkinson Ministry came to power. Repeated requests from a private purchaser (Lillian Clark Stedman) and some of the owners, for removal of the restrictions on the Waikawau blocks nos 2, 4, and 5 were met by the insertion of a clause into the Native Contracts and Promises Act 1888, stating that titles would be issued to those named in the original court order, in all the Waikawau reserves since it was 'now desired to divest Her Majesty of the ... trusts'. Restrictions were placed on the titles but were soon removed from the four blocks in question to allow the alienation to Stedman to proceed.54 The passage of the Native Land Purchases Act 1892, which provided for the automatic removal of restrictions in the case of sale to the Crown, was followed by a further wave of alienations. In 1893 the Crown purchased a total of 3,480 acres, under section 14 of the Act in Waiomu no. 1 and 2, Waikawau North, Waipatukahu no. 5, and Otakeao nos 1 and 2. This left Maori with Te Puru (520 acres), Te Mata South and North (250 acres), and 264 acres as 'A' partitions for the non-sellers in the reserve blocks which had been sold. Further details of these acquisitions may be found in Alexander's block histories for the Waikawau district.

Conclusion

The 'reserves' left from the large-scale purchases of the 1870s, when protected by restrictions in the title, were generally maintained by administrations of the 1880s which had a clearer perception of the impact and extent of those sales on the Hauraki people. Exceptions might be made, but restrictions were removed sparingly because it was appreciated that many Maori within the district were in danger of becoming landless if selling did not stop. That consciousness rapidly dropped away, however. The legislation of the late 1880s and 1890s was designed to free up access to the freehold of those lands, and occurred at just that point when law-makers and officials knew that nationwide, Maori were increasing in population and would, in fact, need more reserves for their selfmaintenance.55 In these years, former brakes on alienation of restricted lands—most particularly, the requirement for unanimous consent—were deliberately loosened while Crown purchases automatically went through after 1892.

Most legislators and officials seem to have soon lost sight of the original purpose of reserves although provisions restricting alienation were retained into the twentieth century. An assumption pervaded the legislation that restrictions were to guarantee a subsistence in order to prevent Maori from becoming a burden, rather than as a means of ensuring the retention of a capital base for future economic expansion. Even this limited

54 See correspondence in 1889/2075 Maori Affairs Head Office File.

55 See Ward, Anderson et al. 'CCLWP Historical Report on Wellington Lands', report prepared for CCJWP, 1992, Part B, 26 (b) iii, pp. 26–28.

ro 6

8.17 115

▲back to top

 

Chapter III: Reserves and Removal of Restrictions on Alienation, 1880–1909

goal was, however, unfulfilled. The mechanisms to safeguard reserved lands were rudimentary. The transfer of responsibility for the removal of restrictions to the forum of the land court largely removed the possibility of Native Department and ministerial intervention, and scrutiny of applicants' claims that they had sufficient land left tended to be cursory. Although successive Governments had legislated to take control of the alienation of reserves out of the hands of Maori, arguing that such a step was essential to protect that patrimony and prevent their pauperisation, these same lands were sold under that legislative regime.

By this stage 66% of the Hauraki land base had been lost yet restrictions on title were readily removed from the late 1880s onwards. The broken state of the record prevents an accurate assessment of the total number of blocks and acres which went through the removal of restrictions procedure within the whole period discussed. The published statistics show, however, that a total of 6,983 acres of restricted land in the Hauraki region had been opened to purchase, even by 1891 (1883–1891). Block histories suggest that the Crown removed restrictions and subsequently bought another 7685 acres of Hauraki reserved lands during 1892–1909. It is not known what proportion this comprised of the whole of lands which had been reserved in the district by this stage. It can be said, however, that the trend increasingly was to open up restricted lands especially if the Crown was the purchaser. Even at times when administrations actively protected reserved lands, the 'public good', as in the case of the urban lots at Paeroa, could outweigh the needs of Maori, while the majority of applications for the lifting of restrictions, discussed in the record, were ultimately approved.

107

9 Chapter 4: Imapact of public works and development in the early twentieth century

▲back to top

9.1 116

▲back to top

 

Chapter IV
IMPACT OF PUBLIC WORKS
AND DEVELOPMENT IN THE EARLY
TWENTIETH CENTURY

Introduction

The remaining holdings of Maori in the delta lands of the Waihou and Piako Rivers became an object of increasing Crown purchase interest in the mid-1890s for the next 15 years, the last fragments being largely acquired under public works legislation and the Hauraki Plains Act passed in 1908. The history of land and resource loss in this area was strongly linked with the imperatives of development and technological progress which resulted in the complete ecological transformation of the region and underwrote the Crown in its programme to acquire further native land in the district. This process started with the clearance of the river for steamer traffic, discussed in Anderson, The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800–1885, and eventually resulted in the pollution of the Waihou River, and the destruction of cultivation lands, traditional places of settlement, and wahi tapu along the river banks as a consequence of the dumping of mining deposits and alteration of the watertable as surrounding lands were gradually brought into 'production'. It involved also the felling of the kahikatea forests for the making of butter boxes to send in refrigerated ships to Britain; the boom in the flax-miffing industry in the early 1900s which demanded huge timber volumes to feed the stampers; and eventually, the large-scale purchase and draining of the delta lands for conversion to dairy farms.

A fuller description of this transformation of the Ooahaouragee swamps may be found in

Geoff Park's recent work, Nga Uruora: Ecology and History in a New Zealand Landscape.1

Park shows that the process of exploitation and purchase had been completed in 50 years. He argues that the ecological transformation of the area reflected the complete domination of the European ethic of progress, and vision of the landscape. Observations of visitors to the area throughout the nineteenth century suggest the importance of the traditional garnering of flax, eels, birds, and fruit from the slow-growing trees of these wild lands, through which Maori moved with great ease, and which they had deliberately sought to preserve. The testimony, too, of Maori in the Native Land Court regarding the blocks comprising the delta lands, also showed the value of this area within their eyes. But

1 See Geoff Park, Nga Uruora: Ecology and History in a New Zealand Landscape, Wellington, 1995, PP. 17–74.

109

9.2 117

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

from the perspective of settler and government, the swamp lands were useless until drained and converted into surveyed, bounded farms. Maori ownership was seen as an obstacle to the effective pursuit of that goal of effective land use, and far more land was purchased than was strictly required for the Government to carry out its improvement schemes. As we have seen in Chapter Two, the very process of defining title to this area resulted in considerable pressure on Maori to sell, whereas the Crown's goals were backed by monopolistic and public works powers. For Maori, that linking of land improvement and purchase entailed the double loss of their last sizeable holdings and of a rich resource area.

Impact of Mining on Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers

By the twentieth century the benefits accruing to Hauraki Maori from the opening of their land to mining had diminished to negligible individual payments at Thames, Coromandel, and Te Aroha. On the eastern divide, where the focus of mining activity had shifted, Maori missed out altogether, participating little in revenues since most of the lands comprising the Karangahake, Waihi, and Maratoto fields had been already largely acquired by the Crown. While Maori now received little return for the gold operations, they continued to suffer from the adverse effects on the environment. Problems were of a long-standing nature, but the impact on the environment had intensified in the late 1880s and 1890s as the result of the introduction of the cyanide battery process. Particularly questionable from the Hauraki viewpoint was the Government's declaration of the Waihou River as a sludge channel, particularly when the banks of that river had been specifically excluded from the original cession of mining rights to the Government.

The environmental impact of mining venture on riparian blocks was increasingly brought to the attention of Government in the early decades of the twentieth century. Maori land owners were seen as comprising only one voice among the many owners of such blocks but it is argued here that they were particularly vulnerable to the adverse effects of new mining developments; less likely to be able to utilise the few protections that existed within the system; and their interests more likely to be considered of little account by the personnel who held responsibility for the operation of rudimentary protective machinery. Questions pertaining to the Maori right to be consulted in such matters, and to the Government's power, under the mining legislation, to institute measures which affected areas outside those covered by the cession agreements, were not considered: nor were questions of the particular impact on Maori of destruction of their wahi tapu. Instead, Government policy on the question of silting damage was to bring Hauraki Maori under greater pressure to sell such lands.

This attitude of neglect characterised the response at Waiomo. Section 108 of the Mining Act 1898 provided for watercourses to be declared available for the discharge of tailing debris and waste water. In the following year the Monowai Gold Mining Company sought to bring the Waiomo Stream and tributaries under section 108, stating that they were 'using and intend to use cyanide, and desire the right to discharge their tailings,

II°

9.3 118

▲back to top

 

Chapter IV: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

debris, water waste and cyanide into the stream.'2 The mining inspector was instructed to investigate the extent to which damage had been caused, and what claims for compensation the owners of the freehold of lands situated along the banks and at the mouth would be likely to make.' Coutts recommended that the Government allow the company to continue in discharging tailings as to do otherwise would 'practically mean stopping mining operations in [the] district.' He reported back that only one individual was affected—a Mr Trotter, who held a lease from the Maori owners of the land and who complained that the water was unfit for cattle to drink because the cyanide-treated tailings were allowed to run into the stream from the company's battery. Some Maori, camped in tents close to Trotter's place, used the water for domestic purposes, but made no complaint.4 The Commissioner of Taxes who was requested to furnish a list of owners and sections of private land abutting the stream, also discounted the Maori interest, stating that there was 'only one European holding—and that ... a native leasehold, section 3A Waiomo reserve.' There were four one-acre residence sites, occupied by Trotter and the gold mining company itself; while the 'rest of the land was unoccupied Crown and native.'5 The Valuer General was next directed to report on the four residence sites, and whether any of them were on the 3B block, over which Trotter claimed a grazing right.' Although little attention was paid to their interest, it is clear that the mining operations upstream had effected Maori. Not only were Maori the only group using the water for domestic purposes, Waiomo no. 3 being actively occupied by them, but a traditional food source had been destroyed. In Trotter's subsequent prosecution of the Monowai Company for damages, it was reported that: 'All the witnesses for the defence had to admit that the water in this river was not fit for use, and witnesses stated that when the previous owners were crushing, the cyanide used killed all the eels in the river.'7 The warden found that the complainant's claim to a grazing right had not been disproved, and, after some negotiation, Trotter was paid £100 by the Company in compensation. The stream was then proclaimed, in 1900.8

The state of the water supply for the Maori community at Paeroa came under scrutiny in the same year 'it having been represented to the Native Department that the water of the Ohinemuri River alongside which the natives have been living for generations past [was] rendered poisonous or impure and the cause of sickness by the cyanide discharge from the batteries at Waikino and Karangahake.'9 Carroll commissioned Mackay to investigate the matter. Since the problem had been framed in terms of the 'water supply to Natives,' the Mines Department, when approached by Mackay, considered that it had nothing to do

2 See Devone and Cooper on behalf of Monowai Gold Mining Company to Minister of Mines, 30 March 1899. MD 1/99/529.

3   Ibid.

 

4 Coutts to Under Secretary Mines Department, 25 April 1899. MD 11899/612.

5 Memo. to Under Secretary Mines Department, 15.9.99. MD I 99/612.

6 See Valuer General to Under Secretary Mines Department, 3.10.99. In ibid. NZ Mining Record, September 1899. MD 11899/1396.

8 NZ Gazette, 22 March 1900.

9 Perham to Under Secretary, Mines Department, 17.8.1900. MD I 1900/1094.

III

9.4 119

▲back to top

 

To the Honor'Speaker and the Membels of the house of representatives for the colony of the New Zealand, in parliament assembled

The humble Petition of the Ngatitamatera tribe of aboriginal natives, residing near Paeroa,
Ohinemuri, in the Provincial District of Auckland, in the Colony of New Zealand,

SHEWETH :

1.—THAT your petitioners were the original owners of the lands within the County of Ohinemuri which are now included in the proclaimed Mining. District.

2.—THAT by a deed made in February, 1875, between the Native owners and the Crown, your petitioners ceded to the Governor the right to mine over all their lands in the County of Ohinemuri situated to the eastward of a line commencing at Okurere and running slung the hills from there to the Koma'a Stream, and thence to the eastward boundary of the Taiwhakarewakauri Block, thence to the Aorangi Block, thence along the hills to the northern boundary of Mackaytown, thence crossing the Ohinemuri River, and following its course upwards to the southeast boundary of the Raratu Block, thence turning in a south westerly direction to Rotokohu, thence to Pakemokemoke, thence along the north-east boundary of the Pukemekamoke Block to its eastern angle, thence along the eastern boundaries of the Pukemokemoke, Waitoki, Te Moore, and Patuwhao Blocks to the northern boundary of Te Aroha Block at Trig Station No. 562.

8.—YOUR petitioners retained for themselves all their lands to the westward of the above described line and extending thence to the Waihou River. At the time the Mining District was proclaimed on the 3rd of March, 1875, to be open to the public for mining purposes the division lines between the Mining District and the Maori land were defined on the ground by lines and actual survey.

4.—YOUR petitioners then occupied and still occupy nine settlements on the banks of the Ohinemuri River, awl their cultivations are on the flat lands adjacent to the river banks.

5.—WHEN your petitioners ceded the land for mining purposes the Ohinemuri River contained pure clear water, and for the first few years it continued unpolluted, and was suitable for domestic and other purposes, and no injury was inflicted on your petitioners.

6.—TRAT iu consequence of the Proclamation in 1835 of the Ohioemuri and Waihou Rivers to be places of deposit for tailings, noising debris, and waste water from the mines the river water became contaminated, end so polluted as to be unfit for use by man or beast.

7.—THAT your petitioners represented those injuries and nuisances to the Right Honourable R. J. Sodden, then Premier of the Colony, who forthwith premised to grant ne a Water Supply, and a sum of £1000 was voted by Parliament for the purpose, and £1160 was actually expended in providing it to our settlements, thus admitting our riparian rights to the Ohinemuri River where it passes through our lands

8.—YOUR petitioners never received any notification of the intentim to proclaim the Ohinemuri and Waihou Rivers to be places for the deposit for tailings, mining debris, and waste water from the mines, and it was only after the Ohinenmuri River water became polluted that they discovered the action which had been taken by the Mines Department in the matter. Hence the late Preens, admitted our right to be supplied with proper water at oar settlements in lieu of that of the river, of which we had' been deprived in consequence of its defilement.

9.—YOUR petitioners would mast humbly and respectfully beg to draw attention to the fact that at the present time about 40,000 tons of quartz are crushed every month at the various reduction mills in the district, the tailings, sludge, sand, debris, and waste water therefrom being deposited in the Ohinemuri River.

10.—YOUR petitioners complain that in consequence of the deposit of sash mining tailings, sludge, sand, debris, and west; water in the Ohinemuri River -it is diminished in depth and width, and is incapable of carrying the same volume of storm water as it did in former times, resulting in our cultivation grounds being easier flooded than formerly was the case, and places not previously submerged within the memory of our old people are now reached by the flood waters.

11.—THAT a very slight covering of water will destroy growing potatoes, and many of your petitioners have lost the whole of their scope by such &ode. The sludge, and sand deposited on our cultivations is also of an infertile and injurious nature and damages grass paddocks.

12.—YOUR petitioners would most respectfully beg to draw the attention of Your Honourable Rouse to the fact that by the deed of cession for mining purr:nee thet Crown acquired no rights whatsoever over our lands to the westward of the line hereinbefore described, and the Right Honourable R. J. Seddon admitted that the Crown or, the Mines Department had no right to pollute the waters of the Ohinemuri River which intersects our properties. By a parity of reasoning we consider that the Mines Department has no right to cause damage to our cultivations and lands by filling up one of the natural drainage channels of the country.

13.—YOUR petitioners would humbly submit that the Ohioemnri River was a good eel and whitebait fishing place, and these fish were part of our sustenance and food, supply, but the deposit of cyanide Sludge has killed all the fish in the river. This appears to us to be a breach of the Preaty of Waitangi, as our fisheries wore by it specially reserved for oar use and enjoyment.

14.—YOUR petitionere greatly fear that if the deposit of such mining tailings, sludge, sand, debris, and waste water is not stopped forthwith, that the whole of our lands en both banks of the Ohinemuri River will, within a very short period, be rendered useless for the purposes of cultivation, which will become a matter of ruination and starvation for us. We have very little dry land of any kind left to no, as nearly all the hill country we owned was included in the area ceded for mining purposes.

 

15.—YOUR petitioners have every confidence that Your Honourable House will give this our humble petition your careful consideration. We have no desire to injure or hamper the mining industry, but the gravity of the situation fills us with dismay, and we most humbly pray you to grant to us such a measure of relief as will conserve to us the landed our ancestors, andprevent further injury being done to the   or to take such other action as to you in your wisdom shall seem fit.

And your etitioners will ever pray.

112

9.5 120

▲back to top

 

Chapter IV: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

with the matter.10 Eventually, however, £1000 appears to have been found within the local body vote to attach the area to the water supply.

The second deleterious effect of mining operations on Maori interests involved the impact of dumping of mine tailings and sludge on the flow of watercourses. The Thames County Council pointed out that the sea was encroaching on Tapu flat, undermining the bridge and damaging what seemed to be Crown land. The county engineer reported back that the encroachment had been going on for years, natural erosion being exacerbated by the 'enormous quantities' brought down as a result of mining operations during the freshes. McLaren had a number of suggestions on how to solve the problem but the matter seems to have been let drop when it was found that the land effected, Waipatukahu nos 1, 2, & 3, belonged to Maori.11

Increasing concern was felt, however, by both European and Maori at the changes in the flow of the Ohinemuri and Waihou Rivers. The damage was blamed largely on the designation of the rivers as sludge channels, in March 1895, under the Mining Act 1891, and to a lesser extent, on the dumping of debris from the Paeroa to Waihi railway tunnel and cuttings.12 Between 1900 and 1910 over 20 petitions were received from farmers along the banks and residents at Paeroa, complaining that the silting of the rivers was detrimental to both navigation and the well-being of the land which was increasingly liable to flooding.13 Included amongst the petitions were several from Maori resident in nine settlements on the banks of the Ohinemuri River, and whose cultivations were situated on the adjacent river flats.

Tareranui and 38 other petitioners pointed out that the land west of the line running from Okurere to Mackaytown and the Ohinemuri River had been retained at the time of the February 1875 cession for their own use. Arguing that the Government had recognised Maori riparian rights when it voted £1,000 to provide a clean water supply to their settlements, they stated:

When your petitioners ceded the land for mining purposes the Ohinemuri River contained pure clear water, and for the first few years it continued unpolluted, and was suitable for domestic and other purposes. ...

That in consequence of the Proclamation in 1895 of the ... Rivers to be places of deposit for tailings, mining debris, and waste water from the mines the river water became contaminated, and so polluted as to be unfit for use by man or beast.14

No notification of the intention to proclaim had been received, 'and it was only after the ... water became polluted that they discovered the action which had been taken by the Mines Department in the matter.' By the turn of the century 40,000 tons of quartz were being crushed each month, the waste being dumped into the two rivers. According to the petition:

10 See Elliott minute, 20.8.1900. Ibid.

11 See correspondence in MD 1 1901/494/706.

12 See petition, 13 November 1903 MD 1 1904/1139.

13 MD 1 1903/1152 held with MD 1 1910/402.

14 Petition of Tareranui and others, MD 1 1906/1214.

113

9.6 121

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

[I]n consequence of the deposit of such mining tailings, sludge, sand, debris, and waste water in the Ohinemuri River it is diminished in depth and width, and is incapable of carrying the same volume of storm water as it did in former times, resulting in our cultivation grounds being easier flooded than formerly was the case, and places not previously submerged within the memory of our old people are now reached by the flood waters.

That a very slight covering of water will destroy growing potatoes, and many of your petitioners have lost the whole of their crops by such floods. The sludge and sand deposited on our cultivations is also of an infertile and injurious nature and damages grass paddock.

Your petitioners would most respectfully beg to draw the attention of Your Honourable House to the fact that by the deed of cession for mining purposes the Crown acquired no right whatsoever over our lands to the westward of the line ... described, and the Right Honourable R.J. Seddon admitted that the Crown or the Mines Department had no right to pollute the waters of the Ohinemuri River which intersects our properties. By a parity of reasoning we consider that the Mines Department has no right to cause damage to our cultivation and lands by filling up one of the natural drainage channels of the country.

Your petitioners would humbly submit that the Ohinemuri River was a good eel and whitebait fishing place, and these fish were part of our sustenance and food supply, but the deposit of cyanide sludge has killed all the eels in the river. This appears to us to be a breach of the Treaty of Waitangi, as our fisheries were by it specially reserved for our use and enjoyment. 15

Finally, Tareranui pointed to the importance of the lands affected as they were the only cultivable areas left to Maori since the hill country had been almost entirely ceded for mining purposes. The Goldfields and Mines Committee recommended that Tareranui's petition, and those of Parati Hirawira and Terua Tihanga, be referred to the Government

for consideration.16

Both the impact of mining and the nature of holdings along the banks were investigated by the Government. Mines Department personnel emphasised that no claims for compensation had been lodged at the time of the proclamation, beyond a protest by the Acclimatisation Society against river waters being poisoned and fish killed, and a request from Paeroa residents that Tarariki and Komata Creeks be exempted for domestic water supply.17 An early report in 1901 by an engineer for water conservation had suggested that, although the continual and gradual deposit of the fine quartz sand from the mines in a decreasing ratio from Karangahake to a considerable distance below the junction [of the Ohinemuri and Waihou] had tended to both raise and narrow the river beds it [was] not so serious as generally represented'. In Perham's opinion, the artificial draining of the surrounding swampy country (discussed below) was as much to blame for the raising of the river beds.18 F. Reed, Inspecting Engineer of Mines, also discounted the claims of damage, reporting that the tailings did not effect the Waihou, and that little or no

15 Ibid.

16 Extract from Journal of House of Representatives, 25 October 1906. MD I 1906/1214. See also MD 1

1907/1052.

17 Raddiffe to Minister of Mines, 28 May 1907. MD I 1906/1214.

18 Report on Silting up of Rivers Waihou and Ohinemuri, 2 July 1901. MD 1 1901/795.

114

9.7 122

▲back to top

 

Chapter IV: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

damage had been inflicted on the Ohinemuri. Nor, according to Reed, was silt being deposited on the lands below the junction of the two rivers.19 This assessment was challenged by C. Bray, the county engineer, who found that the rich river terraces, between the inner and outer banks of the Ohinemuri, had been destroyed by the deposit of unfertile sand, in some places to a depth of three or four feet. In his opinion, if the mining companies continued to dump tailings (at an estimated 2,000 tons per day) eventually, the higher lying land also would be seriously affected.20

Maori complaint before the Gold Fields Committee in 1907 and the Waihou and Ohinemuri River Silting Commission in 1910 emphasised not only the impact on their resources, but also that they had not been consulted in the decision to use the river for the dumping of sludge. Questioned as to what notification Maori had received, Paora Tiunga of Ngati Hako replied that there had been none and again pointed out that these lands lay outside the ceded areas subject to the Government's mining jurisdiction. Tareranui testified that at least 500 acres of land had been destroyed. He also argued that the Government had a responsibility to protect Maori interests in their lands outside the boundaries of the gold mining cession, and that the Government, in the person of R.J. Seddon, had acknowledged that 'the Crown or the Mines Department had no right to pollute the waters of the Ohinemuri River, which intersects our properties. By a parity of reasoning,' he continued, 'we consider that the Mines Department has no right to cause damage to our cultivations and lands by filling up one of the natural drainage channels of the country.' Tareranui detailed the loss entailed for the Maori community which had proved far deeper than they had anticipated when the river had been first proclaimed: not only of fishing resource, but also of water quality, cultivable land, crops and burial sites which, he testified, 'keep on getting smothered up with this deposit'. He told the Mines Committee in 1907:

From my childhood up I have known all the good points about the Ohinemuri River, and the benefit derived by us from the neighbourhood generally. There were plenty of food supplies obtainable from the river-eels and whitebait and so forth. The water was clear and good for human consumption and bathing purposes, and so on. ... As I say, we have been seriously injured. We did not hand over the goldfield for the purpose of injuring the Europeans; we handed it over so that it might be of advantage to the Europeans, and to ourselves as well. Therefore I say, look into our grievance and redress our injury.21

Mackay supported Tiunga's and Tareranui's interpretation of the limits on the Government's ability to apply mining legislation to the area, or to exercise rights over the river bed except where explicitly negotiated. He was questioned by the Commission:

And the use of the river for navigation and fishing purposes was never mentioned to the Natives?—No; on the contrary I put a clause in that the Crown should have the right to use the river-bed down to the boundary inside the agreement, but outside of that it was

19 Reed to U.S. Mines, 27 August 1906. MD 1906/949; 27 July 1907. MD 1 1907/1052.

20 Silting of Ohinemuri and Waihou Rivers, 25 January 1908. MD 11907/1052. See also report, 22 September 1906. MD 1 1906/1103.

21 Evidence of Tareranui in Report of Goldfield and Mines Committee. AJHR, 1907, 1–4A, pp. 16–18. Doc. pp. 130–132. See also AJHR, 1910, C14, pp. 68–69. Doc. 12, pp. 133–134.

9.8 123

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

supposed to be in the hands of the Natives. We agreed we would not interfere with any of their rights or lands outside the western boundary of the agreement.22

Mackay stated that the Proclamation had been issued without his knowledge and that he had protested it, subsequently, presumably because it was outside the terms of the agreement which he and McLean had negotiated with Hauraki Maori some 20 years previously.

The Commission recognised that the river and riparian blocks had been damaged by the dumping of mining debris and recommended that 'compassionate compensation' should be given, even though there was no legal liability on the part of the State since the proclamation of the river as a sludge channel in 1895 had been legal, and landowners had had an opportunity to object. Remedial measures were also recommended: the requirement of special permission before dumping of mining debris; the erection of stop banks to be dedicated free of charge because the value of protected lands would be increased; and provision for dredging and willow removal, and river straightening. The Commission, however, took no account of any special issues relating to Maori rangatiratanga. To the contrary, it recommended the purchase of all Maori blocks immediately abutting the river. In lieu of this, all such lands should be made subject to European tax and rating conditions as well as to public work provisions. The report stated accordingly:

The Commissioners recommend that all Native lands immediately abutting on the rivers,

and which will be benefited by the proposed works, should either be purchased prior to the

erection of the works or be brought into line with lands owned by Europeans in the matters

of taxation and contribution towards the cost and upkeep of the new works.23

The Government decided to vest the powers previously held by the river board in the Minister of Public Works, and to provide that lands, 'whether Native or private,' might be taken under the Public Works Act.24 The Under Secretary of Mines requested the Native Department to estimate the costs of buying out Maori interests in lands which might be damaged as it was proposed 'to take legislative power to resume any native lands along the banks which may be affected or required for protective purposes.'25 The Under Secretary of the Native Department replied that some of the owners might not wish to sell but agreed that this problem could be dealt with under public works legislation. The list supplied to the Valuer General to provide a basis for negotiation, showed some 70 'native blocks' ranging in size from one acre to 230 acres, and comprising over 3,000 acres in total.26

The Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement Act 1910 authorised the expenditure of £150,000 on river works, the costs to be borne by means of the gold duty (three-sixths of the expense) and by mining companies, land sales in the district, and the Consolidated Fund (at one-sixth each).27 The Act directed the Minister of Public Works to make a

22 Evidence of Mackay, AJHR, 1910, C–14, p. 70. Doc. 12, p. 135.

23 Report of Commission. AJHR 1910, C–14, p.XXI.

24 See memo. for Solicitor General, 10 September 1910. MD 1910/475.

25 Under Secretary Mines Department to Under Secretary Native Department, 9 September 1910. MD

1910/1475.

26 Valuer General to Under Secretary Public Works Department, 8 November 1910. MD 1 1910/1710. Doc. 13,

pp.139–40.

27 Memorandum for Under Secretary Lands Department, 6 July 1926. LS 1 15/17.

11 6

9.9 124

▲back to top

 

Chapter IV: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

Contract workers at the Maukororo Canal, Hauraki Plains

Alexander Turnbull Library

scale of engineering that would be required for the draining of the swamps. In these circumstances, Government purchase agents saw the lands of the Hauraki Plains district as largely valueless. At the end of the century, however, a number of factors came together to encourage acquisition and the transformation of this area: the continuing demand for cheap land for settlement and for development of the export dairy business; the new value of kahikatea for butter boxes and to feed the flax stampers; and enhanced technological capabilities enabling the large-scale construction of stop banks and drains.

The first phase of Crown engagement in the purchase of the Piako lands has been discussed in terms of general policy—of continuing loss of land through court and survey costs, the effect of changes in the land law, and of revived interest in Crown promotion of small settlement—in Chapters One and Two of this report. Then, in the early twentieth century, the Crown began to pay particular attention to the district as the object of a land improvement scheme to be effected by the construction of drainage canals, stop-banks, and other public works. Departmental officers made a number of surveys and assessments

Priestman steam dredge, Hauraki Plains

Alexander Turnbull Library

119

9.10 125

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP 8: LANDS SUBJECT TO HAURAKI PLAINS DEVELOPMENT ACT 1908

120

9.11 126

▲back to top

 

Chapter IV: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

survey of the blocks affected by the deposit of tailings during the floods of 1907, 1908, 1909, and 1910. It also enabled him to appoint a magistrate to inquire into the damage sustained by the owners of riparian lands and to make recommendations as to the amounts to be paid to them in consideration of that loss. On payment of such sums, however, the land could be taken as for a public work without further compensation. The court, in setting the level of compensation for any land taken for stop banks or other improvement or protection works, was also to follow the 'betterment principle', taking account of the benefit to any land owned by the claimant that had derived from the carrying out of those works.28 Alexander points out that this irritated both Maori and Pakeha owners of riparian lands. A later River Commission, sitting in 1919, acknowledged that this group had had to bear 'all the loss of land without adequate payment, while those remote from the river whose physical betterment [was] greater (generally much greater) obtain[ed] this without any loss of land', and recommended, therefore, that the Act's betterment provisions be amended.29 But for most Maori owners, the move away from the betterment principle came too late.

Since the river works were expected to 'have the effect of greatly improving a large area of ... principally native land', the Minister of Public Works had been empowered under section 10 (c) of the Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement Act to take any land which, in his opinion, was 'likely to be specially benefitted or increased in value by reason of the construction of any works' authorised by that legislation.30 A committee of three Government officers—the Chief Surveyor of the district, the Public Works Land Purchase Officer, and the Department's local Engineer in charge of the works—was formed to advise on the matter. Two years later, they reported that an area of some 6,400 acres between Tirohia Railway Station and the Paeroa-Netherton road, the Mangamutu block (277 acres), and 1,650 acres, part of and adjacent to Thames Borough endowment in Block VIII, Waitoa Survey District, would be particularly advantaged by the completion of the works. Compensation was recommended at £25,000 for the Paeroa lands, and £2 per acre for the other two blocks.31 In the end, however, the Government decided not to exercise their power to take land, apparently in order to give 'private enterprise a chance'.32 Alexander points out, too, that by the time the committee's report had been prepared, there was less incentive for the Government to acquire the area because it had lost the opportunity to take advantage of the betterment principle.33

There was continuing concern among riparian owners about the destruction of their lands by flooding as a result of works in the improvement scheme. A number of claims for

28 Under Secretary Mines Department to Under Secretary Native Department, 10 September 1910. MD 1

1910/1475.

29 Report of Rivers Commission, 5 December 1919. AJHR, 1920, D–6A, P.4. Cited in Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, p. 215.

30 See Memorandum for Under Secretary Lands Department, 29 July 1912. Ibid.

31 Memorandum for Under Secretary Public Works Department, 28 September 1912. Ibid.

32 Land Purchase Officer to Under Secretary for Public Works, 25 September 1918. Works and Development Head Office file 65/26. Cited in Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, p. 217.

33 See Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, p. 217.

117

9.12 127

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

compensation were lodged by both Maori and settlers, but a test case found that the Government had no legal liability in the matter. The Government decided, however, in light of the petitions to Parliament and the recommendations of the Commission, to make a grant of £5000 to be 'allocated amongst the sufferers in full satisfaction of all claims'. A meeting was held with the owners of blocks which had been damaged at which it was agreed to accept the offer. The monies were allocated by an officer of the Public Works Department, a total of £1,605 going to Maori.34

That payment was assumed to settle the matter, but for Maori, there were additional, ongoing concerns about the destruction of wahi tapu and of those blocks which were all that were left after years of alienation. Such matters were, however, largely dismissed by the Public Works Department on the grounds that their anxieties were unjustified, or that they had been already compensated adequately. Tareranui who had received £720 in compensation, subsequently complained that he and another 31 Maori owners of three blocks at Paeroa—Korapa Raupo, Opakura, and Kawhitiwhiti—continued to be flooded out, that their lives had been endangered, that this had been a 'home from the time of [their] ancestors' who were buried there, and for some, the only land left to them. Tareranui's plea for further assistance was dismissed out of hand because payment had been made on the condition that 'such was to be final and binding on all parties' and because he was seen to be operating under the influence of the 'Ratana cult'.35 A later complaint from Hoani Poroa that he had lost a considerable part of his holdings at Ngahutoitoi for the construction of a stop bank, while the inland portion of what remained was rendered useless by flooding, was rejected on the same grounds of previous compensation.36

Drainage of the Hauraki Plains

The most profound environmental change, instituted under the impetus of Government policy and expenditure, and involving the purchase of Hauraki land, was the extractive exploitation and intensive landscaping of the swamplands between the Waihou River and the foothills of the Patearoa Range, extending some 24 miles inland from the Firth of Thames. With the exception of a strip of land along the Waihou River where the kahikatea bush had already been felled and the land partially 'broken in', this area was largely untouched in 1890: but the potential of these lands if drainage were possible had long been acknowledged, and by this stage, they were seen as ripe for development. Geoff Park discusses the genesis of that vision through the eyes of Cook and Banks and points to the significance of naming the firth as the River Thames.37 Their conception of the area as the nucleus of new settlement had been thwarted by the soft character of the kahikatea wood which made it unsuitable for spars or for building and mining construction, and the

34 Under Secretary Public Works to Under Secretary Native Department, 15 November 1928. MA 1 1928/130.

35 Haora Tareranui to Native Minister, 5 September 1928; Under Secretary Public Works to Under Secretary Native Department, 15 November 1928; Tareranui to Samuels, 18 August 1930. Ibid.

36 Hoani Poroa, 24 December 1928 & Native Minister to Hoani Poroa, 9 March 1929. Ibid.

37 Park, Nga Uruora, pp. 28–29.

118

9.13 128

▲back to top

 

Chapter Iv: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

of the area, and in 1906, an engineer (W.C. Breakell) was engaged to prepare a scheme for carrying out extensive drainage works. Breakell's report was submitted in the following year, along with a map which, Alexander points out, clearly showed how little land remained to Maori. Nonetheless, Maori land remained a particular target for Crown purchase. Breakell recommended the acquisition of Maori-owned land in the Piako River

delta, including Kopuarahi, Te Umutawa, Koukourahi, Horahia Opou, Kopuraruwai, Tiritiri, and Makumaku on the eastern side, and Pouarua-Pipiroa and Te Hopai on the west bank.38 He advocated that the Government act promptly in order to take advantage

of the rise in value of Maori-owned land which would result from public works undertakings, and to keep the overall costs of the project as low as possible:

Besides the question of desirableness of consolidation for purposes of roading and subdivision, there is another important matter to be considered: all the drainage works, stopbank works, floodgates and works incidental thereto will benefit and improve the Native lands as much as the Government lands. In the case of the stopbank, it would be extremely expensive if the work had to be intermittent. If the blocks above referred to were acquired, it would be quite practicable a year after their acquisition to have 15,000 acres ready for settlement, and I am of opinion that if put up to auction, the above area would be sold at from a to £io per acre—possibly more.39

38 Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, pp. 201.

39 W.C. Breakell to Under Secretary for Lands, undated. AJHR, 1908, C-1, pp. 78-80. Cited in Alexander, `Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, p. 202.

121

9.14 129

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

The Government endorsed this view on the advisability of acquiring Maori land, not because it was absolutely essential to the construction of works but for the benefits of the public purse and the goal of settlement. In 1908 the Hauraki Plains Act was introduced, providing the legal machinery for the drainage and a schedule of the lands to be acquired by the Government with this end in view. The Act also provided for the compulsory acquisition of adjacent lands, under clause 9(1), which stated:

The Governor may from time to time take under the Public Works Act 1908, as for a public work, or purchase, whether under the provisions of section twenty of the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, or otherwise, any area ... of land adjacent to the land set apart under this Act ... the acquisition of which is in the opinion of the Governor necessary for the more effective carrying out of the drainage or other works authorised by this Act or for the better disposal of the land so set apart.

During the debates on the Bill, it was suggested that section 9 was intended to 'enable the Government to purchase a number of small areas of Native land which were sandwiched in between various parts of the block, and which must be acquired in fairness to the country, which was expending public money on the scheme.'40 In reply, Ward (as Prime Minister) agreed that it might be necessary to acquire Maori holdings both 'as a preliminary to the construction of a stopbank along the river', and to enable 'the whole block to be better subdivided for settlement.' Drawing on Breakell's estimates, Ward suggested that if these blocks were purchased, a total of 15,000 acres would be opened up and available for settlement within the year.41

Between 1908 and 1911, 1922 acres in Te Hopai, Horahia Opou, Kopuarahi, Makumaku, Otakawe, Pouarua-Pipiroa, Rawerawe, and Tiritiri subdivisions were taken under the Public Works Act supposedly Tor the more effective carrying out of drainage works'.42 Clearly, however, the official concept of what was required for the 'effective carrying out' of the scheme encompassed acquisition of Maori land beyond the actual area needed for the construction of drainage channels and related works. Prior to the taking of 905 acres on the western bank of the Piako River and Awaiti Stream, including two sizeable blocks—Pouarua Pipiroa 1B2 (386 acres) and Otakawe 1B2 (169 acres)—the Assistant Under Secretary of Public Works acknowledged that Maori owners might consider the Government's action to be unfair. He advised the Under Secretary for Lands that

The areas shown on the plan comprise large blocks ... This being so, and as the Native

owners may perhaps object that these large areas are more than can be required for drainage

works, and may perhaps on those grounds seek to upset the Order in Council as being ultra

vires, it is suggested that you further consider the matter and decide whether or not the

Order in Council should take all the land at present proposed to be taken.43

40 NZPD, vol. 145, 1908, P. 920.

41 Ibid. Cited in Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, p. 202.

42 See Table 3.

43 Assistant Under Secretary for Public Works to Under Secretary for Lands, 25 August 1909. Works and Development Head Office file 48/258. Cited in Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, p. 204.

122

9.15 130

▲back to top

 

Chapter iv: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

This concern was dismissed, however, by the Under Secretary of Lands who insisted that `the acquisition of all the lands ... is essential to the proper carrying out of the works and the better settlement of the Plains' and did not anticipate that there would be 'any serious difference of opinion with the native owners.'44 A report from the Drainage Engineer, tabled before the House in 1911, again suggests that the motivations for taking Maori land were partly to directly benefit the incoming farmers rather than directed exclusively to the actual technological requirements of land development. Proclamations had been prepared for some 1,027 acres of native lands 'immediately intersecting land disposed of', because:

These Native areas are an impediment to the more successful drainage of the adjoining land, besides being detrimental to the interests of the settlers who are anxious to fence and are mulcted in the whole cost of fencing Native boundaries.45

It will be seen that similar objectives continued to dictate the application of policy over the next decade.

The setting of such priorities was incompatible with the principles of ongoing advantage to Maori which was meant to underlie government policy. In the view of the Government, the drainage scheme meant that 'a dreary waste' had been transformed into a 'generally productive district', and some 3,500 people were now living in an area 'where previously there were only a few Natives and flax workers.' Not only was land opened to settlement, but in their eyes, Maori land holders in the district had been greatly benefited by the improvement of their lands by the public works schemes. At the base of that perception was the view that Maori retained plenty of land in the area.46 This was largely a fiction. The information available to policy-makers suggested, to the contrary, that Hauraki Maori had very little land left in the district. Furthermore, for Maori to benefit, they had to keep hold of their remaining blocks. Instead, their continuing ownership of lands within the district was seen as an impediment to development rather than as a guarantee that Maori would be able to participate in the benefits deriving from Government public works schemes. Alexander points out that while the Government was prepared to grant Crown blocks to Maori owners if they had insufficient land left, 'the first preference was clearly to provide monetary compensation' and that there was `no indication that the Crown made known to the owners its willingness to provide alternative land.'47

In 1911 notice of the intention to now take Maori lands on the eastern side of the riverKopuarahi 1B, 3C, and D, Horahia Opou 3B and 5B, Kopuraruwai 1B and 4B, Tiritiri 4B2, and Makumaku 2—prompted two owners in Horahia Opou to 'strongly protest'. Panikena and Kahukore Utuku wrote to Carroll as Native Minister that their holdings had dwindled to a last 50 acres which fell within the Government's acquisition plan, that they had no other land left and that they wanted 'these lands reserved for our children

44 Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary for Public Works, 14 September 1909. Works and Development Head Office file 48/258. Cited in ibid.

45 Report on Hauraki Plains Drainage Operation, 24 April 1911. AJHR, 1911, C-8, p. 6.

46 'The Drainage and Settlement of the Hauraki Plains', p. 8. LS I 15/13/180.

47 Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, p. 205.

123

9.16 131

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

and those after them.'48 The Under Secretary of the Native Department forwarded this appeal to his counterpart in the Lands Department, again noting that the block was 'one of the few areas remaining to the Natives in the Piako swamp area'. But his query whether there was a proposal to take this land was met with the standard assertion from the Lands Department that the area was required for the more effective carrying out of the drainage scheme.49

Alexander also argues that the 'Crown was anxious to retain to itself the benefits gained from the investment in the drainage works.'50 Compensation was provided for; but, as in the case of Crown acquisition of land under the Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement Act, the price for purchase and compensation for takings under general public works legislation did not fully reflect improvements in the value. The principle followed was that any additional value given to the land by the operation of the drainage scheme should not be taken into account in assessing compensatory payments. Thus, when Maori had refused to sell at Ngarua 5A2, the Crown pushed ahead, taking the land compulsorily under the Hauraki Plains and Public Works Acts of 1908.51 Then, in deciding what sum should be given for their loss, the judge although in 'some doubt as to the extent of the benefit' to that particular block, was 'in none as to the benefit by the scheme generally.' In the court's view, Maori would have been unable to have drained the considerable area of swamp within the block without use of the main outlets provided by the scheme, communications had improved and settlement had been expedited in that locality. Thus, while Maori were to have 'the benefit of the doubt', £800 (or over £2 per acre) was to be deducted from the current 1918 value, set at £3000.52 No compensation was paid for 72 acres taken from Horahia Opu 3B and 513 or for Rawerawe (1 acre).53

For Maori, the drainage works and settlement of the Plains were the last blow to their territorial rangatiratanga after the loss of the gold field lands in the nineteenth century. They had lost the old uses of resource gathering, bird snaring, and of the eel weirs, so hotly disputed in the land court hearings of the 1890s. Those areas had been transformed into rich dairy land, but at the end of the process, only a few Maori retained lands for farming. According to one kaumatua of the 1930s, 'on top of all these developments', he could 'safely say that all the Maori farmers operating in the Hauraki district [could] be counted on the tips of [his] fingers.'54

Undoubtedly adding to the perception of the people based in the area that they had been denied the fruits of the growth in agricultural wealth was an oftimes ruthless attitude

48 Panikena Utuku and Kahukore Utuku to Native Minister, 6 March 1911. Maori Affairs Head Office 1913/3030. Cited in Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report', p. 206.

49 Under Secretary Native Department to Under Secretary for Lands, 13 March 1911; Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary Native Department, 18 March 1911. Maori Affairs Head office file 1913/3030. Cited in Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, p. 206.

50 Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report, p. 204.

51 Ibid., p. 207

52 Ngarua 5A2 Compensation Decision. ABKK W469 48/409.

53 See Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, p. 65.

54 'Copy of Minutes Taken for the Representatives of Ngati Maru Present at the Second Hearing of the Petition of Rihitoto Mataia', 6 March 1935. Appendix A in Hauraki Goldfields Native Revenue, Treasury Statement relative to Petitions', MA 13/35 (c).

124

9.17 132

▲back to top

 

Chapter IV: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

amongst officials in the Public Works Department, and in wider Government, to the lands that had remained to them (after the initial round of purchases, use of the Maori Lands Settlement Act and takings under the Public Works Act including, on occasion, lands identified as papakainga by owners and before the Stout Ngata Commission). The major purchases for the drainage scheme had been completed by 1912, but the Government continued to apply public works legislation in the district as it saw fit. The goal of 'facilitating drainage' continued to be very widely interpreted: to include the acquisition of Maori land to give in compensation to a Pakeha farmer whose land had been taken (as in the case of the Makumaku 5AD2 subdivisions); to comply with the plans of settlement schemes (at Puhangateuru 3B2); and for departmental workshops at Ongarehu (discussed below).

In 1920 one of the last remaining pieces of papakainga land at Kerepehi, a four and a half acre block called Te Kata-a-te-Kawau or Ongarehu, was taken by the Crown, under the Public Works Act and the Hauraki Plains Act of 1908. The land was first purported to be taken by Proclamation on 3 February 1910. According to a subsequent report by Judge MacCormick, '[a]s this was a Native kainga on which were buildings this Proclamation was apparently invalid' and an Order of Council had to be obtained, consenting to the taking. A second Proclamation had to be issued on 31 August 1920.55

Kerepehi had long been a centre of hostility to the land purchase policies of Government, and the owners of Ongarehu were perceived as a '"difficult" people' because of this history of rejection of the land court, survey, public works, and sale. They protested strongly, refusing to vacate their houses. Peneti Hoani petitioned that their forefathers had resided on the block for the past 55 years, and that it had been restricted against alienation, although that prohibition had been removed by section 209 of the Native Land Act 1909.56 They protested, too, that dry land should have been taken for alleged draining purposes:

That there is not even a swamp on this land or anything which could justify a system of Drainage or such-like Government works, but perhaps it could be included in a stop-bank scheme to which we have no objection.57

Enquiry showed that the land was required by the Land Drainage Branch of the Public Works Department as a stores depot, site for workshops, and slip for punts and launches near Kerepehi which had become the central point for its operations. According to the report of the Chief Drainage Engineer, the land had been unoccupied for years except for one cottage which was leased to the owner of an adjoining flaxmill for his workers. As usual, it was contended that any loss to Maori would be offset because the establishment of the depot 'should tend to make the Native Land adjoining much more valuable.'58 The Native Affairs Committee rejected the petition.

Peneti Hoani next led a persistent obstruction upon the Public Works Department taking possession. She was prosecuted and ordered to find sureties to keep the peace for 12

55 NZ Gazette, 12 February 1920, p. 490, 24 June, pp. 2031, 2 September 2580.

56 See Under Secretary Native Department to Chairman Native Affairs Committee, 4 October 1921. MA

1920/301. Doc. 14, p. 147.

57 Petition of Peneti Hoani and 5 others. Ibid. Doc.14,   p. 141.

58 Chief Drainage Engineer to Under Secretary for Lands, 20 January 1921 & 16 March 1921. Ibid. Doc. 14, PP. 142–144.

125

9.18 133

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

months, arrested when she failed to make the payment, and sentenced to one year's imprisonment. The sureties were then found, and she was released. The occupation of the block continued. Compensation was set at £500 but it was apparent two years later that the money had simply been paid into a branch of the Bank of New Zealand, and never received by the owners.59 Peneti Hoani next tried the avenue of direct appeal to the Native

Minister (J.G. Coates), stating that:

They said that they took the land in payment for improvements done to the river. The lands on the upper and lower reaches of and near the river have not yet been taken. The company seized our land first. We strongly object to this action of the Company. There are fifty people living on this block because it is a papakainga, & because there is no other land for them to live on. Wherefore your petitioners pray that you, the Minister for Native Affairs will adjust this calamity which has befallen your Maori people.60

Coates replied that the Native Affairs Committee had previously rejected their petition

and that no action could be taken. At the same time, however, he instructed that an officer of the Native Land Court 'inspect the land and see whether and what if any Maoris are living on the block as alleged'.61

Judge MacCormick's report suggests that the assessments of the staff of the Public Works Department had been made with little appreciation of the real situation of the owners, or of the importance of Te Kata-a-te-Kawau to them:

I think it is beyond doubt that these Natives did occupy whenever their exigencies took them to Kerepeehi and it is quite possible that at times forty or fifty of them may have been dwelling in the four houses. There are only six owners but one or two of them have large families. The records show that they possess only small interests elsewhere. There is a fair sized Native kainga on Tiritiri 7B adjoining this land but none of the owners of this land has any right in Tiritiri.62

MacCormick suggested that since Maori had been living on the block 'though perhaps not so continuously as they asserted', the Public Works Department 'might see its way to take only so much as was actually necessary and leave the Natives the portion where three of the four houses were erected and to which the fourth ... could be moved.'63 The local drainage engineer objected that Maori would then want a road put in, and that he could not recommend that a portion of the land should be returned to them, because:

Past experience has proved that with Native habitations on the Block it is impossible to keep the Natives from wandering promiscuously about the depot buildings and yards, and in the interests of sanitation and health it is not desirable to have their habitations adjacent to married workmen's quarters.64

59 Judge MacCormick to Under Secretary Native Department, 19 July 1923. Ibid. Doc. 24, pp. 150–152.

60 Peneti Hoani to Minister for Native Affairs, 14 May 1923. Ibid. Doc. 14, p. 148.

61 Minute by Coates, 20 June 2928. Peneti Hoani to Minister for Native Affairs, 14 May 1923. Ibid. Doc. 14, p. 148.

62 Judge MacCormick to Under Secretary Native Department, 29 July 1923. Ibid. Doc. 14, p.152.

63 Ibid. Doc. 14, p. 151.

64 Chief Drainage Engineer to Under Secretary Lands,1 November 1923. Ibid. Doc. 14, p. 153.

126

9.19 134

▲back to top

 

Chapter IV: Impact of Public Works and Development in the Early Twentieth Century

In view of this recommendation, the Native Department decided that it did not 'appear necessary to take any further action as far as the Natives [were] concerned.'65

The river improvement and drainage schemes of the Hauraki Plains in the 1910s comprised the largest public works takings and acquisition in the district in the twentieth century although, as Alexander shows, other small takings have continued.66 The Government maintained a fiction of treating Maori equally, or even preferentially. But the underlying policy and practice was marked by a continuing sacrifice of Maori interests to the imperative of development and settlement—most particularly, in the insistence on extensive takings rather than just those areas strictly required for works. This was undertaken for the general 'public good', for the benefit of Pakeha land holders in the district, and for the convenience of the Public Works Department even though it was well-known that Hauraki Maori had very little land left to them, and that such blocks sometimes might comprise their papakainga lands. In the meantime Maori were denied compensation at full value as the Government ensured that it retained much of the benefit of its investment in drainage works by laying down the rules controlling compensatory payments.

65 Under Secretary Native Department to Native Minister, 7 November 1923. Ibid. Doc. 14, p. 154.

66 See Alexander, 'Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century', Appendix to this report.

127

10 Chapter 5: Hauraki land and rates, 1870-1970

▲back to top

10.1 135

▲back to top

 

Chapter v

HAURAKI LAND AND RATES,

1870–1970

The issue of rates was closely connected with the question of the Government's right to undertake public works on Maori land, and the wider problem of the place of Maori in the developing colonial society. At issue were questions of Maori representation versus their responsibilities, divergent views about the contribution of Maori to the colonial economy, and a conflict between the disabilities under which Maori land laboured and the growing expectations that all landowners should pay tax.

Tentative moves towards making Maori land liable to rates were initiated in the 1870s. The Highway Boards Empowering Act 1871 was unsuccessfully. opposed by Maori Members of Parliament. They had argued for greater consultation and flexibility in the way rates were paid but were lectured in the House that, 'the Maoris had always been exclaiming against not having equal rights with Europeans, but now they wished a great deal more, and not only desired the same rights and privileges, but laid claim to be exempt from the burden others had to sustain.'1 This tone was to characterise much of the rhetoric in support of rating Maori land, over succeeding years.

In the following year, the question of rates for roads was specifically raised by Hauraki leaders. Hoani Nahe and other Thames Maori petitioned the Assembly about a number of matters: the structure of the Native Land Court; representation on the Provincial Council; and the effect of road taxes. The opinion of the Native Affairs Committee was divided on the latter question. Two Pakeha members, Carrington and Bunny, repeated the arguments which had been expressed before the House in the 1871 debates: that Maori should pay road board taxes since the value of their land was enhanced by these works; and that they should be taxed in the same manner as Europeans since they enjoyed the same rights and privileges. Sheehan dissented. Drawing on the example of Northland, he argued that Maori were liable to taxes imposed by the road boards which had been formed all over the district, but were not free to dispose of their land as they liked. He pointed out that Maori themselves built the roads which they needed without Government assistance while being taxed for roads which they did not use at all.2

The question of rates in the Hauraki area was brought more forcibly to the Government's attention when Maori opposition to the assumption of their liability began to inhibit

1 Cited in Marr, 'Public Works Takings', p. 86.

2 In Petition of Hoani Nahe and others, no. 4/54. Le 1/1872/6.

129

10.2 136

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

negotiations for land for the county road from Thames to Paeroa. Anxious about the future implications of roads being taken through their lands, Maori based at Thames held up construction and insisted on guarantees protecting their rights and interests before they would agree to the construction. The Thames County Council signed an agreement with Hoterini and W.H. Taipari, Hoani Nahe and Hone Ropiha, in 1877, by which Ngati Maru signified their willingness to 'allow a road to be made over their lands extending from Te Totatara ... to Hikutaia. That is the lands of all the Natives who are willing to give up the same for a road or shall at any future time to do so.' In return, the Council agreed to pay for the land, at an amount to be set by a representative from each side and that: The Natives [were] not now or at any time to pay rates on the generations succeeding them.' All Maori cultivations and wahi tapu adjoining or adjacent to the road would be fenced. In the final clause of the agreement, it was stated that if these conditions were broken, or a law passed by which Maori were made liable for rates in addition to those payable to the Road and Highway Boards:

Then it shall be lawful for the said Natives or any one of them to close up and fence across the said road to the extent that all traffic ... shall cease until such time as the Act power or Authority shall be rescinded. ...3

Maori subsequently placed great weight on this compact. The status of the 1877 agreement soon came under challenge, at first ignored, then condemned as being of dubious legality, but recognised in the face of Maori insistence that it should be respected. While both local body and Government tended to interpret the agreement's terms in the narrowest sense, the compact had a far more complex meaning for Maori. In their view, the agreement had been signed in goodwill, had allowed the opening of the upper valley and had set a pattern of relations for the future wherein Maori would be consulted about public works programmes, sites of importance would be protected, and their contribution to the development of the country recognised.

The Government was forced to give tacit recognition to the 1877 agreement when the passage of Crown Lands Rating Act 1882, threatened the exemption. In 1885 the Thames people were given notice of their liability to pay rates amounting to £421.0.11.4 Taipari drew Ballance's attention to the understanding that they should not be rated for the county road for the 40 or 50 miles from Tararu into the interior. Ballance, at first, refused to recognise the legality of that agreement. He accepted that land still in native title should not be liable to rates since Maori could not 'use' such land, but argued that the law required that rates be charged when title was individualised. He told his audience that, as Maori land was improved in value by the road, so should they also contribute to its maintenance. Any private arrangement to the contrary had no standing under law.' But when Hoani Nahe sent the agreement to the Native Department, the Government apparently changed its position, and the demand for rates was withdrawn.

3   See 1877 agreement in Rates: Thames Exemption. MA 1 20/1/58 (pt 1). Doc. 15, pp. 158–159.

4 New Zealand Gazette, 1885, vol.1, pp. 436, 620.

5 Notes of Native Meetings, AJHR 1885 G–1, p. 39. Doc. 3, p. 16.

130

10.3 137

▲back to top

 

Chapter V: Hauraki Land and Rates, 1870–1970

The question of whether Maori land should be rated fell into abeyance until the 1890s. Hauraki Maori saw this quietude on the issue as an acknowledgement of the exemption of their lands. This interpretation was, however, to be later dismissed within government circles where the failure to rate lands at Thames was seen as part of a general default of administration on a nationwide level. In the official view, the agreement had no validity, but renewed efforts by Government and local authorities to make Maori land subject to rates in the twentieth century quickly prompted Hauraki protest and reference to the understandings reached with their tupuna.

Efforts to widen the categories of rateable Maori land in 1882 had raised a storm of criticism both from those who argued that the measure had not gone far enough, and from those who questioned why Maori land should be liable at all.6 In the late 1880s the Atkinson Government had suspended the imposition of rates on Maori land until the question could be re-examined; the issue was then debated in the 1890s and simmered for the next 30 years. On the one side, there was mounting pressure from the local authorities, conservative Members of Parliament and groups such as the National Efficiency Board (1910s) and New Zealand Farmers Union (1930s), for Maori land to be placed on the same footing as that owned by Europeans: for local authorities to be empowered to sue owners in arrears, and if judgement was obtained to make those monies a first charge upon the land. It was argued here, as in debates on public works and access to sub-surface resources, that special privileges for Maori were 'altogether out of keeping with a democratic age' and that they should take the responsibilities along with benefits of citizenship.' These arguments were tied up, too, with the prevailing negative stereotypes of Maori as 'shirkers', and a continuing vision of turning 'idle' communally-owned Maori blocks into 'productive' farm lands. Pleas that unproductive Maori land should not be burdened with rates for works from which they had not benefited, were met with counter-arguments that if Maori were unable to make their lands productive so that they were in a position to pay rates, then it should be done for them:

Some scheme which would have the effect of speedily throwing these useless and unoccupied lands open for European settlement, would be infinitely better than having the lands lying idle and unproductive to them. The collection of rates from blocks such as these would have the effect of inducing the Natives either to improve or sell lands which were useless or unproductive to them.8

Maori leadership, in the forum of Kotahitanga and Parliament, fiercely rejected these calls. They feared that the inability of their people to pay rates would result in the 'confiscation' of yet more land forcing them into wage labour as their sole means of support. Some Maori argued that the low price paid for Maori land was the practical equivalent of taxes, that they already paid stamp duty on land sales, and pointed to the numerous gifts, in the past, for roading and public buildings. Others stressed the uneconomic nature of much of Maori land holding, and inequalities in Government

6 For further discussion see T. Bennion, 'Maori and Rating Law,' Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui series, (1st release, July 1997), pp. 15–25.

7 NZPD, CXXI, 20 August 1902, p. 524.

8 National Efficiency Board memo. to Acting Prime Minister, 4 July 1918. MA 20/1/1 vol. 1; see also, Deputation to Prime Minister, 6 October 1927, p.4. In MA 1 20/1/14, pt 6.

131

10.4 138

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

assistance towards development. Most did not deny their ultimate obligation to contribute to the maintenance of the roading infrastructure but they believed that peculiar circumstances and 'handicaps' existed in the case of Maori-owned lands which made it essential that such a step should be delayed.9 Hone Heke suggested in 1904 that: 'If the Legislature could see its way to make provision for Maoris obtaining monetary assistance then by all means their lands might be rated.' This call was repeated by Ngata 20 years later when the issue came under scrutiny, preparatory to the introduction of new rating legislation in 1924:

The Natives do not want to shirk all their responsibilities, but they wanted some recognition of the peculiar handicaps under which the owners of communal lands were at present time. They do not ask that these lands should be exempt from taxation. They asked to be put in a position so that they might do something to pay their ratesr!10

The rhetoric of 'equality under the law' gradually dominated and a number of Acts passed in the first quarter of the twentieth century were aimed at making Maori land fully liable to rates, and at strengthening the powers of local authorities to collect them. These statutes contained, however, protections against forced sale—in the form of a requirement for ministerial consent—because the Government (both that of Seddon and of Massey) accepted that:

It would be unfair by accumulating rates in the shape of liens on the land held in common to deprive innocent holders of interests residing in outside places, perhaps remote from the block and entirely ignorant of any such charges, of their interest in such land.11

Nonetheless, the growing expectation at the local government level that Maori should pay rates on an equal basis to Europeans placed both the Thames rating exemption and individualised land-holdings in the township Borough under particular pressure.

The Liberal Government took a significant step towards strengthening powers to rate Maori land under the Native Land Rating Act 1904. This measure placed a tax on communal land and allowed the Minister of Native Affairs to compulsorily vest blocks in the Maori Land Councils for non-payment, prompting a strong objection from Kaihau (the representative for the western electorate) that Maori 'should be given the permanent administration of their own lands, and their own affairs' before they had to pay rates, and that the Government was 'inflicting a great injury upon them to treat them in this way.12 Subsequent legislation granted powers to local authorities to insert nominal owners of Maori lands on the rating roll and to sue these representatives. The judgement, if obtained, was a charge upon the land but could not force its sale except by express permission of the Minister of Native Affairs. Instead, the Native Land Court was empowered to appoint a Native Land Board or the Public Trustee as receiver of rents which were to be applied in payment of the outstanding sums.

9 See Williams, Politics of the New Zealand Maori, p. 75.

10 Minutes of Deputation to Prime Minister, 9 August 1923. MA 31/4.

11 See W.H. Herries memo. to Minister of Internal Affairs, 24 May 1918 & 'Rating of Native Lands', 30 July

1920. MA 1 20/1/1, vol. 1.

12 NZPD, 1904, vol 131, p. 350. Cited in Bennion, 'Maori and Rating Law,' p. 31. See also Williams, Politics of the New Zealand Maori, p. 125.

132

10.5 139

▲back to top

 

Chapter V: Hauraki Land and Rates, 1870–1970

Legislation prior to World War One had concentrated on bringing most Maori land within the compass of the rating law and by this stage, it was relatively easy to levy rates on a land board or a nominated owner or occupier. Local bodies were still unsatisfied, however, and now concentrated on strengthening the powers of collection.13 Remits were passed at the annual Conference of the New Zealand Counties Association, and delegations sent to the Government complaining that the legislation was unworkable and suggesting various alterations in the law: most particularly that Maori land should be capable of being sold for arrears.14 Further legislation was passed in 1924 in an attempt to satisfy this local body criticism. Section 102 stated that native land was liable for rates in the same manner as if it were European land, but section 104 also enabled the Governor General, on the recommendation of the Native Minister, Chairman of a local authority, a Commissioner of Crown Lands, or Judge of the Native Land Court to exempt the whole or part of rates on Native land. Section 108 provided for the recovery of rates within a two-year limit, and empowered the Court to grant a charging order, and to appoint a receiver to pay the rates out of the revenues generated by the land. A charging order prevented any transaction regarding that land until it was paid or secured. Provision was also made, under section 109, for the sale of land by means of vesting order after one year in default of payment of the charge, but this required the consent of the Native Minister.

Local authorities continued to complain. Successive administrations believed that local bodies did not take full advantage of existing legislation, but the Thames County and Borough Councils were notable for pursuing a more active policy than most, taking out charging orders, and then seeking vesting orders under section 109 of the 1925 Act.15 This policy challenged the long-held understanding of Hauraki Maori in the Thames district that their lands were not subject to rates, and when the County Council applied for a charging order on some 65 blocks in the district they objected that these lands were exempt under the 1877 compact.16 The Native Land Court rejected their argument, however, finding that the agreement between the owners' tupuna and the County Council's nineteenth century predecessor had 'no legal force or effect' since there had been no power conferred on the Council to free any property from the statutory burden of rates.17 Mare Teretiu, and the Young Maori Mutual Advancement Association (led by Hori Watene) protested to the Government, drawing attention to the existence of the actual document signed in 1877, and the respect given to that arrangement in the past.18 As a result of these representations, the Government reluctantly decided to issue an Order-in-Council (gazetted 20 February 1930) exempting 31 blocks from the Rating Act

1925.19

13 See Bennion, 'Maori and Rating Law', p. 25.

14 See, for example, Report of Conference, 1 October 1919. In MA 1 20/1/1, vol. 1.

15 Evidence of Mackay, 14 June 1933, p. 397. MA 1 20/1/14, pt 2. Doc. 16, p. 202.

16 For list of blocks, see Registrar of Native Land Court to Under Secretary Native Department, 13 December 1929. N 1929/583 in MA 1 20/1/58. Doc. 15, pp. 174–175.

17 Decision of Native Land Court, Hauraki Minute Book, vol 69, p. 290.

18 Hori Watene to Native Minister, 5 September 1929; Mare Teretiu and others, 'Petition against the payment of rates', 5 September 1929. MA 1 20/1//58. Doc. 15, pp. 155, 164–169.

19 NZ Gazette, 20 February 2930, p. 439.

133

10.6 140

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

This represented a narrow interpretation of the 1877 agreement. It missed out some blocks, such as Kauri no. 4 which abutted the Totara-Hikutaia Road, and excluded all lands lying along secondary roads because it did not apply to partitions of the larger, parent blocks which did not adjoin the main county road. Hori Watene argued—without success—that the new exemption did not honour the old understanding. He pointed out that the original compact had allowed for the opening of the whole of the district. In his view, it had been intended to cover 'the lands of all the Natives who are willing to give up the same for a road or shall at any future time do so' and their agreement to furnish lands for other roads had to be seen in the light of that expectation.20 For their part, the Thames County Council protested strongly about the loss to their revenues, drawing a reassurance from Ngata (Minister of Native Affairs), in July 1930, that the exemption was not to apply retroactively, and was intended only as a temporary measure until the question of the nineteenth century agreement had been investigated and some compromise reached.21 Over the next ten years, the Council continued to object that land owners who were in a financial position to pay the rates were sheltering under the order. The Council pointed to Ngata's assurance, and asked for an annulment of the exemption, while Maori continued to apply to have their other lands covered by it.22 The Government put off both sides, refusing to accede to Maori requests until the 'general position of the whole matter [had] become more clarified', but also reluctant to stir up their protest by tampering with the exemption. It was the view of the Native Department that:

Though the agreement does not bind the County Council in law, it appears to be one which, from the Natives' point of view, is binding at least in equity and good conscience and one which they would expect to be honoured unless some suitable substitute could be found. If, therefore, the exempting Order in Council were to be arbitrarily revoked I think the Government would have to be prepared to resist strong representations from the Natives.23

The matter was let drop until the 1960s, when the Thames County Council again raised the matter.24 The Department of Maori Affairs advised that the County should attempt to reach an independent agreement with the land owners. The Council saw this as an impractical piece of advice, however, since it was impossible to call all owners together, and doubtful whether the agreement of a minority would bind the other owners of the land. Instead, application was made under section 104 of the Rating Act 1925 for the variation or cancellation of the Order in Council. The Maori Land Court declined jurisdiction, however, and dismissed the application.25 On further representation of the Thames County Council, the Minister of Maori Affairs agreed that the matter might be referred to the consideration of the Maori Land Court and the Chief Judge under section 453 of the Maori Affairs Act 1953. Despite strong representations from Hauraki

Hori Watene to Minister of Maori Affairs, 10 March 1930. MA 1 20/1/58. Doc. 15, pp. 177-179.

21 Native Minister to Clerk Thames County Council, 16 July 1930. Ibid. Doc. 15, p. 182.

22 See J. Thom, M.P. to Minister of Native Affairs, 27 July 1939, for an example of local authority complaint, Clendon and Vollemaere on behalf of Hone Anihana and E.H. Taipari to Under Secretary Native Department, 5 December 1932 & 24 July 1941. Ibid.

23 Under Secretary Native Department memo. for Native Minister, 9 August 1939; Under Secretary Native Department to Clendon and Vollemaere,13 August 1941. Ibid. Doc. pp. 180, 183-184.

24 County Clerk to Minister of Maori Affairs, 18 October 1960. Ibid.

25 Decision re Te Arero 2A and other blocks, 21 August 1961. Ibid.

134

10.7 141

▲back to top

 

Chapter V: Hauraki Land and Rates, 1870–1970

Maori that the original agreement had been made in 'good faith ... in a spirit of goodwill and providing a pattern of relationships for the future', Judge Prichard who heard the matter, recommended that the exemption be phased out over a five-year period.26 The Chief Judge endorsed the proposal and termination of the Order to be fully implemented by 1 April 1966 was gazetted on 16 August 1962.27

Elsewhere in the district, and most especially in the Thames Borough, the threat posed by arrears in rates to Maori ability to hold onto their last lands greatly deepened as the depression of the 1930s bit. Maori pleas of indigency were all the more urgent, but regarded as less persuasive by local authorities who were themselves deeply in debt; and just as the payment of gold field revenues to Maori had been criticised for holding back the district in the nineteenth century, the loss of the income from rates on their land, was now targeted as to blame for the financial difficulties of local bodies. The officer who had been appointed under the Thames Borough Commissioner Act 1932 to sort out the town's financial difficulties identified the non-payment of rates by Maori landowners as a priority. He complained:

Two years ago the Thames Borough Council was unable to meet its obligations for interest on loans. The fact that a large proportion of rates on native lands were not paid was an important factor in crippling the Council's finances. No less a sum than £7,135 is owing for rates on native land for the past five years.28

Much was made of the fact that the percentage of default was greater for rates levied on Maori lands although, of course, the amount of arrears on European land was greater in total: £30,129 remained uncollected on European-owned land in the Thames Borough, triple the amount owed by Maori for the same period.29

In the Thames area, in contrast to the general policy of the Government, greater consideration was given to the possibility of sale of land for rating arrears. The pursuit by the Thames County and Borough Councils of vesting orders for owners of lands outside the exempted blocks30 prompted complaint from Hauraki Maori that: 'The Thames County Council and other bodies have been very active in reviving rates against the Maori lands of this district irrespective of Parliamentary developments regarding the rates question.'31 This assertion was given short shrift, however, by the Department of Native Affairs which replied that they were 'compelled by law to pay the rates levied otherwise their property [was] in danger of being sold for non-payment.'32 In 1931, the

26 See evidence of Watene, 2 April 1962 Hauraki Minute Book, vol. 77, p. 214; M.A. Brook report to Chief Judge, 23 May 1962. Ibid. Doc. 15, pp. 186–187.

27 Chief Judge Prichard to Minister for Maori Affairs, 29 May 1962, in ; NZ Gazette, 16 August 1966, p. 1331.

28 Commissioner for the Borough of Thames to Native Land Rates Committee, 9 June 1933. MA 1 20/1/14 pt 3. Doc. 16, p. 192.

29 Statement in relation to Rating on Native Lands, 8 June 1933. MA 20/1/14 pt 3.

30 Blocks on which the Borough Council sought charging orders include Te Roto 5344, Kauaeranga River, Te Kapua no 2 Irishtown blk 4; s. 2599 Hape Nth 1 blk 4 & 5; lots within Shortland no. 26 and no. 28; and part of block 4 in Karaka sth 1. See Report of Finance Committee, 22 January 1930. Thames Borough Council Minute Book, 1927–31 p. 374. YBAZ 1221/16.

31 Hori Watene to Under Secretary Native Department, 3 November 1931. MA 1 20/1/58.

32 Under Secretary to Watene, 12 November 1931. Ibid.

135

10.8 142

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Native Land Court granted a confirmation of the charging order against three owners (Haora Tareranui, Mare Teretui, and Ira Anihana).33 The clerk to the County Council,

D. Mackay, told the Committee on Native Land Rating which sat in 1933 (see below):

I wrote to the Native Minister some time ago suggesting that he allow me to confirm three of the charging-orders against three of the principal natives here in order to set an example to the rest. Two of the Natives paid up. The Native Trustee put up the property of the third Native for sale, but did not find a buyer.34

The failure of the Government to accept subsequent offers for the land was criticised by the County Council as encouraging Maori to continue to default on charging orders.35 Over the next few years, the Government gave permission for several properties on which Maori owners were in default to be vested in the Thames Borough Council.

In view of the continuing dissatisfaction of local authorities throughout the country, the Forbes' Government appointed a committee, in 1933, to look into general matters of rating on Maori land: the operation of the existing laws; ways to improve the system of collection; the question of whether hospital rates should be adjusted; and the impact of ownership in common, lack of occupation, lack of adequate access, and 'the fact that land [was] reaping little or no benefit from the general expenditure of rates' on the incidence of liability.36

The opinion of the Thames Borough Council and other local bodies such as the Thames Harbour Board expressed before the Committee, was that the system of recovering rates was 'ineffective and almost hopeless'. They pushed for legislation to enable the sale of land on default of payment, but further evidence given by Mr Clendon, representing the Borough interest, demonstrated that most of the Maori-owned sections in the town had no great current commercial value, no buildings upon them, and no chance of realising a sufficient price to wipe out the rating arrears even if put up for sale. In the case of one of the principal Maori holdings in the town, that of Maunganoa's descendants known as the Stewart estate which included a number of business premises, rates of £600 had been met, but only by the sale of other unnamed properties.37 Large arrears had also accumulated on the Taipari estate which had been forced into default. The local authorities blamed the Maori Land Boards for the failure to arrange for the sale of the Taipari properties to cover the debt because they (the boards) would give approval to sales only on purchase prices meeting Government valuations. The evidence underscored, however, the problems faced by owners such as the Taipari whanau, and the unworkable nature of the supposed 'solution' that sale represented. Clendon told the Committee:

A lot of Native land could be sold if the Native were allowed to take a reasonable price, and not have to run the gauntlet of an enquiry by the Land Board in respect of land in the borough. As an instance of that, there is one Native who owns a large amount of land in the borough. Some portions have buildings on them, and others have not. That Native owes

33 D. Mackay to Minister of Native Affairs, 4 March 1931. Ibid.

34 Evidence of Mackay, 14. June 1933, p. 397. MA 1 20/1/14, pt 2. Doc. 16, p. 202.

37 Evidence of Clendon, 14 June 1933, PP. 395–6. MA 1 20/1/14, pt 2. Doc. 16, pp. 395–396.

35 Evidence of Mackay, 14 June 1933, p. 398. MA 1 20/1/14, pt 2.

36 Report of Committee on Rating of Native Land. AJHR, 1933, G–11, p. 1.

136

10.9 143

▲back to top

 

Chapter V: Hauraki Land and Rates, 1870–1970

£3,000 to the Borough at the present time as arrears of rates. It was suggested by the Native that the borough should take some of his land in settlement of his rates, and they went round and inspected his land and selected portions with buildings on them. If effect had been given to the proposals, the Native would have had nothing left. He said "Take the vacant lands I have here and give me a reasonable price, but do not take the only few buildings from which I get rentals." The Native would sell his land at the Government valuation, but the Borough will not take it except the pickings. So on the one hand the borough is unable to collect rates, and the Native on the other hand is unable to sell the land at the price the land is valued at.38

Exacerbating the problems faced by Maori owners at Thames were the Government valuations on which their rates were assessed. Clendon could not, for example, explain to the Committee why these were so high when the land was not producing any rent.39 The evidence of other Councils in the Hauraki district revealed similar problems: rate demands far in excess of what the land was currently capable of sustaining, and difficulty of collection when owners were either untraceable, or unable to pay. In Ohinemuri County, as a whole, land in Maori occupation (6,686 acres) was expected to produce rates of £400, but only some 150 cows were run on it, and as the Chairman of the Committee pointed out: 'To produce £400 of rates with 150 cows [was] an impossibility. It would be very difficult even with a larger number of cows than that.'4° But witnesses from the Ohinemuri and Piako County Councils argued that such lands would produce more, except that the 'Maoris themselves will not do it', and advocated that the Government should take over control of blocks such as Te Hoe-o-Tainui South no. 4A and North Block v for development purposes.41

The crux of the Committee's report concerned the collection of rates, recommending that a statutory charge should be introduced against the revenue from the land concerned, rather than procedures for sale since it accepted that 'no Government could stand by and watch Native land generally being compulsorily disposed of for rate liabilities.'42 In the meantime, the Thames Borough Council under the guidance of the Borough Commissioner, renewed its efforts to realise the arrears of Maori-owned land in its precincts, and throughout the 1930s brought charging orders against properties, on occasion, applying for a receiver to be put in place. While the Native Minister continued to refuse, as a general rule, to endorse the sale of land for such a reason, some consideration was given to that option in the case of Thames properties, more especially if the Borough Council itself was prepared to purchase out debtors. In the instance of a disused lot on which a dilapidated house stood on Queen Street in Kauaeranga no. 9 Block, a query from the Borough Council as to whether the Native Minister would agree to the land being vested in the Public Trustee for sale under section 109 of the Rating Act brought the response that the Minister was generally opposed to such a step, but:

38 Evidence of Clendon, p. 392. MA 1 20/1/14, pt 2. Doc. 16, p. 392.

39 Ibid. p. 394.

40 See evidence of Jenkinson, 14 June 1933, p. 405. In ibid. Doc. 16, p. 405.

41 Evidence of Jenkinson, 14 June 1933, pp. 405–6; Clarke and Stewart, 15 June 1933, pp. 417–8. In ibid. Doc. 16, pp. 210–211, 222–223.

42 Report of Committee on Rating of Native Land, AJHR, 1933, G–11, p. 3.

137

10.10 144

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

As it was thought that there might be special circumstances concerning this land which might cause the Minister to make an exception with regard to it, and as the Borough Council had stated that if the property was vested in the Native Trustee for sale the Council would be willing to purchase it, the Town Clerk was asked what sum the Council would be prepared to pay for it over above the amount owing for rates on the land.43

The acting clerk replied that the Borough Council would pay £25 over and above the £267.11.10 in arrears and stated that this was a 'most generous offer' since the rates exceeded the real worth of the land, estimated at only £100.44 The Under Secretary of the Native Department next made enquiry, through the registrar of the Native Land Court, as to the existing valuation, and whether the owners had other lands. The court officer reported back that the current valuation was £270 and the unimproved value, £100, and submitted a list of the lands owned by three of the current 11 owners.45 The Minister withheld his consent and the matter was let drop until 1940, when the Borough Council again pressed for a vesting order to be made. On further query, by direction of the Under Secretary of the Native Department, a valuation of £100 and assurance that the owners (the Parone whanau) had 'considerable interests' were returned. In 1945 the Borough brought the matter to court where it was arranged that the owners would retain one building section with full road frontage, while the Borough 'would take the balance of the land in satisfaction of its charge for rates and further rate accumulations.'46 The Hauraki Tribal Executive Committee, who had been approached by the Parone whanau on the matter, protested that by such means 'valuable native lands not only in the Borough but in the County have been alienated without proper consideration either for the individual or collective owners', and asked for further review. This request was dismissed, however, both by the judge who had presided over the case, and by the Government, on the grounds that the matter had been arranged in open court, attended by all the parties concerned.47

A number of other lots at Thames, in particular within the Kauaeranga S 28A and B blocks were also acquired by the Borough Council in these years. In 1934 the Native Land Court approved the alienation of lots 38, 61, & 62 of Kauaeranga S 28A to the Borough Council for £200. That year the Borough Council also took over the freehold of a little over four acres of Taipari property comprising lots 55, 70–72, 78–81, 193, 194, 198–200, 204, 228 and parts of lots 69 and 160 in Kauaeranga South 28B, lots 612, 613, 647, 656, and 657 in Koromawhiti B, and parts of lots 650 and 655 of Te Arapaparahi no. 1A.48 Inflated valuations had contributed to the inability of Maori owners to meet rating demands. Now

43 Under Secretary Native Department to Registrar Native Land Court, 16 November 1937. MA 1 20/1/23. Doc. 17, p. 252.

44 Acting Town Clerk to Under Secretary Native Department, 12 November 1937; Under Secretary Native Department to Acting Town Clerk Thames Borough Council, 8 November 1937. MA 1 20/1/23. Doc. 17,

   pp. 253–254.

45 Registrar to Under Secretary Native Department, 21 December 1937. Ibid. Doc. 17, p. 248.

46 Judge Beecham undated memo. for Registrar, Minister of Native Affairs to Hei Te Hira, 30 August 1945. Ibid. Doc. 17, p. 237, 239.

47 See Te Hira to Minister of Native Affairs, 12 July 1945; Judge Beecham undated memo. for Registrar; Te Hira to Minister of Native Affairs, 22 August 1945; Minister of Native Affairs to Te Hira, 30 August

1936. Ibid. Doc. 17, pp. 242, 239, 235.

48 CT 577/308. Doc. 18, pp. 266–268.

138

10.11 145

▲back to top

 

Chapter v: Hauraki Land and Rates, 1870-1970

that they were compelled to give up their land to pay off that debt, their lands were acquired for a much lesser figure. On 8 March 1934 the Commissioner advised the Thames Borough Council that: 'properties in a Native Estate valued at £3380, including 5 dwellings and a shop and dwelling combined, were being vested in the Council in settlement of rates on native land amounting to £2204.49 Two years later the Borough Council acquired three more chunks of land situated between Eyre, Pollen, and Grey Streets, and between Pollen and Mackay Streets, and the railway.5° Again the Borough acquired the land cheaply and without any thought for the value of those properties as a basis for future participation in the commercial development of the town. On this occasion, the Borough Commissioner advised that an agreement had been made with the trustees of the Stewart estate for Council to take over the properties in the Borough, valued at £4250 in settlement of rates amounting to approximately £,1200.51

49 Thames Borough Council Minute Book, 1931-36 p. 286. YBAZ 1222/17.

50 Lots 5-7, 30, 39, 40, 43, 65-68, 82, & parts of lots 4, 8-26, 24-29, 31, 32, 38, 58-62, and part of "Tapu" land at Kauaeranga S 28A, on 26 August 2936, under CT 590/309; allotments 23, 35-37, parts of 25, 16, 24-29, 31 & 32 of K

of Kauaeranga S 28 on 26 August 2936, under CT 6741233. Doc. 18, pp. 269-272.

51 Entry for 2 April 2936. Thames Borough Council Minute Book, 1931-6 p. 574. YBAZ 2222/27.

139

11 Chapter 6: Hauraki iwi and the gold fields,1890-1980

▲back to top

11.1 146

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI

HAURAKI IWI AND THE GOLD FIELDS,

1890–1980

Issues relating to mineral rights and administration of gold field revenues continued to play an important role in the relationship between Hauraki Maori and the Crown in the last two decades of the nineteenth century and into the 1900s. There were four major areas of concern: the continuing maladministration of the gold field revenues; the impact of statutory change on those revenues, and on the ability of Maori to withhold their lands from Government access to sub-surface resources; and in the twentieth century, the status of Maori-owned blocks in the gold field, which were still subject to mining legislation although mining had long ceased. The tacit recognition of Maori rights over minerals expressed in the cession agreements, and the statutory recognition of the need to win unanimous consent to mining on lands under native title disappeared in these years, superseded by an expanded assertion of the Crown's prerogative through legislation and again, by an appeal to the ideal of equality under law. For Hauraki Maori, however, 'equality under law' meant that their lands were to be treated in the same way as those owned by Europeans and thus, to be considered subject to Crown prerogatives of ownership of all minerals of 'national importance' without apparent reference to the right to all things pertaining to the land under the Treaty of Waitangi.

The dominant rhetoric of Government mining policy and legislation with reference to Maori land, in the twentieth century, was to bring it into line with that owned by Pakeha. The introduction of special legislation to provide for government control of sub-surface resources which were deemed to be of national importance resulted in the loss of rights which Maori had formerly wielded. The Government's claim to ownership of, or sole right of access to, resources such as petroleum, uranium, and geothermal energy was based, ultimately, on the right of eminent domain which was carried with sovereignty. Legislators did not see that right as being inhibited by the Treaty of Waitangi. The Government claim to own sub-surface resources such as oil was rejected by Maori, whose Members of Parliament argued that such legislation violated guarantees of rangatiratanga under the Treaty, extending to all properties of the land, and which had been recognised in the past dealings of the Government. Maori Treaty-based objections were, however, countered by appeals to Article Three and the principle of equal treatment under the law. Legislators argued that the Treaty was not violated because no more was taken from the Maori landowner than from the European.1 For Maori at Hauraki, this was a retrograde

1   See discussion in Anderson, 'Goldmining', pp. 87–91.

141

11.2 147

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

step from the Crown's former willingness to respect their right to withhold their lands from mining, even if practise fell short of theory.

Administration of Gold Field Revenues, 1885–1900

The Government, when it entered into cession agreement with Hauraki Maori for the opening of their lands to gold mining had taken responsibility for the administration of the gold field revenue system, and indeed, generally discouraged Maori aspirations to gain greater control over the management system. An obligation to properly oversee the collection and distribution of revenues was intrinsic to the agreements, yet the history of administration was punctuated by Maori complaint, in particular, about overdue and non-receipt of payments, and about declining levels of return. Some of these problems reflected the increasingly complex nature of the distribution system as successions multiplied, or challenges were mounted to the ownership of the remaining gold field blocks. Other problems may be seen as deriving more directly from the failure of Government to fulfill its administrative obligations. The needs and rights of Maori did not figure large in the priorities of the Mines Department officials who took over sole practical responsibility for the revenue system after the withdrawal of the Native Department's officer from the district in the late 1870s. The Mines Department tended to throw the burden of payment for the management of the revenues back onto the Maori owners, but as we have seen in the case of Moehau no. 4, used their control of that system to push Maori into concessions to the Government and into sale.2

The issue of non-payment of revenues rose again in 1888 when Tareranui enquired why Maori had not received the gold field monies paid on Ohinemuri no. 20. This land had been held back from the Native Land Court, and transfer to the Government in 1882, but was considered to be subject to the provisions of the lease of 18 February 1875. Complaint at Ohinemuri about Government failure to pay out revenues again drew attention to the system operating in the rest of the district, and highlighted the increasing desire of the Mines Department to be rid of responsibility for the native gold revenues. Northcroft complained that the whole matter of trustee had been thrown into his lap when Wilkinson had been sent to Waikato, and stated bluntly, 'I fail to see why I should be called upon to act in position of clerk to the natives'.3 Supported by Elliott (Under Secretary), he argued that the Ohinemuri grantees should engage the services of their own agent at % commission to undertake the work involved in the distribution. In contrast, the Native Department took the position that the Government should ensure that Maori be paid the revenues owed to them as result of a negotiated agreement, and that it would be unfair to force the grantees to employ their own agent at a commission if they had no wish to do so. The department disclaimed, however, any current role in the administration of the trust account.

2   See discussion, pp. 38–42.

3 Warden to Under Secretary Department of Mines, 24 December MS. BACL A 208/29.

142

11.3 148

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

A year after Tareranui's complaint, the revenues (variously assessed at £360.1.0, by Treasury, and £453 by Wilkinson,) still had not been paid out. Wilkinson was directed to investigate the question of mining revenues paid to Maori throughout the peninsula.4 He reported back on the amount owing on each of the gold field blocks and the reason, in each instance, for the non-distribution of that money. The outstanding monies, totalling over £450, was owed in amounts ranging from 5/- to £146 for 30 blocks: sums which had not been distributed either because there was an insufficient amount in hand to divide, the allocation was to be made in the next quarter, no successor had been named, or title was not yet decided.5 Wilkinson reached the conclusion, however, that the real source of complaint lay in the alteration of the mining legislation (discussed below). Lewis had originally thought that Maori had a 'very substantial grievance, and some officer—the warden undoubtedly the proper person—should see that they [were] paid their shares when due.'6 After receiving Wilkinson's opinion, he changed his mind about the legitimacy of Tareranui's complaint, since the cause was one of statutory change. The decline in payment was seen, therefore, as beyond the responsibilities of Government officials to Maori.

Four years later, the question of the Government's responsibility was again brought to its attention. Dearle fell ill, and Kenny, the new warden, reported that Maori were not receiving their revenues.7 Kenny was instructed to arrange for a local officer to allocate the revenues with the assistance of a Government interpreter while Wilkinson was to 'put things straight' and then hand the matter on. Wilkinson again questioned the propriety of Maori having to pay in order to receive their revenues, pointing out that the Thames people had been paying £100 for the services of Dearle even though they were in receipt of only a 'skeleton' of their former revenues:

Assuming that it is right that the natives should be charged at all for the distribution of the revenues to them, I think ... deducting ... 2½% upwards, would be more satisfactory and not so hard upon them as is the present charge ... which ... some of then say they were never consulted about, and which they say they never willingly agreed to. ...

It was arranged by Kenny that the two officers should receive a 2½% commission on all the gold fields. The matter was referred from one department to another, and eventually to the Public Trust by the Premier with an instruction: 'To pay through the Public Trustee who no doubt has an Agent at the Thames.'9 A demand by that office for 7.5% of the gross receipts for the work of distribution, prompted a strongly-worded memorandum from Cadman (Minister of Mines, 1893–1899) questioning the fairness of charging Maori for such services at all:

I have looked into this matter again, and am of opinion that what is proposed ... will only add one more to the existing complications in Native matters in the Thames district. So far

4 See Lewis minute to Under Secretary Department of Mines, 28.2.89. NO 89/439 in JI 1 896/1548. Doc. 19, pp. 286–290.

5 Wilkinson, Report on the Question of Miners Rights. NO 89/1255, in ibid.

6 Lewis minute, 16.11.88. NO 88/2315, in ibid.

7 Kenny to Under Secretary Mines, 17 November 1894.. MD 1 94/1623, in ibid.

8 Wilkinson to Under Secretary Mines, 30 March 1895. MD 1/95/549, in ibid. Doc. 20, pp. 291–293.

9 See Seddon memo., 26.3.95. MD 1 94/1623, in ibid.

143

11.4 149

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

as I can gather, the Government are the collectors of this revenue for the Native owners and are duty bound to distribute it to them periodically in accordance with agreements entered into at various times. Owing to disputes and complications some years ago, Mr Dearle was employed by the Natives to act as a sort of scrutineer on their behalf, and to see that the monies were rightly allocated; and they agreed to pay him a commission for so doing. On account of Mr Dearle doing Land Purchase and other work he has gradually drifted towards the position of a Government officer—though employed and paid by the Natives.10

Dearle was dying, and given the above circumstances, Cadman argued, the responsibility of allocation fell back on the Government. In his view, any deduction of the expense of that task from the revenues could only be made with the consent of Maori.11 Waldegrave (Under Secretary to Justice) commented on Cadman's memorandum, that he could not see why Maori should pay for the distribution, and suggested that the salaries of the two officers concerned be increased, and the practice of commission discontinued.12 This action was approved, the Government taking over the burden of paying for the allocation of the revenues on 1 July 1896.13 On scrutiny, Dearle's accounts had been found to be in an extremely disordered state. They were temporarily brought up to date in 1895, but soon fell into confusion again, when the officer appointed to do the work resigned on termination of payment by commission. Kenny reported in July 1896 that the office was 'beset with complaints from the Ohinemuri natives' about rents again being in arrears.14

Although various agents of the Crown stressed the importance of correct and prompt payments of the gold field revenues, the situation did not improve. The work continued to fall to the staff of the Mines Department who claimed to be too busy with other duties to take responsibility for the allocation. As Maori land holding became ever more complicated so too did the state of their gold field revenues; as land holding had fractured into a multitude of uneconomic individualised holdings by the twentieth century so too had gold field payments. Already small, these had become even more trifling as they were spread amongst an increasing number of persons. In many cases they were too negligible to warrant a trip for collection. Government administration fell almost completely into default until 1920s when Hauraki Maori drew attention to the non-payment of revenues over the past two to three decades.

Timber Revenues on Ohinemuri No. 20F

Tareranui again challenged the Government about its administration of Ohinemuri no. 20 under the terms imposed by the 1875 lease and Gold Mining Acts, when he discovered that a good deal of the kauri on his land had been taken without payment. At the basis of Tareranui's complaint was the argument that if he was to be deprived of the power to control the alienation of resources on his land, the Government should at least ensure that the owners received the profits from the disposal of them.

10 Cadman memo. to Native Minister, 9.5.95. MD 1 95/549, in ibid. Doc. 20, pp. 294–295.

11 Ibid. Doc. 20, pp. 294–295.

12 Waldegrave memo. to Minister of Justice, 13.6.95. MD 1 95/549, in ibid. Doc. 20, p. 295.

13 See Haselden to Thames Magistrate, 5.11.95. MD 1 95/549, in ibid.

14 Kenny to Under Secretary of Justice, 15 June 1896. J 1 96/666; see also J 95/1439.

144

11.5 150

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

When the block was subdivided in 1896, Tareranui retained some 200 acres, the majority of the area being awarded to the Crown. In debt, Tareranui attempted to make a separate sale of the kauri on the portion awarded to him (20F). The Government denied Tareranui's ability to make such an alienation since it considered that the area still fell within the ambit of the 1875 gold field lease and the jurisdiction of the warden. Tareranui, through the lawyer, Victor Grace Day, then requested that, in conformity with paragraph 8 of the lease, the kauri be auctioned, arguing that it was, 'the more necessary that this should be done as ... a great quantity of kauri ha[d] been in the past been cut which ha[d] not been paid for by anyone.' He contended that the Crown had obtained no right to the timber and that the terms of the 1875 lease had been unfairly interpreted:

I would also point out that a great injustice is being offered ... by the timber not being sold. The Regulations at no. 270 provide the maximum and minimum sums to be paid for kauri. I am instructed that in every instance on the Block in question when the warden has authorised kauri to be cut the minimum rate of £1.5.0 has been paid and accepted.

I am informed by a sawmiller of great experience in the District that the kauri on the land in question is fairly worth 1/- per hundred feet on the ground.15

Tareranui challenged the Government's assumption of control over the disposal of the trees. When the Government refused to purchase the timber, Tareranui informed the Mines Department of his intention of selling or cutting it himself.16 Two months later, he complained that a large number of trees had been cut on no. 20 F and other Maori lands without their knowledge, or payment to them. Day argued on Tareranui's behalf that as the Government claimed the right to sell kauri on Maori lands for mining purposes, it should also ensure that any milling of such areas was undertaken legally:

I would respectfully suggest some more efficient check on the sale of trees should be imposed by requiring purchasers to declare on what Block of land or mining claim the tree or trees as purchased stand. It is hardly fair to the Natives, especially where the trees are sold for considerably less than their market value, that they should have to be at the trouble and expense of ascertaining whether of not the trees are being cut with proper authority.17

The request for enquiry into the matter was repeated in the following year. It was found that a mistake had been made with reference to the location of the block and the apportionment of revenues. A Government surveyor, accompanied by Tukukino and Ahua Tipene, visited the block to assess what had been cut, and estimated that a total of 264 kauri had been removed. At 25/- per tree, this represented an amount of £330. Only £190 of this had been collected, for 133 authorised trees. This sum had been paid over to the Ohinemuri County Council in the mistaken belief that the trees had been growing on Crown land. The warden agreed to make good the revenues on the authorised trees, but refused to pay out the claim on the trees that had been taken illegally. Tareranui petitioned before the Wasteland Committee that such a stance violated the terms of the 1875 Agreement by which the Ohinemuri field had been opened:

15 V.G. Day to Under Secretary of Mines, 17 February 1897. MD 1 97/287. Doc. 21, pp. 296–297.

16 V.G. Day to Under Secretary of Mines, 29 March 1897. MD 197/757.

17 V.G. Day to Minister of Mines, 14 July 1897. MD 197/1456. Doc. 22, p. 300.

145

11.6 151

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

[B]y the said Agreement such payment was not conditional upon collection by the Crown or its agents, but was to be made by the Crown for every tree cut and removed from the lands affected thereby.18

The Mines Department argued that it could not be held responsible for stolen timber.19 The Wasteland Committee was not fully satisfied, however, and recommended that further enquiry be made into the matter. Waldegrave, from the Justice Department, reported in the following year. He argued that Tareranui had doubtless participated in the division of the revenues that had been paid out to the non-sellers on the unsold portion of no. 20 block: that he had already received payment for the marked trees on the land that had been 'finally allocated as his share'; and that, as the other trees had been taken without authority, the Government could admit no responsibility.20

Tareranui refused to accept this limited interpretation of the Crown's responsibilities and continued, through his lawyer, to demand the £166.5.0 owed on the trees cut on 20F:

Haora has been put to great expense on pressing his claim to payment for trees cut and respectfully requests that an enquiry be ordered and the balance due to him be paid over also that steps be taken for the better management of such matters by wardens in future or else that he be allowed to manage his own land.21

The Government retreated from its initial position paying out £100 and another£50 in the following year, to cover Tareranui's legal bill (minus £12.7.0 paid by the Government for his expenses when he visited Wellington to bring his case to the Premier's attention).22

While Tareranui's immediate grievance was ultimately satisfied, nothing was said about the timber on other parts of Ohinemuri which, Tareranui suggested, had also been taken without payment. Nor was any compensation received in the case of Waikawau, highlighted earlier by Puckey. It should be noted, too, that elsewhere in the district, timber was apparently being taken under private arrangements without much scrutiny of whether Maori were being fairly dealt with. The prohibition against private transactions under the Native Land Act 1894 was readily evaded at Te Awaiti, for example, where a

very cunningly drawn Deed [had] been used by which the owners contract[ed] to supply these Europeans with timber or forfeit a nominal sum, and on making default the Europeans [were] empowered to enter upon the land and carry out the terms of the said contract which the native owners, as contractors, [had] failed to do.23

Legislative Marginalisation of Maori Gold Revenues

Maori gold field revenues were increasingly marginalised after 1880. Stone has pointed out that Maori were badly hit by downturns in the economy. Once income, in the form of miners' rights and other gold mining fees began to fall off, Maori had to begin to sell the

18 Petition no. 450, session 1899. In MD I 99/1632.

19 Elliott to Wastelands Committee, 16 October 1899. MD I 99/1632.

20 Waldegrave to Native Minister, 3 August 1900; Waldegrave to Tareranui, 7 August 1900. MD 1 99/1768.

21 John St Clair to Premier, 28 August 1900. MD 1 1990/1442.

22 Elliott to warden, 25 October 1900. MD 1 99/1768; Elliott to Tareranui, 7 May 1901. MD 1 1900/1442.

23 Mair to Chief Land Purchase Officer, 21 July 1899. MA MLP 1905/39. Cited in Alexander, Hauraki Tribal Lands, Part 4, p. 9.

146

11.7 152

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

freehold to satisfy old debts and future needs. While the Government recognised that the revenues generated for Maori by their auriferous blocks were in the 'nature of trust moneys' it saw no obligation to protect them in the possession of those lands. By 1885 Maori were in receipt of only 50% of gold revenues at Thames, one-third at Coromandel and Te Aroha; the rest, with the exception of an eighth share at Ohinemuri and Thames which went to private European owners, was generated on Crown land.24 From 1875 to 1882 when the freehold of Ohinemuri finally passed into the hands of the Government, revenues had gone directly into the public works fund to repay Mackay's deposits. At Te Aroha, Maori were pinched by the terms of lease imposed by the Government which denied them the revenues from licences—a source of income which comprised almost 30% of the Thames gold field income.25 In the case of Tokatea, or Moehau no. 4, the annual rent of £500 was not paid for four years from 1878, while the block was put through the court. Then, in 1885, the warden (who now held sole responsibility for the trusteeship of the 'native revenues') suggested that 'a considerable saving may be effected—by paying to the native owners the revenue derived from the block in lieu of the £500 yearly rental. ... ' Elliott, Under Secretary of Mines, endorsed the suggestion, directing Kenrick to give notice to the owners that no more rents would be paid after 31 March 1886, and that those who had not already sold their interests would from that time receive only the actual revenue derived from the portion which they had retained.26 As we have seen in Chapter One, the failures to pay revenues during those years, and the alteration of the terms of the lease, played an important role in pressuring the owners to sell the freehold to the Government.

(a) The Mining Act 1886

Much of the decline in the profitability for Maori of their gold field blocks experienced in the last quarter of the century was attributable to changes in mining legislation and application of Government policy. The terms of the older arrangements in operation at Thames and Coromandel which gave Maori a fuller range of administrative revenues came under increasing attack from mining interests and local bodies. Attention focussed increasingly on section III and section 173 of the Gold Mining District Act 1871 and 1873, respectively, which set out that all rents and fees arising in land occupied under licences should be deemed revenues from miners' rights—to which Maori were, therefore, entitled. The provision had been made in recognition that the introduction of licensing under proclamation and validated by statute, in 1869, had altered the terms of the original agreements to Maori disadvantage. By the end of the decade, however, Maori were seen as in receipt of revenues to which they were not entitled. James McLaren, newly appointed to oversee the miners' rights system, in June 1880, brought the issue to the fore, advocating a narrowing of the base of the Maori mining income. He reported to the Mines Department that:

24 See Return of Goldfields Revenue from August 7th 1867 to June 17th 1882. MD 1 82/714. Doc. 23, p. 302.

25 Ibid. Doc. 23, p. 302.

26 Kenrick to Elliot, 28 January 1885; Elliot to Kenrick, 5 February 1885. MD 85/70.

147

11.8 153

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-198o

[T]here is great dissatisfaction, not against me for enforcing the law, but against the law itself; more especially in regard to the double payments that have to be made, thus under a license, Li per annum has to be paid for every man's ground included in the license and the men employed have each to pay £1 per annum for a miners right to work in the same ground ... this exclusive of residence sites that may be taken out on the surface. ...

If these & other monies which are obtained over & above what is required to be given to the natives by their original agreement were returned to the Government, or went to the County and Borough, it would then be understood, and would not be so much objected to, but that an extra tax should be imposed for the purpose of apparently giving additional sums to the natives beyond what they are entitled, seems to go very much against the grain.27

The warden also advocated amendment of the legislation. Wakefield, Under Secretary of Mines, agreed that 'a possible addition of £1500r £2000 to the local revenue of the Thames' was a matter 'worthy of earnest attention just now,' but acknowledged that he could 'not see how these Acts could with justice be amended' if the legislature's intention had been that revenues beyond those stated in the initial agreements should go to Maori. The question was referred to the Solicitor General who stated that he could see no other possible interpretation of the legislation than that Maori were entitled to all fees, rents and miners' rights generated by the field. In light of this advice, and reluctant to admit any county claim to revenues already paid out to Maori, Wakefield suggested that the matter should remain in abeyance for the moment but that McLaren should be instructed to 'exercise some discretion in enforcing the payment of fees, and not to enforce anything which [was] not provided for in the Act.' This position was endorsed by his Minister who directed that only rents and miners' rights fees—not those for machine and battery sites, water races, and other uses of the field—should be collected.28

The matter was brought up again, in the following year, by the Thames County and Borough Councils who, under the Financial Arrangements Act 1876, claimed all revenues which would have gone previously to the Provincial Government. They first raised the matter in late 1880, complaining to the Premier that the revenues given in addition to the rents and kauri licences set out in the 1867-1868 agreements, had been wrongfully paid to Maori—a claim rejected by the Colonial Treasurer to whom their letter was referred.29 In 1880 the two councils passed a public resolution making joint application for those monies, and made a written request to the Native Minister for the same proportion of miners' rights fees 'as the area of land held by the Borough Council as streets shows it to be entitled to year by year.'30 This demand was followed by a petition about the additional fees, presented to the House in 1882. The finding of the Gold Field and Mining Committee added to pressure on Maori possession of this income: that the payment was in accordance with the law but that the local bodies in the Hauraki district were placed at a disadvantage vis a vis their southern counterparts. It recommended that the

27 McLaren to Under Secretary for Goldfields, 3 July 1880. MD 1 8o/618.

28 See Wakefield to Minister of Mines, 9 September 1880 & attached minutes. MD 1 1880/633.

29 Mayor and Chairman, Thames County Council to Premier, 4 October 1880; undated draft reply, T 80/3098 Hauraki Native petitions re gold fields, 1938-1940. T 140/71.

30 Town Clerk to Native Minister, 22 April 1881. T 140/71.

148

11.9 154

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

Government either compensate the local bodies or purchase out Maori.31 In the following year, the Thames County Council petitioned for the monies that had been going to 'pay off advances for the alienation of the Ohinemuri freehold. The Government rejected the Council's claim to all that amount. It agreed, however, that the Council should receive revenues of some £950 that had been generated from June 1882, when title to the bulk of the gold field had been vested in the Crown, since most of that money was collected from the portions held by the Government. The balance of the debt held against Maori would be regarded as part of the purchase money.32

The Government was reluctant to admit any claim to revenues which had been already paid out to Maori, but willing to consider the amendment of legislation despite the warning of various officials that Maori were unlikely to understand the sudden withdrawal of revenues which they had received for so many years.33 The consolidating measure, the Mining Act 1886, which assimilated all mining laws in the country, except those relating to coal, altered the organisation and fee structure of the various gold fields in Hauraki. Maori expressed their concern about the Government's apparent intention to ignore existing agreements with them. Dearle informed the warden that some of the Thames owners had enquired whether it was intended to introduce the new legislation into the Hauraki district since it would mean a reduction in their revenues. A lukewarm Kenrick informed the Minister of Mines, accordingly:

My attention has been called to the Bill providing for reduction ... now under consideration by the House of Representatives by many natives—who are anxious to know if it is intended that the Bill ... should apply to the North Island Gold Fields. ... I have promised to bring it to your notice—pointing out at the same time, (at the request of the natives) that the existing agreement between them and the Crown undertake that 20/- shall be paid for every man employed in mining—and that under this agreement the miners' right of 20/- has always been allocated to them.34

Nonetheless, the Government pressed ahead, changing the requirements for miners' rights and other fees, ignoring the fact that these comprised rents for Maori owners of the land and that the Government had assumed a responsibility as trustee for them. Maori ownership of a portion of the Hauraki field and continuing operation of the cession agreements were not mentioned in the House, at all, and, in 1887, the Mining Act was amended again reducing Maori revenues, by exempting wages men (persons who worked as employees of an owner of a licensed holding) and tributers (who had made an agreement for a right to mine within a holding in exchange for a portion of the gold found) from the requirement to hold miners' rights.35

31 AJHR, 1882, 1–2, p. 2. See also MD 1 82/894.

32 Gill to Under Secretary Treasury Department, 26 January 1883; Bavin to Under Secretary Land Purchase Department, 15 February 1883. MD 1 83/41. Note that County Council continued to demand the revenues generated between 1877 and 1882. See MD 1 83/863.

33 See Kenrick to Wakefield, 4 November 1880; Wakefield Memo., undated. MD 80/1037. Doc. 24,

PP. 303–304.

34 Kenrick to Minister of Mines, 13 July 1885. MD 1 85/776.

35 See MD 1 94/886.

149

11.10 155

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

The focus of Hauraki protest shifted to the impact of the Mining and Mining Amendment Acts. In 1888 Raika Whakarongotai and others of Hauraki petitioned the House that the mining legislation of the past few years had violated the terms of the 1867 agreement by reducing requirements for miners' rights, and thus, also, the revenues to be paid. They complained about the lack of requirement under the 1886 Act for men working under license to hold miners' rights, and that section 10 sub-section 5 of the 1887 Amendment had also removed that obligation for wages men and tributers. It was alleged, too, that the warden was utilising special powers under section 114 to grant claims of a greater area than that provided for in the Regulations gazetted under the Act.36 Later in the year Taipari met with the Minister of Lands, questioning why Maori owners of gold field blocks did not receive as much rent as formerly; that whereas they used to receive £3 per acre, licensed holdings were now granted at I0/- per acre.37

At the same time as Thames-based Maori protested the unilateral legislative alteration of the terms of the cession agreements, Tareranui complained about the failure to pay revenues on Ohinemuri no. 20. While Government attention focused initially on the narrower issue of the administration of revenues, Wilkinson gave strong support to the complaints expressed by the Thames people, condemning the way in which the Government had wielded its legislative power to reduce mining revenues, and arguing that Maori had a 'grievance against, or claim upon the Government for having brought about the current state of affairs.' He argued that although the initial agreements conveyed the impression 'that the Government was desirous at that time that the Natives should benefit as much as possible through having thrown open their lands for gold mining,' these had been altered to Maori disadvantage without their consent:

It is almost unnecessary ... for me to say that, with regard to the alterations in the Mining Laws and Regulations ... the Natives who gave their land up for gold mining under certain conditions have not been in any way consulted, or even considered except in the case of one exception: viz allowing them to draw rents for mining leases."

The 1886 Act retained provision for the payment to Maori of revenues from leases as well as from miners' rights, but greatly reduced the income that would be received from that source:

[A]s that Act also provides for very great reductions in the rent to be paid for licensed holdings, the loss of revenue to the Natives by the passing of that Act and the Regulations under it, is fully 5/6 ths of what they were before getting, or could have got under the Act of 1873.

I have already pointed out that under the Goldfields Act 1866 (and also that of 1873) a Miners' Right covered an area of 15,000 sq. feet, or one man's ground. By the Mining Act of 1886, and rules thereunder, one man's ground is increased to 60,000 sq. feet viz four times what it was before ... resulting in a loss to the Natives of 3/4 of the revenue previously obtained from the Miners' Rights source.39

36 Petition no. 171, 1888, Whakarongotai petition. MD 1 1888/496. Doc. 25, pp. 305-308.

37 See 15 December 1888, MD 89/85.

38 Report on the question of miners rights .   3o May 1889. NO 89/1255. In JI 1896/1548. Doc. 19, pp. 272-273.

39 Ibid. Doc. 19, p. 275.

150

11.11 156

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890-1980

Reductions were made in the number of men required to be employed in a lease; only one man for every two acres instead of three men to every one, as previously required by the 1873 legislation. These men were no longer obliged to hold miners' rights. In addition, it was possible to exchange a lease under the 1873 Act for one under the new Act that would produce much less revenue—a provision Wilkinson condemned as 'retrospective legislation' by which Maori, 'again suffer[ed] an injustice'.40

The basic injustice of the Government's actions was pointed out by Wilkinson:

In taking a retrospect of this Miners' Rights question it would almost appear as if Government after entering into certain arrangements with the Natives for the opening of the goldfield (such as to what diggers were to pay annually, what area of land each one was to occupy etc) all of which arrangements tended to show that on their being carried out, as proposed, large sums would accrue to native owners, then, goes as it were, into competition with its Native landlords by offering the gold digger better and cheaper facilities for working the Native lands than he originally had under the Goldfields Act and Regulations that were in force when the field was first opened. Government in taking this step apparently overlooked, or ignored the fact that such action, though beneficial enough to the gold digger, was disastrous to the Natives insomuch as it had the effect of reducing their revenue ... and thus, in a measure broke faith with them.41

(b) The Mining Act 1891

Maori gained little from this indictment of the effect of mining legislation on their interests. Tareranui's complaints about delays in payment through administrative failure, were now dismissed, 'the grievance being one that they do not realise the cause of—viz that their revenue has been diminished owing to the legislation and regulations referred to by Wilkinson.'42 The Government acknowledged neither the complaint regarding the size of licensed ground, nor the reduction in rents. It was conceded, however, that a problem existed with the reduction of revenues chargeable on licensed holdings, the Government's attention focussing, narrowly, on the effect of the 1887 Amendment relieving wages men and tributers of the necessity of holding miners' rights. On investigation, it was found that during the year ending 31 March 1889, the loss to Maori amounted to £567 at Thames, £8o at Ohinemuri, and 430 at both Te Aroha and Coromandel.43 As a consequence, the Minister of Mines directed that no more special claims or licensed holdings should be issued over Maori land unless every person employed held a miner's right—over the strong objections of Northcroft that such a condition was both ultra vires and unenforcable.44

Matters rested there until 1891 when Taipari again petitioned the House about the reduction in gold field revenues. On the complaint being referred to the Government by the Native Affairs Committee, the Under Secretary for Mines conceded that, beyond the instruction of 20 August 1889, nothing had been done since the petition of three years

40 Ibid. Doc. 19, p. 276.

41 Ibid. Doc. 19, pp. 277-278.

42 Lewis to Native Minister, 17 July 1889. NO 89/1255.

43 Northcroft of Under Secretary of Mines, 17 August 1889. MD 1/89/85.

44 See Elliott to warden, 20 August 1889; Northcroft to Under Secretary, 12 September 1889. MD 1 89/85.

151

11.12 157

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

earlier. Provision was made under section 50 of the large, consolidating and amending, Mining Act 1891, that wages men and tributers would now have to take out miners' rights for claims on native land. There was an outcry from the mining community when the warden issued a circular directing attention to the requirement that all men working on licensed holdings take out miners' rights. A 'monster' meeting was held under the auspices of the Thames Miners' Union which unanimously called on Seddon to delay implementation of the measure. A delegation also called on the Native Minister, A.J. Cadman, who journeyed to Thames, accompanied by Sheridan from the Native Land Purchase Department, the warden (Northcroft), and Wilkinson.

The standard response of the Native Department to the conflict between mining and Maori interests was to advocate the acquisition of the freehold of all remaining native gold field blocks. Wilkinson, despite his criticism of the 1886 legislation, had suggested that the Government resolve the issue by purchase:

I would point out the advisability of the Crown purchasing the interests of the Native owners of the ... goldfields whenever opportunities offer of doing so at a reasonable rate, as, by so doing will lessen the area of land from which any complications with the Native owners may hereafter arise, and will at the same time enable the Government to retain in force the present Mining Act which is so beneficial to the mining community whatever it may be to the Native owners of the soil:45

Cadman also acknowledged that Maori had been adversely effected by the legislation, but saw Government acquisition of 'all the land' held by them as the 'only solution to the problem'. He told the miners' representatives:

By doing so, it would be beneficial in a twofold way; namely, that when the land became the property of the Crown, the fee for a miner's right could be reduced, and also the revenue at present being derived by private parties would be placed to the credit of local bodies.46

In the meantime, the Mines Department, under Seddon's direction, sought to limit the impact of section 50 of the 1891 Act. Northcroft's action in directing the Inspector of Mines to draw attention to the alteration in the law, and to give notice of his intention to inspect miners' rights of all wages men and tributers, came under ministerial criticism. Northcroft defended the decision as necessary. It is apparent that Maori were threatening to take proceedings before the warden's court against miners who had been working without rights. Maori leaders, accompanied by the town's leading solicitor, had called on him, asking what was to be done about the failure of miners to comply with the new law. Seddon reprimanded Northcroft, nonetheless, stating that, in a matter of such importance and legal complexity, he should have first informed the Government of his intentions, and that his dual position as trustee and warden with the power to try such cases was anomalous. Northcroft responded, with some asperity, that he could see no legal complications since both the agreement and the Act were clear, and noted:

[T]his matter has so often been before the different ministers and house that I thought everyone was conversant with it ... am I supposed to communicate with the Government in

45 Report on the question of miners rights . ..., 3o May 1889. NO 89/1255. Doc. 19, p. 280.

46 See Thames Advertiser, undated extract, MD 89/85. Doc. 26, p. 310.

152

11.13 158

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890-1980

every new and important section in the Mining Act; that the warden ought not be trustee I have over and over again pointed out to different Governments ... but was never listened to.47

Seddon believed that Northcroft had misinterpreted the requirement regarding miners' rights. The opinion of a Government legal officer was sought on whether clause 2 of the 1867 could be construed to refer only to men mining on their own behalf. Reid, however, supported the Maori position that the miner's right was chargeable against any person mining whether he was doing so on his own behalf or as a wages man or tributer.48 The Under Secretary was then directed by Seddon to refer Reid to section 6 of the Mining Act 1891 which provided that all questions arising under the 1886 Act or prior legislation should be determined under such Act although repealed, rather than that of 1891. In view of this clause, he asked, was it necessary in cases of licensed holdings and special claims granted under the earlier legislation to hold miners' rights?49 Reid replied that it was not; that the legislation was not intended to apply retrospectively. In his opinion, however, the Government still owed an obligation to the signatories of the 1867 cession:

But as between the Government and the Natives it would seem that the latter have at least a strong equitable claim for breach of s. 2 of the agreement of 27 July 1867 more especially as every Mining Act since the Auckland Gold Field Proclamation Act 1869 have expressly saved the provisions of the Agreement referred to and the Act which validated it with the other agreements.50

When the Mining Inspector subsequently asked for departmental approval of his intention under section 250 of the 1891 legislation to impose a £5 fine on anyone working without a miner's right, Seddon directed that the requirement did not apply to wages men and tributers on claims that had been granted prior to the passage of that Act and that he must accept the responsibility in taking any such action.51

(c) The Mining Act Amendment Act 1892

The 1892 Act amending the 1891 legislation did not touch the requirements for miners' rights but brought in provisions affecting the capacity of Maori to manage their lands if they were thought to contain valuable sub-surface resources. In the debates on the 1892 measure, Taipua, Rolleston, and Rees (member for the City of Auckland) asked for a postponement of the reading so that amendments to the original clauses introduced on the recommendations of the Goldfield Committee could be considered by Maori. Taipua criticised the Government's disregard of Maori interest: 'What the Natives complained of was this: that each succeeding Parliament endeavoured to make the laws worse than those passed by the previous Parliament.'52 He pointed out that clause 2 of the Bill (section 3 sub-section 2 of the Act), would mean that Maori now would be paid only 1/- per acre for

47 Northcroft cites letters of 27 March & 24 December 1888. Northcroft to Under Secretary, 14 May 1892. MD I 89/85.

48 See Reid to Minister of Mines, 13 May 1892. MD I 89/85.

49 Seddon, undated minute. Ibid.

50 MD 189/85. Ibid.

51 Seddon minute, 8.9.92. MD I 93/513.

52 NZPD, 1892, vol. 78, p. 429. Doc. 27, p. 315.

153

11.14 159

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

special claims and licensed holdings whereas the 1891 Act section 71 sub-section provided that the price would be negotiated between the Government and the owners. Clause 5 (section 16 of the Act) allowed the Native Land Court, on investigation of title or on partition, to declare that land to be ceded for mining purposes, on application of the Governor and consent of the majority of owners. Taipua condemned the measure as sacrificing the interests of the minority, again, without telling them that such a step was intended by the legislature and without making sufficient provision for notice when the measure was applied.53 He told the House that Maori had accepted the 1891 measure because they had retained a measure of control over how land should be opened. That last vestige of authority was now under threat:

Under the Act passed last year they had no complaint to make, because it provided that an agreement should first be come to between the Government and the Native owners of any block of land before it could be taken, and it was provided that the Natives should have an opportunity of giving their ideas as to the price, and the terms on which the land was to be parted with.54

Taipua roundly condemned the trend of Government policy:

He could not believe that such an alteration had been made with any desire to benefit the Natives. It seemed to him to be the first step towards confiscation. There was only one thing at which he appeared to hesitate, and that was at killing the Natives and absolutely destroying them. The Government appeared to be taking year by year more absolute power with regard to the disposal of Native lands, and they proposed now to take all management from the Natives.55

Seddon dismissed Taipua's concerns, defending the measure as being in the interests of Maori; that the intention was to 'reinstate' them to the position they had occupied by the Thames gold field cessions of 1867-1869. Whereas officials had previously recognised that Maori should receive rentals generated by leases and the various usages of their land, not contemplated at the time of the original cession, the Government now considered the subsequent enlargements in the base of gold field revenue to be in excess of its obligations. Seddon told the House:

The people who worked the ground would have to pay Li each for miners' rights, and that amount would go to the Natives; and to enable this to be done, the rents were to be reduced to the nominal sum of is. per acre.56

The Maori members had to be satisfied with this reasoning, but the support of the opposition enabled them to insist that the clause empowering the Court to declare land open to mining on application of the Governor—amended by the Goldfields Committee to read, 'unless a majority of the Native owners object'—be changed back to the original wording which required active consent. That requirement survived until 1910 when an

53 Ibid.,p. 385. Doc. 27, p. 313.

54 Ibid., p. 429. Doc. 27, p. 315.

55 Ibid. Doc. 27, p. 315.

56 Ibid., p. 430. Doc. 27, p. 316.

154

11.15 160

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI:   Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

amending Act quietly removed the phrase 'and with the written or verbal consent of a majority of the Native owners' from the statute book.57

In 1893 and 1894 Taipari and Hauraki Maori again petitioned the House about the impact of legislation on the understandings developed with regard to their lands within the gold field. The petitioners complained that the provisions of the 1886 and 1887 legislation, and the limited application of the remedial measure of 1891 had directly resulted in loss of revenues. Whereas some 4,000 miners had been employed on the field, only £800 in miners' rights revenue had been collected since the 1886 Act had come into force. Other revenues in the form of rents, previously allowed under the Gold Mining District Act 1873, also had been severely reduced. This loss, they claimed, totalled several thousand pounds.58 The Goldfields and Mines Committee supported the Hauraki plea, reporting:

That your Committee after careful consideration of the documentary and other evidence at their disposal have come to the conclusion That the Petitioners have sustained some loss through breach of the agreement under which the Natives consented to throw open this portion of the Goldfield for gold mining purposes, and recommend the Government to take steps to ascertain the extent of the loss and recoup the Petitioners.59

The Government stalled, prompting further Maori complaint and efforts to gain redress over the next ten years. In 1895 Taipari tried the forum of the Native Affairs Committee, repeating the claims of the previous year and praying that Government act upon the earlier recommendations.60 Heta Stewart and others petitioned the Goldfield and Mines Committee in 1900 and 1905. On each occasion the petition was recommended for favourable consideration. In the meantime, the Government pursued the acquisition of the gold field blocks completing the purchase of those in most immediate contention—Opitomoko-Kuranui and Parareka—for £3000, and closing the file on the petitions regarding the impact of the 1886 and 1887 legislation in 1906.61

Legislative Development of the Royal Prerogative, 1880–1900

As it chipped away at the Hauraki revenue base, the Government also used its legislative powers to strengthen its control over minerals in all lands whatever the title status, denying an apparent infringement of private property rights by relying on the Crown's prerogative over 'Royal minerals.' The Crown continued to purchase the freehold wherever possible but in the last resort could call on that supposed right, while Maori capacity, under law, to withhold lands from mining operations diminished accordingly. Thus, the Reserves and Endowments in Mining Districts Act 1882 excluded Native reserves, generally, from the Act but enabled the Governor to bring any of those he saw

57   Section 19 (a), Mining Amendment Act 1910.

58   Petition of Taipari and 26 other, no. 126, 1894. MD 1 94/2887. Doc. 28, pp. 333–337.

59   Goldfields and Mines Committee Report, 31 August 1894. In ibid. Doc. 28, P. 338.

60   Petition no. 185, 1895. MD 1 95/2427.

61   Correspondence in MD 1 1906/622.

155

11.16 161

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

fit under its jurisdiction. Under section 205 of the consolidating Mining Act of 1891, the Governor could proclaim any Native reserve to come under its operation and fix the fees payable. Initially the Government acknowledged, in practice, that a distinction existed between reserves set up under court-awarded title and lands reserved from the original agreements by which the gold field had been opened. By an 1896 amendment, however, any lands reserved from cessions for residences, cultivations, or burial grounds were declared to be available for mining purposes 'in the like manner in all respects as if they had been ceded'.62

In part, this expansion of the Government's power reflected the general trend in legislation regarding Maori land, and in part, the effort to strengthen the Government's position against the claims of private parties. Included in the growing number of challenges to the warden's right of management of gold field lands were those mounted by Maori owners of reserves. In some instances, Maori appear to have acquiesced in mining of lands which they considered to be reserved, provided that they received the revenues. They drew a distinction, however, between mining operations and the warden's right to utilise his powers to issue agricultural or occupation leases over the surface of such lands. Such a power had been accorded to the Government only under the restrictive conditions of the 1875 Ohinemuri cession, but had also been taken under the 1886 Mining Act. An attempt by the warden to issue agricultural occupation licences for the Waikawau reserves, under this legislation, prompted immediate protest from Maori, supported by Mackay, that this right had not been contained in the original cession of that area. The Government, already under Maori attack for the loss of gold revenues entailed by the 1886 Act directed Northcroft to refuse the applications.63

(a) The Mining Act Amendment Act 1892

The Ngatikoi block (1120 acres) at Mangakiri-Waitete near the town of Waihi, which fell within the 1875 Ohinemuri cession to Government, presented a somewhat different case. Ngati Koi regarded the block, held under Crown grant, as 'returned' to them by the Government at the time that they sold their shares in Ohinemuri. The area had been reserved neither within the meaning of the Goldfields Acts, nor at the time of cession—only with respect to the Native Lands Acts. In the view of the warden, the block was, therefore, 'subject in all respects to the operation of the Mining Act and Regulations as other native lands held by the Crown for Gold Mining purposes.'64

Mining rights had been granted on the block without the owners making objection. Maori who had been leasing out the land for farming protested, however, when the warden sought to issue occupation licences over the area. They objected before his court that the original mining cession had been superseded by the court award which had issued title without any mining right reserved to the Crown; that the land was now to be

62   Section 56, Mining Act Amendment Act 1896.

63   Northcroft to Elliott, 19 July 1889, Elliott minute, 20 July 1889. MD 1 89/500.

64   Northcroft to Under Secretary of Mines, 29 September 1893. MD 1 93/1108.

156

11.17 162

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

treated entirely as their private property.65 Ngati Koi protest brought to light the divergence between Maori and Government understandings of ownership and the meaning of title. Over the next years, Hauraki sought to use the power of the Crown grant to protect what were essentially surface interests, but which were threatened by the Government's assertion of their power to control the utilisation of precious metals. In practice, the Government acted with some confusion. Ultimately, however, policy came to firmly rest on the right of the Crown to 'Royal metals.' In this view, that right had been taken at 1840, along with sovereignty. Any weakness in that structure was then buttressed by legislation.

The warden, who had adjourned the hearing of the applications with regard to the Mangakiri-Waitete reserve in order to make further enquiry, informed his department that other blocks in the Ohinemuri district were in the same unsatisfactory position as to title. He decided to continue the adjournment on Sheridan's suggestion that he delay his decision until after the next session so that a clause might be inserted in the Mining Act Amendment Act 'rectifying the mistake.' He agreed that it would be 'unwise to have dealt with the application and allowed that the native contention was right for it would have cost the Colony thousands of pounds' to recall the grants and correct 'what was purely an omission when reconveying the land to the natives'.66

Section 17 of the Mining Amendment Act 1892 was designed to eliminate any doubt whether the issue of a Crown Grant had removed blocks within the Ohinemuri gold field from the warden's jurisdiction, stating:

The rights acquired by the Governor ... on 18 February 1875 ... shall not abate or be prejudicially affected by reason of the extinguishment of native title, or the issue of Crown grant or other instrument of title, for any portion of the land ... comprised therein. ...

In the warden's view, however, section 17 did not go far enough. The Auckland Gold Fields Proclamation Validation Act 1869 was seen as settling any doubts about the opening of the Thames and early Coromandel fields. The Government's right to mine was in doubt, however, in areas which had been proclaimed as part of the gold field after that date and where Maori had not entered into a formal cession agreement. He advised Sheridan:

If, as you say Ohinemuri and Te Aroha are the only agreements entered into since Validation 1869, it would seem we have no right to mine over that part of the following blocks that have not been purchased by the Crown, Hikutaia no. 2, Pakirarahi, Taparahi, Matakitaki and blocks comprising the Manaia Goldfield.67

Reassured by section 17 of the 1892 Act in the case of the Ngati Koi land at MangakiriWaitete, and arguing that the Maori grantees were not themselves using the block for agricultural or pastoral purposes, the warden proceeded to allow leases to issue over the block except for one or two acres which showed signs of cultivation.68 In the view of

65   Warden to Under Secretary of Mines, 30 October 1891. BACL A 208/29.

66   Warden to Under Secretary, Department of Justice, March 1892. BACL A 208/29.

67   Warden to Sheridan, 20 July 1892. BACL A 208/29.

68   Northcroft to Under Secretary of Mines, 29 September 1893. MD 93/1108.

157

11.18 163

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Cadman, the next step was to purchase Maori interests, and for Deane to be instructed to acquire signatures as the opportunity arose. When Maori complained, they were informed that the warden had acted in accordance with the law and that the Government could not interfere.69

The 1892 Act did not meet the case of Waihi blocks nos 1 to 6. This area had been reserved from the operation of the gold field by clause 8 of the Ohinemuri cession, and had been previously granted to owners with a specific restriction on the alienation of mineral rights:

Provided however that the right to mine for gold or other precious metals in or upon the said land shall be inalienable ... to anybody other than the Governor of N.Z.... unless with the consent and approval of the Native Land Court testified by writing under the land of such Judge....70

The area was later proclaimed under Government land purchase in order to secure a £90 survey lien taken over from Thorpe, an early settler. In the meantime, George Vesey Stewart claimed that he had bought the freehold of the blocks, but had not obtained the sanction of the land court for any transfer of the right to mine for precious metals. The Government was at first willing to acknowledge the purchase and lift the proclamation provided that the lien was paid, and that it was understood that 'all mining rights in the possession of the Government [would] be retained and maintained.'71 But when gold was subsequently found on the Waihi blocks, Stewart's argument that the mining rights had also passed to him was flatly rejected and an offer from Hirawa Te Moananui to cede the mining rights accepted. At the same time, the Government reminded Maori that the alienation of the surface rights to Stewart was still valid; that it was only 'through the peculiar wording of the grants the Natives retained the mining rights and nothing more.'72 Sheridan directed Mair to ascertain if a majority of owners would cede so that an order could be made by the court under section 16 of the Mining Act Amendment Act. A roughly drawn deed was signed by a majority of the owners of Waihi nos 1, 2, and 5 ceding that land to the Governor for mining purposes. All those working on the land were required to hold miners' rights and 'the monies derived therefrom or from other source on account of said land' would be paid 'to the native owners ... free from any deduction whatsoever.' The deed also stated that the cession would operate for as long as the Government required the land for mining which would revert to Maori if no minerals were found.73

Sheridan rejected the deed because it suggested that Stewart's deeds were invalid, and now decided that the original court restriction should be regarded as having no effect under law:

I think that this restriction is ultra vires because it implies that the right to mine is or was vested in the Native Owners, whereas it belongs alone to the Crown by prerogative. The

69   Cadman memo., 10.10.93. MD 1 93/1108.

70   See Sheridan minute, 21.6.92, on Stewart to Seddon, 15 June 1892. NLP 91/235.

71   Cadman minute, 11.8.91 on G.V. Stewart to Cadman, 7 August 1891. NLP 91/235.

72   Sheridan to Mair, 4.11.95. NLP 95/424.

73   Agreement between Hirawa Te Moananui and others, 11 January 1896. NLP 96/15.

158

11.19 164

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

Crown has not the power to exercise the right (i.e. to break the surface for mining purposes) without the consent of the owners of the land. If the Deeds ... confer a good title on Mr Stewart, and the restriction on the Grants is without effect, that leave should come from him and not from the former Native owners.'74

Cadman instructed that the opinion of the Solicitor General be sought 'whether or not the Government has the power to throw it open for mining without negotiating further with the Native owners.' Two reports on the matter are on file. The first, from Reid, advised that 'the mere reservation of the right to mine for gold only put the Crown in the like position it would have occupied at Common Law by virtue of the Prerogative.' The Crown would still have to purchase the right to mine since the Waihi reserves were explicitly excluded under the terms of the 1875 cession.75 The second report, by Theo Cooper, dated 22 June 1896, set out the increasingly standard legal position regarding the ownership of gold and precious metals. His opinion was firmly bedded in the decisions of courts of law:

The land affected by the Grants was originally Native Land, that is land owned by the Natives under their customs and usages but there is no doubt that in respect of all Native Lands the original title is in the Crown. In Johns v Rivers ... the Court of Appeal expressly decided that 'by Common Law the whole territory of the Colony originally vested in the Crown as its demesne subject only to the rightful and necessary use thereof by the aboriginal inhabitants.' When therefore the title was investigated and certain native owners proved their ownership to the land, the issue of the Crown Grant was in effect the exchange of the occupationary title of the Natives for a title under the Crown with the rights remedies and obligations expressed or applied in such Grant.76

The Privy Council had decided that the Crown's Prerogative right to gold and silver extended to the colonies in Woolley v The Attorney General of Victoria. Cooper advised, also, that 'The Great Case of Mines' in 1568 had established that the prerogative 'carried with it the right on the part of the Crown to enter on such lands and to mine for and extract the mineral and although this right was in a subsequent case doubted there [was] not sufficient reason to question the soundness of such power.' In his opinion, the restriction in the grant was 'mere surplusage' since 'the Native owners never had the right to the gold and silver within these lands'.77

(b) The Mining Act Amendment Act 1896

The Government firmly held to this reasoning. Cadman, questioned in the House by Hone Heke, the member for Northern Maori, about mineral rights at Waihi, replied that the Crown had not purchased from Maori, but 'held these rights, and would be prepared to maintain that position.'78 The Crown was increasingly troubled by the claims of Maori owners of lands excluded by the original cessions, and of Europeans who had purchased or leased gold field blocks directly from Maori and challenged the Crown's right to mine

74   Sheridan to Elliott, 11.6.96. NLP 96/15.

75   Reid to Mines Department, 3 October 1895, MD 1 95/1583.

76   Report of Theo Cooper, 22 June 1896. MD 1 96/1067.

77   Ibid.

78   NZPD, 1896, vol. 95, p. 43.

159

11.20 165

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

those areas. The most troublesome of these claims were those of the Kauri Timber Company which had taken over the lands in the Whangapoua-Tairua region, originally acquired by C.A. Harris.79 In response, the Government clarified and expanded its powers through statutory provision. Since 1873 the Crown had reserved the power to 'resume' lands held by Europeans under title granted after that date. The Government now extended the right to lands held under title issued prior to 1873, on the payment of compensation for damage to 'surface rights.' Section 50 gave retrospective sanction to licensed holdings and special claims on Pakirarahi no. 2. Of wider significance was Section 56 which declared:

Whereas in many cases aboriginal Natives, when ceding blocks of land to the Crown for mining purposes, have reserved certain areas used or intended to be used by them as residences, cultivations, burial grounds, or otherwise, and it is expedient that such areas should be available for mining purposes, provided that the use for which they were so reserved is not thereby prejudicially affected: ... such areas shall ... be available for mining purposes in like manner ... as if they had been ceded ... for those purposes....

In the debates on the Mining Amendment Bill, in 1896, the Government strongly asserted the Crown's prerogative over precious minerals, arguing that it had previously let its right sleep, but that, with the boom in mining and those rights being claimed by other entities, it was now time to affirm its position.80 The application of common law assumptions of Royal ownership of gold and silver to the New Zealand situation was, however, also challenged by Stout and others. The focus of attention was on the question of resumption which threatened European private property, not on the proposed powers over Maori land. Nonetheless, the question of native title was intrinsic to the debate since some opponents of the measure argued that the Crown itself; by negotiating the Treaty of Waitangi and then by entering into the gold cession agreements, had acknowledged that the Royal Prerogative did not apply without restriction. Furthermore, the Government, in arguing its right to control auriferous lands, had relied on interpretations of the law and past actions of which Maori could have little knowledge, and for which few explanations had been made: the incorporation of a right to Royal metals in the power of sovereignty; the assumption of a distinction between access and ownership as operating within the cession agreements; legislative enactment and practice regarding Crown granted title; and the significance in the difference between receiving gold revenues rather than the gold duty.

The Government's position was that the right of the Crown to the Royal metals had never been abandoned and that it was, therefore, also Tor the Crown to assert these rights in such a manner as [would] best conserve the interests of the colony.' The Treaty did not restrict that right. Seddon argued that 'by the rights ceded to the sovereignty of Her Majesty by the Natives in that treaty, per se, the right to Royal metals passes to Her Majesty.'81 For most supporters of the Bill, however, the Treaty had no relevance. It had

79   See discussion of C.A. Harris acquisitions in Anderson, The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800–1885.

80   NZPD, 1896, vol. 96, p. 279. Doc. 29, p. 340.

81   Ibid., p. 307. Doc. 29, p. 358.

160

11.21 166

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

nothing to say specifically on the matter, and no status in law.82 Nor was it seen as having a place in modern society. For O'Regan, the member for Inangahua:

When the Treaty of Waitangi was drawn up I doubt very much whether there was a Maori ... who knew anything about gold and silver. But even if any of them did ... apart from all legal considerations altogether ... I cannot understand how the Natives, whose ancestors—a band of naked savages—came to New Zealand a few hundred years ago, could claim rights to minerals which lay in the earth before the advent of those barbarians."

Even opponents of the measure were generally reluctant to deny the Crown's right to precious metals, their opposition being framed largely in terms of infringement of surface rights. Some members did, however, see a doubt existing as to mineral ownership. Heke, in particular, stressed that the Treaty was still 'alive.' Citing the second article, he argued:

I think that the rights of the Natives to their properties and to the gold and silver and other

minerals thereon ... were not conveyed to the Crown by the fact of the Natives signing the

Treaty of Waitangi. I state this: that the fact of the Natives signing on the one hand and the

Queen on the other hand agreeing upon a treaty, which confirms an obligation between two

parties, shows completely that the land property and every other property contained thereon

... belonged to the Natives.84

However, Heke's argument further, that Maori had retained such rights when they had alienated the land, went in a different direction than that taken by the European opponents of the Bill. They argued, rather, that ownership of minerals had transferred with the freehold, from Maori to the purchaser or the lessee.

Opponents of the Bill pointed out that even if the Government had not intended to abandon its right to minerals, this position had not always been insisted on—'Whether from motives of expediency or sentiment, the colony [had] not deemed it necessary to declare what was implied.'85 In their view, Maori could have had no idea at the time of the Treaty-signing that there was 'any such thing as a Royal prerogative to take away the precious metals lying under the surface of the soil.86 Nor could they have understood that 'when they put their land under the Native Land Act and so obtained a Crown grant, that by that means the prerogative of the Crown with regard to the Royal metals applied to their land.'87

The precedent of past gold field negotiations was also discussed. Opponents argued that the Government had recognised Maori rights to minerals by the 'series of agreements ... relating to their position, and to the mining for gold over their lands,' dating back to 1852. The Maori belief that they owned the minerals had been subsequently validated by their receipt of a portion of the gold field revenue. Most recently, it was argued, the Urewera Native Reserve Bill confirmed the recognition by Government of a native right.88 The Government denied these contentions, again stressing common law understandings.

82   Ibid., p. 280. Doc. 29, p. 341.

83   Ibid., p. 305. Doc. 29, p. 356.

84   Ibid., p. 312. Doc. 29, p. 363.

85   Ibid., p. 290. Doc. 29, p. 341.

86   Ibid., p. 303. Doc. 29, P. 354.

87   Ibid., p. 303. Doc. 29, p. 354.

88   See speeches of Stout, Allen and Button in ibid., pp. 285, 295, 303. Doc. 29, pp. 336, 346, 354–

161

11.22 167

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Seddon argued that a distinction in law between surface and mineral rights underlay the Government's dealings with Maori. He stated to the House that 'What has been recognised in respect to the Thames has been this: that the right of the Natives has been recognised in account of them owning the lands, not on account of the gold in the lands.' Stout interjected during Seddon's denial of Crown recognition: 'You gave them part of the gold.' To this, Seddon replied: 'Certainly not; we gave them no part of the gold: we gave them the miners' rights and the business licenses.'89 It was stressed, too, that gold duty had never been paid to Maori, and had been only ever contemplated as a form of rental.90

This divergence in opinion between what was law and what was the likely Maori understanding also characterised the discussion on the significance of a Crown grant. Titles to the Thames blocks had been issued with a specific reservation to the Crown and it is apparent that Maori thought that the absence of that qualification to the grant meant that they might now be able to withdraw from cession arrangements. Instead, they found themselves bound by the rules of the English title system and their land subject to all aspects of the Royal prerogative. Stout, discussing why the Treaty had not been recognised by the Supreme Court in Parata v Bishop of Wellington, summed up the legal position:

All our legislation has proceeded on the assumption that no Maori title is valid until a Crown grant is issued, and, once a Crown grant was issued, the land became what is called feudal land held under the Queen.91

Any right to gold then could go from the Queen only by a specific statutory grant. Opponents of the measure questioned, however, whether Maori could have been expected to know that the effect of bringing their land through the court would be to make it subject to the Royal prerogative over minerals. C.E. Button, the member for City of Auckland, asked the House:

When the Natives bought their land under the operation of the native Land Court, what was the effect of it? Did they part with rights? What was the object? ... No doubt it is a doctrine of English law that all the holders of land hold directly from the Crown—that the Crown is in the position which the feudal head occupied under the feudal law. But did the Natives understand when they put their land under the Native Land Act and so obtained a Crown grant, that by that means the prerogative of the Crown with regard to the Royal metals applied to their land? I trow not. And I cannot see that the Crown gave any consideration to the Natives for this prerogative right, when they simply put their land under the Act. Why ... it was only an exchange of title. Their own right and title by Native custom was simply parted with in order that they might have some title that the law would recognise. But I think it would be altogether unfair to suppose that the Natives ought to conclude that, in exchanging their Native title for a title according to the British law, they parted with the rights to the metals.92

89   Ibid., pp. 307–308. Doc. 29, pp. 358–359.

90   Ibid., pp. 310, 316–317. Doc. 29, pp. 361, 367–368.

91   Ibid., pp. 287, 289. Doc. 29, PP. 338, 340.

92   Ibid., p. 303. Doc. 29, p. 354.

162

11.23 168

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

The Government's view prevailed of where ownership of minerals lay, marking an end of Maori challenges on grounds of interference with property rights and the beginning of an appeal to the Government's duty of trusteeship.

Later in the year, the question of the status of Waikawau lands within the Hauraki gold field was raised again. Grantees of the reserves, acting through E. Rees, complained that mining claims had been issued over Te Puru, and Waiomu nos 2B & 3B. Kenny, who was instructed to investigate, acknowledged that one claim slightly overlapped a reserve, but denied that there was any reason for complaint. He argued that the Survey department was more careful since previous trouble at Pakirarahi requiring validation under the 1896 mining legislation:

Before the Survey Office became so particular, it is possible that some titles may have been granted over Native Reserves, but I think it will be found, if this should turn out to be the case, that the Natives have in many instances acquiesced and that they have been drawing the revenue from the licenses so granted. ...93

In any case, the question of the status of the reserves and the ability of Maori to withhold these lands from the warden's jurisdiction had been settled, in law, by the 1896 Act. Kensington of the Justice Department acknowledged that the issue of mining claims over any reserves which had been specifically excluded from the initial cession, and by the Auckland Proclamation Validation Act of 1869, would have been illegal, but pointed out that the Amendment Act had opened all Native Reserves for mining.94 The Government decided to treat the matter as a private one between Maori and the licensees infringing on their land. Kensington informed Rees accordingly:

I am now directed to state that the whole question is so involved it is impossible to deal within a general way ... and it must be left to the parties concerned to arrive at a settlement without interference on the part of the government.95

Hauraki and Mining Issues in the Twentieth Century

There were three mining issues of importance for Maori in the twentieth century: their struggle to remove lands no longer being used for mining purposes from the Government's jurisdiction; the declining ability to keep their lands closed to mining in the face of further strengthening of the Crown's ownership and right of access to important minerals by means of special statutes such as the Petroleum Act 1937, Atomic Energy Act 1945, and Iron and Steel Industry Act 1959; and the efforts of the Hauraki tribes to gain redress for long-standing grievances relating to the payment of gold field revenues and the Crown's acquisition of the freehold of the majority of the gold field blocks.96

In the late 1890s and early 1900s Hauraki Maori had continued to petition Parliament about the impact of statutory change on the understandings established by the cession

93   Kenny to Under Secretary Mines, 18 November 1896, in MD 1 96/2269.

94   Memo. re Native Reserves, 29.1.97. MD 1 97/346.

95   Kensington to Rees, 8 February 1897. MD 1 97/346.

96   For discussion of expanding Crown assertion of its right to all important sub-surface resources, see Anderson, 'Goldmining', pp. 85–92.

163

11.24 169

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

agreements.97 Thereafter, Maori spoke little on gold field issues until the I920S. Most notably, the dropping of the requirement for majority consent among Maori owners for the opening of their lands to mining met no protest in 1910, in contrast to the stormy opposition which that move had provoked 20 years earlier. The silence in Hauraki sounded from the depths of Maori alienation from their mineral lands by the early twentieth century. After 1900 the system of revenue payment broke down completely. Fragmentation of holdings, and much reduced amounts to be paid out, made the matter a mere nuisance in the view of Government officers while efforts to streamline the system tended to Maori disadvantage. The decision by Treasury to remit revenues directly to local bodies (as recipients of monies from Crown lands) rather than through a locally based officer, with knowledge of the holdings of Maori, meant the removal of any check that they were receiving their due.98 In 1917 the Imprest Account was closed, and after this date, payments were made through the Post Office on the certificate of the paying officer. Treasury officials later admitted that this was a 'retrograde step' for Maori, since most vouchers were simply returned as untraceable.99 Thus, by 1920, a considerable sum of money had accumulated on Maori owned blocks which had been returning small annual amounts of revenues over the years.

The Hauraki voice revived in the 1920S and 1930S. Interest in the gold field arrangements was initially sparked by queries about what had happened to revenues on Te Pohau No. 3, Kapua No. 2, and Te Uriwha A and B. Reports on the matter by the receiver of gold field revenues, based in Waihi, and officers of the Native Land Court, highlighted the failure of the system, the disorganised state of the books, and the fact that as much as £1,282 was outstanding on Maori lands within the Hauraki gold field district. This sum was paid over to the Waikato-Maniapoto Maori Land Board for distribution in 1928, but did not account for all outstanding monies since it did not include the payments of undistributed amounts into the Public Account for general purposes when the ledgers had been closed for certain of the gold field blocks. Further investigation in 1935, under the spur of general Hauraki complaint about the disposal of their gold field lands, revealed, however, that a further £1,030 was owed to Maori from the 'unclaimed balances'. Hauraki Maori requested that this sum be held as a fund for the benefit of all, rather than being dissipated in individual payments, and that it be administered by a tribal body to be established under statute. The Government finally acted to protect this tiny remnant of the revenues, first established by the cession agreements of the late 1860S. In 1938 the Government authorised the application of that sum to the general purposes of Ngati Maru and associated tribes under section 17 of the Native Purposes Act. The outstanding revenues were declared a common fund to be held and administered by a committee of six to ten members to be appointed by the Maori Land Court. The Act empowered the committee, on approval of the court, to 'expend the moneys in the fund for any purpose having for its object the advancement of the interests and general welfare, or for the

97   See J 1 96/1548, MD 1 93/721, MD 194/2887, MD 1 1900/3420, MD 1905/1225.

98   See NZPD, vol. 373, 1971, p. 2526.

99   Hauraki Goldfields Native Revenues: Treasury Statement relative to the Petitions, MA 13/35c. See Anderson, 'Goldmining', pp. 69–70.

164

11.25 170

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI: Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

general benefit of one or more of the said tribes [Ngati Maru, Ngati Whanaunga, Ngati Tamatera, and associated tribes] or of any particular section ... of said tribes.'

The MacCormick Commission, 1938–1970

While the Government, after many years of neglect, was willing to deal with this specific grievance, it was more reluctant to acknowledge any more general wrong-doing in past dealings with regard to the gold field blocks. In the early 1930s the Hauraki tribes had begun once again to petition about the conduct of the Crown. Three petitions were sent in: no. 23 of 1931 by Rihitoto Mataia and 83 others relative to gold field revenues from Moehau to Te Aroha; no. 347 of 1934–1935 of Rihitoto Mataia and 32 others relative to the Crown's acquisition of the Ohinemuri-Hauraki ceded lands, and the payment of revenues on them; and no. 196 of 1935 of Hoani Te Anini and 501 others 'with regard to mining rights in respect of Native lands within the Coromandel and Hauraki Districts, and the payment of goldfields revenues arising therefrom.'100 Signed by a large number of members of the iwi, the petitions expressed a deep but undefined sense of loss; for example, petition no. 347 set out the terms of the original lease of Ohinemuri, the Crown demand for the repayment of £15,000, the Native Land Court subdivision and award to the Crown, and asked for an investigation of the facts surrounding those events. In evidence before the Native Affairs Committee, Hoani Watene emphasised Hauraki landlessness and economic marginalisation as a result of the history of extractive exploitation and purchase: that the 'ravens flew to the Coromandel ranges to dig for that carcass of gold' and then to the Hauraki Plains which had been devoured by the 'wheels of industry and progress'. In Watene's eyes, the resources of 'gold' and potential for dairying had proved a 'curse' resulting in Maori exclusion from their own lands. 101

The petitions were referred to the Native Land Court for inquiry and report under section 22 of the Native Purposes Act 1935. Gradually the terms of the inquiry, presided over by Chief Judge MacCormick, were defined. Investigation focused on the Crown's acquisition of four blocks—Ohinemuri, Moehau, Waikawau, and Omahu West—and its record of payment of gold field revenues under the cession agreements. Crown officers largely dictated the direction of the inquiry. The issue under investigation concerned the question of the Crown's actions with reference to the commitments given under the gold mining cession agreements rather than under the Treaty of Waitangi itself, and did not deal directly with the question of Maori rights over sub-surface resources. It was assumed that the common law applied and that the Government had the right to pass legislation as it saw fit even if this altered negotiated agreements. Questions of the foreshore and of the fairness of the consideration paid were excluded from the scope of the investigation,

100 See schedule to Native Purposes Act 1935.

101 Copy of Minutes Taken for the Representatives of Ngati Mani present at the Second Hearing of the Petition of Rihitoto Mataia, 6 March 1935. Appendix A in Hauraki Goldfields Native Revenue, Treasury Statement relative to Petitions, Hauraki Goldfields Special File. MA 13/35 (c). Watene's statement is fully quoted in Anderson, The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800–1885, p. 27.

165

11.26 171

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

although evidence to the levels of payment received by Maori for the extinguishment of title was presented.

Officers from the Native Department and the Crown Law Office also dictated what evidence was heard. They were unwilling for the Maori petitioners to view Government files for themselves, since this would 'enable them to frame ... more direct allegations', might result in 'misinterpretations' and 'seriously embarrass the Crown', especially if it gave rise to 'a lot of allegations that might be fanciful but very difficult to answer'.102 Hampered by this lack of access to the unpublished Government record, the Hauraki petitioners relied heavily on the few pieces of evidence available to them—the wording of the original deeds of cession, Mackay's report on the opening of the Thames gold field in 1869, and petitions and statistics, published in the Appendices to the Journals of the House of Representatives. Other evidence, such as the early acknowledgements of the inhibitions on the Royal Prerogative given when gold was first discovered in 1852, and internal Government criticism of mining legislation in terms of its impact on revenues was not brought to light. The Government officials who looked into the activities of the Crown in the acquisition of the Ohinemuri and associated lands were concerned largely with showing that Maori had been duly paid, both in terms of mining revenues (as set up by the cession deeds) and the purchase of the freehold of those lands. While it was acknowledged that Government agents had deliberately undermined tribal rangatiratanga over these lands, such practice was seen as typical of the time and outside the responsibility of the current Government provided that no law had been broken. As one official within a later administration more sensitive to the issue of Maori rights has pointed out in an internal departmental memorandum, that weighting seriously undermined the position of Maori when they sought to establish a grievance:

When the judiciary has considered the case, to me, it has been from one viewpoint only. It has looked at it in response to a Crown request with background information and reference material provided from the Crown's records and with "the rules of the game" being set by the Crown.103

While the petitioners were not able to seriously question the Crown's right to gold and to legislate with reference to mining on Maori land, they maintained that the Royal Prerogative did not apply in New Zealand: that 'the natives under the Treaty of Waitangi retained for themselves everything except the lawanatanga' ... and that the very fact that the Crown subsequently entered into agreements with the natives relative to the gold shows that at that early stage the rights of the natives were recognised.'104 The major direction of their case developed, however, along two lines which fitted with the sources of information available to them and with the requirements of the law at that time: that

102 Crown Solicitor to Sullivan and Winter, 18 June 1937, and memo., 22 June 1937; Crown Solicitor to Under Secretary Native Department, 3 February 1938; Under Secretary Native Department to Crown Solicitor, 14 February 1938. MA 119/1/193, vol. 2. Cited in Anderson, Goldmining, p. 73.

103 Pat Park memo. to Foughy, 19 March 1986. Doc. 36, p. 446. This is an unlabelled file, currently in the possession of the Hauraki Maori Trust Board. Mr. Park has confirmed writing the memo. in a conversation, 28 April 1997.

104 Notes of continuation of Inquiry of January 1938, 6 March 1939, B9, MA 13/35c. Cited in Anderson, 'Goldmining', p. 73.

166

11.27 172

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI:   Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

under the deeds of cession, the whole of the gold field revenue belonged to Maori and had not passed with the freehold in sales to the Crown and settlers; and that the deeds had created a fiduciary obligation on the part of the Crown which it had failed to fulfil.

In the first line of argument, counsel for the petitioners suggested that the wording of the gold field deeds which guaranteed the revenues to the signatories and their 'heirs', had signified the Crown's intention that the revenues should go to Maori for all time; and that this understanding had been preserved by the subsequent Acts of Parliament which had carried over the cession agreements into the law. The Hauraki petitioners also argued that the Crown had failed in a fiduciary trust created by the deeds of cession. They maintained that the Crown had not honoured its obligations with reference to the gold and timber revenues set up by the deeds, pointing to the long litany of Maori complaint about maladministration and to the unfairness of making them pay for that administration out of their revenues. In the view of Hauraki, the Crown had also breached its trust in a more profound sense: by the fraudulent purchase of the lands opened by the cessions. This line of attack partly relied on defects in the deeds of sale, published evidence that payments had been made before court award of title, and questions about the repayment of advances at Ohinemuri. Partly, it relied on the underpinning principle that a trustee was not entitled to purchase any of the property in the trust for his own benefit. The Crown, countering with evidence showing that revenues had been paid out and lands paid for, argued that any shortcoming in the methods of payment was regrettable but typical of the time and outside the responsibility of current administrations, and denied that the deeds represented anything beyond a 'bargain for a right or easement ... a profit a prendre that created no trust.'105

The court accepted the Crown's evidence that it had disbursed the gold field revenues, had paid for the purchase of the freehold, and had committed no fraud even though there had been serious lapses in bookkeeping. MacCormick also, somewhat reluctantly, rejected the petitioners' argument that a trust had been created by the deeds. He found 'with doubt and hesitation', that it had not been affirmatively shown that the true meaning of the deeds of cession was that gold field revenues should go to the original Maori right-holders notwithstanding the sale of the freehold but acknowledged that this fact may not have been fully explained to the vendors. In the court's view, the Crown had become a fiduciary agent responsible to Maori for 'its actions in regard to mining rights and the revenues collected, but not further or otherwise'. No trust had been created in the land itself. Nor did the court accept the petitioners' argument that the Crown had intended to keep alive the revenue rights of Maori even though the land had been sold. The statutes cited by counsel in support of their case had been intended to preserve the Crown's mining jurisdiction established by cession rather than an enduring Maori right to the revenues.106 In MacCormick's opinion, proof that such an understanding had not existed, was to be found in the Crown's stopping of all revenue payments immediately upon acquisition of the freehold, and the long-term acquiescence of Maori in the same. The

105 Notes of Hauraki Goldfields Inquiry, 6 March 1939, J 5 MA 13/35c. Cited in ibid., p. 75.

106 The Native Purposes Act 1935, Report and Recommendation, AJHR, 1940, G–6A, p. 5. Doc. 30, p. 374.

 

167

11.28 173

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

court did express some unease, however, about both the state of the gold revenue accounts, and the nature of the gold field purchases. MacCormick noted that the Crown could not 'now render any complete or satisfactory account of the revenue received and expended by it, firstly because of the long delay [had] rendered it impossible to inspect many records formerly available, and secondly owing to the methods adopted for the distribution of money due to the Natives.'107 Treasury was thus unable to verify the division of payments, 'nor say definitively whether the very large payments made to the local bodies came entirely from lands the freehold of which had been acquired by the Crown.'108 MacCormick recommended that 'more inspection and audit' was desirable even if unlikely to produce definitive results. In the meantime, his finding partly reflected the inability of the Crown to prove that the petitioners had no grievance, just as the latter had been unable to demonstrate any illegality.

MacCormick also was critical of the purchase of the gold fields. While the question of loss of tribal lands and resources did not fall strictly within the compass of the court's inquiry, MacCormick condemned Crown agents for leading Maori who relied on them, into 'very bad bargains' which 'had the transactions been subject to judicial review' were 'unlikely [to] have been approved, at all events without modification.'109 On the other hand, he also thought that the offence was mitigated by the understandings which had pertained at the time—both in terms of purchase method and in the anticipated benefits from the acquisition. This assessment stressed the importance of modern technology in making the mineral exploitation of the Ohinemuri lands viable, but ignored the visions of profit operating at the time of purchase.

MacCormick's finding was essentially conservative, bound by the legal understandings of the time which demanded a narrow construction of the meaning of fiduciary trust and placed no weight on Treaty-based arguments of partnership, consultation, active protection, and ongoing benefit. Nonetheless, he recommended that the Crown, at its own discretion, might make a 'substantial' compensatory payment of £30,000 to £40,000 to Hauraki Maori, in view of the unequal nature of the many early transactions and their current landlessness:

That in view of the very large sums of money received by the Crown by reason of its purchase of the freehold previously ceded to it for mining purposes, and the doubt whether the Natives fully appreciated the effect of their sales, and the further doubt as to the proper distribution to the Natives of the moneys they were entitled to, the advisers of the Crown might well consider favourably the making of an ex-gratia payment for the benefit of the Natives whom the petitioners represent.110

The implementation of that recommendation was left entirely to the discretion of the Crown, and while a number of administrations took preliminary steps in that direction, a payment in tacit acknowledgement of past grievance was never made. That failure to give

107 Ibid., p. 7. Doc. 30, p. 376.

108 Ibid., p. 4. Doc. 30, p. 373.

109 Ibid., p. 7. Doc. 30, p. 376.

110 Ibid. Doc. 30, p. 377. Cited in Anderson, 'Goldmining', pp. 76–77.

168

11.29 174

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI:   Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

force to MacCormick's recommendation derived in part from political mischance—in particular, the fall of sympathetic administrations before the matter could be addressed—but also derived from narrow official construction of Government responsibility as extending only to an avoidance of actual fraud, reluctance to admit liability for nineteenth-century transactions, and particularly strong opposition from Treasury.

The expression of MacCormick's decision was strongly influenced by the outbreak of World War Two. He suggested that the time was inopportune for the making of any monetary settlement 'out of the bounty and grace of the Crown', and that the question of a payment could be deferred until the end of the war. The Government immediately distanced itself from any obligation to act on the court's recommendation. When the Native Affairs Committee referred MacCormick's report to the Government for consideration, personnel of the Native Affairs Department suggested that the matter could be delayed. A report to that effect was minuted by F. Langstone, that 'No action should be taken in the meantime. ... In fact ... the Natives are indebted to the Crown.'111 This view appears to have been formed in response to the evidence presented by Government officers before the inquiry that part of the debt on Ohinemuri had been written-off to ensure the transfer of the absolute freehold. The recommendation of the Native Affairs Department to defer any action was approved by Cabinet in August 1941.

There was as little will to make a compensatory payment after the war. In 1946, G.P. Shepherd, as Under Secretary for Native Affairs, advised his Minister (H.G.R. Mason) that the recommended award was not 'referable to any certain loss or definite injustice suffered' since the evidence had shown that land and resources had not been confiscated but purchased, and MacCormick had found that there was insufficient evidence of any illegal action on the part of the Crown with reference to the breach of a specific trust to support the petitioners' case. Shepherd reached the conclusion that since Maori had made no complaint in the past about revenues stopping on the sale of the freehold, the doctrine of estoppel should apply. Underlying that advice was a reluctance to open the door to similar claims against the Government, based on inequities of early contracts .112

The view began to form in Government circles that the case for such recompense was weak and could be put off indefinitely. Mason, thus, noted that no action should be taken but that the matter could be included in a commission on outstanding Maori claims, and then failed to follow through on the proposal. Ropiha, as Shepherd's successor, also reached the conclusion that Hauraki had no case because: 'Law, equity and commonsense alike discourage stale demands where a party has slept upon his rights and acquiesced for a great length of time.'113 Hauraki leaders now struggled to gain Government implementation of MacCormick's recommendations, partly as an acknowledgement of the inequity of early dealings by which they had lost control of the gold field blocks, but largely with

111 Memo. for Native Minister, 11 November 1940, MA 119/1/193, vol. 2. Doc. 31, p. 393. Cited in ibid., p. 77.

112 Memo. for Native Minister, 30 April 1946, MA 119/1/193, vol. 2. Doc. 31, p. 394. Cited in ibid.

113 Memo. for Minister of Maori Affairs, 2 September 1949, MA 119/1/193, vol. 3. Doc. 31, p. 396. Cited in ibid.

169

11.30 175

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

the practical aim of promoting the economic and social welfare of their people. In 1947 a motion proposed by Tukukino was carried unanimously at a meeting of the Hauraki tribes, held at Thames:

The sum of £30,000 or £40,000 granted by the Government to them be accepted, so as to enable them to raise the general standard of living amongst the people as a whole, who are interested in the claim, and to aid them in farming purposes etc, and the amenities of education and rehabilitation of returned servicemen of the tribe. 114

A representation to Peter Fraser drew the Prime Minister's attention to the Hauraki perspective on the transfer of the gold field blocks into the hands of the Crown, emphasising the reliance of their tupuna on the advice of Government officials, their lack of knowledge of the value of those lands, the pressure exerted on them to sell by successive administrations, and the lack of land remaining to Maori in the twentieth century as a result of that policy. At that meeting, attended by an eight person delegation from Hauraki, the four Maori Members of Parliament, and officers from the Department of Maori Affairs, Fraser indicated that the Labour Government was anxious to settle all outstanding Maori claims and was seriously considering that of the Hauraki tribes. He told the Hauraki deputation that he was in sympathy with their requests for a monetary settlement paid out in either a lump sum, or in annual instalments which could be applied to purposes for the general benefit of the Hauraki tribes. A second meeting was held between the assembled Hauraki people and four officers from the Department of Maori Affairs in Rotorua, in 1949, to finalise arrangements, but the Labour Government fell before Cabinet approval could be given.

Fraser's statement to the Hauraki tribal delegates was acknowledged by successive ministers and officials attached to the Department of Maori Affairs as strengthening the obligation of the Government, but ultimately no action was taken in the face of Treasury intransigence. Thus, the new Minister of Maori Affairs, E.H. Corbett, recognised that the court's recommendation and Fraser's promise to the Hauraki delegation 'really constituted an understanding which could hardly be disregarded now', although he stressed to Maori that 'whatever was done would be above the legal rights'.115 But Corbett's proposal to settle the matter ran into strong opposition from Treasury, on the grounds that there was no claim enforceable under law and that such a payment would create a dangerous precedent with reference to other nineteenth century transactions. Cabinet adopted this more conservative view, that:

When these rights were acquired in 1867, 1868 and 1875, payment was then made in all good faith, and that the Court which considered the claim had not found any grounds, or indeed made recommendation, which would provide a reasonable basis for a special payment at this distance of time.116

Hauraki petitions followed (from Puti Tipene Watene, Barney Raukopa, and 30 others from the Marutuahu people in 1953, and in 1958 from Ahiwera Awatere and Ngati Porou

114 Mahutu Makiwhara to Maori Welfare Officer, 17 May 1947, MA 119/1/193, vol. 3. Cited in ibid., p. 78.

115 Memo. dated 7/12/50, on notes of Representations to Minister of Maori Affairs & memo. for Under Secretary, 6 December 1950, MA 119/1/193, vol. 3. Doc. 31, p. 403. Cited in ibid.

116 Secretary of Cabinet to Minister of Maori Affairs, 24 May 1951. MA 19/1/193, vol. 3. Cited in ibid.

170

11.31 176

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI:   Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

with interests at Harataunga) seeking implementation of MacCormick's recommendations. In 1959 the Native Affairs Committee recommended the matter to the Government's 'favourable consideration' and the Nash administration decided to pick up the commitment of the previous Labour Government and take steps to make a monetary settlement. Treasury continued to oppose any payment, but Nash was persuaded by J.K Hunn's view, as acting Secretary for Maori Affairs, that MacCormick's recommendations placed a 'moral' obligation on the Crown. Whereas opponents to the settlement argued that MacCormick had failed to support the petitioners' case, Hunn pointed out that the judge had also failed to rule categorically that the grievance was unfounded, and argued that it was too late in the history of the petitions for the Government to 'rely on legal defences to deny the claim.'117 Nash agreed that the matter 'warrant[ed] settlement' to be considered in the following year, 1961, but in the interim, the second Labour Government fell.118

His successor as Minister of Maori Affairs, J.R. Hanan, again recommended in 1961 that the Cabinet give approval to a settlement, arguing that past demonstrations of Government sympathy, the probability of continuing Hauraki protest, and referral by the Petitions Committee for 'favourable consideration' made this step desirable if not urgent. Again Treasury officials immediately protested, expressing concern lest the settlement 'open[ed] the way for a revival of the claims on the sale of Horowhenua, Wanganui and Wellington and New Plymouth.'119 J.K. Hunn rejected this possibility as a reason for rejecting the Hauraki claim, reiterating his earlier advice that the Crown was 'morally if not legally' bound to institute MacCormick's recommendations, but Hanan minuted this letter, 'At present no action, bring up in May 1962.'120

In 1967 Raukopa and 181 others once again petitioned the Government seeking settlement of past grievances by means of the implementation of MacCormick's recommendations. In response, the Holyoake Government directed retired Chief Judge of the Maori Land Court, Ivor Prichard, to investigate the matter. Prichard made no reference to the Hauraki people's views and understandings, relying on departmental memoranda, previous judgments, and the law.121 He adopted the view of the Treasury Department that to redress issues of adequacy of consideration, fairness of land transactions, and Maori understandings of the bargains in which they had entered would be to 'reopen the majority of sales throughout New Zealand'; and of MacCormick that it had not been 'affirmatively shown that the true intent and meaning of the deeds of cession was that the mining revenue should go to the Maoris notwithstanding the extinguishment of the Maori title to the land from which the revenue was derived.' He also was influenced by the principle laid down in the Surplus Land Commission that the onus was on the Maori

117 J.K. Hunn to Minister of Maori Affairs, 30 June 1960. MA 119/1/193, vol. 4. Doc. 31, p. 405. Cited in ibid.,

p. 79.

118 See discussion in Anderson, 'Goldmining', p. 79.

119 Memo. to McKay, 7 June 1961. MA 19/1/193, vol. 4. Doc. 31, p. 406. Cited in ibid.

120 J.R. Hanan minute, 5 July 1961, on J. K. Hunn to Minister of Maori Affairs, 3 July 1961. MA 119/1/193, vol. 4.

121 See Pat Park on this point, memo. to Foughy, 19 March 1986. Doc. 36, pp. 443–447.

171

11.32 177

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

petitioners to prove wrong-doing since the title of the Crown was unassailable in law, and by the assumption that a long lapse of time had taken place between Maori entering into bargains and then complaining about them. Arguing that the Government should not admit liability by making any form of payment which would create a precedent for similar claims, Prichard recommended against the settlement of the Hauraki grievance.122

On Prichard's adverse report in 1968, the Holyoake Government let the matter drop.123 The question was next raised under the Labour administration of 1972-1975, when the Minister of Maori Affairs (M. Rata) met with the Hauraki iwi on several occasions and expressed sympathy for their claim.124 A submission was drafted for Cabinet consideration, proposing a settlement of $100,000 to 'dispose of what , in the minds of the people [was] a long-standing grievance.'125 Defeat at the polls again intervened and the matter has remained unsettled.

Resident Site Licences

A further focus of Hauraki protest in the twentieth century concerned the continuing existence of Government-issued resident site licences on Maori ceded lands. Such licences had been originally intended to provide places of residence for miners in townships such as Shortland, Coromandel, and Te Aroha, but that purpose had fallen away with mining productivity. Nonetheless, the district remained subject to the Government's gold field jurisdiction as a result of the cession agreements, and in the late 1920s, the mining warden utilised his powers under section 103 of the Mining Act 1926 to grant a number of resident and business site licences for Thames and Coromandel properties, which were subsequently used to run stock, for holiday accommodation, or general commercial purposes. This meant that in some instances as little as 5/- and at most £z per annum was received for properties which might generate as much as £5 per annum at that time. In return for this small annual payment, a licencee received a renewable right to occupy a section, to build upon it, and to assign those rights.126 In the late 1960s 51 licences were identified as still operating on Maori ceded lands, at Te Kapua, and Te Kapua 4, Pohaua 2B2 and 3, Te Kopi 1 and 2, Tutukaka, Te Onepu 1, Te Puru 4B1, Ngaromaki 2A, Te Hape North 2, Te Horo, Moehau 4A1, 2A2B, 2B4C2B2, and Harataunga East 2A. It was calculated in 1968 that a total annual rental of $81.50 was being paid on property with a total unimproved value of $20,000—a return to the owners of only 0.4% on their land.127

The licences under mining legislation were an anachronism providing leases with a right of renewal for trivial rentals. In the meantime, Maori had no power to remove such lands

122 Prichard to Minister of Maori Affairs, 22 April 1968. Doc. 33, pp. 4n-420. Unreferenced document held by the Hauraki Maori Trust Board.

123 See Ivor Prichard to Minister of Maori Affairs, 22 April 1968. Doc. 33, pp. 411-420.

124 My thanks to T.J. McEnteer for this information.

125 Draft Cabinet submission, 5 November 1975. 19/1/193. Doc. 34, p. 423. Document held by Hauraki Maori Trust Board.

126 See memo. for Under Secretary Department of Maori Affairs, 28 September 1948 & Ivor Prichard to Minister of Maori Affairs, 22 April 1968, AAMK 869/202A. Doc. 32, p. 408.

127 B.E. Souter, Deputy Secretary to Minister of Maori Affairs, 1 July 1968. Ibid. Doc. 32, pp. 409-410.

172

11.33 178

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI:   Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

from the gold field and the Government's jurisdiction. Hauraki had protested the warden's use of powers to control surface assets in the 1890s, but no record of complaint on this matter has been found for the first half of the twentieth century. It is not known whether this silence reflects the relative dearth of mining records for this period, or Maori dissociation with their gold field lands after so many years of lack of direct control. In 1948, however, the Government's own departmental and Maori Land Court officers drew its attention to the inequitable imposition of resident site licences on Hauraki lands. When the Mines Department contemplated the issue of such a licence over part of Te Hape North, G.P. Shepherd objected that this would be contrary to the terms of the original cession, still preserved by general mining legislation, and outside the power of the warden, more especially since the land was not going to be used for mining purposes.128 In the same year Judge Beechey of the Auckland District Maori Land Court recommended that areas where mining had ceased should be removed from the Government's jurisdiction, pointing out:

It is difficult to imagine that when the lands were ceded for goldmining the Maori owners contemplated that the provisions of the Mining Act would apply so as to give anyone the right to obtain the occupation of Maori lands in this way. In any event it is not fair to the Maori owners that lands once required for residence sites in connection with mining should now be retained for residence sites for use apart altogether from mining. 129

Despite the general dominance of the appeal to 'equality under law' in the formulation of legislative policy, the Hauraki tribes had to wait for another 30 years before the Government addressed the issue of the continuing liability of Maori lands to the powers of the warden to issue licences giving surface rights. Again, the rights of Maori were regarded as secondary to other considerations: in this instance, to the property rights of the licencees. Thus, questions about the legality of the resident site licences, and efforts (initiated by E.T. Tirakatene) to raise the rents were resisted by officials both within the Mines Department and the Justice Department, who argued that the licences had been issued in good faith. In their view, even if it was proved that licences had been granted without authority, 'no remedial action in consequence could with any justification take the form of an increase of the license fee' and a provision with this intent was dropped from the Mining Tenures Registration Bill in 1962.130 On the other hand, the Mining Tenures Registration Act 1962 abrogated the Government's power to cancel licences for breach of conditions of issue, most particularly the use of such sites for purposes unconnected with mining, and thus guaranteed virtually perpetual tenure of the properties in question.

The growing Hauraki consciousness of their history of grievance, partly as a result of the petitioning in the 1930s and the Government's subsequent failure to implement MacCormick's recommendations, led to a revival of attempts to regain the control, first lost 100 years earlier, of any blocks that remained in their ownership. The chairperson of the Hauraki Goldfield Trust Committee, Barney Raukopa, began making queries into the

128 Shepherd to Under Secretary Mines Department, 8 September 1948, ibid.

129 Memo. for Under Secretary Department of Maori Affairs, 28 September 1948, ibid.

130 C.B. Cutler for Secretary for Justice to Secretary for Maori Affairs, 2 August 1962, ibid.

173

11.34 179

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

licences and, in 1967, a formal request was made that all the properties concerned be returned. The matter was then raised by Ivor Prichard as a result of his inquiry into the MacCormick recommendation. Prichard did not support Hauraki's claim for compensation, but warned the Government that a grievance existed with reference to this issue:

There has ... come to my notice that the Maori owners of some small part of the lands in question have a definite grievance which sooner or later will probably be the subject of a meritorious claim. It seems proper that I should mention it to you but that it should not be included in my report and this letter should not go on the claim file. No claim has been raised in respect of the matter I now mention.131

By this stage there was a growing awareness amongst Government officials that mining legislation required revision. The residence site licence was the most damaging, but not the only relict of outmoded arrangements and differentials in the treatment of Maori and Pakeha land which had been preserved by legislation. There was, too, an increasing appreciation in Government circles that the continuing designation of Maori lands in the Hauraki district as subject to mining jurisdiction was no longer appropriate. At a meeting of departmental officers in July 1968, it was decided that the Crown should renounce its rights under the original cessions. All rights and titles granted by the Crown within ceded lands were, however, to be excepted from that renunciation, and thus, tenants under the residence site licences would be left undisturbed.

In 1969 Mairehau Williams instructed a solicitor (Mr Finlay Phillips of Otorohanga) to enquire into the licences affecting Moehau 4A1 Block which was being used for grazing and for holiday accommodation. On being informed that the licences appeared to be in breach of the cession agreements, she instructed him to claim a return of the land from the Lands and Survey Department which took over from the Mining Warden's Court when it was abolished in 1962. No progress was made until 1971 when the Hauraki tribes protested the Mining Bill which had been formulated to revise outmoded mining legislation.132 The Maori Ceded Lands Committee was formed to deal with the issue. It argued that the control of the gold field blocks should be returned to Maori, and objected before the Parliamentary Committee which was examining the Bill that the draft legislation preserved an inequitable and exploitative arrangement which had locked Maori into rent levels set over 100 years previously. Hauraki iwi argued that the Crown had 'failed lamentably in the responsibility it assumed to the ... owners through neglecting to revise the rentals at suitable intervals', and that it was 'the duty of the Crown to ensure that the land [was] returned free of any equitable claims and certainly free of any so unjustly created." 33

Despite this protest, section 34 of the Mining Act 1971, while renouncing the Crown's rights under deed of cession, preserved the arrangements established under them. In the following year, however, D. Madntyre, as Minister of Maori Affairs, indicated that the

131 Ivor Prichard to Minister of Maori Affairs, 22 April 1968. In ibid. Doc. 32, p. 408.

132 Maori Ceded Land Claim. Memorandum for the Sub-Committee of the Board of Maori Affairs, 7 November 1984. Doc. 35, pp. 425–442. Document held by Hauraki Maori Trust Board.

133 Evidence before the Labour and Mining Committee, 12 March 1970. AAMK 869/202A.

174

11.35 180

▲back to top

 

Chapter VI:   Hauraki Iwi and the Gold Fields, 1890–1980

Marshall Government would be willing to open discussion on the question of the resident site licences. When negotiations produced no agreement, and a licensee sought planning permission to build a motel on one of the sites, the Hauraki leaders decided to take proceedings in the High Court. The action was lost in 1980, however, because the court held that the passing of the Mining Tenures Registration Act 1962 and compulsory registration in the Land Transfer office thereunder, had converted the resident site licences into leases in perpetuity and that the licence holders therefore had an indefeasible title. Shortly afterwards, the beneficial owners decided to try negotiation again, eventually accepting a settlement package. Under some pressure from the Minister of Lands who was threatening to terminate negotiations, the Maori owners agreed that the Government would buy out lessees on sites where there were no buildings so that the land could be returned. In occupied sites where this was considered impossible, the Government would buy out the interests of the Maori owners at current valuation (unimproved) or make exchange for Crown-owned lands situated elsewhere. Monetary compensation was also offered, that sum being formulated to take account of the inadequacy of past rentals, and to include a solatium of $100,000 for the fact that the owners had been placed in a position in which they had no alternative but to agree to purchase by the Government. That sum was deposited with the New Zealand Guardian Trust to manage. The issue has not been resolved completely, however. Some issues at 'Irishtown' in Thames remain the subject of ongoing negotiation between the Hauraki tribes and the Crown. The solicitor for the claimants concerned has also attempted, unsuccessfully, to restore more direct Maori control of the residual monies of the deceased estates by establishing a trust under Te Ture Whenua Maori Land Act 1993. The aim of the trust would be to ensure that the residual monies are preserved for the benefit of any successors and that the income is used for the goals long sought by Hauraki leaders: the social and economic welfare of Hauraki

iwi.134

134 My thanks to TJ. McEnteer for this information.

175

12 Chapter 7: Conclusion

▲back to top

12.1 181

▲back to top

 

Chapter vii
CONCLUSION

This report has described the final wasting of Hauraki lands and resources which underlay the economic and social decline of the tangata whenua of that district in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. It has been argued here that the Crown played a key role in that decline, by its indifference, and often, its deliberate exploitation of Maori distress. Furthermore, the necessity for sale was in itself, largely the result of the Government's exercise of controls over the price of native land (the means employed to bring native land into the European title system), and the earlier practices of raihana, and secret individual downpayments to undermine tribal rangatiratanga which were more fully described in Volume Four of the Hauraki Treaty Claims. Various officials and politicians made promises of partnership and ongoing advantage—'if we unite together ... we shall have treasures and riches ... Your children will be benefitted'—in order to induce the Hauraki tribes to open their lands to mining and to make them available for purchase and settlement. Yet successive Governments continued to implement policies with reference to mining, the exploitation of rivers, and the purchase of land which sacrificed Maori interests to those of colonial settlement and development.

They did so, despite fears of the implications for the state, of the declining position of Hauraki and other iwi. The Crown had plenty of warning that the Hauraki society was heading for trouble under its purchase policies. The advice of its own officers in the late 1870s and early 1880s was that Maori were in danger of 'impoverishing themselves' and becoming a burden on the state. Although Hauraki Maori were seen as bearing the blame for their own lack of economic and social rectitude, Government officers also warned that the Crown's policies, on mining, for example, were harming Maori interests, or, in the case of reserves, were simply not working. Despite the appearance of Maori in the capacity of 'willing sellers' there were also many indications—in the efforts of the Native Committees, the discussions with Ballance and Seddon, the careers of leaders such as Mangakahia, interest in Kotahitanga, and endemic complaint in the form of petitions, at negotiations, and in physical obstruction—of their concern at their inability to hold onto their land and resources. There was evidence, also, of their dissatisfaction with the liabilities under which they laboured when it did come to selling—most especially, court and survey costs, and the Crown's quasi-monopoly on price. Yet the overwhelming trend of legislation in these years was towards the expansion of Crown control over sub-surface resources and the speeding up of purchase of Maori land, including reserved areas. Occasional Crown initiatives towards slowing alienation or giving a measure of self-

177

12.2 182

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP 9: MAORI LAND AT 1997

178

12.3 183

▲back to top

 

Chapter VII: Conclusion

government invariably fell victim to immediate imperatives of the 'public good', or subsequent policy reversals back to the overriding goal of promoting the acquisition and settlement of 'idle' Maori land.

Thus, despite knowledge of the increasingly landless state of Hauraki Maori, fears that they would become a burden on the state, and criticism of the impact of Crown policies, the Government continued to purchase out of the declining Hauraki resource base. At least 235,500 acres had been acquired between 1885 and the end of 1912, which, with sales to private purchasers as well, left Maori with only 171,000 acres, much of it in uneconomic units of poor quality soil, mountainous terrain, or vulnerable to flooding.1 This provided an insufficient land base on which to ground Maori economic transformation in the twentieth century. Indeed, the experience of the Hauraki people in the first decades of the twentieth century was one of further marginalisation as the Crown, backed by powers of compulsory acquisition, purchased, drained and burnt the Hauraki floodplain, bringing 'useless' swampland into a state ready for balloting to eagerly waiting settlers. Although most Maori land had gone by this stage, both private and Crown purchases—for settlement schemes for returned soldiers, land improvement, and school sites—continued in the interwar years. Thus, by 1939, the area of land left in Maori hands had been reduced to 88,500 acres. This represented 6% of their former land base. It has been demonstrated by the Waitangi Tribunal's Rangahaua Whanui project that by this date on a per capita basis, 'Maori in the Hauraki district were the most land-short'? By 1997 Maori land holding has dwindled further to a mere 38,500 acres 2.6% (See Map 9: Maori Land at 1997).

Nor had a capital base been established, despite these extensive sales, in part, because the low prices which Governments set for land meant that Maori found it difficult to pay off high court and survey costs, as well as those of general sustenance—so difficult that, according to the Government's purchase officer at Hauraki, 'after all their lands [were] of very little benefit to them.'3 The evidence suggests, too, that Hauraki participation in the labour market was at the most marginal levels: a short-lived phase of employment on public works followed by a generally discriminatory practise; or in the unreliable, irregular occupations such as gum digging in which they faced increasingly stiff competition from both Pakeha and other Maori groups. That evidence of social deprivation lies largely in the indices of poverty for Hauraki Maori, discussed in W.H. Oliver's report, Volume io of the Hauraki Treaty Claims, most particularly, in the poor state of their health.

No doubt, it may be argued by some, that the Crown held no blame here: that Hauraki Maori had been duly paid for both land and access to minerals. It is maintained here, however, that the Crown held responsibility to ensure not just that Maori were paid for their land, but under conditions that were fair. As Governments encouraged Hauraki

1 See map for period; 'Stout Ngata Commission', AJHR, 1908, evidence of A.A. Jenkinson before Committee on Rating of Native Land, in MA 120/1/14, pt 2, pp. 404–408; Haora Tareranui to Native Minister, 5 September 1928, in MA 1 1928/130.

2 A. Ward, 'National Overview', vol. 1, Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series, 1997, p.11 and Figure.

3 Mair to Land Purchase Officer, 4 November 1896. MA MLP 1905/39.

179

12.4 184

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

PROPORTION OF HAURAKI RANGAHAUA WHANUI DISTRICT COMPARED TO DISTRICTS IN NEW ZEALAND, 1860-1939

Source: A. Ward, 'National Overview', vol. I, Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series, 1997.

180

12.5 185

▲back to top

 

Chapter VII:   Conclusion

to sell, and to engage with the cash economy, it was their responsibility also to make an adequate and honourable attempt to follow through on the promises of ongoing advantage, partnership, and protection which underlay not just the Treaty of Waitangi itself, but also subsequent engagements about mining, the purchase and donation of land, the building of towns, and the construction of roads. Instead, successive administrations bought as much as they could, the best if they were able, and as cheaply as possible. The passage of legislation downgraded the significance of the arrangements which had been negotiated for 'public access' to mineral resources, or in terms of right of way, and ate away at requirements for informed tribal consent. Changes in administration brought forgetfulness of former promises, unless forcibly reminded by Maori who were, thus, constantly cast in the role of supplicants, complainants, petitioners, and trouble-makers. Having fallen short on promises of partnership, the Crown's fulfillment of a paternal and protective role also was erratic; short-lived in the case of reserves, and poorly administered in the case of gold, while response to demonstrable problems in health and education was inadequate.4 Administrations, by making payment, did recognise Maori ownership of the land, but purchase was often conducted in ways, and under legislation and assumptions that operated to the Crown's sole advantage and undermined the reality of that acknowledgement. The capacity to impose or lift restrictions on the sale of the land, and to take on for itself a monopoly of negotiation as it pleased, the belief that Maori holdings land could be safely whittled down to a 'self-sufficiency', the undermining of the rights of minority owners, and the playing off of one group of right-holders against another, even in the early twentieth century, are but a few of the factors that may be mentioned here.

Nor can the question of the Crown's responsibility to the Hauraki people be measured simply in terms of debit and profit; of amounts of land sold versus money paid. Underpinning this depletion of resources and decline in the position of Maori was the gathering of almost all law- and decision-making power into the hands of the various bodies of European Government, whether Parliament, local authorities, the warden's staff, other administrative arms of Government, or the courts. Hauraki Maori clearly tried to engage in those structures where they could—as assessors, or in the Native Committees—and, to exercise a measure of control over tribal affairs through runanga, independent of any Government sponsorship but whose activities only occasionally left a trace in the written record. But while Hauraki leadership tried different tactics in their efforts to participate in the institutions of western Government and the new economic order, and showed varying degree of success in doing so, all were ultimately frustrated by the Crown's inadequate response to their concerns and advice, their exclusion from consultation in the passage of legislation which directly affected their control of natural resources, and impediments to the exercise of effective self-government and to their capacity to hold onto their land.

The barriers to Maori successful engagement in self-government and in the colonial order which derived from their political exclusion existed at a variety of levels, and could

4 See Oliver, The Social and Economic Situation of Hauraki Maori, p. 90.

1St

12.6 186

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

be either starkly or subtly drawn: the setting of administrative lines with little respect for tribal affiliation; the interposition of Government personnel between Maori and their gold field lands and refusal to allow them any role—other than paying for much of the cost of their revenue administration—in the management and development of those lands; legislative infringements on negotiated rights; exclusion in large, from systems of state support whether in the form of settlement schemes or unemployment benefit during the depression; and tardy implementation of measures of redress in the twentieth century.

From that absolute dominance of the institutions and mechanisms of colonial Government and the sheer weight of settler numbers, grew European control of what was considered politically, socially, and economically important. The ideal presented to the Hauraki people shifted from one of partnership to the individual exercise of rights and obligations under the common and statutory law: from rangatiratanga to the primacy of a 'public good' which was supposed to include Maori. This was not a benign shift for Hauraki iwi for whom this meant the supplanting of older arrangements which gave at least some pragmatic recognition to a native right, by an expectation that Maori should be subject to exactly the same duties and obligations as Europeans, while at the same time they were denied a true measure of that equality in the treatment which they received from the hands of the Government and its officers.

One section of this report has discussed the playing out of these issues in the context of rating. The question of whether Maori land should be liable to rates, and if so, how those rates should be collected, provoked considerable debate for over so years. It was increasingly the view of Pakeha that Maori were enjoying 'special privileges' which were antagonistic to the 'democratic age' and that they should pay their way. In the Maori view, however, rates should be paid when their lands no longer operated under handicaps which denied them access to capital and Government assistance. They pointed to a differently based understanding of their rights and obligations with reference to public works and rates; to their gifts of resources, and to promises made in the past, which Europeans saw as an anachronism but on which Hauraki relied, and to which they accorded considerable status as a recognition of their role in the development of the country, and a pledge of ongoing consultation. Such was the strength of Hauraki feeling on the matter, that the Ward administration, under Ngata's handling, gave statutory protection to a limited recognition of the guarantee of the exception of their land from the levy of rates. This delayed the full application of the new rating laws of the first half of the twentieth century, 31 Maori-owned blocks being excepted—but that final protection of the original understandings was dismantled in the 1960s.

Elsewhere in the district, large arrears accumulated on Maori-owned blocks, as the rating laws were expanded. Local bodies found collection difficult, however, and were insistent in their demands for greater powers of enforcement. Considerable public attention focused on the issue of the higher default rates and the more restricted council capacity to retrieve debts in the case of Maori land. Successive Governments responded to this pressure by tinkering with the system but were reluctant to enhance council powers to compel sale of Maori land for non-payment of rates. Such an avenue did exist but only with the

182

12.7 187

▲back to top

 

Chapter VII:   Conclusion

endorsement of a land court judge and with the consent of the Minister. Most council and borough bodies chose not to pursue that course, and most administrations not to give that permission. Certain important exceptions to that general rule were made, however, in the case ofThames district. Among the most vulnerable to rating demands were the township lands remaining to the descendants of the principal right-holders in the original Kauaeranga/Shortland blocks. That vulnerability was at its greatest during the depression years when the Commissioner of the Borough pursued an active policy of recovery of rates from Maori. The Maori 'estates' at Thames were squeezed between high valuations, low commercial returns, the inability of the owners to raise the capital for improvements, and the prejudices of the time. Under pressure, owners were prepared to sell their less valuable properties to raise the necessary money to pay off debts, and in the case of the Stewart estate, did so, privately; but, no purchaser could be found in the case of the Taipari properties. In those circumstances, the Thames Borough Council indicated that it was prepared to write off the debt by acquiring the land itself, but only the 'pickings'.

These properties were acknowledged to be grossly overvalued, and not capable of producing any sort of income in their current state, but they were also seen as not particularly crucial to Maori future economic welfare. The Maori urban landlord fell well outside the model of the small farmer seen as appropriate to their place in New Zealand society, and urban, commercial properties outside the Government concern to protect papakainga, to which policies against Maori landlessness had been reduced. Indeed, the under-developed state of some of these properties, cut off from water supply, could make them a 'health hazard' in the view of officialdom. Solutions were likely to be seen in terms of the acquisition of those lands from Maori. And in these circumstances, land court judges and Government administrations were more willing to endorse 'purchase' by the local authorities so that they could both get rid of nuisances and realise their debts. Thus, several sizeable blocks of town land were allowed to transfer to local government at cheap depression prices so that Maori could pay off rates, the imposition of which they questioned. The high valuations which had added greatly to the burden of Maori owners were not met, now that these properties had to be given up—properties valued at over £7,600 being vested in the Thames Borough Council to cover arrears of £ 3,400 in the mid-1930s. Although only a few physical acres of land were involved here, this loss represented the deliberate exclusion of Maori from urban development, and further reduced the ability of Hauraki Maori to participate in subsequent economic recovery and commercial expansion of the area.

A similar conflict of values characterised the conception and development of 'mineral rights' in the period examined by this report. Thus, the need to gain Maori consent to Government access to sub-surface resources was replaced by fuller enunciations of the Crown's prerogative as including ownership of and/or access to all important minerals in all land, whatever the state of its tide. In the view of legislators, Maori were done no harm since they were being treated just the same as Europeans. At the same time, successive administrations were most reluctant to hand back the management of gold field blocks to Maori, largely because this would threaten European capital investment

183

12.8 188

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

and the private property rights which derived from the jurisdiction which the Government had originally gained under the cession agreements. From the Maori perspective, however, the rights of ownership assumed by the Crown under mineral legislation in the twentieth century, were a confiscation of theirs: a direct infringement of their rangatiratanga rights guaranteed under the Treaty of Waitangi, and which had been subsequently recognised in minor treaties regarding exploration and mining.5 In the meantime, the Hauraki people continued to labour under the disabilities of the outdated and increasingly iniquitous rental system, still imposed on a number of their remaining blocks in the original gold field. Even after the Government revoked its jurisdiction over the Hauraki gold field blocks in 1971, almost a century after mining had largely ceased, existing resident site licences were left intact. Hauraki owners of these blocks were, thus, faced with a further round of expensive litigation and negotiation to regain control of these properties and some recognition of their past grievance—a matter which has not been completely settled to this day.

Hauraki were reduced from a people to be taken into partnership for access to their resources to a minority people, entirely dependent on the goodwill of administrations to gain a measure of redress, and an opportunity for tribal recovery. Their views and perspectives had little place in the machinery of Government. The MacCormick Commission examined the Crown's record of administration of the 'native goldfield revenue account', and purchase of Ohinemuri and related blocks in response to the revival, in the 1920s and 1930s, of Hauraki complaint about the loss of their gold field lands, and suspicion about the disposal of the gold revenues. But the petitioners lacked the resources with which to develop their case, and were deliberately excluded from access to the records on which to base their argument, with the result that the history of the administration and acquisition, presented for the scrutiny of the MacCormick Commission, was filtered through the lens of officialdom which focused on the legality rather than the morality of the Crown's past actions.

The court itself, was bound by the legal understandings of the time, which placed no weight on the obligations of the Crown under the Treaty. Issues such as the deliberate undermining of tribal controls, or the passage of legislation which took inadequate account of Maori rights and negotiated arrangements, were largely irrelevant here. In the court's opinion, the counsel for Hauraki iwi had been unable to prove that they had not sold the gold when they had sold the land, that the Crown had failed to pay their tupuna for those resources, nor that it had breached a fiduciary trust in the gold field blocks created by the deeds of cession. But if the Crown was not in breach of the law, the court clearly had doubts about the ethical propriety of some of the actions of past Governments. MacCormick particularly questioned the fairness of Hauraki owners being led into sale of valuable lands by Government agents on whom they were reliant for explanation and advice, and took account, too, of the incomplete nature of the record

5   See, in particular, speeches of Ngata in NZPD, 1937, vol. 249, p. 1041–1044.

184

12.9 189

▲back to top

 

Chapter VII:   Conclusion

extant, which made it impossible to determine whether all monies had, in fact, been paid out to the correct parties. If the petitioners had been unable to prove that the Crown had acted illegally, neither could the court rule categorically, on the evidence, that their complaint was unfounded. It is possible that MacCormick was influenced, also, by the pressing social and economic needs of Hauraki Maori by the 1930s, although strictly speaking, such questions were outside the scope of his inquiry. Under these circumstances—because of the questionable nature of past transactions, the landless and impoverished state of Hauraki to which Crown purchases had contributed, and the remaining doubts about full and proper payment, but in the absence of positive proof of legal wrong-doing—MacCormick recommended that the Government make a substantial 'ex gratia' grant to Hauraki of £30,000 to 40,000.

Hauraki iwi, lacking an effective political and executive voice, also lost out when it came to the implementation of MacCormick's recommendation. Successive administrations were reluctant to make the grant, again, partly because Governments saw themselves as bound only by the demands of the law which gave a particular and essentially narrow construction to the meaning of fiduciary obligation: the Hauraki tupuna had been paid, and the question of the integrity of the means of purchase or wider issues of the duty of the Crown to see that Maori were not led into 'bad bargains' or left landless were regarded as outside the responsibility of the current administration. Despite the sympathy of some Government officers and ministers, the priorities of Treasury—and in particular, the fear that such an admission of culpability, 'ex-gratia' or not, would open the door to similar claims from other iwi—invariably dominated over obligations to Maori in the decisions of Cabinet.

Considerable attention has been paid to the Hauraki Plains district in this part of the report, even though the first roots of the Crown's purchase of that area lay in the 1860s and 1870s. This transfer of the last large tract of Maori-owned territory took place in the decades around the turn of the century, despite the years of struggle to keep the area out of the court, and the many prior proofs of the destructiveness of that system of deciding title, especially in situations where issues of 'conquest' were involved. The significance of the Crown's purchase of the floodplain lies partly in its timing: it took place after years of rejection of the land court and opposition to the sale, as Hauraki was coming to the end of their resource base; and at a time of increasing state assistance to the small settler, but in which Maori participated little except in the negative sense of providing the land for settlement at a cheap rate. It was argued, at the time, that Maori benefitted, nonetheless, because their hitherto unusable lands had been brought into production by the Government-conducted drainage works. On the other hand, the benefit of improvements did not fully translate into increased prices for land. In purchasing lands improved by public works, Governments discounted the increase in value from the price offered, and courts in setting compensation for public works takings operated on the principle that this amount should not include the benefit of the improvement. The validity of this principle relied, however, on Maori retaining sufficient other land from which to take

185

12.10 190

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

advantage of that rise in value, or of new modes of agricultural production. And that goal remained difficult while land prices remained low, court and survey costs high, and while Maori were denied the same level of assistance as that extended to European farmers.

Geoff Park has recently argued in Nga Uruora that while 'early Maori were capable of burning forests, ... the natural forest cover of the plains country, with slow-growing, fruit-bearing trees like kahikatea, matai and hinau, was kept intact because these rainforests were often a better source of food than cultivated land or second-growth vegetation.'6 Before the arrival of Europeans, the fertile coastal environment of the floodplain had been regarded as vital, and conserved as such. That dependency and the importance placed on the resources of the great tidal swamp had declined, being supplanted by dependence on western goods and the cash economy fed by land sale. Nonetheless, the area retained its value, even at 1890, as a source of tawari (the fruit of the kiekie) eel, fish, and birds, the richness of which is unimaginable to those who walk the stopbanks of the Waihou River, today.7

The draining of Plains represented the apotheosis of western models of industrialised agriculture: of breaking in the wildlands, straightening the rivers by stopbanks, cutting drains, and the division of a resource-gathering area, firstly into straight-edged Maori owned blocks and then into a grid of European farms where tide was bounded, fenced, defined, and individual. That process gave physical expression to the victory of western values of production over the resource gathering modes of Maori. If, on the one hand, Maori largely failed to participate in the benefits of the conversion of the floodplain into dairy farming blocks, they also lost more from the environmental degradation involved in that transformation, for the 'useless' lands which European legislators wanted to bring into agricultural production were the last extensive, natural resource area left to Hauraki other than the sea, where they were also facing growing threat from settler competition.

In the space of 20 years the communities such as Kerepehi and Turua which had formed islands within the floodplains that sustained them, became instead, marginalised islands of Maori population. Communities such as that at Ongarehu, who had been reduced to these papakainga lands which were still liable to compulsory acquisition under public works legislation for purposes which had little to do with drainage, over Maori protest, and against the advice of the Native Land Court. At the best, Hauraki right-holders had been left in possession of small, undeveloped blocks of land, owing rates, and the first target for purchase, as land which was uneconomic, and not fulfilling its dairying potential.

The impact on Maori of the destruction of floodplain was part of a larger history of administrations giving inadequate weight in their promotion of extractive industries to traditional rights over forests, fisheries and other properties guaranteed by the Treaty of Waitangi, to Maori dependence on natural resources for self-sustenance, and to the new,

6 G. Park, Nga Uruora, P. 47.

7   See ibid., p. 49.

186

12.11 191

▲back to top

 

Chapter VII: Conclusion

and ongoing needs of the Hauraki people in an increasingly damaged ecological environment. The dilemma of Hauraki Maori was explicated in the course of colonial engagement with the Waihou River: a history of supposed 'improvement', but which was, in fact, one of degradation for Maori. The clearance of snags to facilitate navigation destroyed eel weirs. Legislation permitted the dumping of mining debris which, with the alteration of the water-table from drainage schemes, promoted flooding of old riparian cultivations and kainga; and of tailings impregnated with cyanide which killed the river life and endangered the drinking water on which downstream Maori settlements were still reliant because they had not been attached to the town water supply. The value of Hauraki's natural resources and traditional settlements—of foreshore, swamps, and river mouths—was damaged by pollution, erosion, and public works, and undermined by the increasing competition from settlers whose rights were supported by the complete dominance of the common law after 1870, and a rhetoric which emphasised that such resources should belong to all. Yet, at same time, administrations continued to largely assume that Maori sustenance could be supplemented by natural resources, and as late as the 1930s, were excluding Maori from unemployment benefit because of their purported ability to live off the land and the sea.

The land court, the costs of survey, and the import of land legislation remained issues of great concern to Hauraki Maori, being played out in this period largely in the context of the Hauraki Plains. For more than two decades after making initial payments, Government purchase officers had made little headway in the area. Questions of ownership, involving issues of 'conquest' and clashes between different colour of right, were vastly complicated by the Crown's early raihana payments, confiscation of neighbouring territory, and the political allegiances of some of the communities involved—those at Kerepehi, Waitakaruru, and Te Hoe-o-Tainui being noted for their rejection of the land court and sale. But the question of title was bitterly fought, at great expense, through extended hearings, appeals, and competing surveys once the area was brought through the court, preparatory to sale. For example, an escalating debt which finally amounted to almost £ 3,000 had to be paid by Ngati Paoa at Te Hoe-o-Tainui for the survey of 13 blocks in the district, and Ngati Hako had to pay an average of 12/- in fees for each acre of their lands brought through the court, while the Government was paying 7/6d maximum, and frequently much less, per acre when it purchased. Not only did the Government assume that most of the financial burden of defining title should be carried by the land itself, but took advantage of the pressing needs of owners to push them into sale at low prices. A further blow was struck to Hauraki land holdings, in this period, by a spurt of Government applications to have land awarded in lieu of survey debts, and by the operation of the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, under section 20. This legislation allowed the Crown to proceed as though it had completed a purchase of a block once it had acquired the majority of shares, if the money for the minority was held for them, and whose interests were, thus, acquired compulsorily. In 1907 the Crown purchased 13 blocks (over 5,000 acres) within the Hauraki Plains district under section 20, in order to facilitate drainage, settlement, and farming development, at the sacrifice of full and informed Maori consent.

187

12.12 192

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Particular attention has been paid to changing policy and statutory provision with regard to the sale of reserved lands in the discussion of the Government's role in Hauraki's land loss. Few reserves in Hauraki were brought under the more generally effective protection of the Public Trustee structure. In the case of those reserves that were initially vested in the Crown's trust at Waikawau, they were removed from the Government's responsibility, by a special clause inserted into the Native Contracts and Promises Act 1888 in order to allow the immediate sale of a number of them. Most 'reserved' lands in the Hauraki district depended, however, on the maintenance of the restrictions against permanent alienation which had been placed on the title at the time of Court award. At first, in the 1880s, administrations were more conscious of the impact of the large-scale transactions of the preceding decade on the state of Maori in the district. Thus, local officers such Wilkinson, and Bryce, as Native Minister, tended to reject applications to allow the alienation of Te Aroha reserves, although even here, such considerations might be put aside for some purpose of greater importance in their eyes: for example, the securing of free sites for Government buildings, and control of important assets such as the lands around the hot springs at Te Aroha for the 'national benefit'.

The administration's awareness of recent Hauraki experience rapidly fell away. A number of factors were involved here: the Government's major officer in the district was transferred to the Waikato; responsibility for decisions regarding the fate of reserved lands shifted into the land court; general policy, in the late 1880s and the 1890s, moved back towards facilitating the purchase of Maori land; and earlier scruples declined as other sources of land purchase dried up. The shift in policy was signalled by the Native Land Administration Act 1888, the principle intent of which was to enable Maori to 'alienate or dispose of land or any share or interest therein as they think fit' subject only to protections against fraud. To that end, the procedure by which reserves could be sold was streamlined: application required a majority of owners only and the Court was given powers under the Native Land Act 1888 to approve the removal of restrictions on the title of blocks. The passage of this legislation was followed by a wave of successful applications, and within the next three years the published record shows that approval had been given in 14 cases concerning over 6,500 acres of land in the Hauraki region. This sequence was repeated over the next decade; the passage of legislation freeing up the process of removal a little more—by gradually reducing requirements for consent and by making special provision for Crown purchase of reserves—followed by endorsement of yet more applications, until the remnants of the structure were finally dismantled in 1909.

This legislation highlighted the flaws inherent in the conception of the function of reserves, generally held by legislators, that Maori land holdings could be whittled down provided that they were left with a sufficiency for their self-support. There was no clear definition of what this comprised, nor any effective check on whether applicants did, in fact, possess any sort of adequate land base for current and future needs. To all intents and purposes, the word of applicants was accepted, and in the case studies undertaken for this research only a tiny minority of applications to allow sale of restricted land were rejected by the court. The consequence for Hauraki Maori was clear—the reduction of their

188

12.13 193

▲back to top

 

Chapter VII: Conclusion

condition to the status of subsistence farmers, without a land base sufficient for future engagement in commercial agriculture.

Maori themselves generally appeared as the applicants for the lifting of restrictions on the title, although, often, they were backed by Pakeha lawyers and purchasers. Many Maori thought that they should have absolute control over their lands and their own destinies, and some rejected the paternalism inherent to the concept of reserves. According to policy-makers of the time, legislation such as the Native Land Administration Act 1888 was, thus, merely fulfilling the wishes of Maori themselves—although, in fact, much of Maori leadership rejected the Act. The issue of paternalism—of whether the Government was acting improperly by attempting to prevent Maori from dealing with their lands as they chose, even if this did mean selling them off—is particularly problematic. Oliver suggests, however, that such an ideal of Maori operating on an equal footing in a free market was of limited value in a system which assumed that Maori resources should transfer into European control8 Nor, indeed, did a level ground really exist for the two races. As Maori themselves pointed out, in the 1890s and early 1900s, they operated under serious handicaps when it came to the commercial utilisation of their lands: the low price set by the Government which made it almost impossible to pay off court and survey costs and leave enough over to develop their other lands; the uneconomic nature of the holdings which they did retain; their inability to borrow on them; and their ineligibility for the sorts of monetary assistance regularly extended to European farmers in settlement schemes.

Maori, at first, had been promised that their ownership and the land would be respected: and when the Hauraki people had agreed to open their lands to mining, they had done so on the understanding that they would retain them. That aspiration was short-lived in the context of individualised title, court costs and a Government policy directed almost exclusively towards purchase. In the period discussed here, the Crown's promise had been reduced to one of ensuring that Maori should not be rendered landless, but even this limited commitment was so narrowly conceived and so poorly administered that by World War One, most Hauraki were left only with fragmented and scattered holdings, too small to be successfully farmed, and incapable of providing for the future needs of the owners.

8 See Oliver, The Social and Economic Situation of Hauraki Maori, p. 8.

189

13 Appendix

▲back to top

13.1 194

▲back to top

 

APPENDIX:   Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

by D. Alexander

CONTENTS

The Public Works Legislation   

192

Land Taken for Rifle Range from Mangakirkiri South 3B   

195

Hauraki Plains Drainage Scheme   

201

Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement Scheme

209

Land Taken for Kaiaua School

220

Land Taken for State Highway 25A

223

Reference Sources

240

Index to Supporting Papers

242

MAPS

 

1   Land Taken for Waikiekie Rifle Range: Mangakirikiri South 3B, Thame

196

2   Lands Taken for the Hauraki Plains Drainage Scheme

200

3   Land Taken for Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement Scheme

211

4   Land Taken for Kaiaua School, Pt Wharekawa 5B (Pingao), Kaiaua

221

5   Land Taken for State Highway 25A Kopu-Hikuai Road: Part Wharekawa 4 &5

225

191

13.2 195

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Introduction

This report examines a number of Public Works Act takings of Maori-owned land during the twentieth century.

To prepare an exhaustive report on all takings would be a large and time-consuming task, of limited practical benefit because so many takings were of very small areas (for example, road realignments, etc). The alternative approach adopted has been to look in some detail at a small range of public works. These were chosen either because they had a major impact on Hauraki Maori, or because they can be considered to be representative of the approach taken by the Crown at different periods in the history of public works takings.

The examples looked at are:

  •     Thames rifle range, taken 1905

  •     Hauraki Plains Drainage Scheme, taken 1909-1923

  •     Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement Scheme, taken 1912–1922

  •     Kaiaua School, taken 1934 and 1959

  •     Kopu-Hikuai Road, State Highway 25A, taken 1967-1973.

An important feature of the Hauraki tribal lands is that, because so much had been purchased by the Crown or by private interests, the occasions when public works during the twentieth century required the use of Maori land were correspondingly reduced. From another perspective, though, every taking of land from the small area of land remaining in Maori ownership had a correspondingly greater effect on Maori.

The Public Works Legislation

The concept of compulsory acquisition of land to enable works of public benefit to proceed was well established in England before 1840. Numerous special acts were passed to enable takings for canals and railways. The sheer number of these special acts eventually led to the passage of a single act, the Land Clauses Consolidation Act 1845, which codified the manner in which private land could be compulsorily taken.

In New Zealand there was at first little need for a cash strapped colonial administration to take land for public works. Special legislation was used where necessary. The earliest public works were dray roads, but there was little concern then with the legalities of ownership of the land on which they were constructed.

Following two incidents on the road between New Plymouth and Tataraimaka during the Taranaki Wars, where free passage along a road across Maori land was impeded by the Maori owners, the Colonial Government felt it necessary that Provincial Governments have the power to take a line of road into the public estate, so that it was available to all users. It passed the Provincial Compulsory Land Taking Act 1863, but this was struck down by the Home Government in England, which felt that only the Colonial

192

13.3 196

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

Government should be given taking powers in respect of Maori-owned land, and these powers should not be delegated to provinces. Later the Provincial Compulsory Land Taking Act 1866 was passed, which repeated the 1863 Act's taking powers but specifically prevented Provincial Governments from taking lands 'over which the Native title has not been extinguished' (that is, lands which had not passed through the Native Land Court).

A parallel development at this time was the passage of legislation concerning lands which had passed through the Native Land Court. The Native Lands Act 1862, in removing the Crown's right of pre-emption, allowed the Crown to take lines of roads, up to a maximum of 5% of a block, over lands which had passed through the Native Land Court and been purchased by Europeans from their former Maori owners. This power was broadened considerably in 1865, when such lines of roads could be taken even if the land remained in Maori ownership after it had passed through the Native Land Court. The taking power was extended to railways in 1873 (though this extension was repealed in 1886).

With the abolition of the Provinces in 1875, the first general codification of land taking powers was enacted. The Public Works Act 1876 consolidated all previous public works legislation, and allowed for Maori-owned land to be taken in the same manner as European-owned land. Notice of the taking had to be given, and there was a right of objection and compensation. But land could be taken over the opposition of the owners, if the promoter of the work considered that 'it is expedient that the proposed works should be executed, and that no private injury will be done thereby for which due compensation is not provided'.

In 1882 in the aftermath of the Parihaka incident, the public works legislation was rewritten. This time Maori-owned land was distinguished from European-owned land, and lesser safeguards were applied to Maori-owned land. Adequate notice did not have to be given, and there was no right of objection. From 1887 the safeguards of notice, objection, and compensation were restored with respect to Maori-owned land which had passed through the Native Land Court, but not with respect to customary land which had not passed through the Court. This remained the situation through to 1974.

There were consolidations and rewrites of the Public Works Act in 1894, 1905, 1908, and 1928, which largely retained the framework governing taking of land. The major developments during the twentieth century were the expansion of the purposes for which land could be taken, reflecting the greater complexity of life, and the elimination of rights of objection for takings for some nationally important purposes. Thus electricity generation was a purpose for which land could be taken from 1903 onwards; it was also a purpose for which land could be taken without prior notification or right of objection, once an initial authorising Order in Council had been issued. Other examples of additional purposes were scenic reserves, aerodromes, housing and recreation grounds.

It was not until 1981 that there was a significant change of policy, whereby compulsory acquisition became very much a last resort after negotiation had failed.

193

13.4 197

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

The key features of the public works legislation were:

  • there were rights of entry by the Crown on to privately-owned land, after notification had been given, which owners could not challenge.

  • gravel for public works construction purposes could be extracted from privately-owned land without the land being taken, provided prior notice was given and compensation was paid.

  • the land to be taken had to be clearly defined, by survey plan.

  • notices of intention to take land had to be sent to those owners who could be contacted, published in the New Zealand Gazette, and displayed locally (at the local Post Office).

  • owners could object to their land being taken; it was for the Minister of Public Works or the local authority to sustain or reject their objection.

  • after the land was taken, compensation would be determined, in the case of Maori Land by the Native (Maori) Land Court.

Some of the major deficiencies, for Maori, which have been identified1 with the twentieth century public works legislation prior to 1981 have been:

  • a lack of genuine consultation prior to the event about the necessity to acquire Maori-owned land, or to occupy and use it for a time, rather than proceed with the work in some other way.

  • a system of decisions on objections whereby the Crown was judge in its own prosecution case, because the Minister of Public Works was given the authority to decide whether an objection should be upheld or not. It was not until 1973 that an independent body was allowed to pass judgement on objections.

  • no requirement to notify all owners or, until 1974, convene a meeting of owners to discuss whether a taking was acceptable to owners.

  • marked lack of use of provisions enabling agreement to be reached with owners beforehand to a taking of Maori land; prior agreement was more common with European-owned land than with Maori-owned land.

  • lack of ability to object effectively in the frequent cases of road realignments where survey of the land required to be taken was made after the realignment had been constructed, and an opportunity to object was only available after survey had been completed and a notice of intention to take the land was then issued; in many cases this could be some years after the road realignment had been constructed and brought into public use, so there would have been no grounds for an objection to be sustained.

  • an element of targeting of Maori-owned land, because such land was, as a result of ownership complications, frequently the less developed land in a district, and was also therefore cheaper to acquire; the ownership complications also made the use of the

1 For example, (1) Kathy Marr, 'Public Works Takings of Maori Land 1840–1981.' Report for the Treaty of Waitangi Policy Unit, 1994; (2) Various reports of the Waitangi Tribunal.

194

13.5 198

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

compulsory acquisition legislation more attractive than direct willing buyer/willing seller negotiation with owners.

  • a lack of active protection by the Crown for the Maori interest in retaining their lands; even when Maori land had to be taken, financial compensation was preferred to other forms of compensation such as provision of other lands in exchange.

  • a focus, based on ease of administration, which encouraged acquisition by the Crown of the whole of the interest in land, rather than the acquisition of a part interest (for example, leasehold, easement) sufficient to enable the public work to proceed, while allowing Maori to retain a stake in the economic development of a district.

  • the amount of financial compensation could be offset by the value of the benefit which the owners received from the public work on their remaining land (the betterment principle), even when the owners had not asked for the public work in the first place.

  • between 1962 and 1974 compensation was negotiated with the Maori Trustee rather than the owners themselves, where there were four or more owners; the owners were effectively disenfranchised from the process.

  • long delays between land being occupied for a public work and compensation being paid to the owners; this was mitigated to an extent by the practice of paying interest on the amount of compensation due, but an interest payment was of little benefit when a house or a livelihood was lost or affected by the initial occupation.

  • no requirement that when land ceased to be used for the purpose for which it was taken, it should be returned to its former owners.

Land Taken for Rifle Range from Mangakirikiri South 3B

Thirteen acres of Mangakirikiri South 3B was taken for the Thames rifle range in April 1905.2 Other land, totalling 50 acres, 2 roods, 13 perches, was taken from the adjoining Crown block, Mangakirikiri South 3A, which had been purchased from its Maori owners in the 1880s, and from privately-owned land. The land taken for the rifle range had been surveyed prior to the taking.3

The land was taken under the Public Works Act 1894 and the Public Works Act 1903. The 1903 Act had included a provision providing for rifle ranges to be one of the 'defence purposes' for which land could be taken. The owners of land taken for defence purposes received fewer protections under the 1894 Act than if the land had been taken for many other purposes. For instance, no prior notification of proposed taking was required, and there was no right of objection to the taking.

Because the range was located alongside the Waikiekie Stream, it was also known as the Waikiekie Rifle Range.

2 New Zealand Gazette, 1905, p. 920. Supporting Papers #295.

3 Hamilton Survey Office plan 13260. Supporting Papers #216.

195

13.6 199

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP I: LAND TAKEN FOR WAIKIEKIE RIFLE RANGE MANGAKIRIKIRI SOUTH 3B, THAMES

196

13.7 200

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

The taking of the 13 acres had the effect of splitting Mangakirikiri South 3B into two separate portions, one of approximately six and three-quarter acres alongside Waikiekie Stream, which would have been of little benefit to its Maori owner, and the remaining portion with an area of approximately 62 acres.

The application to have compensation assessed, with respect to the portion taken from Mangakirikiri South 3B, was first called in May 1907, when someone other than Kihana Watana, the sole owner, sought to have £10 awarded in compensation.4 In August 1907 Kihana Watana appeared before the Court and declined to take £10, seeking instead to be awarded £3 an acre. When the Crown responded that the valuation of the land was 14/8d an acre, Kihana modified his claim to £1 an acre. There was also £3 owing as survey costs, and Kihana agreed that this amount should be paid out of whatever compensation was awarded.5 The following month the Court was told that the Crown accepted an award of £3 an acre. It then made an order fixing the compensation at £13, of which £3 was to be paid to the Chief Surveyor to pay off the survey lien.5 Notification that the survey lien had been paid was issued in November 1907.7

The land taken ceased to be a rifle range and was declared Crown land in January 1949.8 The Army ceased to have a need for the range in July 1947.5 Under the land disposal process in operation at that time, the first assessment was whether the land was of use for

any other public purpose. One possibility was that it might be of use in settling returned servicemen.10 The Lands and Survey Department concluded that it was not suitable for this purpose, but made some alternative suggestions.

Mr Hawkins, the present lessee [of the rifle range], is keen to acquire about 4½ acres at the southern end of the range and adjoining his property. This 4½ acres is easy undulating to easy hilly land, in fair pasture. It is fenced on two boundaries and there are 15 good sized pine trees growing thereon.

The northern portion of the range, approximately 52 acres, is steep hilly land broken by numerous small streams, and is in an unimproved state, being covered in scrub, fern and some bush towards the N.E. boundary. The land is unsuitable for farming, and this portion of the range could be utilised by inclusion in the adjoining State Forest.

The centre piece, about 5½ acres, is easy undulating land in an unimproved state, being covered in scrub and fern. This adjoins a block of Native Land, and could perhaps be merged into that block.11

4   Hauraki Minute Book 55, p. 73. Supporting Papers #208.

5   Hauraki Minute Book 56, p. 330. Supporting Papers #209.

6   Hauraki Minute Book 57, p. 102. Supporting Papers #210. Order of the Court, 25 September 1907. Maori Land Court Hamilton Block Orders file H794. Supporting Papers #211.

7   Chief Surveyor Auckland to Registrar Native Land Court, 2 November 1907. Maori Land Court Hamilton Block Orders file H794. Supporting Papers #213.

8   New Zealand Gazette, 1949, p. 49. Supporting Papers #309.

9   Army Secretary to Under Secretary Public Works Department, 14 July 1947. Works and Development Head Office file 23/288. Supporting Papers #1.

10   Under Secretary Public Works Department to Chief Clerk Public Works Department Auckland, 31 July 1947. Works and Development Head Office file 23/288. Supporting Papers #2.

11   Commissioner of Crown Lands Auckland to Chief Clerk Public Works Department Auckland, December 1947. Works and Development Head Office file 23/288. Supporting Papers #3.

197

13.8 201

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Part of the 'northern' portion, and all of the 'centre' portion were lands which had been taken from Mangakirikiri South 3B.

The Lands and Survey Department comments were based on a report from its Paeroa Field Inspector, who had stated that the five and a half acre 'centre' portion was a:

severance [which] isolates a small portion of a fairly large Native owned section and should really be merged into that block. However the land is not being worked and owing to the contour is not likely to be bothered with as a farming proposition within the near future. Therefore it is not likely that the Native owners would desire to purchase this severance of the rifle range.

In view of the foregoing, I recommend that this severance remain unoccupied Crown Land until such time as the Native owned land is leased, occupied, or changes hands, when the occupier can be approached regarding purchase or a lease.12

However, when asked, the Forest Service replied that only the north-eastern 30 acres would be suitable for its purposes.13 This did not include any part of the land taken from Mangakirikiri South 3B.

With the declaration of the land as Crown land, responsibility for its future passed from the Public Works Department to the Department of Lands and Survey. The Commissioner of Crown Lands at Auckland was asked by his Head Office

In regard to the area you suggest should be merged with the adjoining Maori land, please advise:

  1. For what purpose the Maori land is used.

  2. The owners of it and whether there is a likelihood of their being prepared to purchase the area.

  3. The comments of the Maori Affairs Department on the proposal.14

A Field Inspector in Hamilton reported on future use of the area. He suggested an exchange, whereby the Maori Affairs Department was offered some 55 acres of the hilly northern part of the rifle range (but not including the 30 acres earmarked for Forest Service), in exchange for six and three-quarter acres of unimproved undulating Maori land lying alongside the Waikiekie Stream and severed from the bulk of the Maori land by the rifle range, which Lands and Survey would then proceed to sell to the lessee of the rifle range in conjunction with the four and a half acres earlier identified as suitable for disposal to him.15 This was not an offer of returning the land, but rather was an attempt to use the land taken in 1905 as a means of obtaining, by exchange, a piece of Maori land capable of production.

12   Field Inspector Paeroa to Commissioner of Crown Lands Auckland, 24 November 1947. Lands and Survey Head Office file 6/11/117. Supporting Papers #172–173.

13   Under Secretary Public Works Department to Director of Forestry, 19 February 1948, and Director of Forestry to Under Secretary Public Works Department, 3 June 1948, both attached to Acting Commissioner of Works to Under Secretary for Lands, 16 December 1948. Lands and Survey Head Office file 6/11/117. Supporting Papers #174–179.

14   Under Secretary for Lands to Commissioner of Crown Lands Auckland, 24 December 1948. Lands and Survey Head Office file 6/11/117. Supporting Papers #180.

15   Field Inspector Hamilton to Commissioner of Crown Lands Auckland, 13 April 1949. Lands and Survey Head Office file 6/11/117. Supporting Papers #181–183.

198

13.9 202

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

This proposition was put to the Maori Affairs Department.16 It was necessary for a succession order to be made before a response could be given, as the owner of

Mangakirikiri South 3B, Watana Tuma, had died.17

Between mid-1949 and mid-1950, there was a succession of correspondence with the Maori Affairs Department. This was summed up in a submission to the Lands and

Survey Head Office in June 1950.

On 18th May 1949 an approach was made to the Maori Affairs Department to ascertain if an exchange of land could be made of areas C1 and D [of the rifle range] for the Maori owned area E. It was the intention then to dispose of areas A, B and E to Hawkins as an addition to his adjoining lands. After protracted correspondence with the Registrar, Maori Land Court, and the spokesman for the Maori owners, Heta Rehu Kahou, no arrangement could be reached, as apparently the other owners are not interested and Kahou has not replied to any correspondence. It is suggested, therefore, that we go ahead with the disposals leaving the Maoris out of the transaction altogether. Mr Hawkins has expressed his willingness to acquire areas A, B, C and D.18

Because the attempt at an exchange had fallen through, the proposal was that the area to be transferred to the Forest Service would be increased to 52 acres, and the remaining

land was to be sold to Hawkins, the lessee.

Head Office approved the transfer to the Forest Service, and the sale of the south western four and a half acres to Hawkins, while the remaining land 'can remain on temporary

tenancy'.19

The Commissioner of Crown Lands asked for a review of the decision.

I am quite in agreement that these sections would work in more satisfactorily with adjoining Maori lands, but as these have not been worked for many years, if ever, and as the Maori owners show no interest whatever in acquiring this portion of the Range, it is requested that the Head Office Committee re-consider their decision.20

But the Committee declined to vary its decision.21

In accordance with this decision a survey plan was prepared in December 1951 which split the former rifle range into five sections.22 Two of these sections covered the portion taken from Mangakirikiri South 3B. They were Sections 43 and 45, Block VIII Thames Survey

16 Commissioner of Crown Lands Hamilton to District Officer Maori Affairs Auckland, 18 May 1949. Maori Land Court Hamilton Block Orders file H794. Supporting Papers #214.

17 Registrar Maori Land Court Auckland to Commissioner of Crown Lands Auckland, 2 August 1949. Maori Land Court Hamilton Block Orders file H794. Supporting Papers #215.

18 Submission 2089 to Head Office Committee Land Settlement Board, 15 June 1950. Lands and Survey Head Office file 6/11/117. Supporting Papers #184–185.

19 Approval of Head Office Committee Land Settlement Board, 23 June 1950, on Submission 2089 to Head

Office Committee Land Settlement Board, 15 June 1950, and Director General of Lands to Commissioner

of Crown Lands Hamilton, 26 June 1950. Lands and Survey Head Office file 6/11/117. Supporting Papers

#184–185 and 186.

20 Assistant Commissioner of Crown Lands Hamilton to Director General of Lands, 15 July 1950. Lands and Survey Head Office file 6/11/117. Supporting Papers #187.

21 Director General of Lands to Commissioner of Crown Lands Hamilton, 1 August 1950. Lands and Survey Head Office file 6/11/117. Supporting Papers #188.

22 Hamilton Survey Office plan 35692. Supporting Papers #217.

199

13.10 203

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MAP 2: LANDS TAKEN FOR THE HAURAKI PLAINS DRAINAGE SCHEME

200

13.11 204

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

District. What happened to these sections subsequently was not identified during the research for this paper.

Hauraki Plains Drainage Scheme

In a retrospective report about the drainage and settlement of the Hauraki Plains, prepared in 1930 or 1931, it was stated that:

Prior to 1908 this area was practically a morass, with the exception of a strip of land along the Waihou River, where private enterprise had felled and milled the kahikatea bush and was engaged in breaking in the land in that locality, though generally only with inferior results. Otherwise the country was practically in its native state, and was chiefly the haunt of wild ducks. The natives lived on the few dry pieces of land, particularly around Kerepehi, and grazed a few head of horses and cattle on the neighbouring lands.

The whole area had long been recognised as offering great possibilities for development and settlement, and prior to the institution of the drainage operations, consistent pressure had been brought to bear on the Government of the day for the opening up of the Piako lands for settlement. The Government displayed considerable interest in the scheme, which from 1900 onwards engaged an increasing amount of attention. Various surveys and reports were made by Departmental officers, and in 1907 Mr W.C. Breakell, an engineer who had had great experience in the reclamation of swamp lands in various localities, was engaged to report on the Piako lands, and to prepare a scheme for carrying out extensive drainage works. His report was furnished in September 1907, and in the following year the Hauraki Plains Act 1908 was introduced by the late Hon R. McNab, Minister of Lands, and passed, providing the legal machinery for the drainage and settlement of about 90,000 acres of Crown lands, and for the raising of funds for the carrying out of the work.23

Breakell's September 1907 report has not been located during the research for this evidence, but in a later more detailed report he noted that:

Reference to the plan attached hereto shows there are blocks on the eastern banks of the Piako River still partially in the hands of the Natives. If these blocks, fronting the river—say from 2 miles from the mouth of the river to, say, 7 miles from same point—were acquired, the Government would have a complete block of very valuable land, easy to reclaim, easy of access, and easy to cut up for settlement.24

The blocks he seems to have been referring to were Maori-owned lands in (in sequence from north to south) Kopuarahi, Te Umutawa, Koukourahi, Horahia Opou, Kopuraruwai, Tiritiri and Makumaku.

Breakell also drew attention to 'the desirability of acquiring the Pouarua Pipiroa and Te Hopai Blocks on the west of the Piako River.'25 The plan attached to this report indicates how little Maori-owned land there was remaining on the western side of the Piako River.

23 Report on the Drainage and Settlement of the Hauraki Plains, date unknown (1930 or 1931). Lands and Survey Head Office file 15/13/180. Supporting Papers #189–199.

24 W.C. Breakell to Under Secretary for Lands, 1 March 1908. AJHR, 1908, C–1, pages 78–80. Supporting Papers #240–243.

25 W.C. Breakell to Under Secretary for Lands, 1 March 1908. AJHR, 1908, C–1, pages 78–80. Supporting Papers #240–243.

201

13.12 205

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

He continued:

Besides the question of desirableness of consolidation for purposes of roading and subdivision, there is another important matter to be considered: all the drainage works, stopbank works, floodgates and works incidental thereto will benefit and improve the Native lands as much as the Government lands. In the case of the stopbank, it would be extremely expensive if the work had to be intermittent. If the blocks above referred to were acquired, it would be quite practicable a year after their acquisition to have 15,000 acres ready for settlement, and I am of opinion that if put up to auction, the above area would be readily sold at from £8 to £10 per acre—possibly more.26

Breakell's report was highly influential, his views being repeated in Parliament in support of the Hauraki Plains Bill.

The Hauraki Plains Act 1908 authorised the Lands and Survey Department to drain, reclaim and road the Crown land, in order that it could be settled. Although predominantly concerned with the future utilisation of Crown land, power was given to purchase or take adjoining lands. Section 9 provided that:

(1) The Governor may from time to time take under the Public Works Act 1908, as for a public work, or purchase, whether under the provisions of Section 20 of the Maori Land Settlement Act 1905, or otherwise, any area or areas of land adjacent to the land set apart under this Act as aforesaid, the acquisition of which is in the opinion of the Governor necessary for the more effective carrying out of the drainage or other works authorised by this Act or for the better disposal of the land so set apart.

(2) The compensation or purchase-money payable in respect of any land so taken or purchased shall be payable, without further authority than this Act out of the moneys issued out of the Public Account in accordance with the provisions in that behalf hereinbefore contained.

(3) All land so taken or purchased shall be deemed to be set apart for the purposes of this Act and shall be subject to the provisions of this Act in the same manner as [the Crown Land covered by the Act].

During the debate on the Bill27 in the House of Representatives, one Member suggested that:

With regard to Clause 9, the intention, he thought, was to enable the Government to purchase a number of small areas of Native land which were sandwiched in between various parts of the block, and which must be acquired in fairness to the country, which was expending public money on the scheme. That land must be acquired by the Crown in order to properly carry out these works. He did not think anyone who knew the district would in any way object to this clause.28

The Prime Minister replied that:

On the eastern side of the river were situated a considerable number of Native holdings, and some were also found on the western bank. It might be necessary to acquire some of these as a preliminary to the construction of a stopbank along the river, besides enabling the whole

26 W.C. Breakell to Under Secretary for Lands, 1 March 1908. AJHR, 1908, C–1, pp. 78–80. Supporting Papers #240–243.

27 NZ Parliamentary Debates, Volume 145, pp. 919–921 and 952–955. Supporting Papers #232–235.

28 NZ Parliamentary Debates, Volume 145, p. 920. Supporting Papers #233.

202

13.13 206

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

block to be better subdivided for settlement. If these Native lands were acquired, it was estimated that fifteen thousand acres of land would be available for settlement within a year.29

The retrospective report noted that:

The main waterway of the district is the Piako River, flowing approximately through the centre of the Plains, and consisting of two branches, the Upper Piako and the Waitoa. Each of the branches has a watershed of approximately 210 square miles, and the total watershed at the mouth is approximately 600 square miles. The Piako is tidal to above its junction with the Waitoa, and the channel in 1908 was narrow and tortuous, and badly blocked in places with willows. The only other large natural waterway traversing the area is the Awaiti Stream, joining the Piako at Kerepehi, and providing the outlet for a large area between the Piako and Waihou Rivers.

The land in the district may be divided roughly into three classes, as follows:

  1. Marine flats along the foreshore covered with saltweed and mangroves.

  2. Alluvial flats, particularly between the Piako and Waihou Rivers as far as Kerepehi, thence by the Awaiti Stream to Netherton. This area was covered with raupo and kahikatea.

  3. Peat lands varying in depth from a few inches to forty feet, covered with manuka and rushes.

During normal times of the year all the above lands were practically impassable. The Piako River did not overflow its banks during the greater part of the year, but as soon as heavy rains occurred, its banks were topped, and in addition the Waihou River overflowed and joined with the Piako down the Awaiti basin. As a result there was a large inland sea, extending from above the Piako-Waitoa junction to a point below Ngatea. These conditions obtained for months after heavy downpours, as the restricted channel could not cope with the additional flood waters. In addition to floods from the back-country waters, the lands along the foreshore and river bank, being in many cases two to three feet below high spring tide level, were periodically flooded during the occurrence of spring tides.30

The drainage scheme involved:

  • the cleaning out of the river channels, to enable them to carry floodwaters away quicker;

  • construction of the Maukoro Canal to collect floodwaters coming off the hills to the west of the Plains;

  • construction of stopbanks along the foreshore and the lower Piako River to protect the lands from flooding at high spring tides;

  • an internal drainage scheme, combined with floodgates, and pumping stations where necessary, to drain the Plains into the improved floodwater channels;

  • ancillary developments to enable settlement of the Plains, for example, roads, bridges, wharves, water bores.

The Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement Scheme, being constructed at about the same time, involved the construction of stopbanks on the western side of the Waihou

29 NZ Parliamentary Debates, Volume 145, p. 920. Supporting Papers #233.

30 Report on the Drainage and Settlement of the Hauraki Plains, date unknown (1930 or 1931). Lands and Survey Head Office file 15/13/180. Supporting Papers #189–199.

203

13.14 207

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

River, and so benefited the Hauraki Plains scheme by preventing any spillover of Waihou floodwaters on to the Plains.

The rest of this section itemises the Maori-owned land that was compulsorily acquired by the Crown. Together with the evidence presented above, it demonstrates that the Crown was anxious to retain the benefits gained from its investment in the drainage works. The remaining Maori owned sections were viewed as an impediment to efficiently achieving settlement, rather than as an opportunity for a development partnership.

Maori lands taken in 1909

In September 1909 a number of blocks on the western side of the Piako River and Awaiti Stream were taken by the Crown under the Public Works Act 1908.31 They were

Pouarua Pipiroa 1B2

386 ac 0 r 0 p

Pouarua Pipiroa 1C

85 ac 0 r 0 p

Te Hopai 1B

60 ac 0 r 30 p

Te Hopai 3

36 ac 1 r 34 p

Te Hopai 4

18 ac 0 r 37 p

Otakawe 1B2

169 ac 3 r 26 p

Otakawe 2B

47 ac0r0p

Otakawe 3B

101 ac0r0p

Rawerawe

1 ac 3 r 12 p

 

905 ac 2 r 19 p

One block in the same area as these takings was left out. This was Pouarua-Pipiroa 3B, which had been purchased from its Maori owners by a European. It was originally on a schedule of lands to be taken, but was then removed.32 Prior to the taking the Under Secretary for Public Works had observed in a letter to the Under Secretary for Lands that:

the areas shown on the plans comprise large blocks of land notably in two cases, namely

386 acres and 169a 3r respectively. This being so, and as the Native owners may perhaps

object that these large areas are more than can be required for drainage works, and may

perhaps on those grounds seek to upset the Order in Council as being ultra vires, it is

suggested that you further consider the matter and decide whether or not the Order in

Council should take all the land at present proposed to be taken.33

But the Under Secretary for Lands replied that:

It is thought that the acquisition of all the lands of which you were notified is essential to the proper carrying out of the works and the better settlement of the Plains. It is not anticipated that there will be any serious difference of opinion with the native owners.34

31 New Zealand Gazette, 1909 p. 2471. D, Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands Supporting Papers, Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997, #W42.6.

32 Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary for Public Works, 10 July 1909. Works and Development Head Office file 48/258. Supporting Papers #32–33.

33 Assistant Under Secretary for Public Works to Under Secretary for Lands, 25 August 1909. Works and Development Head Office file 48/258. Supporting Papers #34–35.

34 Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary for Public Works, 14 September 1909. Works and Development Head Office file 48/258. Supporting Papers #38.

204

13.15 208

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

The blocks taken had between one and 49 owners.35 There is no indication that any of them were approached by the Crown prior to the lands being taken.

The Crown was prepared to grant Crown land to those Maori owners whose land was being taken, where those owners could show that they had insufficient lands,36 but the first preference of the Crown was clearly to provide monetary compensation.37 There is no indication that the Crown made known to the owners its willingness to provide alternative land. Compensation was later assessed by the Native Land Court at between 10/- and 30/- an acre.38

Maori lands taken in 1911

In January 1911 the Government notified its intention to take, under the Public Works Act 1908, a number of Maori-owned blocks on the eastern side of the Piako River.39 They were

Kopuarahi 1B

Kopuarahi 3D

484 ac 0 r 10.6 p

101 ac 0 r 18 p

Kopuarahi 3C

69 ac 0 r 10 p

Horahia Opou 5B

53 ac 0 r 37 p

Horahia Opou 3B

19 ac 3 r 2 p

Kopuraruwai 1B

95 ac 0 r 21 p

Kopuraruwai 4B

38 ac 3 r 22 p

Tiritiri 4B2

31 ac 1 r 31 p

Makumaku 2

125 ac0r0p

 

1017 ac 2 r 31.6 p

The notice prompted at least one objection, but this was made to the Native Minister rather than to the Minister of Public Works. Panikena Utuku and Kahukore Utuku wrote:

We entreat of you to further the matter of this application by recommending that Government do not take from us our interests in the land known as Horahia Opou, on the following particular grounds:

1. Our interests do not amount to 50 acres, that is why we pray that they be not taken from us, but be left as lands for our children after us.

  1. We both have families and our children are not included in the lists of owners' names, therefore they have no separate lands.

  2. We want these lands reserved for our children and those after them.

35 Registrar Native Land Court Auckland to Under Secretary for Public Works, 31 August 1909. Works and Development Head Office file 48/258. Supporting Papers #36–37.

36 Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary for Public Works, 23 November 1909. Works and Development Head Office file 48/258. Supporting Papers #39.

37 Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary for Public Works, 24 January 1910. Works and Development Head Office file 48/258. Supporting Papers #40.

38 District Surveyor Thames to Assistant Under Secretary for Public Works, 8 February 1910. Works and Development Head Office file 48/258. Supporting Papers #41. See also individual block histories.

39 New Zealand Gazette, 1911 p. 444. Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands Supporting Papers #W44.1.

205

13.16 209

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

  1. We want to impress on Government the fact that we have no other lands whatever to leave to our children.

  2. One of us has 8 children and the other has 4, and we urge upon Government the foregoing facts and beg that this land be left intact for our children and our future grandchildren.

  3. We strongly protest against the proposal of Government to take this land from us.40

The Under Secretary in the Native Department forwarded this appeal to the Under Secretary for Lands, noting that: 'The above block is one of the few areas remaining to the Natives in the Piako swamp area. Is there a proposal to take the land?'41 The Under

Secretary for Lands responded that the Governor had signified that in his opinion the acquisition of the Horahia Opou lands was necessary for the more effective carrying out of the drainage scheme, and 'these areas are accordingly being taken'.42

There is no indication in the Crown records that the objection to the taking was received

by the Under Secretary or the Minister of Public Works. Thus, as far as the Minister of Public Works was concerned, there was no impediment to him declaring the lands to be taken.

The Crown proceeded to take the lands in May 1911.43 Compensation was fixed by the Native Land Court (see individual block histories).

In between the notification of intention to take and the taking itself, the drainage engineer responsible for the scheme reported that:

Proclamation plans covering some 1,027 [sic] acres 2 roods 31.6 perches have been prepared of areas immediately intersecting land disposed of. These Native areas are an impediment to the more successful drainage of the adjoining land, besides being detrimental to the interests of settlers who are anxious to fence, and are mulcted in the whole cost of fencing Native boundaries. The intention to take the land has been gazetted. The attached plan shows in solid red colour the lands it is intended to take.44

After the taking the drainage engineer stated in his annual report that:

During the year some 1,027 [sic] acres of Native land was acquired, and was duly subdivided in connection with other areas of Crown lands on plains. A considerable consolidation of interests has thereby resulted. It is proposed to acquire a small area of 70 acres that affects one of the sections not yet offered. Sundry small pieces of land will be acquired for road-access to Piako River.45

The 70 acre section was Puhangateuru 3B2 (see below).

40 Panikena Utuku and Kahukore Utuku, Kopu, to Native Minister, 6 March 1911. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1913/3030. Supporting Papers #157–159.

41 Under Secretary Native Department to Under Secretary for Lands, 13 March 1911, on Panikena Utuku and Kahukore Utuku, Kopu, to Native Minister, 6 March 1911. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1913/3030. Supporting Papers #157–159.

42 Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary Native Department, 18 March 1911. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1913/3030. Supporting Papers #160.

43 New Zealand Gazette, 1911 p. 5576. Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands Supporting Papers #W44.2.

44 Drainage Engineer Auckland to Under Secretary for Lands, 24 April 5911. AJHR, 1911, C–8, p. 6. Supporting Papers #282–283.

45 Land Drainage Engineer to Under Secretary for Lands, not dated (after 31 March 1912). AJHR, 1912, C–8, p. 6. Supporting Papers #284.

206

13.17 210

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

Taking of part of Ngarua 5A2, 1916

In August 1915 the Lands and Survey Department recommended that Ngarua 5A2, of 452 acres, should be acquired by the Crown:

... as it cuts off the Hauraki Plains area from the main road in this locality. The Department will be able to cut up the Hauraki Plains area to better advantage if we acquire this block. In addition drainage and road difficulties will also be avoided. The following is a brief description of the area:

'Situated on eastern side of Morrinsville-Waitakaruru Road, and adjoins Hauraki Plains; is all first class land, portions in very easy fern spurs, balance alluvial fiats covered with cabbage trees, heavy manuka and flax, practically all ploughable. Fenced all along northern boundary. Other improvements, house value £30, 1/2 acre orchard value £6, 60 chains of other fencing value 8/- per chain. Present value £6 per acre. Could sell at £8/10/0 per acre when subdivided and draining done. Area about 452 acres.'

Mr Thompson [Hauraki Plains Drainage Engineer] states that the Native owners on being approached were not inclined to sell to the Crown at all, no reason being given.

I agree with the proposal that this land should be acquired for the betterment of the Hauraki Plains block, and accordingly recommend that the same be taken compulsorily under the provisions of the Hauraki Plains Act 1908 and the Public Works Act 1908 for the more effective carrying out of the drainage and other works, and for the better disposal of the Hauraki Plains lands. 46

However during the next six months the proposal was revised, so as to cover 394 acres rather than 452 acres. As a result of this adjustment, 'Provision has been made for the Natives, by excluding from the area proposed to be taken a piece of land containing 21 acres 2 roods 38 perches, covering the land occupied by whares, etc.'47 Despite this an urupa was included in the land to be taken (see below).

In June 1916, at the request of Lands and Survey Department and with the approval of the Governor,48 394 acres o roods 3o perches of Ngarua 5A2 was taken under the Public Works Act.49 There had been no written objections to the taking.50 At the hearing in August 1917 to consider the amount of compensation to be paid by the Crown for the taking, the Crown argued that the value of the land had been increased by the drainage works which had been put in by the Crown, and that the price the Crown should pay should therefore be less than the market price. This principle was not challenged by counsel for the owners, and the Court, after inspecting the site, decided that the market value of £3000 should be discounted by £800.51

46 Under Secretary for Lands to Minister of Lands, 28 August 1915. Maori Affairs Head Office file MLP 1914/75. Supporting Papers #169-170.

47 Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary Native Department, 28 February 1916. Maori Affairs Head Office file MLP 1914/75. Supporting Papers #171.

48 Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary for Public Works, 23 March 1916. Works and Development Head Office file 48/409. Supporting Papers #42.

49 New Zealand Gazette, 1916 pp. 1995–1996. Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands Supporting Papers #48. 5–6.The taking followed the issue of a Notification of Intention to Take in April 1916. New Zealand Gazette, 1916 p. 1137. Supporting Papers #299.

50 Assistant Under Secretary for Public Works to Minister of Public Works, 17 June 1916. Works and Development Head Office file 48/409. Supporting Papers #43.

51 Decision of the Court, 4 January 1918. Works and Development Head Office file 48/409. Supporting Papers #45–47.

207

13.18 211

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

The 394 acres taken included near its southern corner a wahi tapu, and the solicitors for the owners asked that a roadway be laid off to provide access. 'The tapu is situated in such a position that only a small strip of land need be reserved for the purpose. We might mention that recent burials have taken place at this tapu.'52 It is not known what the Crown response was to this request.

Taking of Waikaka A2 and B, 1916

In October 1916 Waikaka Az and B were taken under the Public Works Act.53 Taking of Puhangateuru 3B2, 1919

In January 1919 Puhangateuru 3B2, of 70 acres 3 roods 17 perches, was taken under the Public Works Act.54 This followed an unsuccessful attempt to purchase all the shares in the block individually. The background to this taking is set out in the block history evidence concerning Puhangateuru.

Taking of Ongarehu Block,1920

In August 1920 Ongarehu Block was taken for the drainage scheme, to become the works yard for the scheme.55 The background to this taking is set out in the block history evidence concerning Ongarehu.

Taking of Parts of Makumaku Block, 1921

In May 1921 9 acres o roods 38 perches of Makumaku 5C2A1, and 19 acres 0 roods 34 perches of Makumaku 5A2D4E, were taken for the drainage scheme.56 In July 1921 parts of Makumaku 5A2D4B totalling 4 acres 3 roods 32.6 perches were taken.57 The takings were associated with the construction of the New Awaiti Canal, and the compulsory acquisition of European and Maori-owned portions of the blocks which had become severed from the remainder of the blocks by the canal, and which could be better utilised by addition to adjoining Crown land. The background to these takings is set out in the block history evidence concerning Makumaku. Compensation for the three Maori-owned portions was fixed by the court in February 1922.58

52 Buchanan and Purnell, Banisters and Solicitors, Thames, to Minister of Lands, 31 August 1917. Works and Development Head Office file 48/409. Supporting Papers #44.

53 New Zealand Gazette 1916 pp. 3218–3219. Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands Supporting Papers #W48. 10–11. Notice of intention to take the blocks had been published in July 1916. New Zealand Gazette, 1916 p. 2583. Supporting Papers #300.

54 New Zealand Gazette 1919 page 142. Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands Supporting Papers #W51.1. Notice of intention to take the block had been published in October 1918. New Zealand Gazette, 1918 p. 3709. Supporting Papers #301.

55 New Zealand Gazette, 5920 p. 2580. Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands Supporting Papers #W52.7.

56 New Zealand Gazette, 1921 p. 1179. Supporting Papers #303.

57 New Zealand Gazette, 1921 p. 1933. Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands Supporting Papers #W53.8.

58 Land Purchase Officer to Under Secretary for Public Works, 28 February 1922, on Assistant Under Secretary for Public Works to Registrar Native Land Court Auckland, 15 September 1921. Works and Development Head Office file 48/556. Supporting Papers #53–54.

208

13.19 212

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

Taking of part of Ngarua 5A1, 1923

In 1923 a notice was issued of the intention to take 25 acres 3 roods 26 perches of Ngarua 5A1 under the Public Works Act.59 This block had a total area of 303 acres 3 roods. The land was required for a spoil pit.

The spoil from this pit is required for the formation of the Torehape Road, and its position and area is such that ample clay spoil could be cheaply conveyed for the formation of all roads between the Morrinsville Road and the Piako River.60

The law specified that 'as the title to the land affected is noted on the Provisional Register only, it will not be necessary to serve notices on the native owners'.61 This meant that only persons other than the owners with an interest in the land were individually notified. These were a flax-miller lessee, and those who held a mortgage over this lease. In addition the Waikato-Maniapoto District Maori Land Board was notified.62 There were no objections, and the land was taken in May 1923.63 Compensation was determined by the court in October 1923.64

Rating of Maori lands

Soon after the first taking it was possible to divide the land into sections for settlement. The first ballot was held in 1910 for the northern part of the Plains, and there were numerous offerings thereafter. A number of Maori and privately owned sections remained which were not taken. In 1930 or 1931 it was stated that there were 'about no private and Native holdings which benefit from the [drainage scheme] works'.65 These were rated for the costs of maintenance of the drainage works. Rates were levied from 1917 onwards.

Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement Scheme

The Waihou River, and its tributary the Ohinemuri River, drained the Ohinemuri gold field. The ground disturbances, and storage and discharge of tailings from the mine workings, caused silting in the rivers, which led to flooding of the riparian lands.

In March 1895 the Minister of Mines, Alfred Cadman, arranged for the Governor to issue a proclamation declaring the Ohinemuri and Waihou Rivers to be watercourses into

59 New Zealand Gazette 1923 p. 693. Alexander, The Hauraki Tribal Lands Supporting Papers #W55.2.

60 Under Secretary for Lands to Under Secretary for Public Works, 24 January 1923. Works and Development Head Office file 48/409. Supporting Papers #48.

61 Under Secretary for Public Works to District Engineer Auckland, 12 March 1923. Works and Development Head Office file 48/409. Supporting Papers #49.

62 District Engineer Auckland to Under Secretary for Public Works, 23 March 1923 and 5 April 1923. Works and Development Head Office file 48/409. Supporting Papers #50 and 51.

63 New Zealand Gazette, 1923, p. 1325. Supporting Papers #306.

64 Under Secretary for Public Works to Under Secretary for Lands, 3 November 1923. Works and Development Head Office file 48/409. Supporting Papers #52.

65 Report on the Drainage and Settlement of the Hauraki Plains, date unknown (1930 or 1931). Lands and Survey Head Office file 15/53/180. Supporting Papers #189–199.

209

13.20 213

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

which tailings, mining debris, and waste water of any kind could be discharged.66 This was provided for by Section 152 Mining Act 1891.

A Commission of Inquiry, which heard extensive evidence in 1910, reported that:

It has been admitted that mining debris and sand tailings had been deposited in the rivers prior to the date of the Proclamation, but it does not appear that the amount so deposited had been sufficient to materially affect the flow of the streams. Your Commissioners are satisfied that since the Proclamation the large quantities of tailings turned into the streams, especially into the Ohinemuri, have so reduced the available section of the watercourses that the rivers are, and have been for some time past, incapable of carrying off flood-waters to the extent that the rivers were capable of providing for before that date; also that whereas prior to 1895 the River Ohinemuri was to all intents and purposes a clean stream, only carrying down in times of flood alluvial material that when spread on flooded lands would not be of a harmful, and might be of a beneficial, character, the floods of recent years, owing to the choking of the flow of the river by mining deposits, are of greater frequency and magnitude, and being heavily charged with mining tailings and slimes, are very detrimental to the flooded lands and to the stock pasturing thereon.67

Evidence was given to the same inquiry that the Maori owners had not been consulted prior to the issuing of the Proclamation, though the proposal had been publicly notified in the newspapers in accordance with the Mining Act. Paora Tiunga answered a question on the subject.

  1. What did the Natives know of the issue of the Proclamation declaring the rivers to be sludge channels; did they get any notice?—There was no notification to the Maoris; but on that notification being made Sir Donald McLean said there was to be no infringement of the Natives' rights.

  2. In what year was that? When the goldfield was opened. He also said that the Natives were not to infringe on the goldfield rights. The miners were also to be allowed freedom to get timber for fencing purposes. Mr Mackay conducted the proceedings.68

He also answered a question from a lawyer representing the Waihi Borough Council.

Did you not hear from your friends in the year 1895 that there was a notice in the local papers stating that this river would be proclaimed a sludge channel?—I did not hear that. 69

James Mackay corroborated this evidence at the same inquiry.

5. Is there anything further you wish to add as regards the Native race?—About the boundary of the lands ceded for gold-mining in the Ohinemuri agreement of March 1875, I may say I was here at the time with Sir Donald McLean. These Natives were all Land League people, and they were very much afraid of their lands being taken away, and that the ceding of a small portion for the goldfields would open all the rest, and they were assured by Sir Donald McLean and myself that the only lands which would be used by the miners or taken by the Government would be those included in the

66 New Zealand Gazette, 1895 p. 601. Supporting Papers #294.

67 Report of Commission of Inquiry Appointed to Inquire into Silting of Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers, 8 July 1910. AJHR, 1910, C–14, pp. i–xxx at p. x. Supporting Papers #244–273 at 253.

68 Minutes of Evidence of Paora Tiunga to Commission of Inquiry. AJHR, 1910, C–14, p. 69. Supporting Papers

#275.

69 Minutes of Evidence of Paora Tiunga to Commission of Inquiry. AJHR, 1910, C–14, p. 70. Supporting Papers

#276.

210

13.21 214

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

MAP 3: LAND TAKEN FOR WAIHOU AND OHINEMURI RIVERS IMPROVEMENT SCHEME

211

13.22 215

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

agreement. I may say that the whole of these Native settlements on the banks of the Ohinemuri are outside the boundaries of the goldfields ceded, because it only came to Mackaytown on this side of the river, and to Raratu on the other.

  1. And the use of the river for navigation and fishing purposes was never mentioned to the Natives?—No; on the contrary, I put a clause in that the Crown should have the right to use the river-bed down to the boundary inside the agreement, but outside of that it was supposed to be in the hands of the Natives. We agreed we would not interfere with any of their rights or lands outside the western boundary of the agreement.

  2. Have you anything to say particularly about the Proclamation in 1895 as regards the Natives?—I know nothing about it. I was not here at the time it was being discussed. Had I been here I should have protested against it. From the time I came back here I have made one continuous protest against it.

  3. When you say you protested, did you do so on behalf of the Natives or yourself?—On behalf of myself as well as the Natives.70

Three years prior to the Commission of Inquiry, in 1907, Ngati Tamatera had petitioned Parliament about the state of the rivers.

  1. [At the time of the 1875 cession of goldmining rights] your petitioners then occupied and still occupy nine settlements on the banks of the Ohinemuri River, and their cultivations are on the flat lands adjacent to the river banks.

  2. When your petitioners ceded the land for mining purposes, the Ohinemuri River contained pure clean water, and for the first few years it continued unpolluted, and was suitable for domestic and other purposes, and no injury was inflicted on your petitioners.

  3. That in consequence of the Proclamation in 1895 of the Ohinemuri and Waihou Rivers to be places of deposit for tailings, mining debris and waste water from the mines, the river water became contaminated and so polluted as to be unfit for use by man or beast.

  4. That your petitioners represented these injuries and nuisances to the Right Hon RJ Seddon, then Premier of the colony, who forthwith promised to grant us a water supply, and a sum of £1,000 was voted by Parliament for the purpose, and £1,160 was actually expended in providing it to our settlements, thus admitting our riparian rights to the Ohinemuri River where it passes through our lands.

  5. Your petitioners never received any notification of the intention to proclaim the Ohinemuri and Waihou Rivers to be places for the deposit of tailings, mining debris, and waste water from the mines, and it was only after the Ohinemuri River water became polluted that they discovered the action which had been taken by the Mines Department in the matter. Hence the late Premier admitted our right to be supplied with proper water at our settlements in lieu of that of the river, of which we had been deprived in consequence of its defilement. ...

12. Your petitioners would most respectfully beg to draw the attention of your honourable House to the fact that by the deed of cession for mining purposes the Crown acquired no rights whatsoever to our lands to the westward of the [boundary] line ..., and the Right Hon RJ Seddon admitted that the Crown or the Mines Department had no right to pollute the waters of the Ohinemuri River, which intersects our properties. By a parity of reasoning we consider that the Mines Department has no right to cause damage to our cultivations and lands by filling up one of the natural drainage channels of the country.

70 Minutes of Evidence of James Mackay to Commission of Inquiry. AJHR, 1910, C–14, p. 70. Supporting Papers #276.

212

13.23 216

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

13. Your petitioners would humbly submit that the Ohinemuri River was a good eel and whitebait fishing place, and these fish were part of our sustenance and food supply; but the deposit of cyanide sludge has killed all the fish in the river. This appears to us to be a breach of the Treaty of Waitangi, as our fisheries were by it specially reserved for our use and enjoyment.71

The petition was heard by the Goldfields and Mines Select Committee of the House of Representatives, along with others from European settlers who held the same grievance. Haora Tareranui travelled to Wellington to speak for Ngati Tamatera:

I may say that I was here in the year 1900 in connection with a grievance that the Ngatitamatera Tribe were then labouring under—that the water of the Ohinemuri was all spoiled. The then Premier, the late Mr Seddon, redressed the grievance. He supplied clear water for the Maoris. We, the Maoris, did not at that time anticipate that the trouble would attain such gigantic proportions as it now has; but during recent years we have found that the whole of the river is, practically speaking, filled up.

... [I am referring] to the Ohinemuri River. I may, perhaps, have something to say about the Waihou River by-and-by. I have described the commencement of the trouble. Now, I think

I am quite safe in saying that at least 500 acres of our land have been destroyed. The Ohinemuri Goldfield was, in the first place, ceded by my tribe, and we who are outside of the goldfield area should be protected and should have our wrongs redressed by the Government. I am sure that members of this Committee can see for themselves that in the deed handing over the goldfields all that is carefully provided for; but we are not protected under the deed as we should be, although it provides that we should be so protected. I believe we lost quite 150 acres of our land this year. All the potatoes and other crops were destroyed. That is irrespective entirely of grasslands, which would come to a very much greater area. ... I say definitely that the water that is causing the trouble at Ohinemuri is from the mines. And here the sand has come down further and smothered up all the lands about my kainga and all round there, and it is from the mines and nowhere else. I have for seven consecutive years now been refencing and refencing our burial places, and they keep on getting smothered up with this deposit. ...

From my childhood up I have known all the good points about the Ohinemuri River, and the benefit derived by us from the neighbourhood generally. There were plenty of food supplies obtainable from the river—eels and whitebait, and so forth. The water was clear and good for human consumption and bathing purposes, and so on. ... As I say, we have been seriously injured. We did not hand over the goldfield for the purpose of injuring the Europeans; we handed it over so that it might be of advantage to the Europeans and to ourselves as well. Therefore I say, look into our grievance and redress our injury.72

After hearing the evidence put to it, the Committee resolved that:

in their judgement any expenditure on any scheme that may be devised for arresting the silting of the Ohinemuri and Waihou Rivers should be on a contributory basis, the local bodies whose districts are affected by the silting providing their quota towards the cost. Subject to this proviso, the Committee recommend that the petitions be referred to the Government for favourable consideration.73

71 Petition of Ngati Tamatera to Parliament. Exhibit 22 at Commission of Inquiry into Silting of Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers. AJHR, 1910, C–14, pp. 275–276. Supporting Papers #280–281.

72 Evidence of Haora Tareranui. AJHR, 1907, 1–4A, pp. 16–18. Supporting Papers #237–239.

73 AJHR, 1907, 1–4A, p. Supporting Papers #236.

 

213

13.24 217

▲back to top

13.25 218

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

  1. preventing or mitigating the flooding of lands within the river district by the waters of the said rivers,

  2. improving parts of the said rivers for the purposes of navigation,

  3. such other purposes within the scope of this Act as the Governor in Council from time to time determines.

Besides river improvement works, the Minister was also authorised to take under the Public Works Act 1908 :

  •     any land necessary for the improvement works,

  •     any land classified as 'totally destroyed land',

  •     any land lying between a stopbank and a river,

  •     any land which had been partially destroyed because it had been covered with mine tailings,

  •     any land 'which in the opinion of the Minister is likely to be specially benefitted or increased in value by reason of the construction of any works authorised by this Act', and

  •     any land in the catchment required for afforestation.

Compensation was payable when land was taken, but:

... in assessing such compensation, the Court shall take into account in reduction or mitigation of the claim any benefit which has accrued or is likely to accrue to the claimant by reason of the construction of any work authorised by this Act.

This provision was the subject of much ill-feeling, by Pakeha and Maori alike. The reason was summarised in the report of the Rivers Commission, when it looked at the Waihou River in 1919.

The betterment principle operates in such a way that the riparian owners have to bear all the loss of land without adequate payment, while those more remote from the river whose physical betterment is greater (generally much greater) obtain this without any loss of land.76

It concluded that the Act's betterment provisions were inequitable and should be amended, as they bore unjustly on the riparian owners."

A further Commission examined the improvement scheme in 1921. Its primary focus was the financing provisions for the scheme, and its main recommendation was to adjust the source of the financial contributions, so that less came from the mining industry, and more came from the local community.78

Land necessary for the improvement works

The diversion of the Waihou River was via the Ngararahi and Koutu Canals, which shortened the course of the river by three and a half miles. The land required was taken

76 Report of Rivers Commission, 5 December 1919. AJHR, 1920, D-6A, p. 4. Supporting Papers #285-292 at 288.

77 Report of Rivers Commission, 5 December 1919. AJHR, 1920, D-6A, p. 8. Supporting Papers #285-292 at 292.

78 Report of Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Commission. AJHR, 1921-22, D-6F, 27 pages.

215

13.26 219

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

under the Public Works Act in March 1912.79 The blocks affected by this taking were sections of the Ngahinapouri, Te Koutu, Opukeko, Komataraututu, Ngararahi, and Motungaio blocks. It is not known how many of these blocks, if any, were in Maori ownership at this time.

The diversion of the Ohinemuri River at Pereniki's Bend was at first held over as 'it is considered inadvisable to put the Pereniki Canal in hand till works are further advanced down below'.80 First plans for these downstream works came to hand in May 1914, and were concerned with protecting Paeroa township land rather than Maori-owned land:

The primary object in forwarding the plans as shewn is to protect the lower portion of the town of Paeroa, which is considered a more urgent matter than the left bank where there are few houses and a periodic flooding does little harm, particularly from the junction [of the Ohinemuri and Waihou Rivers] to the Ngararahi Cut, where the land is mostly undeveloped Native Land without permanent buildings.

With reference to the plan of the Canal sent to you, I have to say that the level of the bottom of the Canal was kept up to avoid considerable loss of tailings to the Waihi-Paeroa Gold Extraction Company when the river is in flood, and this will require very careful consideration. 81

In the end the Pereniki Cut was never constructed, as the river would have been shortened (by three and a half miles) to such an extent that its steep gradient would have resulted in considerable scour of mining debris out into the lower Waihou River. This would have affected shipping and barge use of the river, which was still important to the district at that time.

In December 1913 portions of the Ngahina and Te Arero o Huatata Blocks were taken for the site of a stopbank to protect Paeroa township.82 It is not known if any Maori-owned land was taken.

Lands within Paeroa Township were taken for stopbanks by section 18, Reserves and Other Lands Disposal and Public Bodies Empowering Act 1921–1922.83 It is not known if any Maori-owned land was taken.

In 1922 a Crown Law Office opinion recommended that land need not be taken for stopbanks. The 1910 Act allowed the Crown to deposit tailings etc on private lands for the purpose of stopbanks, and made no mention of the need to acquire the land on which the stopbank was built. Nor was any mention made of any need to obtain prior consent or to give prior notice. Compensation would, however, have to be paid for injurious affection.84

79 New Zealand Gazette, 1912, p. 1026–1027. Supporting Papers #296–297.

80 Engineer in Chief to District Engineer Auckland, 24 January 1914. Works and Development Head Office file 65/52. Supporting Papers #56–57.

81 District Engineer Auckland to Engineer in Chief, 30 May 1914. Works and Development Head Office file 65/52. Supporting Papers #58–60.

82 New Zealand Gazette, 1913, p. 3725. Supporting Papers #298.

83 Assistant Under Secretary of Public Works to Under Secretary for Lands, 14 October 1921. Lands and Survey Head Office file 15/17. Supporting Papers #203–207.

84 Crown Solicitor to Engineer in Chief, 20 July 1922, attached to District Engineer Auckland to Assistant Engineer Paeroa, 21 August 1922. Works and Development Paeroa file 11/1/1. Supporting Papers #150–152.

216

13.27 220

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

As a result of this legal opinion, no further lands were compulsorily taken. However riparian lands continued to be compulsorily occupied (without compensation) by the construction of stopbanks.

Land which specially benefitted from the improvement works

In July 1912 a committee of three Government officers was set up to advise what land should be compulsorily acquired because it had specially benefitted from the improvement works. The Chief Surveyor at Auckland was one of these officers. In the letter seeking to have him appointed, the Public Works Department explained that:

The works contemplated and now commenced under the Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement Act 1910 will have the effect of greatly improving a large area of land, principally Native land, situated near Paeroa; and, in anticipation that the works would very largely benefit these and other lands, a clause was inserted in the above-named Act (see Section 10, subsection C) empowering the Minister of Public Works to take any land which, in his opinion, is likely to be specially benefitted or increased in value by reason of the construction of any works authorised by the said Act.85

The committee reported in September 1912. It identified the areas to be specially benefitted as:

   – 6400 acres between Tirohia Railway Station and Paeroa-Netherton Road; 'we consider that this area cannot be properly drained without a comprehensive scheme such as envisaged'; this seems to encompass the Piraurahi, MoanakapitiHuhuraumati, Opatito, Opukeko and other blocks,

   – Mangamutu block of 277 acres 2 roods, and

   – 1650 acres, being part of Thames Borough Endowment land and adjoining land, on the west side of the Waihou River.86

It is not known how much of this was Maori-owned land, though one of the committee members noted in 1918 that the 6400 acre portion was 'largely Native land'.87

No action was apparently taken on this report 'for the reason, I understand, of giving private enterprise a chance'.88 Also, by the time the committee's report had been prepared, the betterment value associated with the improvement works had already been incorporated in market values for the land prevailing at the time, and the legislation, by requiring that market value be paid at the time of taking, did not make any provision for retrospective recovery of the betterment value by the Crown.

85 Assistant Under Secretary for Public Works to Under Secretary for Lands, 29 July 1912. Lands and Survey Head Office file 15/17. Supporting Papers #200.

86 H.M. Skeet, E. Bold and H.R. Young, Auckland, to Under Secretary for Public Works, 28 September 1912. Lands and Survey Head Office file 15/17. Supporting Papers #201–202.

87 Land Purchase Officer to Under Secretary for Public Works, 25 September 1918. Works and Development Head Office file 65/26. Supporting Papers #55.

88 Land Purchase Officer to Under Secretary for Public Works, 25 September 1918. Works and Development Head Office file 65/26. Supporting Papers #55.

217

13.28 221

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Maori petitions and letters

The consequence of not constructing the Pereniki's Bend diversion was that the stretch of river which would have been bypassed had to have stopbanks constructed along it. This affected riparian lands, much of which was Maori owned. In August 1921 solicitors for Haora Tareranui wrote to Dr Pomare:

Such a stopbank will pass over the two tapu grounds shown on the plan, in which he states hundreds of his ancestors and their relatives are buried, thus desecrating their tapu ground.

In the event of the stopbank not being put round, the operations will result in the tapu grounds being buried ultimately in mining tailings and debris. He suggests [the construction of the Pereniki's Bend diversion]. This will prevent the floodwaters going across their lands, and will save the tapu grounds, and he wishes you to see what can be done for himself and the other Natives in the area in the way of having something done to relieve them from their present position.89

The engineer at Paeroa reported that:

As the right bank of the Ohinemuri River will not be stopbanked, the tapu ground on that side will not concern this Department.

On the left bank, there exists a portion of tapu land as shown, indicated on our plans as Kopuarahi Block, and comprises about 1¾ acres. Mr Kenny, Authorised Surveyor of Paeroa, informs me that this piece of land has never been definitely surveyed, but its back boundaries have been determined by excluding this portion from the adjoining land.

There is no reason why the stopbank should not run clear of this block [i.e. leave the block within the flood channel], and not interfere with it at all.

As far as the possible silting is concerned, ... I fail to see that the [sic] should induce the deposit of any more mining debris than has occurred in the past."

A number of claims for compensation were made by settlers along the Ohinemuri River

whose lands were flooded and who were not protected by the improvement scheme works. But a test case in the courts determined that the Crown had no legal liability After this a number of petitions were apparently presented to Parliament seeking compensation.

One of these petitions, in 1927, was from Haora Tareranui, seeking compensation for the losses suffered, first by the mining debris carried down by the Ohinemuri River after 1895, and second due to the disruption brought about by the improvement scheme. The petition was referred to the Government for inquiry."

As a result the Government made a grant of £5000 in full and final settlement for the injuries and losses sustained by both Maori and Pakeha. Of this, £1605 was allocated to be divided among the owners of Maori-owned blocks. This appears to indicate the high proportion of Maori-owned land affected. The money was to be distributed by the Waikato-Maniapoto District Maori Land Board.

89 E.W. Porritt, Barrister and Solicitor, Paeroa, to Dr Pomare, Wellington, 2 August 1921, attached to District Engineer Auckland to Assistant Engineer Paeroa, 17 September 1921. Works and Development Paeroa file 11/1/10. Supporting Papers #153–155.

90 Assistant Engineer Paeroa to District Engineer Auckland, 22 September 1921. Works and Development Paeroa file 11/1/10. Supporting Papers #156.

91 Report of Native Affairs Committee on Petition 125/1927. AJHR, 1927, 1–3, page 9. Supporting Papers #293.

218

13.29 222

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

Haora Tareranui received £720.7.3d,92 though he remained dissatisfied with the allocations that were made.93

In September 1928 Haora Tareranui wrote about flooding which had occurred between April and July 1928:

Our homes and lands were flooded out....

Firstly, had it not been for a canoe, Ireapa Te Koari and his party [at Koraparaupo] would have been victims of the flood. The flood broke at 1 o'clock in the morning, an it was not till 6 o'clock that they landed on the stopbank. These people are now homeless. The land on which they were living was given to them by the Ngati Tamateras.

Secondly, my party and I [at Opakura] suffered similarly. Had it not been for a canoe, we would have perished. It was not till 6.30 a.m. that we landed on the stopbank. The floodwater in my house was nearly 3 feet deep.

Insofar as our home and lands are concerned, we do not desire to leave them. This has been a home even from the time of our ancestors, even to the present time. Our ancestors are buried here. Wherefore we respectfully pray, 0 Native Minister, that you will cause a stopbank to be built here.

Thirdly, in regard to Nana Piahana and party [of Kawhitiwhiti], I have to report that they have no land to live on now. Ngaranoa Peke Tupaea and party [of Kawhitiwhiti] have bought a section at Paeroa containing 3/4 acre, with a house, and costing £290. A deposit of £290 has been paid. There is a mortgage on the property of £90 to the Government.94

The Public Works Department was dismissive of this claim, noting that compensation

had already been paid, and that Haora Tareranui had received a large proportion of it.

The Under Secretary added, in a questioning of Haora's motives, that:

It is understood that Haora is being exploited by the Ratana cult, and that this money has been paid to him at Ratana Pa, Wanganui, and it is believed that the present request is really promulgated from that same source.95

In December 1928 Hoani Poroa wrote to the Native Minister:

I respectfully request you to grant me relief in regard to my land Ngahutoitoi containing 1½ acres lying adjoining the Ohinemuri River. They have taken the best part of this land for a stopbank. The balance is located next to the river. The inland portion of this piece is now useless. The Maniapoto Board is well informed in regard to this matter. The value of this land to my knowledge is £35 an acre.96

92 Under Secretary for Public Works to Under Secretary Native Department, 15 November 1928. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1928/130. Supporting Papers #164.

93 Haora Tareranui, Ratana Pa, to Native Minister, September 1928. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1928/130. Supporting Papers #163.

94 Haora Tareranui, Ratana Pa, to Native Minister, 5 September 1928. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1928/130. Supporting Papers #161–162.

95 Under Secretary for Public Works to Under Secretary Native Department, 15 November 1928. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1928/130. Supporting Papers #164.

96 Hoani Poroa, Otorohanga to Native Minister, 24 December 1928. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1928/130. Supporting Papers #165.

219

13.30 223

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

The Minister responded that money had been paid out to Maori owners affected by the scheme, even though there was no legal liability to do so, and 'the Public Works Department recognises no further liability in the matter'.97

In August 1930 Haora Tareranui wrote to the Member of the House of Representatives for Thames seeking further compensation. He explained that he wanted to be able to purchase a new property and build a new house on it:

I and my family cannot remain in the homestead recently occupied, which on several occasions [has] been flooded out, and render great danger to myself and my family....

I understand you have had the opportunity of inspecting this property Opakura. The cause of all the hardships was the stopbank erected by the Government.

I am compelled to write and inform you that recently my family had a trying time in their endeavour to escape the flood waters.98

The reply to this letter is not known.

Land Taken for Kaiaua School

When Wharekawa 5B was partitioned in August 1900, one of the three subdivisions ordered was Wharekawa 5B (Pingao) of 109 acres. It was awarded to Rihi Pokai, and surveyed in 1909.99

This block had a coastal frontage on to the Firth of Thames, but this was lost when the frontage was taken under the Public Works Act 1908 for a road in 1918.100

In 1933 the Auckland Education Board wished to establish a public school at Kaiaua. In order to satisfy the requirements of the Public Works Act 1928, it had a site of three acres in the north eastern corner of Wharekawa 5B (Pingao) surveyed,101 and then notified the intention to take the land. The notice was published in the Auckland Star on 22 and 23 December 1933, and in the Gazette in January 1934,102 and a copy of the plan showing the land to be taken was displayed at the Kaiaua Post Office for 40 days. No objections were received.103

Application was then made to the Public Works Department in March 1934 that the taking of the land be proclaimed.104 Inquiries at that stage showed that:

97 Native Minister to Hoani Poroa, Otorohanga, 9 March 1929. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1928/130. Supporting Papers #166.

98 Haora Tareranui, Ratana Pa, to Mr Samuel MHR, 18 August 1930. Maori Affairs Head Office file 1928/130. Supporting Papers #167–168.

99 Auckland Maori Land plan 7563. Supporting Papers #229.

100 New Zealand Gazette, 1918, p. 3876. Supporting Papers #302.

101 Auckland Survey Office p. 27611. Supporting Papers #230.

102 New Zealand Gazette, 1934, p.34. Supporting Papers #307.

103 Statutory Dedaration by Chairman Auckland Education Board, 2 March 1934, attached to Towle and Cooper, Banisters, Solicitors and Notary Public, Auckland, to Under Secretary for Public Works, 7 March 1934. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #4–7.

104 Towle and Cooper, Banisters, Solicitors and Notary Public, Auckland, to Under Secretary for Public
Works, 7 March 1934. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #4–7.

220

13.31 224

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

... an inspection has been made, and it was found that the school and out-buildings are already in course of erection on the site. Other than mentioned above, there are no buildings, yards, gardens, orchards, vineyards, or ornamental parks and pleasure grounds on the site.

The inspection did not disclose any burial grounds, and it was ascertained from Mr E Dane, who is a member of the School Committee, that the land would have been handed over by the owner, a [native], for a native school, in which case it is improbable that this land has ever been used as a burial ground.105

MAP 4: LAND TAKEN FOR KAIAUA SCHOOL, PT WHAREKAWA 5B (PINGAO), KAIAUA

That the land was clear of intensive occupation and burial grounds was a requirement of section 18, Public Works Act 1928.

The Department of Education had no objection to the land being taken for a school site,106 and the three acres was taken in April 1934.107

105 District Engineer Auckland to Under Secretary for Public Works, z6 March 1934. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #8.

106 Assistant Under Secretary for Public Works to Director of Education, 3 April 1934, and Director of Education to Under Secretary for Public Works, 9 April 1934. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #9 and 10.

107 New Zealand Gazette, 1934, p. 1214. Supporting Papers #308.

2 2 1

13.32 225

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

There is no record of any compensation being applied for or fixed by the Native Land Court after this taking. A subsequent report (see below) suggests that the land was a gift from the owner for a school.

In 1959 the Education Department wished to enlarge the school site, by taking a further portion of Wharekawa 5B (Pingao). A survey plan showed the additional land required was 2 acres 0 roods 0.3 perches.108 At this time the two owners of the block were Aherata Ngaweke Waata and Te Oru Hoete Waata. In seeking approval for the notice of intention to take the land being issued, the District Commissioner of Works noted that:

As the land is Maori owned, and there is difficulty in obtaining properly attested consents, it is necessary to take the land under the compulsory provisions of the Public Works Act 1928.

The Registrar Waikato-Maniapoto District Maori Land Court is not aware of any objections to the taking of the land.109

Although the land was Maori owned, there were only two owners at the time, so that the difficulties in obtaining consent were unlikely to have been great.

The notice of intention to take the land for a public school was issued in June 1959.110 It attracted one written objection, from Te Oru Waata, one of the owners:

As a joint owner of the said area, I am not in favour of the taking of my share for the said purpose. The present school site ... was a foolish gift by my aunty Aherata Waata of Kaiaua, therefore I am not in favour of the proposal.111

The initial reaction in the Ministry of Works was that:

It is necessary that the land be taken to provide for the increasing population in the District, and the taking has already been fully discussed with the Waikato-Maniapoto District Maori Land Court, which has agreed that the taking is necessary and that there can be no serious objections. Full compensation will be fixed by the Court after the taking.112

But before advising the Minister, it was felt that more information was required. The District Commissioner of Works then advised that:

The person who lodged the objection as a result of verbal instructions from Te Oru Waata is Te Wana Waata, husband of the principal owner of the land Aherata Ngaweke Waata, who is Te Oru's aunt.

During the negotiations, unsuccessful endeavours were made by representatives of this Department and of the Maori Affairs Department to get into personal touch with Te Oru. [He] is farming in an inaccessible district on the far side of Kawhia, and even registered letters failed to draw any response from him.

The land purchase officer interviewed Te Wana Waata and Aherata Waata on 30.7.59, and was told that Te Oru's objection was solely on the grounds of price. Te Wana had explained

108 Auckland Survey Office plan 41339. Supporting Papers #231.

109 District Commissioner of Works Auckland to Commissioner of Works, 4 May 1959. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #11–14.

110 New Zealand Gazette, 1959, P. 730. Supporting Papers #310.

Te Oru Waata to Minister of Works, 25 June 1959. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #15.

112 Draft memorandum (not sent) from Commissioner of Works to Minister of Works, 16 July 1959. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #16–17.

222

13.33 226

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

to him that the compensation would be assessed by the Native [sic] Land Court, and that he would have full opportunity to put his case at the hearing.

Aherata and Te Wana are keen to see the land made available to the school, but lodged the objection because of Te Oru's request.113

Thus one of the owners was in favour of the land being used by the school, while the other owner was not.

On the basis of this information the Minister of Works felt confident in proceeding with the taking. He replied to Te Oru Waata that:

As I expect you will know, this land is required by the Education Department to provide extensions to the school, made necessary by the increase in population of the district, and I am sorry to inform you that your objection, in my view, cannot be upheld.

A Proclamation taking the land for a public school will shortly be issued, and then the amount of compensation to be paid to those with interests in the area will be decided by the Maori Land Court.114

There were no other objections,115 and the additional land was taken for a public school in September 1959.116

The application to determine compensation was considered by the Maori Land Court. At the first hearing in April 1960 the owners were not represented by a solicitor, and did not have their own valuation of the land, so the case was adjourned. When it was next called, in July 1960, the owners presented a valuation of £650, while the Crown's Special Government Valuation was £160. The valuer for the owners based his value on an assumption that the two acres taken could be subdivided into two one-acre residential sections, while the Crown's valuation was based on its rural zoning. The Court determined that some subdivisional potential should be allowed for and ordered compensation of £300, to which was to be added interest since the date of taking, legal costs, and valuer's fee, making a total of £345.3.6d.117

Land Taken for State Highway 25A

During the 1960S the Ministry of Works constructed State Highway 25A, the new highway across the ranges between Kopu and Hikuai.

The majority of the road was constructed through Crown or private land, though 11 Maori owned blocks were also affected. They were Pukehue 1, Pukehue 2, Tapangahoro,

113 Telex District Commissioner of Works Auckland to Commissioner of Works, 3 August 1959. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #18.

114 Minister of Works to Te Oru Waata, 18 August 1959. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #19.

115 District Commissioner of Works Auckland to Commissioner of Works, 3 September 1959. Works and Development Head Office 31/736. Supporting Papers #20–21.

116 New Zealand Gazette, 1959, p. 1290. Supporting Papers #311.

117 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 9 September 1960. Works and Development Head Office file 31/736. Supporting Papers #22–26. The Court's decision is recorded in Auckland Minute Book 22, pp. 167–168.

223

13.34 227

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

Ngaputaka, Kaiwhenua 6, Taparahi 2B2A, Taparahi 2B2B1, Taparahi 2B2B2, Taparahi 2B2B3, Wharekawa East 4, and Wharekawa East 5.

The procedure used in the case of privately-owned land was for the Ministry of Works to obtain the written agreement of the owner to enter on to the land and construct the highway. After the road had been constructed, a survey plan was drawn up of the land required for the road, compensation was agreed upon, and the land was then taken under the Public Works Act 1928. In the case of two blocks affected by State Highway 25A, both named Part Taparahi 1, with one owned by Devcich Brothers and the other owned by Compton, prior consent could not be obtained,118 so a middle line proclamation was issued,119 which had the effect of authorising the Ministry to enter the land in order to construct the road.

With Maori-owned land the procedure in use at the time was slightly different. Unless there were owners resident on the block, an assumption was made that, because of multiple ownership and the scattered location of the owners, it would not be possible to obtain full and complete prior consent from all the owners to enter on to Maori land. So the land was entered without obtaining prior consent. After construction had been completed, and the subsequently prepared survey plan of the land required for the road had also been completed, a notice of intention to take the land under the Public Works Act was issued. This notice was published in the New Zealand Gazette, was displayed at a local Post Office for 40 days, and the owners, where their address was known, were served with a copy. The owners then had 40 days to lodge any objection to the taking. If there were no objections, or if any objections received were not accepted, the land was then taken under the Public Works Act. Following this, compensation was negotiated. As a result of section 6, Public Works Amendment Act 1962, if there were more than four owners, the negotiations were with the Maori Trustee, who was authorised to act on behalf of the owners. There was no requirement that the Maori Trustee consult with the owners during these negotiations.

There was a certain amount of standard terminology used by the Ministry of Works in its operations. For instance, when forwarding the draft notice of intention for approval by his Head Office, the District Commissioner of Works noted that:

The land is owned by numerous Maoris, and procedure under the compulsory provisions of the Act is the only practicable method of acquiring the land. The Department of Maori Affairs has been consulted, and knows of no objections to the proposed taking of the land.120

This terminology was also used when seeking the consent of the National Roads Board to the land being taken for limited access road. The submission to the Board noted that:

118 Bryan and Keane, Barristers and Solicitors, Thames, to Resident Engineer Paeroa, 6 November 1963, Telex District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 22 November 1963, and Telex Commissioner of Works to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 25 November 1963. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #65–66, 67 and 68.

119 New Zealand Gazette, 1963, p. 1975. Supporting Papers #312.

120 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 6 December 1966, 5 May 1971, and 16 May 1973. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #74–76, 87–89 and 104–108.

224

13.35 228

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

MAP 5: LAND TAKEN FOR STATE HIGHWAY 25A KOPU-HIKUAI ROAD: PART WHAKEREWA 4 & 5

225

13.36 229

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

1. Legalisation of the above highway is proceeding, and on completion it is proposed to recommend that the route be declared by the Board to be limited access road.

2. Portion of the route is covered by a Proclamation declaring the middle line of a road, and lands acquired on that section are being taken for road to conform to the Proclamation. On other parts of the route not covered by the [middle line] Proclamation, it is preferable where possible that lands acquired are taken for limited access road, as the compensation then takes into account the limited access character which is declared to the owners at the outset [in the notice of intention to take the land]. Some areas acquired by negotiation have already been taken for limited access road.

  1. Ten parcels of Maori-owned land totalling 23½ acres approx., being parts of Wharekawa East Block Nos 4A, 4B and 5, through which the highway has been constructed, have to be acquired, and compulsory acquisition is the only practicable method. It is proposed that these areas be so taken for limited access road. The Department of Maori and Island Affairs, representing the various Maori owners, has no objection.

  2. This is standard procedure where Maori land in multi-ownership has to be acquired for road, but the Board's approval is sought in this case as the taking compulsorily is for limited access road.121

Pukehue 1 and Pukehue 2

Pukehue 1 was owned by a sole owner, Stanley Richard Hira More. Pukehue 2 had been partitioned into three subdivisions, one of which was owned by a European, while a second had become owned by a European after the notice of intention to take had been given, but before the land was actually taken (see below). The third subdivision, Pukehue 2A2 was owned solely by Stanley More.122 More had signed a prior consent allowing entry to both of his blocks.123

The survey plan showed that I rood 17.6 perches of Pukehue I, and 27.4 perches of Pukehue 2, were required for the road.124

The notice of intention to take the land was issued in February 1967.125 It was served personally on More, and was also served on the stepfather of the owner of the block who shortly after sold her land to a European.126

In response to the notice, More wrote to the Minister of Works:

I wish to advise that since this survey was made, an additional portion has been taken from the corner frontage of [Pukehue 1].

121 Submission to National Roads Board, 8 June 1971. Works and Development Head Office file 34/1507/0. Supporting Papers #31.

122 Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 25 November 1966. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #73. Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 14 May 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12./0/16. Supporting Papers #136.

123 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 10 July 1964. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #69–70.

124 Hamilton Survey Office plan 42366. Supporting Papers #218. Because a survey of the subdivisions of Pukehue 2 had not been approved, the Public Works plan, and later proclamations based on the plan, referred only to Pukehue 2 rather than to any individual subdivision.

125 New Zealand Gazette, 1967, pp. 269–270. Supporting Papers #313–314.

126 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 22 March 1967. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #77.

226

13.37 230

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

I also wish to advise, as this portion encroaches on the already limited flat space on this bank, I will object to any further land being taken from this frontage beyond the fence just erected by the M.O.W.127

In April 1967 an officer of the Ministry of Works met More, and reported that:

There are some family graves near the top of a new cutting, and he wants the Department to undertake the removal of these should the cutting slip to such an extent as to endanger them.

I assured him that such a condition would be incorporated in the settlement. With these assurances he is happy for the Proclamation to proceed.128 The Minister of Works then wrote to More with these assurances.129

In November 1967 it was stated that More had withdrawn his objection (presumably on the basis of his agreement with the Ministry of Works officer in April 1967), and the proclamation taking the land could be prepared.130 The land was taken the following month.131

A valuation was obtained, which showed that the land taken from Pukehue I was valued at $50, and the land taken from Pukehue 2 was valued at $30.132 Of the land taken from Pukehue 2, 17.9 perches was considered to have been taken from Pukehue 2A2 (More's property), while 9.5 perches was considered to have been taken from Pukehue 2B (the block which had just become owned by a European). On this basis the $30 valuation was split into $20 for Pukehue 2A2 and $10 for Pukehue 2B. More was then asked if he would accept compensation of $70 for the land taken from Pukehue 1 and 2A2:

... together with interest from the date of entry, which I understand was 1961. Can you please confirm that this is the correct date of entry on your property

When we had a discussion some time ago, you mentioned that you would like a clause in the Agreement regarding the shifting of the graves on the hill, should this prove necessary. We would be quite prepared to include a clause to this effect in the Agreement.133

More replied that:

I take it that survey of this block does not include the corner taken off at the entrance of the road last year prior to the opening of this road in 1967. When it was intimated that this part of the frontage was to be taken, my wife shifted a lemon tree which died, and she feels there should be some compensation for this tree when final settlement is made.134

127 S.R. More, Thames, to Minister of Works, 20 March 1967. Works and Development Head Office file 34/1507/0. Supporting Papers #27.

128 Telex District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 28 April 1967. Works and Development Head Office file 34/1507/0. Supporting Papers #29.

129 Minister of Works to SR More, Thames, 5 May 1967. Works and Development Head Office file 34/1507/0. Supporting Papers #30.

130 Telex Commissioner of Works to District Commissioner of Works, 22 November 1967. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #81.

131 New Zealand Gazette, 1968, p. 120. Supporting Papers #315.

132 District Valuer Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 19 April 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #133.

133 District Commissioner of Works to SRH More, Thames, 5 June 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #138.

134 S.R.H. More, Thames, to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 27 June 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #139.

227

13.38 231

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 188o-198o

He was told that

I confirm that my letter of the 5 June concerned only the land taken when the Kopu-Hikuai Road was constructed, and did not include the small piece at the corner. This has not yet been surveyed, but I have a preliminary plan that shows the area of 2.5 perches to be taken. This will probably be fairly accurate, and if you are prepared to accept settlement on an approximate area basis, I would be happy to do the same.

I agree that you should have compensation for the lemon tree shifted and lost because of the construction, and suggest a figure of $20 for the small piece of land and replacement of the tree.135

This offer was accepted by More.136 The interest charge, for eight years at 5% a year, was $28, giving a total amount of $118.137 A Memorandum of Agreement was drawn up and signed by More, which included a provision that 'should slipping caused by the construction of the road make this necessary, the Crown will arrange to pay for the shifting of the graves on this property on the hill above the new road'.138 The settlement was approved by the Commissioner of Works in September 1968,139 and payment was made the following month.140

Tapangahoro

There were seven owners of this block, the owners with the largest shareholdings being Rangi Gage and Puti Tipene Watene.141 No prior consent allowing entry had been obtained for this block.142

The survey plan showed that 2 roods 29.5 perches of Tapangahoro were required for the road.143

The notice of intention to take the land was issued in February 1967.144 It was sent by registered post to Watene and to Gage's next of kin, Rangi Gage being deceased.145

There were no objections, and the land was taken in December 1967.146

135 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to SRH More, 4 July 1968. Works an Development Hamilton file 5o/12/o/16. Supporting Papers #141.

136 S.R. More, Thames, to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 19 August 1968 and 20 August 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #43 and 44.

137 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to S.R. More, Thames, 29 August 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #145.

138 Memorandum of Agreement, 23 September 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #146-147.

139 Commissioner of Works to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 17 September 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 5o/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #148.

140 Payment Voucher 416, 3 October 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #149.

141 Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 25 November 1966. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #73.

142 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 10 July 1964. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #69-70.

143 Hamilton Survey Office plan 42366. Supporting Papers #218.

144 New Zealand Gazette, 1967, pp. 269-270. Supporting Papers #313-314.

145 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 22 March 1967. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #77.

146 New Zealand Gazette, 1968, p. 120. Supporting Papers #315.

228

13.39 232

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

Under the legislation the Maori Trustee was the agent for the owners in the matter of negotiating compensation for the takings affecting Kaiwhenua 6, Tapangahoro and Ngaputaka blocks. He invited the Ministry of Works to make an offer of compensation.147 Valuations were obtained, which showed that the land taken from Kaiwhenua 6 had a value of £120 (being $60 unimproved value and $60 improvements), the Tapangahoro land had a value of $40, and the Ngaputaka land had a value of $5.148 The Maori Trustee was asked if he accepted these values in compensation,149 and he replied that he would accept them, plus $5 interest from the date of entry to the date of payment.150

The date of entry was not known exactly.

The first bush clearing contract began at Egan's Mill on the western end of the road on the io December 1962. These works progressed steadily up through the Maori Blocks from this point. The extremity of Maori land, approximately at the Kirikiri Saddle and 3½ miles from Egan's Mill, was reached late in the winter of 1963.151

The settlement with the Maori Trustee was approved by the Commissioner of Works in June 1968,152 and payment was made to the Maori Trustee the following month.153

Ngaputaka

There were five owners of this block, the owner with the largest shareholding being Arepera Matene.154 No prior consent allowing entry had been obtained for this block.155

The survey plan showed that 5.2 perches of Ngaputaka were required for the road.156

The notice of intention to take the land was issued in February 1967.157 Four of the five owners were deceased, so the notice was served on next of kin in two cases, while in the other two cases next of kin could not be located. The sole surviving owner, Arepera Matene, was sent the notice by registered post.158

147 Maori Trustee Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 29 February 1968. Works and Development Head Office file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #132.

148 District Valuer Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 19 April 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #133.

149 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Maori Trustee Hamilton, 29 April 1968. Works an Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers 134.

150 Maori Trustee Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 3 May 1968. Works and Development Head Office file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #135.

151 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 16 May 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #137.

152 Commissioner of Works to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 28 June 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #140.

153 Payment Voucher 208, 11 July 1968. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0/16. Supporting Papers #142.

154 Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 25 November 1966. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #73.

155 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, to July 1964. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #69–70.

156 Hamilton Survey Office plan 42366. Supporting Papers #218.

157 New Zealand Gazette, 1967, pp. 269–270. Supporting Papers #313–314.

158 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 22 March 1967. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #77.

229

13.40 233

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

There were no objections, and the land was taken in December 1967.159

For the settlement of compensation with the Maori Trustee, see the section of this   f evidence concerning Tapangahoro.

Kaiwhenua 6

There were 16 owners of this block,160 one of whom, Stanley More, had signed a prior consent allowing entry.161

The survey plan showed that 1 rood 33.6 perches of Kaiwhenua 6 were required for the road.162

The notice of intention to take the land was issued in February 1967.163 It was served personally on one owner, More, and sent by registered post to the 15 other owners.164

In response to the notice, More wrote to the Minister of Works:

With regard to the above notice, I have been to inspect this plan at the Thames P.O., and would like to discuss this with some responsible person from your Department. I have spoken to various persons from the office on the Kopu-Hikuai Road project, advising them I am not too happy with this plan as I saw it in the Thames P.O. This road, I would point out, cut out a great portion of the flat ground on this property.165

In April 1967 an officer of Ministry of Works met More, and reported that:

There is a severance from the property across the road fenced in with his property, and he would like to acquire it. I assured him we would endeavour to arrange this in course of settlement of compensation. ...

With these assurances he is happy for the Proclamation to proceed.166

In November 1967 it was stated that More had withdrawn his objection, and the proclamation taking the land could be prepared.167 The land was taken the following month.168

For the settlement of compensation with the Maori Trustee, see the section of this evidence concerning Tapangahoro.

159 New Zealand Gazette, 1968, p. no. Supporting Papers #315.

160 Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, io February 1965. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #71-72.

161 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, Do July 1964. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #69-70.

162 Hamilton Survey Office plan 42561. Supporting Papers #219.

163 New Zealand Gazette, 1967, pp. 269-270. Supporting Papers #313-314.

164 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 22 March 1967. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #77.

165 SR More, Thames, to Minister of Works, 20 March 1967. Works and Development Head Office file 34/1507/0. Supporting Papers #28.

166 Telex District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 28 April 1967. Works and Development Head Office file 3411507/0. Supporting Papers #29.

167 Telex Commissioner of Works to District Commissioner of Works, 22 November 1967. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #81.

168 New Zealand Gazette, 1968, p.120. Supporting Papers #315.

230

13.41 234

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

Taparahi 2B2A, 2B2B1, 2B2B2 and 2B2B3 These blocks were owned as follows:

Taparahi 2B2A

 

Taparahi 2B2B1 Taparahi 2B2B2

 

Taparahi 2B2B3

Bartlett Mahinui Wirihana, Richard Te Maoterangi Hurikino, William Eruini Hurikino and Wirihana Wirihana

Moronai Connor solely

31 owners, the largest shareholders being Eparaima Iraia Watene, Hoani Pirimona Watene and Rina Pirimona Paraone 24 owners, the largest shareholders being John Hamilton Te Kaiamo Moana or Gregory and Puti Tipene Watene (deceased)169

Of these a C.R.W. Hurikino had signed a prior consent allowing entry on to Taparahi 2B2A, and S.M.T. Gregory as trustee for J.H.T.K. Moana had signed a consent for entry on to Taparahi 2B2B3. No consents were obtained prior to entry to Taparahi 2B2B1 and 2B2B2 .170 These blocks were subject to the middle line proclamation issued in December

1963.171

The survey plan showed that a total of 78 acres 3 roods 37.5 perches was required for road from Taparahi 2B2A, 2B2B1, 2B2B2 and 2B2B3.172 Of these, only Taparahi 2B2A had been surveyed, and 16 acres o roods 1.5 perches were required for road from this block. Because the Taparahi 2B2B subdivisions had not been surveyed, it was not possible to state what area was required from each section.

At the request of the District Commissioner of Works,173 the notice of intention to take the land for limited access road was issued in July 1973.174 It was served personally on two owners of Taparahi 2B2B2, one of whom was the trustee for three other owners, and was sent by registered post to all other owners for whom the Maori Land Court had provided an address. 175

No objections were received, 176 and the land was then taken for a limited access road in December 1973.177

169 Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 26 April 1973. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #100–103.

170 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 10 July 1964. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #69–70.

171 New Zealand Gazette, 1963, p. 1975. Supporting Papers #312.

172 Hamilton Survey Office plans 46850, 46851, 46852, 46853 and 46854. Supporting Papers #224, 225, 226, 227 and 228.

173 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 16 May 1973. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #104–108.

174 New Zealand Gazette, 1973, p. 1453. Supporting Papers #321.

175 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 5 September 1973. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #109.

176 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 3 December 1973. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #110–113.

177 New Zealand Gazette, 1974, p. 58. Supporting Papers #322.

231

13.42 235

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

The Maori Trustee asked for an offer of compensation to be made, 178 and the District Commissioner of Works replied that:

I have now had an opportunity to study this case, and consider that, in line with claims raised by owners of similar land, that the improved access provided by the road to land which was previously without practicable access gives rise to a betterment which outweighs the value of any land acquired for the road. For this reason I am not prepared to recommend the payment of any compensation.179

When the Maori Trustee raised the access difficulties caused by a limited access road, the District Commissioner continued to maintain that no monetary compensation was payable (see section of this evidence concerning Wharekawa 5B). The settlement proposed by the District Commissioner then appears to have been acceptable to the Maori Trustee, as no further negotiations are noted on the file.

Wharekawa East 4A

This block had 363 owners, six of whom owned more than two of the 204 shares.180 No prior consent allowing entry had been obtained for this block. 181

The survey plan showed that 6 acres o roods 26.2 perches of Wharekawa East 4A was required for the road. 182

At the request of the District Commissioner of Works,183 the notice of intention to take the land for limited access road was issued in July 1971.184 It was sent by registered post to three of the owners having more than two shares in the block. The other three large shareholders were not notified either because they were deceased or an address for them was not known. No attempt was made to individually notify the smaller shareholders. 185

No objections were received, 186 and the land was then taken under the Public Works Act 1928 for a limited access road in October 1971.187

178 Maori Trustee Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 26 March 1974. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #114.

179 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Maori Trustee Hamilton, 30 April 1974. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #115.

180 Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 27 April 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #84–86.

181 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 10 July 1964. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #69–70.

182 Hamilton Survey Office plan 45457. Supporting Papers #220.

183 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 5 May 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #87–89.

184 New Zealand Gazette, 1971, pp. 1443–1444. Supporting Papers #316–317.

185 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 16 August 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #90–91.

186 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 1 October 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #92–93.

187 New Zealand Gazette, 1971, pp. 2228–2229. Supporting Papers #318–319.

232

13.43 236

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

When the Maori Trustee asked for an offer of compensation to be made to him, as agent for the owners,188 the District Commissioner of Works responded that:

I have investigated this matter, and find that before construction of the road [Wharekawa East 4A, 4B1 and 5B] had no formed legal access. Therefore, in line with my settlements with European lands in the middle section of the new road, I consider that no compensation is payable, as the betterment to the residue land arising from the construction of a good tarsealed road considerably outweighs the value of the lands required for the road. However, also in line with my treatment of the European cases, I am prepared to vest any pieces of closed legal road which the owners would like to have included in their titles.189

A road had been surveyed through Wharekawa East 4 and 5, and taken in November 1921,190 but it does not seem to have been formed or maintained by the County Council. Nil compensation had been determined by the Native Land Court in February 1922.191

The survey plans for the takings of land for the limited access road had also shown the areas of road which could be closed. There was 1 acre 3 roods o.5 perches of old road passing through Wharekawa East 4A, 4 acres 3 roods 14.2 perches passing through Wharekawa East 4B1, and 3 acres 1 rood 22.8 perches passing through Wharekawa East 5B.192

The Maori Trustee replied that he agreed:

That the betterment to the residue land arising from the construction of the good tarsealed road outweighs the value of any land required for the new roadway. He does, however, accept your offer to vest pieces of closed legal road in the owners of the various lands affected, provided however that such vestings are made at no cost to the owners.193

This settlement was approved by the Commissioner of Works in October 1972.194

To implement the settlement the portions of the old road were declared to be a Government Road and were then stopped in December 1972.195 Application was then made in June 1973 to the Maori Land Court to have the stopped road vested in the owners of the land through which it passed, pursuant to section 426, Maori Affairs Act 1953.196

188 Maori Trustee Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 21 April 1972. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #94.

189 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Maori Trustee Hamilton, 4 May 1972. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #95.

190 New Zealand Gazette, 1921, pp. 2694–2695. Supporting Papers #304–305.

191 22 February 1922.

192 Hamilton Survey Office plans 45457, 45458, 45459 and 4546o. Supporting Papers #220, 221, 222 and 223.

193 Maori Trustee Hamilton to District Commissioner of Woks Hamilton, 28 June 2972. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #96.

194 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 5 October 1972, and

Commissioner of Works to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 19 October 1972. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers 97–98 and 99.

195 New Zealand Gazette, 1972, p. 2834. Supporting Papers #320.

196 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton, 5 June 1973. Woks and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #116.

233

13.44 237

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880–1980

In January 1974 the District Commissioner of Works requested a hearing of the application in chambers, as it is 'only really of a machinery nature'.197 The judge ruled that:

If the areas being revested were originally taken from the specific blocks recited in the application, then the application may be heard in Chambers. Before so directing, the Court would require some further information, possibly by way of Memorandum of Explanation, as to the blocks originally affected by the initial taking.198

A Memorandum of Explanation was provided.199

In March 1974 the court ordered the vesting of the portions of stopped road in the owners of the lands through which it passed.200

In May 1976 one of the owners of Wharekawa East 4A, T. Nuri, approached the Maori Trustee about his belief that the compensation, or lack of it, had been insufficient:

I refer in particular to the rest area which is part and parcel of this block. I have discussed with several owners of this block this problem, and they have not been approached about those extra areas to be taken or being used. I believe also that when the new road was put in that some trees were removed to make way for that road. I would like to know what happened to these trees, and was this taken into account when compensation was discussed.

I would also like to know whether the question of injurious affection was taken into account.

I have had a forest expert have a look at the stand of trees on this block, and he estimates that there would be at least $36,000 worth of timber there. ...

It is my wish as well as the wish of the other owners that this matter be settled in this form rather than having to take other steps 201

On the timber matter the Resident Engineer at Paeroa advised that:

The MWD under Mr Max Bridge's supervision cleared by hand all small trees and scrub etc. Tanners Sawmill were then asked to fell the larger trees and dispose of them as directed in a tidy manner. Tanners Sawmill were allowed to extract any minable timber as payment for their clearing operations. It was appreciated that the area was of scenic value and only the amount of bush necessary to form the road was cleared. Most of the 'heads' and 'stumps' of the trees were dragged away for some distance and buried under the toe of a filling.

According to Max Bridge, the larger trees disposed of were one large kahikatea which was left lying alongside the road, being too large to haul away and unsuitable for milling, two miros, and one rimu. All of these were unsuitable for milling.

Tanners Sawmill took four trees away for milling. These were three kahikateas and one rimu, which they estimated the quantity milled at moo cubic feet, and the quality as 'average'. The trees were typical of those on either side of the road.

197 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton, 17 January 1974. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #117.

198 Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner o Works Hamilton, 21 January 1974. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #118.

199 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton, 22 February 1974. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #119.

200 Hauraki Minute Book 83, p. 126. Supporting Papers #211.

201 T. Nuri, Rotorua, to Maori Trustee Hamilton, 7 May 1976, attached to Maori Trustee Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 12 May 1976. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #125–127.

234

13.45 238

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

If by 'park side area' you mean the rest area (picnicking spot), we maintain it out of NRB funds.202

He added later that:

No payment was made by Tanners Sawmill for the trees that were taken. As explained in my previous report, Tanners were allowed to take the trees as payment for clearing the roadline of the larger trees. Presumably this was a 'gentlemen's agreement' between the Ministry of Works and Development and Tanners, as I have been unable to find any written agreement.203

Forest Service estimated that stumpage for moo cubic feet in 1963 would have been approximately $150.204

Based on these reports the Maori Trustee was told that, 'In view of the amount involved,

I think I would still maintain that the betterment accruing to the property from the greatly improved access is more than any loss incurred'.205

On the matter of the rest area, the full history relating to this has not been researched. However, in July 1981 the Hamilton office of Ministry of Works and Development sought approval to issue a notice of intention to compulsorily take 4046 square metres for the use, convenience and enjoyment of a road. It was explained that:

A certain amount of work has already been carried out on the land as a result of the road works, i.e. metal basecourse, provision of tables and chairs, etc.

Negotiations were undertaken with the Maori Land Court with a view to having the Maori Trustee appointed to act on behalf of the owners and enable a Section 32 agreement to be reached. This action has failed, and the Registrar of the Maori Land Court has requested that if the Department wishes to pursue its intentions with regard to this land it must issue a Notice of Intention to Take pursuant to Section 22 of the Public Works Act 1928....

The area under action is considered to be one of high natural appeal, and it forms an essential rest area site in conjunction with the use of the State Highway.206

However approval was not given, Head Office replying that, 'Before further consideration can be given, more information on the background, both for the formation of the area and negotiations, is required. In cases such as this, every endeavour must be made to reach agreement.'207

202 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 28 June 1976. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #128.

203 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 12 July 1976. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #130.

204 Conservator of Forests Auckland to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 9 July 1976. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/10/0. Supporting Papers #129.

205 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Maori Trustee Hamilton, 28 July 1976. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #232.

206 District Property Officer Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 21 July 1981. Works and Development Head Office file 72/25/2C/0/45. Supporting Papers #61–63.

207 Commissioner of Works to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 30 July 1981. Works and Development Head Office file 72/25/2C/0/45. Supporting Papers #64.

235

13.46 239

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

Wharekawa East 4B1

This block had 384 owners, seven owners holding more than one of the 204 shares.208 No prior consent allowing entry had been obtained for this block.209

The survey plans showed that a total of 9 acres 1 rood 18.3 perches of Wharekawa East 4B was required for the road.210

At the request of the District Commissioner of Works,211 the notice of intention to take the land for limited access road was issued in July 1971.212 It was sent by registered post to three of the owners having more than one share in the block. The other four large shareholders were not notified either because they were deceased or an address for them was not known. No attempt was made to individually notify the smaller shareholders.213

No objections were received,214 and the land was then taken under the Public Works Act for a limited access road in October 1971.215

The negotiations with the Maori Trustee over compensation, and the stopping of old road and its vesting in the owners of the lands through which it passed, which was a part of the agreed settlement, is discussed in the section of this evidence concerning Wharekawa East 4A.

Wharekawa East 5

This block had 14 owners, the owners with the largest shareholdings being Hoani Pirimona Watene and Mereana Te Mane.216 There is no record of any prior consent to enter this block being obtained.

The survey plans showed that a total of 7 acres 3 roods 24.2 perches was required for the road 217

208 Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 27 April 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 5o/12/o. Supporting Papers #84-86.

209 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, ro July 1964. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #69-70.

210 Hamilton Survey Office plans 45458 45\_ and 45459. Supporting Papers #221 and 222. The plans refer to Wharekawa East 4B, because the two partitions of Wharekawa East 4B had not been surveyed. However, it is clear that only Wharekawa East 4B1 was affected by the road. Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 27 April 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #84-86.

211 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 5 May 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #87-89.

212 New Zealand Gazette, 1971, pp. 1443-1444. Supporting Papers #316-317.

213 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 16 August 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #90-91.

214 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 1 October 1971. Woks and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #92-93.

215 New Zealand Gazette, 1971, pp. 2228-2229. Supporting Papers #318-319.

216 Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 27 April 1971.

Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #84-86.

217 Hamilton Survey Office plans 45459 and 45460. Supporting Papers #222 and 223. The plans refer to Wharekawa East 5, because the two partitions of Wharekawa East 5 had not been surveyed. However, it is clear that only Wharekawa East 5B was affected by the road. Registrar Maori Land Court Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 27 April 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/22/0. Supporting Papers #84-86.

236

13.47 240

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

At the request of the District Commissioner of Works,218 the notice of intention to take the land for limited access road was issued in July 1971.219 It was sent by registered post to

Hoani Watene. Mereana Te Mane's address was unknown, and no attempt was made to individually notify the owners of smaller shareholdings.220

No objections were received,221 and the land was then taken under the Public Works Act for a limited access road in October 1971.222

The negotiations with the Maori Trustee over compensation, and the stopping of old road and its vesting in the owners of the lands through which it passed, which was a part of the agreed settlement, is discussed in the section of this evidence concerning Wharekawa East 4A.

In July 1974, after the settlement had been concluded, a solicitor acting for some of the owners of Wharekawa East 5B complained to the Maori Trustee that he had:

accepted a non-access road as effecting betterment of their land, whereas in fact the closing of the [old] road has deprived them of access by a road which was not subject to this restriction.223

When referred to the District Commissioner of Works, he replied that:

The declaration of a road as 'limited access' does not deprive owners of access, as Section 4 of the Public Works Amendment Act 1963 provides that any transferable parcel of land is entitled to a licensed entrance. This is granted by the National Roads Board, and the only restriction which might apply is that the Board might specify the point at which the entrance is to be constructed. In fact, some large properties have more than one licensed entrance, which are granted at the discretion of the Board.224

The Maori Trustee then responded that:

The Maori Trustee through other District Offices has had occasion to join forces with other interested parties to claim compensation by reason of the take for limited access roads.

It is quite evident from those precedents that roll values struck after the take show a reduction which appears to be attributable to the classification of the area as a limited access. It appears, therefore, in addition to any compensation which the owners might claim, there would probably lie a case for claiming an additional sum for injurious affection.

218 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 5 May 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #87–89.

219 New Zealand Gazette, 1971, pp. 1443–1444. Supporting Papers #316–317.

220 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 16 August 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #90–91.

221 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Works, 1 October 1971. Woks and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #9293.

222 New Zealand Gazette, 1974 pp. 22282229. Supporting Papers #318319.

223 Phillips and Powell, Barristers and Solicitors, Otorohanga, to Maori Trustee Hamilton, 4 July 1974,

attached to Maori Trustee Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 8 July 1974. Works

and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #120121.

224 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Maori Trustee Hamilton, 17 July 1974. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #122.

237

13.48 241

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 18801980

In view of the action being taken by our Rotorua Office especially, in relation to the Western Taupo Highway, we cannot agree with your contentions set out in your above memorandum, and ask you to consider this matter further.225

The District Commissioner then stated that:

Even after further consideration, I do not consider that any claim for compensation arises in this case, because of the [size of the] betterment created by the construction of the highway. However, if you feel that a claim is justified, then you should obtain a valuation report and file a formal claim. If you consider that a claim for compensation arises because of the declaration as 'limited access road', then there is provision in section 4(12) of the Public Works Amendment Act 1963 for a claim for compensation to be made.

Again I do not consider that any claim arises in this case.226 Proposed scenic reserve on Wharekawa East 4A

The opening up of the hinterland by State Highway 25A prompted a further dealing by the Crown with the owners of Wharekawa East 4A.

By March 1967 construction of the road had been completed through the block and survey was requested. It was also noted in this request that:

There is one particular area which is required as a reserve, and it is thought desirable that negotiations on this area should be started now, even though survey may not be completed for some time. This is the area of native bush of several fine species through which the road passes just to the east of the Tairua River bridge. This bush is on the property described as Wharekawa East 4A, Block VI Tairua SD, and owned by approximately 40 Maori owners.

I understand that at one stage the Department of Lands and Survey was attempting to obtain this area.227

As a result the survey plan showed a boundary of a proposed reserve, to be known as Tapatai Reserve, with an area of 21 acres 1 rood 38 perches (plus 1 acre 2 roods 29 perches of road, which was to be closed, traversing the proposed reserve).228

After the survey was completed, the Commissioner of Crown Lands explained that:

The Department [of Lands and Survey] already had in mind the possibility of negotiating to acquire this very attractive piece of bush from the Maori owners, with a view to reserving it for scenic or recreation purposes, but no action was taken pending completion of the surveys of the main highway. ...

Is it the intention of Ministry of Works to acquire the area and reserve it, or is it the intention that this Department should endeavour to acquire it and be responsible for its control?229

225 Maori Trustee Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 19 November 1974. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #123.

226 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Maori Trustee Hamilton, 21 November 1974. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #124.

227 Resident Engineer Paeroa to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 23 March 1967. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #78–80.

228 Hamilton Survey Office plan 45457. Supporting Papers #220.

229 Commissioner of Crown Lands Hamilton to District Commissioner of Works Hamilton, 25 March 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #82.

238

13.49 242

▲back to top

 

Appendix: Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century

He was told that:

The acquisition of this piece of bush for scenic or recreation purposes was discussed with your Department some years ago to my memory, when it was suggested by the Resident Engineer who was in charge of construction of the highway that this reserve should be created. It was decided that we could not properly acquire the land compulsorily for road when it was not required for that purpose, nor could we justifiably charge it against National Roads Board funds. However, it was agreed that we could arrange for the survey in conjunction with the survey of the road, and that your Department should endeavour to negotiate purchase. ...

If you have funds available, I suggest you endeavour to acquire this piece of land as a scenic or recreation reserve.230

Because of the number of owners, Lands and Survey was anxious that the block be vested in the Maori Trustee so that, acting on behalf of the owners, he could reach an agreement to sell the proposed reserve to the Crown. However, it is not known if this occurred or

not.

230 District Commissioner of Works Hamilton to Commissioner of Crown Lands Hamilton, 29 March 1971. Works and Development Hamilton file 50/12/0. Supporting Papers #83.

239

13.50 243

▲back to top

 

Reference Sources

Ministry of Works and Development Head Office Files

23/288   Held by NA Wellington (Reference W1)

31/736   Held by NA Wellington (Reference AAQB/W4073)

34/1507/0   Held by NA Wellington (Reference ABKK/W4357)

48/258   Held by NA Wellington (Reference W1)

48/409   Held by NA Wellington (Reference ABKK/W4069)

48/556   Held by NA Wellington (Reference W1)

65/26   Held by NA Wellington (Reference W1)

65/52   Held by NA Wellington (Reference W1)

72/25/2C/0/45   Held by NA Wellington (Reference AAQU/W3428)

Ministry of Works and Development Hamilton District Files

50/12/0   Held by Records Centre, Auckland *

50/12/0/16   Held by Records Centre, Auckland *

Ministry of Works and Development Paeroa District Files

11/1/1   Held by NA Auckland (Reference AATE A956/95b)

11/1/10   Held by NA Auckland (Reference AATE A956/96d)

Maori Affairs Department Head Office Files

1913/3030   Held by NA Wellington (Reference MA1)

1928/130   Held by NA Wellington (Reference MA1)

MLP 1914/75   Held by NA Wellington (Reference MA-MLP1)

Lands and Survey Department Head Office Files

6/11/117   Held by NA Wellington (Reference LS1)

15/13/180   Held by NA Wellington (Reference LS1)

15/17   Held by NA Wellington (Reference LS1)

Maori Land Court Minute Books

Hauraki Minute Book 55, p. 73

Hauraki Minute Book 56, p. 330

Hauraki Minute Book 57, p. 102

Hauraki Minute Book 80, p. 120

Held by Maori Land Court, Hamilton

Maori Land Court Block Orders File

H794   Held by Maori Land Court, Hamilton

Hamilton Survey Plans

Survey Office plans: 13260, 35692, 42366,

42561,45457, 45458, 45459, 45460,

46850, 46851, 46852, 46853, 46854

Held by Land Information New Zealand, Hamilton

Auckland Survey Plans

Maori Land plan   7563

Survey Office plans   27611, 41339

Held by Land Information New Zealand, Auckland

240

13.51 244

▲back to top

 

Reference Sources

New Zealand Parliamentary Debates

Volume 145, pp. 918–921, 952–955

Appendices to the Journals of the House of Representatives

1907, I–4A, pp. ii, 16–18

1908, C–1, pp. 78–80

1910, C–14, pp. ixxx, 6873, 275276

1911, C8, p. 6

1912, C8, p. 6

1920, D–6A, pp. 1–8

1927, 13, p. 9

New Zealand Gazette

1895, p. 601

1905, p. 920

1912, pp. 10261027

1913, p. 3725

1916, pp. 1137, 2583

1918, pp. 3709, 3876

1921, pp. 1179, 26942695

1923, p. 1325

1934, pp. 34, 1214

1949, p. 49

1959, pp. 730, 1290

1963, p. 1975

1967, pp. 269270

1968, p. 120

1971, pp. 14431444, 22282229

1972, p. 2834

1973, p. 1453

1974, p. 58

NA = National Archives

* The two files held by Records Centre, Auckland can only be viewed with the prior permission of Land Information New Zealand, Hamilton.

241

14 Index

▲back to top

14.1 245

▲back to top

 

INDEX

Selected Public Works Takings in the Twentieth Century
Supporting papers

File Ref    Title   Doc. No.

Ministry of Works & Development Head Office Files

23/288   Thames Rifle Range Reserve   13

31/736   Kaiaua School Site   426

34/1507/0   Pukehue No 1 Block Plan   2731

48/258   Native Lands Hauraki Plains   3241

48/556   Acquisition of Ngarua 5A for Hauraki

Plains PWA   4252

48/556   PWA Compensation Request to Native

Land Court   5354

65/26   Waihou & Ohinemuri Rivers

Improvement Values   55

65/52   Waihou & Ohinemuri Rivers Improvement

Canal   5660

72/25/2C/   State Highway 25 Rest Area Tairua River 6164

0/45

Ministry of Works and Development Hamilton District Files

50/12/0   Kopu Hikuai Road   65131

50/12/0/16   Kopu Hikuai Road   13249

Ministry of Works and Development Paeroa District Files

11/1/1   Waihou & Ohinemuri Rivers

Improvements   150152

11/1/10   Waihou & Ohinemuri Rivers Tapu

Land   153156

Maori Affairs Department Head Office Files

1913/3030   Maori Land At Horahia Opu   157160

1928/130   Tareranui Petition on Flooding

of Ohinemuri River   161168

MLP 1914/75 Acquisition of Ngarua 5A   169171

Lands and Survey Department Head Office Files

6/11/117   Thames Rifle Range   172188

15/13/180   Drainage and Settlement of Hauraki

Plains   189199

15/17   Waihou and Ohinemuri Rivers

Improvement   200207

Maori Land Court Minute Books

HMB 55/73   Mangakirikiri Block 3B   208

HMB 56/330 Mangakirikiri Block 3B   209

HMB 57/102 Mangakirikiri Block 3B   210

HMB 80/120 Wharekawa East 4A   211

Maori Land Court Block Order Files Hamilton

H794   Mangakirikiri Block 3B   212213

H794   Thames Rifle Range   24215

Hamilton Survey Plans

Survey Office Plans

13260   Thames Rifle Range   216

35692   Thames Rifle range   227

File Ref   Title   Doc. No.

42366   SH 25   218

42562   SH 25   229

45457   SH 25   220

45458   SH 25   222

45459   SH 25   222

45460   SH 25   223

46850   SH 25   224

46851   SH 25   225

46852   SH 25   226

46853   SH 25   227

46854   SH 25   228

Auckland Survey Plans

Maori Land Plan 7563   Pingao Wharekawa 5B   229

Survey Office Plan 27611   Wharekawa 5B   230

Survey Office Plan 4439   Wharekawa 5B   231

New Zealand Parliamentary Debates

Volume 145 pages 918921   Hauraki Plains Bill   232235

pages 952955   Hauraki Plains Bill   232235

Appendices to the Journals of the House of Representatives

1907 14A pages ii 1618 Petition of Tareranui   236239

1908 C1   7880 Hauraki Plains Drainage 240243

1920   C14 ixxx   6873 Waihou & Ohinemuri   275276

Rivers Commission   244281

1911   C8   6 Acquisition of Land   282283

1912   C8   6 Land to be Opened on H. Plains 284

1920 D6A   18 Waihou River   285292

1927   13   9 Report on Petition of Tareranui   293

New Zealand Gazette

File Ref   Pages   Doc. No.

1895   602   294

1905   920   295

1912   10261027   296297

1913   3725   298

1916   1137, 2583   299300

1918   3709,3876   301302

1921   1179,26942695   303305

1923   1325   306

1934   34,1214   307308

1949   49   309

1959   730,1290   310311

1963   1975   312

1967   269270   313314

1968   120   325

1971   14431444, 22282229   316319

1972   2834   320

1973   1453   321

2974   58   322

242

15 Bibliography

▲back to top

15.1 246

▲back to top

 

Bibliography

Abbreviations

NA   National Archives, Wellington.

NL   National Library of New Zealand, Wellington.

ATL   Alexander Turnbull Library, Wellington.

APL   Auckland Public Library, Auckland.

CFRT   Crown Forestry Rental Trust.

CCJWP Crown Congress Joint Working Party.

Primary

Official Published

Appendices to the Journals of the House of Representatives (AJHR) 1861–1940

Appendices to the Journals of the Legislative Council (AJLC) 18771889

Auckland Provincial Government Gazette 1867,1868

British Parliamentary Papers. Colonies: New Zealand (GBPP) 18371865

British Parliamentary Papers. Colonies: Australia (GBPP) 18521853

New Zealand Government Gazette 18611990

New Zealand Government Gazette for the Province of New Munster 18521853

New Zealand Government Gazette for the Province of New Ulster 18521853

New Zealand Parliamentary Debates (NZPD) 18611980

New Zealand Statutes 18561980

Votes and Proceedings of the Auckland Provincial Council 1862

Official-Unpublished

Agent for General Government, Auckland (AGG-A) NA

Series 1 Inwards letters 18651878

Army Department (AD) NA

Series 51 Deputy Adjutant General, Register of Inward Letters, 18591865 (For Register See MA 29 / 1 Oct Dec 1869)

Series 55 Minister of Defence, Correspondence, 18691872

1. Inwards correspondence 1869

3. Outward Letters FebJune 1870, FebMar 1871, MayJun 1872

4. Outward Letters, FebMay 1870, AugSep 1870, JanFeb 1871

5. Outward Letters, March 1871May 1871, April 1872May 1872

Auckland Provincial Government (AP) NA

Series 2. General Inwards correspondence, 18661877

Auckland Provincial Council: Session Papers (NZ MS 595) APL 18531875.

Audit (A) NA

Series 1: Inward letters.

27/5: Collection of Gold Mining Revenue, General 19221956.

27/5/1: Gold Field Revenue-under Mining Acts, 18761954.

Crown Law Office (CL)

196/7: Kauwaeranga Judgment, December 1870.

Governor (G) NA

Series 8: Inwards Despatches from Lieutenant Governor Wynyard, 18511855.

Series 16: Naval Letters on Naval and Military Matters.

16/5: Naval Letters, February 1863December 1864.

Internal Affairs (IA) NA

Series 1: Inwards Letters, 18431865.

243

15.2 247

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 18801980

Series 12: Blue Books of Statistics, 18411850.

Justice Department (J) NA

Series I: Inward Letters, 18961906.

Justice Department. (BACL A) NA Auckland.

208/1: Inwards Correspondence to Resident Magistrate and Warden. 18821896.

208/31: Outward Letterbook, Resident Magistrate's Office, Thames. 19131915

208/29: Outward Letterbook, Warden's Office, Thames. 18881893.

208/611: Outward Letterbook, Resident Magistrate's Office, Kauaeranga. 18671870.

208/612: Outward Letterbook, Resident Magistrate's Office, Thames. 19051909.

208/633: Outward Letterbook, Warden's Office, Thames. 18831893.

208/634: Outward Letterbook, Resident Magistrate's Office, Coromandel. 18621867.

208/636: Civil Proceeding Record Book, Resident Magistrate's Court, Coromandel. 18631868.

208/688: Outward Letterbook, Commissioner of Crown Lands, Coromandel. 18621868.

Lands and Survey (LS) N.A.

Series 1 Registered files of Surveyor-General and Department of Lands and Survey, 1876

23905/27: Kauri, cutting of

26487/71: Paeroa township

15/17: Land Drainage Waihou and Ohinemuri

Series 15 Land drainage

15/13/180: Drainage and Settlement of the Hauraki Plains.

Legislative Department (LE) NA

Series 1 Papers brought before Parliament and Select Committees, 1854–1899.

Mines Department. (MD) NA

Series 1: Registered Files, 18811917.

Native Affairs Department (MA) NA

Series 1: Memoranda and Registered Files 1854, 1865, 1866, 1867, 1868, 1869, 1870, 1871, 1872, 1873, 1881. 19061927

5/5/51: Crown Purchase Whangamata, 1947

5/5/53: Crown Purchase-Kauaeranga Pt Lot 69, 19461947

5/13/7: Coromandel Survey District Blk xiv, 19311934

5/5/104: Whangamata 6B1, 19531956.

5/5/194: Moehau 2B4C2B2, 19641965

5/13/32: Kopu Railway

5/13/70: Thames Borough Water Race

5/13/226: Komata Block, 19031949

19/1/185: Pakirarahi no.1, 1935

19/1/193: Ohinemuri Goldmining: Petition

vol. 1 19191939

vol. 2 19371947

vol. 3 19471953

vol. 4 19551967

19/1/543: Proposal re. appeals against revaluation of 19221948

19/1/650: Granting of Mineral Licence to mine, 19461958

20/1/1: Rating of Native Lands-General Correspondence

   vol. 1 19151928

   vol. 2 19291936

   vol. 3 19361939

   vol. 4 19391944

   vol. 5 19451948

   vol. 6 19491952

   vol. 719531959

   vol. 8 19601963

244

15.3 248

▲back to top

 

Bibliography

20/1/14: Native Land Rates Committee

pt. 1 Report of proceedings, pp. 1–302

pt. 2 Report of proceedings, pp. 303

pt. 3 Papers produced during meetings

pt. 4 Papers produced subsequent to meetings

pt. 5 Establishment and correspondence

pt. 6 Miscellaneous papers, 19241937

20/1/17: Amorio-Thames County sale, 1933

20/1/23: Sale of Kauaeranga-vesting re trustee.

20/1/35: Ohinemuri County Council rates, 19411943

20/1/50: Coromandel County rates, 1952

20/1/58: Thames Exception

pt. 18781960

pt. 2 19611962

Series 2: Registers of inwards letters

(English Registers)

6: 18641865

7: 1866

8: 18671869

9:18691871

(Maori Registers)

41: 18651868

42:18691871

43: 1872

Series 4. Outward Letterbooks

(Letterbooks to Resident Magistrates and Civil Commissioners)

59: 18631864

60: 1865

61: 1866

62: 1867

63: 18671868

Series 13: Blocks of Land (Special Files)

22–29 a & b: Files relating to removal of restrictions on alienation of land

35 (a–c): Hauraki Gold Fields

36 (pt 15): Hikutaia Block

44: Komata Papers

54 (a & b): Ohinemuri Gold Fields

64 (a & b): Piako Block

85: Te Aroha (Ruakaka) Block

86: Te Aroha Block

87: Te Aroha Block

Series 14: Miscellaneous Registers relating to Land

1: Copies of Orders in Council granting removal of restrictions on alienation of land, Jul 1881Nov 1892

2: Printed copies of Gazette notices of Order in Council granting removal of restrictions on alienation of land, Jan 1895Dec 1900

3: Register of applications for the removal of restrictions on alienation of land by Native owners, 1883

4: Applications for removals on restrictions on the alienation of land by Native owners under the Maori Land Laws Amendment Act 1903

Series 16: Miscellaneous Papers relating to Land

1: Reports, returns and other correspondence relating to the working of the Native Department

Series 19: Trust Commissioner and Maori Land Board

1: Trust Commissioner's returns

9: Maniopoto-Tuwharetoa District Maori Land Board, 19071910

Series 23: Maori Political and Tribal Matters

13 a & b: Native Committees

245

15.4 249

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 18801980

Series 28: Minister of Maori Affairs inwards letters

3: Dec 1926Aug 1927

4: SepDec 1928

5: FebNov 1929

Series 31: Office Papers

4: Rates on Native Lands

Series 78: Royal Commission on Native Lands and Native Land Tenure

(Minute books containing notes on proceedings and evidence, by Sir Robert Stout)

1: 30 November 190711 September 1908

2: 23 March 1908–30 April 1908

(Minute books of evidence, by A.T. Ngata)

3: 11 February 19079 March 1907

4: 15 January 190816 March 1908

5: 23 March 190823 October 1908

(Papers Relating to the work of the Commission in various districts; correspondence, schedules, reports)

19: Thames, Ohinemuri, Piako, Coromandel

20: First General Report, Second General Report, Supplementary Report on various districts

Series 91: Royal Commission On Surplus Lands

10: Exhibits, Schedules 1–11

35: Lithograph maps showing areas of unalienated surplus lands

Native and Defence Department (N&D)

Series 1. Inward Correspondence to the Department 1875, 1877,

Native Land Court Minute Books (MB) NA Selected Hauraki and Coromandel Minute Books Native Land Purchase Department (MAMLP) NA Series Registered Files, 18731875, 18791914 Old Land Claim Commission (OLC) NA

Series 1: Case Files

Series 4: Papers about Particular Claims

22: American and British Claims Arbitration. Memorial of the United States in support of Webster's Claim (Wled 1913)

23: Pecuniary Claims Commission. Answer of His Britannic Majesty's Government re Webster's claim (1913)

24: Copies of Governor's despatches relating to Webster's Claim, 1906–1926

25: List of Webster's Claims

Treasury (T) NA

Series 1 Inwards Letters and Registered Files

40/71: Hauraki Native petitions re gold Welds, 1938–1940

AAMK Native Department/Department of Maori & Island Affairs/Department of Maori Affairs (Head Office)

869/56e 5/5/328: Manaia 1B & 2B, sec, E No 1 Block, 1972

869/202a 7/6/2 pt 1: Miscellaneous mining titles registration-residence and business sites on ceded lands (Hauraki gold Welds), 19481971

869/704h 19/10/3: Legal differentiation, Mining Act, 19611962

869/705g 19/10/14: Legal differentiation between Maori and European-taking of land for drainage purposes, 1962

AATM W3343 Minister of Energy-State coal mines registered Wles

6/4/4: Hauraki Mining District re mineral right over native land.

BAAZ 1108 Survey Office/Lands and Survey Office, Auckland

2018: Ohinemuri reserves, 1885–1892

246

15.5 250

▲back to top

 

Bibliography

2469: Wharekawa, 1894-1895

2666: Land grants to rebels, 1889-1903 3431: Coalmining, 1888-1902

4433: Goldfields general, 1896-1899

YBAZ Thames-Coromandel District Council

1222/1: Thames County Council minute book, 1877-1883

Raupatu Document Bank (RDB) Vols.11, 13, 15, 16, 50-58, 89, 100-107, 139

Unofficial—Published

NEWSPAPERS

Daily Southern Cross. 1861-1863

Hauraki Tribune. 1881 New Zealander. 1861

New Zealand Herald. 1864-1867

Te Aroha News. 1913

Thames Advertiser. 1870, 1874-1875

BOOKS

Campbell, John Logan. Poenamo: Sketches of the Early Days of New Zealand. 1884 reprint ed., Auckland, 1973.

D'Urville, D. New Zealand 1826-1827. An English Translation of the Voyage de Astrolabe in New Zealand waters with an Introductory Essay by Olive Wright, np, 1950.

Drummond, Alison, ed. The Thames Journals of Vicesimus Lush. Christchurch, 1975.

Gorst, J.E. The Maori King. London, 1864, 2nd ed. 1959.

Mackay, J. Narrative of the Opening of the Hauraki District for Gold Mining. Auckland, 1896. Mackay, J. Our Dealings with Maori Lands. Auckland, 1887.

Swainson, W. Auckland the Capital of New Zealand and the Country Adjacent, including some Account of the Gold Discoveries. London, 1853; reprint ed., Auckland, 1971.

Turton, H.H. An Epitome of Official Documents Relative to Native Affairs and Land Purchases in the North Island of New Zealand. Wellington, 1883; microfiche: Wellington, 1983.

Turton, H.H. Maori Deeds ofLand Purchases in the North Island of New Zealand (copied from the originals) 1877-1888. Wellington, 1877-1888; microfiche: Wellington, 1983.

Unofficial—Unpublished

Ashworth, Edward. Journals, 1841-1845. MS-0103-0106. ATL

Church Missionary Society (CMS) Archives relating to the Australian and New Zealand Missions. Micro-MS-C011-04. ATL

Micro-MS-Car-04-31: Mission Books-Letters received 1833-1835 Micro-MS-CO11-04-32: Mission Books-Letters received 1836-1838 Micro-MS-COri-o4-9: CMS missionaries and employees-Papers 1820-1879

Micro-MS-CO11-04-54: George A. Kissing, Thomas Lanfear, James McWilliams, Martin Martin,

and John Mason-Papers 1839-1879

Micro-MS-CO11-04-57: CMS missionaries and employees-Papers 1827-1877

Gillies, T.B. Inward Correspondence. MS-0083-286. ATL Grey Collection (GLNZ) APL

New Zealand Letters.

Sir Donald McLean Papers. Correspondence. MS-Papers-0032. ATL MS-Papers-0032-290: Inward letters-T.B. Gillies, 1860-1874 MS-Papers-0032-421: Inward letters-James Mackay (jun), 1856-1876 MS-Papers-0032-507: Inward letter-Daniel Pollen, 1857-1870 MS-Papers-0032-508: Inward letters-Daniel Pollen, 1871-1876 MS-Papers-0032-516: Inward letters-James Preece, 1845-1870 MS-Papers-0032-603: Inward letters-John Thorp, 1862-1872 MS-Papers-0032-612: Inward letters-Turton, 1845-1876

247

15.6 251

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

MS-Papers-1343-1352, vols. 33-42: McLean Papers (partial typescript)

MS-Papers-2520: 'Proceedings of Native Meeting Held at Thames on 11 & 12 December 1874' Mair, G. Collection. MS-Papers-0092. ATL

MS-Papers-0092-6: Cases Before Mair in the N.L.C. 1904-1905

MS-Papers-0092-7: Miscellaneous Papers.1874,1902 -1912

MS-Papers-0092-8: Miscellaneous Papers, 1876-1907 MS-Papers-0092-9: Correspondence (personal), 1896 MS-Papers-0092-56: Diary And Notes, 1885-1886 (Diary 36) MS-Papers-0092-57: Note Books And Diaries, 1887 -1890 MS-Papers-0092-58: Notebooks, 1893-1895

Mair Family Papers. Ms-Papers-0093. ATL

MS-Papers-0093-13: Outward Correspondence (James Cowan), 1891 MS-Papers-0093-14: Outward Correspondence, 1893,1894

The Proceedings of the Meeting for Unity held at The Treaty of Waitangi', April 14,1892

Williams, E.M., 'Journal of a Voyage to the Northern and Southern Islands of New Zealand in

H.M.S. Herald. 1840', MS Copy micro 210. ATL

Secondary

Published

ARTICLES AND REPORTS

Alexander, D. The Hauraki Tribal Lands. Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997.

Anderson, R. The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800 1885. Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997.

Brooking, T. "Busting Up" The Greatest Estate of All: Liberal Maori Land Policy, 1891-1911: New Zealand Journal of History 26 (1992): 78-105.

Bush, E. 'Te Aroha Mountain of Love', Te Ao Hou 76 (1975): 62-63.

Climis, Nell. 'James Mackay: Warden-Hauraki Goldfields.' Ohinemuri Regional History Journal 1 (1964): 2. Frame, Alex. 'Kauwaeranga Judgment-Introduction', Victoria University of Wellington Law Review, 14 (1984): 227-245.

Furey, Louise. Archaeology in the Hauraki Region: A Summary. Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997.

Graham, George. 'Ngati-Huarere. An Account of the Wars Against them and of their Emigration to the Northern Districts.' Journal of the Polynesian Society 29 (1923): 38-43.

Healy, E.T. 'Old Land Claims More Particularly the Northern Areas.' New Zealand Survey Draughtsmen's Journal 6 (1951): 193-219.

Husbands, P. & Riddell, K. The Alienation of South Auckland Lands (with a chapter by Professor Alan Ward). Waitangi Tribunal Research Series, Wellington, 1993.

Monin, P. 'The Islands lying between Slipper Island in the South-East, Great Barrier Island in the North and Tiritiri-Matangi in the North-West'. Report prepared for the Waitangi Tribunal, Wai 406, Wellington, 1996.

Monin, P. The Maori Economy of Hauraki 1840-1880.' New Zealand Journal of History 29 (1995): 197-210. New Zealand, Waitangi Tribunal. Muriwhenua Land Report. Wai 45. Wellington, 1997.

Ngai Tahu Ancillary Report. Wai 27. Wellington, 1995.

The Ngai Tahu Sea Fisheries Report. Wai 27. Wellington, 1982.

Ngai Tahu Report, vol. 1. Wai 27. Wellington, 1991.

Ngati Rangiteaorere. Wai 32. Wellington, 1990.

The Pouakani Report. Wai 33. Wellington, 1993.

The Report of the Waitangi Tribunal on the Muriwhenua Fishing Claim. W ai 22. Wellington, 1988. Report of the Waitangi Tribunal on the Waiheke Island Claim. Wai 10. Wellington, 1989. Te Roroa Report. Wai 38. Wellington, 1992.

The Taranaki Report: Kaupapa Tuatahi. Wai 143. Wellington, 1996.

Te Whanganui-a-Orotu Report. Wai 55. Wellington, 1995.

Oliver, W.H. The Social and Economic Situation of Hauraki Maori after Colonisation. Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997.

Orange, Claudia. 'The Covenant of Kohimaramara: a ratification of the Treaty of Waitangi.' New Zealand Journal of History 14 (1980): 61--80.

248

15.7 252

▲back to top

 

Bibliography

Parsonson, Ann. 'The Expansion of a Competitive Society: a study in nineteenth century Maori history. New Zealand Journal of History 14 (1980): 45-60.

Sorrenson, M.P.K. 'Land purchase methods and their effect on Maori population, 1865-1901.' Journal of Polynesian Society 14 (1956): 183-99.

Stone, R.C.J. The Economic Impoverishment of Hauraki Maori Through Colonisation, 1830-1930. Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997.

Turoa, Tai. Nga Iwi o Hauraki, The Iwi of Hauraki. Hauraki Maori Trust Board, Paeroa, 1997.

Ward, A. 'National Overview', vol. 1, Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series, Wellington, 1997.

BOOKS

Bennett, Francis. Tairua: A History of the Tairua-Hikutaia-Pauanui District. Pauanui, 1986. Butterworth, G.V. & S.M. The Maori Trustee. Wellington, 1991.

Cowan, J. The New Zealand Wars: A History of the Maori Campaigns and the Pioneering Period. Vol. 1. Wellington, 1922.

Cox, Lindsay. Kotahitanga: The Search for Maori Political Unity. Auckland, 1993.

Downey, J.F. Gold Mines of the Hauraki District. Wellington, 1935.

Kelly, L. Tainui: The Story of Hoturoa and his Descendants. Wellington, 1949.

McHugh, P. The Maori Magna Carta, Oxford, 1991.

Monin, P. Waiheke Island: A History. Palmerston North, 1992.

Morrell, W.P. The Provincial System in New Zealand 1852-76. and ed. (revised), Christchurch, 1964. Murdoch, G.J. A Brief History of the Human Occupation of the Hunua Catchment Parkland, np, 1993.

New Zealand, Department of Internal Affairs. The Dictionary of New Zealand Biography. Vol. one, 1769-

1869. Wellington, 1990.

New Zealand, Department of Internal Affairs. The Dictionary of New Zealand Biography. Vol. two, 1870- 1900. Wellington, 1993.

Orange, C. The Treaty of Waitangi. Wellington, 1987.

Park, Geoff. Nga Uruora The Groves Of Life: Ecology and History in a New Zealand Landscape. Wellington, 1995.

Phillips, J.A. The Thames Miners' Guide. Auckland, 1868; reprint ed., Christchurch, 1975. Roche, M.M. History of Forestry. New Zealand Forestry Corporation, 1990.

Rockel, Ian. Taking The Waters: Early Spas in New Zealand. Wellington, 1986.

Salmon, J.H.M. A History of Goldmining in New Zealand. Wellington, 1963.

Salmond, A. Two Worlds: First Meetings Between Maori and Europeans, 1642-1772. Auckland, 1991. Salmond, J. Webster's Claims. Wellington, 1912. Micro 499, ATL

Scholefield, G.H. A Dictionary of New Zealand Biography. Vols. 1 & 2. Wellington, 1940. Sheffield, C.M. Kawau Island: Beautiful, Historic, Poetic. Auckland, 1962.

Sinclair, K. The Origins of the Maori Wars. and ed., Auckland, 1961.

Walker, Ranginui. Ka Whawhai Tonu Matou Struggle Without End. Auckland, 1990.

Ward, Alan. A Show of Justice: Racial Amalgamation' in Nineteenth Century New Zealand. Auckland, 1974. Williams, John A. Politics of the New Zealand Maori: Protest and Cooperation, 1891-1909. Oxford, 1969. Wright, A. Te Aroha, New Zealand. A Guide for Invalids and Visitors to the Thermal Springs and Baths.

Te Aroha, 1887.

Unpublished

Allen, P. 'Military Settlement In The Middle Waikato.' M.Phil. Thesis, Waikato, 1969.

Anderson, R. 'Gold Mining: Policy, Legislation, and Administration.' Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series (working paper: first release), 1996.

Armstrong, D. and Stirling, B. 'Surplus Lands. Policy and Practice: 1840-1950.' Wai 45. Doc. J2. Belgrave, M. 'Ngati Paoa: An Investigation of their Land Loss due to the New Zealand Settlements Act 1863.' Report prepared for the Waitangi Tribunal, 1987.

Bennion, T. 'Maori and Rating Law', Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series, 1997. Boast, R. 'In Respect of Claim to Whao Oneroa a Tohe/Ninety-Mile Beach.' Wai. 45. Doc. C3. Cowie, Dean. "To Do All the Good I Can.' Robert FitzRoy: Governor of New Zealand 1843-45! M.A.

thesis, University of Auckland, 1994.

Haglund, J.R. 'A History of the Coromandel Goldfield, 1853-1868. The Second Phase of Development,' Honours thesis, University of Auckland, 1949.

249

15.8 253

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI TRIBES, 1880-1980

Hutton, John Lincoln. "Troublesome Specimens.' A Study Of The Relationship Between The Crown And The Tangata Whenua Of Hauraki 1863-1869.' M.A. thesis, University of Auckland, 1995. Isdale, A. Chronological Notes on Te Aroha. MS. November 1980.

McEnteer, J. & Turoa, T. 'Nga Taonga o Te Kauaeranga.' Report prepared for Thames Coromandel District Council, 1993.

Marr, K. 'Public Works Taking of Maori Land 1840-1981.' Report prepared for Treaty of Waitangi Policy Unit, December 1994.

Murray, J. E. 'Crown Policy on Maori Reserved Lands, 1840 to 1865, and Lands Restricted from Alienation, 1865 to 1900.' Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series (working paper: first release), 1997.

Nepia, Michael. 'Muriwhenua Surplus Lands Commissions of Inquiry in the Twentieth Century.'

Wai 45, doc. GI.

Ngamane, L. 'Crown Land Purchases in the 187os'. Undated briefing paper for Hauraki Maori Trust Board.

Nicholls, Phyllis. 'The Coromandel Peninsula: Three Essays in Historical Geography.' M.A. thesis. University of New Zealand, 1958.

O'Malley, V. 'The Ahuriri Purchase.' Report prepared for CFRT, 1995.

O'Malley, V. 'The Aftermath of the Tauranga Raupatu 1864-1981.' Report prepared for CFRT, 1994. Oliver, W.H. 'The Crown and Muriwhenua Lands: An Overview.' Wai 45. Doc. L7.

Parcell, J.C. 'A Thesis on the Prerogative Right of the Crown to Royal Metals.' Wellington, 1960. Parsonson, A. 'Tainui Claims to Onewhero and Maramarua Forests: Historical Overview.' Report for Tainui, 1996. Wai 30, doc. A3.

Phillipson, Grant. 'The Ten Owner Rule: A Selection of Official Documents with Commentary.' August 1995, Wai 64, K13.

Riddell, K. 'Pre-1865 Crown Purchases-Hauraki/Coromandel.' Waitangi Tribunal Rangahaua Whanui Series (working paper: first release), 1996.

Riseborough. 'The Crown and Tauranga Moana, 1864-1868.' Report prepared for CFRT, 1994.

Roche, M.M. & Blackmore, T. 'The Timber Floating Act: Institutional Arrangements for the Kauri Industry, 1873-1920.' New Zealand Forest Service Working Paper 2, 1987.

Russell, M. 'Case Study: The McGaskills at Hikutaia.' In Rigby, Russell &Moore, 'Old Land Claims' (draft report). Waitangi Tribunal Research Series, theme A, 1997.

`Case Study: The William Webster Claims.' In Rigby, Russell & Moore, 'Old Land Claims' (draft report). Waitangi Tribunal Research Series, theme A, 1997.

'Case Study: The Fairburn Purchase.' In Rigby, Russell & Moore, 'Old Land Claims' (draft report). Waitangi Tribunal Research Series, theme A, 1997.

Stokes, Evelyn. 'Te Raupatu o Tauranga Moana: The Confiscation of Tauranga Lands.' Report prepared for Waitangi Tribunal, 1990.

Stone. R.C.J. 'Historical Report of the Auckland Metropolitan Area.' Report prepared for CCJWP, 1992. Tonk, R. 'The First New Zealand Land Commissions, 1840-1845.' M.A. thesis, University of Canterbury,

1986.

Ward, A. 'Alienation of Ngati Paoa Land.' Report prepared for CCJWP, 1991.

Ward, A. 'Supplementary Historical Report on Central Auckland Lands.' Report prepared for CCJWP,

1992.

Ward, A. 'Wai 48 and others: Whanganui Id Maniapoto Land Claims'. Preliminary Historical Report to

the Waitangi Tribunal, 1992.

Ward, A. & Anderson, R. et al. 'Historical Report on Wellington Lands'. Report prepared for CCJWP. 1992.

250